TM 1-1520-237-23-2 - Liberated Manuals.com · 5. Connect transmitter/limit switch assembly...

AVIATION UNIT AND INTERMEDIATE MAINTENANCE FOR

ARMY MODELS UH-60A, UH-60L,EH-60A, UH-60Q AND HH-60L

HELICOPTERS

CHAPTER 2TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

This manual dated 17 April 2006, supersedes TM 1-1520-237-23-1, TM 1-1520-237-23-2, TM 1-1520-237-23-3, TM 1-1520-237-23-4, TM 1-1520-237-23-5, TM 1-1520-237-23-6, TM 1-1520-237-23-7, TM 1-1520-237-23-8, TM 1-1520-237-23-9, TM 1-1520-237-23-10-1, TM 1-1520-237-23-10-2, TM1-1520-237-23-10-3 and TM 1-1520-237-23-11, dated 1 May 2003 including all changes.

This information is furnished upon the condition that it will not be released to another nation without the specific authority of the Department of theArmy of the United States, that it will be used for military purposes only, that individual or corporate rights originating in the information, whetherpatented or not, will be respected, that the recipient will report promptly to the United States, any known or suspected compromise, and that theinformation will be provided substantially the same degree of security afforded it by the Department of Defense of the United States. Also, regardless ofany other markings on the document, it will not be downgraded or declassified without written approval of the originating United States agency.

DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT D - Distribution authorized to the DOD and DOD contractors only due to Critical Technology effective as of 15 June2003. Other requests must be referred to Commander, US Army Aviation and Missile Command, ATTN: SFAE-AV-UH/L, Redstone Arsenal, AL 35898-5000.

WARNING - This document contains technical data whose export is restricted by the Arms Export Control Act (Title 22, U.S.C., Sec 2751, et. seq.) orthe Export Administration Act of 1979, as amended, Title 50, U.S.C., App. 2401 et. seq. Violations of these export laws are subject to severe criminalpenalties. Disseminate in accordance with provisions of DoD Directive 5230.25.

DESTRUCTION NOTICE - Destroy by any method that will prevent disclosure of contents or reconstruction of the document.

TM 1-1520-237-23-2

TECHNICAL MANUAL

HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY

17 April 2006

AVIATION UNIT AND INTERMEDIATE MAINTENANCE FOR

Army Models UH-60A, UH-60L, EH-60A, UH-60Q, and HH-60L Helicopters

REPORTING ERRORS AND RECOMMENDING IMPROVEMENTS.

You can help improve this manual. If you find any mistakes or if you know of a way to improve theprocedures, please let us know. Mail your letter, DA Form 2028 (Recommended Changes to Publica-tions and Blank Forms), located in the back of this manual direct to: Commander, US Army Aviationand Missile Command, ATTN:AMSAM-MMC-MA-NP, Redstone Arsenal, AL 35898-5000. You mayalso send your recommended changes via electronic mail or by fax. Our fax number is DSN 788-6546or Commercial 256-842-6546. Our e-mail address is [email protected]. A reply will befurnished to you.

This manual dated 17 April 2006, supersedes TM 1-1520-237-23-1, TM 1-1520-237-23-2, TM 1-1520-237-23-3, TM 1-1520-237-23-4, TM 1-1520-237-23-5, TM 1-1520-237-23-6, TM 1-1520-237-23-7, TM 1-1520-237-23-8, TM 1-1520-237-23-9, TM 1-1520-237-23-10-1, TM 1-1520-237-23-10-2, TM1-1520-237-23-10-3 and TM 1-1520-237-23-11, dated 1 May 2003 including all changes.

DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT D - Distribution authorized to the DOD and DOD contractors only due to CriticalTechnology effective as of 15 June 2003. Other requests must be referred to Commander, US Army Aviation and MissileCommand, ATTN: SFAE-AV-UH/L, Redstone Arsenal, AL 35898-5000

WARNING - This document contains technical data whose export is restricted by the Arms Export Control Act (Title 22,U.S.C., Sec 2751, et. seq.) or the Export Administration Act of 1979, as amended, Title 50, U.S.C., App. 2401 et. seq.Violations of these export laws are subject to severe criminal penalties. Disseminate in accordance with provisions ofDoD Directive 5230.25.

DESTRUCTION NOTICE - Destroy by any method that will prevent disclosure of contents or reconstruction of thedocument.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

WP Sequence No.

CHAPTER 2 - TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURESPosition Transmitter/Limit Switch Assembly (AVIM)................................................................................. 0069 00Parking Brake System ................................................................................................................................... 0070 00Tail Wheel Lock System............................................................................................................................... 0071 00Engine And Engine Interface ........................................................................................................................ 0072 00No. 1 Engine Instruments And Warning Lights System.............................................................................. 0073 00No. 2 Engine Instruments And Warning Lights System.............................................................................. 0074 00Engine Overspeed Protection System........................................................................................................... 0075 00Engine Speed Trim System........................................................................................................................... 0076 00Engine Chip Detector System....................................................................................................................... 0077 00Engine Anti-ice System................................................................................................................................. 0078 00Engine Start And Ignition System ................................................................................................................ 0079 00

TM 1-1520-237-23-2

HEADQUARTERS,DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY

WASHINGTON, D.C., 17 April 2006

i

TABLE OF CONTENTS - CONTINUED

WP Sequence No.

Engine Controls Quadrant (AVIM)............................................................................................................... 0080 00BIM® Indicators............................................................................................................................................ 0081 00Main Rotor Blades (AVIM) .......................................................................................................................... 0082 00Medium And High Frequency Vibrations .................................................................................................... 0083 00Gust Lock System ......................................................................................................................................... 0084 00Transmission Chip Detector, Instruments, And Oil Warning Systems........................................................ 0085 00Hydraulic Systems......................................................................................................................................... 0086 00Pitot-Static System ........................................................................................................................................ 0087 00Pitot Heater .................................................................................................................................................... 0088 00Instrument Display System ........................................................................................................................... 0089 00Caution/Advisory Warning System............................................................................................................... 0090 00Digital Clock.................................................................................................................................................. 0091 00Central Display Unit (70450-01043-122) (AVIM)....................................................................................... 0092 00Central Display Unit (70450-01043-125, 70450-21943-118, Or 70450-01916-105) (AVIM) ................... 0093 00Pilots Display Unit (AVIM) .......................................................................................................................... 0094 00Signal Data Converter (SDC) (70450-01043-112 Or 70450-01043-126) (AVIM) ..................................... 0095 00Signal Data Converter (SDC) (70450-21943-110 Or 70450-01916-103) (AVIM) ..................................... 0096 00Caution/Advisory Panel (AVIM) .................................................................................................................. 0097 00Chip Detector Resistor Unit (AVIM)............................................................................................................ 0098 00Miscellaneous Switch Panel (AVIM)............................................................................................................ 0099 00

MFD/Caution/Advisory Warning System UH-60Q HH-60L ..................................................................... 0100 00

TM 1-1520-237-23-2

ii

CHAPTER 2

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

FOR

ARMY MODELS UH-60A, UH-60L, EH-60A, UH-60Q,AND HH-60L

HELICOPTERS

TM 1-1520-237-23

UNIT LEVEL

AIRFRAME

POSITION TRANSMITTER/LIMIT SWITCH ASSEMBLY (AVIM)

INITIAL SETUP:

Test EquipmentAngle Position Indicator (API), 8810-F1110Stabilator Indicators (2 Required), ID-2279/A

Tools and Special ToolsElectrical Repairer Toolkit, SC 5180-99-B06Locally-Made Stabilator Position Sensor/Limit Switch

Assembly Lockpin Figure 179, WP 1805 00Stabilator Position Sensor/Limit Switch Test Unit

Figure 154, WP 1805 00Torque Wrench, 0 - 30 in. lbs, A-A-2411

Material/PartsCloth, Cheesecloth Item 85, WP 1803 00Isopropyl Alcohol, Technical, Item 170, WP 1803 00

Towel, Machinery Wiping, Item 344, WP 1803 00

ReferencesWP 0371 00WP 0372 00WP 1803 00WP 1805 00

Equipment ConditionBetween 27 and 28 vdc, 115 vac, 400 Hz, Single-Phase

Bench Power Available

POSITION TRANSMITTER/LIMIT SWITCH ASSEMBLY (AVIM) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTINGPROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step

NOTE

See Figure 1 for component location diagram, and Figure 2 for schematic diagram asan aid in operational/troubleshooting.

1. Remove all dirt, dust, oil, grease, or other foreign matter from position transmitter, limit switches, wiring, and con-nectors using cheesecloth, Item 85, WP 1803 00, dampened with solvent compound cleaning, Item 170,WP 1803 00.

2. Dry surfaces using machinery wiping towel, Item 344, WP 1803 00.

3. Inspect for broken or burnt wires, bent or broken connector pins, security of components, and general condition.

Indication/Condition

a. Wires shall not be broken or burnt.

b. Connector pins shall not be broken or bent.

c. Components shall be secure and in good condition.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, repair/replace wiring, as required.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0069 00

0069 00-1

Step

4. Place locally-made stabilator position sensor/limit switch test unit (test unit) (WP 1805 00) 28 VDC and 115 VACON-OFF switches to OFF.

5. Connect transmitter/limit switch assembly electrical connector P604 to test unit J604, and electrical connector P605to test unit J605.

6. Connect stabilator indicators to test unit harness connectors P116 and P471R.

7. Connect test unit harness 28 vdc and 115 vac to bench power source.

8. Connect API to corresponding tipjacks as follows:

API TEST UNIT

S1 S1

S2 S3

S3 S2

REF HI REF HI

REF LO REF LO

9. Turn API power on by pressing SYN button.

10. Place test unit 28 VDC and 115 VAC ON-OFF switches to ON.

11. Press test unit LAMP TEST button and observe that all lamps go on.

12. While observing stabilator indicators, move pivot arm on limit switch assembly throughout its range of travel.


Stabilator indicator pointers shall move smoothly through a range of -8° up to +40° down as pivot assembly ismoved.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace position transmitter (WP 0372 00).

Step

13. Turn pivot arm to +10° down position and lock arm in place using locally-made stabilator position sensor/limitswitch assembly lockpin (lockpin) (WP 1805 00) through slot in base and hole in pivot arm.


API shall indicate between 350.5° and 352.5°.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, adjust transmitter by removing cotter pins, and loosen nuts enoughto allow transmitter to turn.

a. Turn transmitter until 10° indication is obtained.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0069 00

POSITION TRANSMITTER/LIMIT SWITCH ASSEMBLY (AVIM) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTINGPROCEDURE - Continued

0069 00-2

(1) If adjustment cannot be obtained, replace transmitter (WP 0372 00).

b. TIGHTEN NUTS AND TORQUE TO 19 - 21 INCH-POUNDS.

c. Install cotter pins (WP 0372 00).

Step

CAUTION

Use care when positioning the pivot assembly in the extreme -8° and +40° slot posi-tions. Too much force through the alignment pin may damage the position transmittersynchro shaft.

14. Turn pivot arm to -8° up position and lock arm in place using lockpin.


#1 UP and #2 UP lights on test unit remain off.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, adjust switch until light just goes off.

a. If trouble remains, replace switch (WP 0371 00).

b. TIGHTEN NUT AND TORQUE TO 19 - 21 INCH-POUNDS.

Step

15. With pin still installed, turn pivot arm counterclockwise toward up-limit switches.


Both #1 UP and #2 UP lights on test unit shall go on.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, adjust switch until light just goes on.

a. If trouble remains, replace limit switch (WP 0371 00).

b. TIGHTEN NUTS AND TORQUE TO 19 - 21 INCH-POUNDS.

Step

16. Gently move pivot arm back and forth within notch.


The API shall indicate between 7° and 9°.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace baseplate and/or retainer (WP 0372 00).

Step

17. Remove lockpin from pivot arm and baseplate.

18. Position the pivot arm towards the opposite limit switch to obtain an API indication of 324° to 326°.

19. Install lockpin in the +40 alignment slot.

20. Ensure pivot arm stays in contact with the switch plungers and gently move pivot arm back and forth.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0069 00


0069 00-3


a. There shall be a deflection of 37° to 39° on the stabilator indicator.

b. Both #1 DN and #2 DN lights on test unit shall remain off.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition a. is not as specified, ensure that pressure is only applied to the hole end of the pivotarm to hold against limit switch spring force.

2. If Indication/Condition b. is not as specified, adjust switch until light just goes off.


b. TIGHTEN NUT AND TORQUE TO 19 - 21 INCH-POUNDS.

Step

21. With pin still installed, turn pivot arm clockwise toward down-limit switches.


Both #1 DN and #2 DN lights on test unit shall go on.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, adjust switch until light just goes on.


b. TIGHTEN NUTS AND TORQUE TO 19-21 INCH-POUNDS.

Step

22. Gently move pivot arm back and forth within notch.


The API shall indicate between 300.5° and 323.5°.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace baseplate and/or retainer (WP 0372 00).

Step

23. Remove lockpin from pivot arm and baseplate.

24. Place test unit 28 VDC and 115 VAC ON-OFF switches OFF.

25. Disconnect all test equipment from position transmitter/limit switch.


Test unit shall be off and all test equipment disconnected.

Corrective Action

None Required

TM 1-1520-237-23 0069 00


0069 00-4

NO. 2 DOWN−LIMIT SWITCH

NO. 1 UP−LIMIT SWITCH

NO. 1 DOWN−LIMIT SWITCH

POSITIONTRANSMITTER

NO. 2 UP−LIMIT SWITCH

HARNESSASSEMBLY

ELECTRICALCONNECTORP605

ELECTRICALCONNECTORP604

PIVOT ARM

+40O SLOT+10O SLOT

BASEPLATE

RETAINER

ADJUSTING NUT

JAMNUT

SAAA2583

−8O SLOT

Figure 1. Position Transmitter/Limit Switch Assembly Parts Location.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0069 00

LOCATION

0069 00-5

2−20

1−20

3−20

5−20

4−20

6−20

NO. 1 DOWN−LIMIT SWITCHS504

NO. 1 UP−LIMIT SWITCHS506

NO. 2 DOWN−LIMIT SWITCHS505

2−20

1−20

3−20

5−20

4−20

6−20

NO. 2 UP−LIMIT SWITCHS507

BLUE

YELLOW

BLACK

RED / WHITE

BLK / WHITE

GREEN

A

B

C

D

G

H

J

K

A

B

C

D

E

F

P604P605

POSITIONSENSOR

5−20

4−20

6−20

2−20

1−20

3−20

5−20

4−20

6−20

2−20

1−20

3−20

SAAB1460

Figure 2. Position Transmitter/Limit Switch Assembly Schematic Diagram.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0069 00

SCHEMATICS

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0069 00-6

UNIT LEVEL

LANDING GEAR

PARKING BRAKE SYSTEM

INITIAL SETUP:

Test EquipmentMultimeter, AN/PSM-45A

Tools and Special ToolsAircraft Mechanic’s Toolkit, SC 5180-99-B01Electrical Repairer Toolkit, SC 5180-99-B06

Personnel RequiredAircraft Electrician MOS 15F (1)UH-60 Helicopter Repairer MOS 15T (1)

ReferencesTM 1-1520-237-10WP 0090 00WP 0100 00WP 0104 00

WP 0451 00WP 0452 00WP 0454 00WP 0455 00WP 0457 00WP 0458 00WP 0824 00WP 0925 00WP 1685 00WP 1747 00

Equipment ConditionExternal Power Available, WP 1685 00or APU Operational, TM 1-1520-237-10

PARKING BRAKE SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step

NOTE

c If a circuit breaker pops out during the operational/troubleshooting procedure, a shortcircuit is indicated (WP 0104 00).

c See Figure 1 for component location diagram and Figure 2 for schematic diagram asan aid in operational/troubleshooting.

1. Make sure the following circuit breakers are pushed in:

CIRCUIT BREAKER CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL

CAUT/ADVSY PNL Upper Console

LIGHTS ADVSY Copilot’s

LIGHTS CAUT/ADVSY Copilot’s

2. Turn on electrical power. UH-60Q HH-60L Turn pilot’s or copilot’s multifunction display (MFD) switch ON andpress T6 switch (illuminates all MFD legends for 10 seconds, then only the active caution and advisory legends willbe displayed).

TM 1-1520-237-23 0070 00

0070 00-1

3. Momentarily press top of pilot’s then copilot’s directional pedals.


Pedals shall have little movement and feel firm.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, check pilot’s or copilot’s brakes for air in system or leaks.

a. If air is present, bleed system (WP 0457 00).

b. If leaks are present, repair/replace leaking component.

2. If pilot’s or copilot’s pedals bottom out (no resistance felt), go to BRAKE PEDALS BOTTOM OUT (NORESISTANCE FELT), in this work package.

Step

NOTE

Make sure that helicopter is on level ground before releasing tailwheel lock.

4. Manually disengage tailwheel lock. With pilot’s or copilot’s brake pedals pressed, pull PARKING brake handle up.Take both feet off pedals. Push side of tail cone near tailwheel.


a. PARKING BRAKE ON capsule on caution/advisory panel shall go on.

b. PARKING BRAKE handle shall stay up.

c. Helicopter shall not move when pushed at tail cone.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition a. is not as specified, go to PARKING BRAKE ON CAPSULE DOES NOT GO ON,in this work package.

2. If Indication/Condition b. is not as specified, check linkage between handle and valve.

a. If linkage is binding or damaged, repair/replace as required (WP 0458 00).

(1) If trouble remains, check valve for leakage, and repair/replace as required (WP 0454 00).

3. If Indication/Condition c. is not as specified, go to BRAKES DO NOT HOLD, in this work package.

Step

5. Momentarily press pilot’s, then copilot’s, left brake pedal.


a. PARKING BRAKE ON capsule on caution/advisory panel shall go off.

b. PARKING BRAKE handle shall move down.

c. Brakes shall release.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition a. is not as specified, replace parking brake switch (WP 0455 00).

2. If Indication/Condition b. is not as specified, check that linkage is intact and does not bind at cockpit floorand console; repair/replace, as necessary (WP 0458 00).

TM 1-1520-237-23 0070 00

PARKING BRAKE SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0070 00-2

a. If trouble remains, replace parking brake valve (WP 0454 00).

3. If Indication/Condition c. is not as specified, check pilot’s or copilot’s brakes for air in system or leaks.

a. If air is present, bleed system (WP 0457 00).

b. If leaks are present, repair/replace leaking component.

Step

6. Lock tailwheel.

7. Turn MFD switch OFF.

8. Turn off electrical power.


Power shall be off.

Corrective Action

None Required

BRAKE PEDALS BOTTOM OUT (NO RESISTANCE FELT)

SYMPTOMPedals shall have little movement and feel firm.

MALFUNCTIONBrake pedals bottom out (no resistance felt).

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Check lines and system components for leaks.

a. If leaks are found, repair/replace components as necessary. Go to 3.

b. If leaks are not found, go to 2.

2. Check master cylinders for proper fluid level.

a. If level is proper, replace master cylinders as required (WP 0452 00). Go to 3.

b. If level is not proper, service master cylinders as required (WP 0452 00). Go to 3.

3. Procedure completed.

PARKING BRAKE ON CAPSULE DOES NOT GO ON

SYMPTOMPARKING BRAKE ON capsule on caution/advisory panel shall go on.

MALFUNCTIONPARKING BRAKE ON capsule does not go on.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Make sure linkage between brake handle and parking brake valve is installed.

a. If linkage installed, go to 2.

b. If linkage not installed, connect linkage as required (WP 0458 00). Go to 10.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0070 00

PARKING BRAKE SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0070 00-3

2. Hold caution/advisory panel UH-60Q HH-60L instrument panel INDICATOR LTSBRT/DIM-TEST switch to TEST. Go to 3.

3. Check that PARKING BRAKE ON capsule goes on.

a. If capsule goes on, go to 4.

b. If capsule does not go on, troubleshoot caution/advisory warning system (WP 0090 00) orMFD/caution/advisory warning system (WP 0100 00). Go to 10.

4. Check helicopter configuration.

a. EMEP , go to 5.

b. W/O EMEP , go to 7.

5. EMEP Remove and check pin filtered adapter P118 or UH-60Q HH-60L P1019R orP1020R (WP 0925 00).

a. If pin filtered adapter is good, go to 6.

b. If pin filtered adapter is not good, replace pin filtered adapter (WP 0925 00). Go to 10.

6. EMEP Install pin filtered adapter (WP 0925 00). Go to 7.

7. Check for 28 vdc between P118-H or UH-60Q HH-60L P1019R-33 or P1020R-33 andground.

a. If voltage is as specified, troubleshoot caution/advisory warning system (WP 0090 00) orMFD/caution/advisory warning system (WP 0100 00). Go to 10.

b. If voltage is not as specified, go to 8.

8. Check for 28 vdc between LIGHTS ADVSY circuit breaker terminal 1 and ground.

a. If voltage is as specified, go to 9.

b. If voltage is not as specified, replace circuit breaker (WP 0824 00). Go to 10.

9. Check continuity between:

+ P118-H and S42-NC

+ P249-L and S42-COM

a. If continuity is present, replace parking brake switch (WP 0455 00). Go to 10.

b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring as required (WP 1747 00). Go to 10.


BRAKES DO NOT HOLD

SYMPTOMBrakes do not hold.

MALFUNCTIONHelicopter shall not move when pushed at tail cone.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Check lines and system components for leaks.

a. If leaks are found, repair/replace components as necessary. Go to 4.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0070 00

PARKING BRAKE ON CAPSULE DOES NOT GO ON - Continued

0070 00-4

b. If leaks are not found, go to 2.

2. Push wear indicator pin in on wheel brake housing. Go to 3.

3. Is wear pin flush with housing?

a. If wear pin is flush with housing, replace brake pads (WP 0451 00). Go to 4.

b. If wear pin is not flush with housing, replace parking brake valve (WP 0454 00). Go to 4.


TM 1-1520-237-23 0070 00

BRAKES DO NOT HOLD - Continued

0070 00-5

WHEELBRAKE

P248 / J248

PARKINGBRAKEHANDLE

COPILOT’SBRAKEPEDALCOPILOT’S

MASTERCYLINDER

SLAVEVALVE

P115 / J115

P118

PILOT’SMASTERCYLINDER

PILOT’SBRAKEPEDAL

P219 / J219

P247 / J247

PARKINGBRAKEVALVE

A

B

TERMINAL BOARD/DISCONNECT PLUG/

RECEPTACLELOCATION/

CONNECTION POINT

P115 / J115 COCKPIT CONSOLEBL 7.5 RH, STA 210

P118 / J118 CAUTION / ADVISORYPANEL (SEE NOTE 1)

P219 / J219 CABIN FLOORBL 25 RH, STA 242

P247 / J247 CABIN, BL 40 RH, STA 248

P249 / J249 BEHIND COPILOT’SCIRCUIT BREAKER PANELBL 23.0 LH

P248 / J248 CABIN, BL 40 LH, STA 248

P249 / J249

PARKINGBRAKESWITCH S42

P1019R(SEE NOTE 2)

P1020R(SEE NOTE 2)

A

A

P1019R / J3 COPILOT’S MULTIFUNCTIONDISPLAY (SEE NOTE 2)

P1020R / J3 PILOT’S MULTIFUNCTIONDISPLAY (SEE NOTE 2)

SAAB2172_1

NOTES

UH60Q HH60L2.

1. UH60A UH60L EH60A

(SEE NOTE 2)(SEE NOTE 1)

(SEE NOTE 2)

(SEE NOTE 1)

Figure 1. Parking Brake System Location Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 2)

TM 1-1520-237-23 0070 00

LOCATION

0070 00-6

COPILOT’S CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL

PARKINGBRAKE ON

CAUTION/ADVISORY PANEL

NO. 1 DC PRI BUS

5

LIGHTSADVSY

B

FLT ATT HOV FP FLIR C/A

COMM NAV

BRT

LAND ASAPACK ILLUMALL

PARKING BRAKE ON

DAY

NIGHT

OFF

MULTIFUNCTION DISPLAY’S

(SEE NOTE 1)

A

SAAB2172_2

CAUTION/ADVISORY GRID(SEE NOTE 2)

Figure 1. Parking Brake System Location Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 2)

TM 1-1520-237-23 0070 00

LOCATION - Continued

0070 00-7

NOTES

LEGEND

ELECTRICAL

MECHANICAL

HYDRAULIC

NO. 1DC PRI

BUS

28 VDC


25

AMP 1

CB140

J249 P249 J248 P248

PARKING BRAKE ON

P118 P115 J115 J219 P219


J X

L H

J247 P247

H

LIGHTS ADVSY

H

(SEE NOTE 2)

PF

A

1. LINES ARE PRESSURIZED ONLY WHEN PEDALS ARE PRESSED.

2. PIN FILTEREDADAPTER (PFA) IS NOT INSTALLED.

W/O EMEP

3. UH60Q

(SEE DETAIL A)

SAAB2120_1

PARKING BRAKE ON

P1019R P115

J33

COPILOT’S MFD CAUTION/ADVISORY PANEL

PARKING BRAKE ON

P1020R

33

PILOT’S MFD CAUTION/ADVISORY PANEL

DETAIL A

SG

1019

−33

(SEE NOTE 3)

HH60L

PF

AP

FA

12

Figure 2. Parking Brake System Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 6)

TM 1-1520-237-23 0070 00

SCHEMATICS

0070 00-8

PARKINGBRAKE

TIRE TIRE

S42NO

NC

COM

PARKING BRAKEHANDLE

SAAB2120_2

COPILOT’S PEDALS PILOT’S PEDALS

MASTERCYLINDERS(SEE DETAIL B)

MASTERCYLINDERS(SEE DETAIL B)

LOWER CONSOLE

INNER SLAVEMIXER VALVE(SEE DETAIL C)

OUTER SLAVEMIXER VALVE(SEE DETAIL C)

PARKING BRAKE SWITCH

PARKING BRAKEVALVE(SEE DETAIL D)

LEFT BRAKE(SEE DETAIL E)

RIGHT BRAKE(SEE DETAIL E)

12


TM 1-1520-237-23 0070 00

SCHEMATICS - Continued

0070 00-9

DETAIL B

MASTER CYLINDER

SAAB2120_3


TM 1-1520-237-23 0070 00


0070 00-10

PRESSURETO BRAKEBLEED PLUG

PRESSUREFROMCOPILOT’SMASTERCYLINDER

PRESSUREFROMPILOT’SMASTERCYLINDER

SLAVE MIXER VALVE

DETAIL C

SAAB2120_4


TM 1-1520-237-23 0070 00


0070 00-11

PEDALS AT REST

PEDALS PRESSED(BRAKES APPLIED)

TO BRAKETO BRAKE

TO BRAKETO BRAKE

PARKING HANDLE PULLED(BRAKES APPLIED)

PARKING BRAKE VALVE

DETAIL D

PRESSUREFROMSLAVEVALVE

PRESSUREFROM

SLAVEVALVE

SAAB2120_5


TM 1-1520-237-23 0070 00


0070 00-12

STATIONARYDISK

RETAINER

WEAR PAD

ROTATINGDISK

INSULATOR

PISTON

WEAR PAD

PACKING

WHEEL BRAKE

DETAIL E

SAAB2120_6


TM 1-1520-237-23 0070 00


END OF WORK PACKAGE

0070 00-13/14 Blank

UNIT LEVEL

LANDING GEAR

TAIL WHEEL LOCK SYSTEM

INITIAL SETUP:



Personnel RequiredAircraft Electrician MOS 15F (1)Tactical Transport Helicopter Repairer MOS 15T (1)

ReferencesTM 1-1520-237-10WP 0099 00

WP 0104 00WP 0111 00WP 0464 00WP 0824 00WP 0830 00WP 1685 00WP 1747 00

Equipment ConditionExternal Electrical Power Available, WP 1685 00or APU Operational, TM 1-1520-237-10

TAIL WHEEL LOCK SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step

NOTE







TAIL WHEEL LOCK Upper Console

2. Visually check to see if lockpin is lined up with hole.


Lockpin should be lined up with hole.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0071 00

0071 00-1

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, push manual lever down and push side of tail cone as required to line uphole and pin.

Step

NOTE

c Make sure unlock lever is left in position as shown in Figure 1, Sheet 2, Detail C orpin will not go up or down.

c Battery power (BATT switch ON) will only operate tail wheel lock actuator. TAILWHEEL switch light will not go on.

3. Turn on electrical power.

4. Check MISC SW panel and position of tail wheel lockpin for agreement.

5. Push TAIL WHEEL switch on MISC SW panel.


a. Tail wheel lockpin shall engage or disengage.

b. TAIL WHEEL switch shall likewise indicate LOCK or UNLK.

Corrective Action

1. If tail wheel lockpin does not disengage and TAIL WHEEL switch indicates LOCK, go to TAIL WHEELLOCKPIN DOES NOT DISENGAGE AND TAIL WHEEL SWITCH INDICATES LOCK, in this workpackage.

2. If tail wheel lockpin disengages, but TAIL WHEEL switch still indicates LOCK, go to TAIL WHEELLOCKPIN DISENGAGES, BUT TAIL WHEEL SWITCH INDICATES LOCK, in this work package.

3. If tail wheel lockpin does not engage and TAIL WHEEL switch indicates UNLK, go to TAIL WHEELLOCKPIN DOES NOT ENGAGE AND TAIL WHEEL SWITCH INDICATES UNLK, in this work package.

4. If tail wheel lockpin engages, but TAIL WHEEL switch still indicates UNLK, go to TAIL WHEEL LOCK-PIN ENGAGES, BUT TAIL WHEEL SWITCH INDICATES UNLK, in this work package.

Step



Power shall be off.

Corrective Action

None Required

TM 1-1520-237-23 0071 00

TAIL WHEEL LOCK SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0071 00-2

TAIL WHEEL LOCKPIN DOES NOT DISENGAGE AND TAIL WHEEL SWITCH INDICATES LOCK

SYMPTOMTail wheel lockpin shall engage or disengage. TAIL WHEEL switch shall likewise indicate LOCK or UNLK.

MALFUNCTIONTail wheel lockpin shall engage or disengage. TAIL WHEEL switch shall likewise indicate LOCK or UNLK.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Check actuator for proper position (retracted).

a. If actuator is in proper position, go to 2.

b. If actuator is not in proper position, go to 6.

2. Check linkage from actuator to lockpin for proper installation or freedom fromdamage.

a. If linkage is good, go to 3.

b. If linkage is not good, replace/install linkage or spring, as required (WP 0464 00). Go to 11.

3. Check that lockpin becomes disengaged using manual release.

a. If lockpin becomes disengaged, check lockpin for damage or hole for signs of corrosion.Repair/replace as necessary (WP 0464 00). Go to 11.

b. If lockpin does not become disengaged, go to 4.

4. Push side of tail cone. Go to 5.

5. Check that lockpin disengages.

a. If lockpin disengages, system is operational. Go to 11.

b. If lockpin does not disengage, replace lockpin (WP 0464 00). Go to 11.

6. Check for 28 vdc between P507-B and P507-C.

a. If voltage is as specified, replace tail wheel lock actuator (WP 0464 00). Go to 11.


7. Check for 28 vdc between P507-B and ground.

a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between P507-C and GND500-1(WP 1747 00). Go to 11.


8. Check continuity between J135-A and J135-D.

a. If continuity is present, go to 9.

b. If continuity is not present, replace MISC SW panel (WP 0830 00). Go to 11.

9. Check for 28 vdc between P135-A and ground.

a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between, as required (WP 1747 00), then go to11:

+ P135-D and P507-B

+ P135-F and P507-A

TM 1-1520-237-23 0071 00

0071 00-3


10. Check for 28 vdc between TAIL WHEEL LOCK circuit breaker terminal 1 andground.

a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between terminal 1 and P135-A (WP 1747 00).Go to 11.



TAIL WHEEL LOCKPIN DISENGAGES, BUT TAIL WHEEL SWITCH INDICATES LOCK



CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Check for 28 vdc between P135-G and P659R-H.

a. If voltage is as specified, replace MISC SW panel (WP 0830 00). Go to 6.


2. Check for 28 vdc between P135-G and ground.

a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between P659R-H and GG12-5 (WP 1747 00).Go to 6.


3. Check continuity between P135-G and J500-6.


b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1747 00). Go to 6.

4. Check for 28 vdc between J500-4 and ground.

a. If voltage is as specified, replace harness assembly. Go to 6.


5. Check for 28 vdc between P902-X and ground.

a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between (WP 1747 00), then go to 6:

+ J500-4 and P902-X

+ J500-12 and P902-X

b. If voltage is not as specified, troubleshoot instrument panel and consoles indicator lights dim-ming system (WP 0111 00). Go to 6.


TM 1-1520-237-23 0071 00

TAIL WHEEL LOCKPIN DOES NOT DISENGAGE AND TAIL WHEEL SWITCH INDICATES LOCK - Continued

0071 00-4

TAIL WHEEL LOCKPIN DOES NOT ENGAGE AND TAIL WHEEL SWITCH INDICATES UNLK



CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Check actuator for proper position (extended).

a. If actuator is extended, go to 2.

b. If actuator is not extended, go to 5.

2. Check linkage from actuator to lockpin for proper installation or freedom fromdamage.

a. If linkage is good, go to 3.

b. If linkage is not good, repair/replace parts, as required (WP 0464 00). Go to 8.

3. Push side of tail cone to line up lockpin with hole. Go to 4.

4. Check that lockpin engages.

a. If lockpin engages, system is operational. Go to 8.

b. If lockpin does not engage, check lockpin hole for damage. Replace lockpin if necessary(WP 0464 00). Go to 8.

5. Check for 28 vdc between P507-A and P507-C.

a. If voltage is as specified, replace tail wheel lock actuator (WP 0464 00). Go to 8.


6. Check continuity between P507-C and ground.


b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring between J500-9 and GND500-1(WP 1747 00). Go to 8.

c. If trouble remains, replace harness assembly. Go to 8.

7. Check continuity between P135-F and P507-A.

a. If continuity is present, troubleshoot miscellaneous switch panel (WP 0099 00). Go to 8.

b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring between P135-F and J500-7 (WP 1747 00).Go to 8.

c. If trouble remains, replace harness assembly. Go to 8.


TM 1-1520-237-23 0071 00

0071 00-5

TAIL WHEEL LOCKPIN ENGAGES, BUT TAIL WHEEL SWITCH INDICATES UNLK


MALFUNCTIONTail wheel lockpin shall engage or disengage. TAIL WHEEL switch shall likewise indicate LOCK or UNLK.Tail wheel lockpin engages, but tail wheel switch indicates UNLK.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Check continuity between J507-J and J507-H.


b. If continuity is not present, replace tail wheel lock actuator (WP 0464 00). Go to 4.

2. Check for 28 vdc between P507-J and ground.


b. If voltage is not as specified, go to TAIL WHEEL LOCKPIN DISENGAGES, BUT TAILWHEEL SWITCH INDICATES LOCK, in this work package. Go to 4.

3. Check continuity between P500-1 and P500-3.

a. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring between J500-1 and J500-11 (WP 1747 00). Goto 4.

b. If continuity is not present, replace harness assembly. Go to 4.


TM 1-1520-237-23 0071 00

0071 00-6

SAAA2632_1


RECEPTACLELOCATION/

CONNECTION POINT

P114 / J114 COCKPIT

P135 / J135 MISCELLANEOUS SWITCHPANEL

A

B

C

P230 / J230

P310 / J310

P500 / J500

LEFT RELAY PANELP243 / J243P902 / J902

P135 / J135

P659R / J659R

P114 / J114

P219 / J219

BL 8 RH, STA 200

P219 / J219 CABIN FLOORBL 25 RH, STA 242

P230 / J230 CABIN CEILINGBL 8 RH, STA 247

P243 / J243 LEFT RELAY PANEL

P310 / J310 CABIN CEILINGBL 16.7 RH, STA 390

P500 / J500 TAIL CONEBL 0, STA 609

P507 / J507 TAIL WHEEL LOCKACTUATOR

P659R / J659R MISCELLANEOUS SWITCHPANEL


Figure 1. Tail Wheel Lock System Location Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 2)

TM 1-1520-237-23 0071 00

LOCATION

0071 00-7

SAAA2632_2

TAIL WHEEL LOCK SYSTEM

TAIL WHEELLOCK ACTUATOR

S48UNLOCKSWITCH

LOCK PIN

P507 / J507

S32LOCKSWITCH

C

5

DC ESNTL BUS

TAIL

WHEEL

UPPER CONSOLE

B

LOCKTAIL

WHEEL

MISCELLANEOUS SWITCH PANEL

MISCSW

A

Figure 1. Tail Wheel Lock System Location Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 2)

TM 1-1520-237-23 0071 00


0071 00-8

UPPER CONSOLE

LEFT RELAY PANEL

J230 P230

J902 P902

C

A


J659R P659R

J135 P135

RELAY ENERGIZEDWHEN CAUTION /ADVISORY PANEL

BRT / DIM−TEST SWITCH PLACED TO

BRT / DIM

SELECT DIM

0−26 VDCFROM DIMMINGUNIT

K40

C1

C2

C3

cCB311

TAIL WHEELLOCK

2 15

AMP28 VDC

DC ESNTLBUS

TO

LOCK

UNLK

LIGHTS

NO C

NC

TAIL WHEEL SWITCH

NO C

NC

FL2

FL3

FL1

FL4

FL5

C

G

A

F

D

H

GG12−5

FL6(SEENOTE 1)

28 VDCFROM NO. 1PRI DC BUS

1

2

3

4

567

E

TOUPPER AND

LOWER CONSOLELIGHTS

SAAB2195_1

NOTES

1. FILTERS FL1 THROUGHFL6 NOT INSTALLED.

2. ALL SWITCHES CHANGE POSITIONWHEN ACTUATOR REACHESEXTENDED OR RETRACTED POSITION.

XSGP902−1

P114 J114

dSGP112−1

W/O EMEP

Figure 2. Tail Wheel Lock System Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 2)

TM 1-1520-237-23 0071 00

SCHEMATICS

0071 00-9

J219 P219

J310 P310

J500 P500

TAIL WHEEL LOCKACTUATOR

P507

G

H

F

J

K

GND500−1

P

U

T

S

R

10

8

9

7

6

2

12

11

1

3

5

4

H

J

G

A

C

B

E

F

D

3

12

LEVER

3

12

UNLOCKSWITCHS48

LOCKSWITCHS32

EXTENDINDICATORSWITCH

SG

500−

1

TAILWHEEL

LOCK PIN(UNLOCKED)

1

2

3

4

567

SAAB2195_2

Figure 2. Tail Wheel Lock System Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 2)

TM 1-1520-237-23 0071 00


END OF WORK PACKAGE

0071 00-10

UNIT LEVEL

ENGINE SYSTEM

ENGINE AND ENGINE INTERFACE

INITIAL SETUP:

ReferencesTM 1-1520-237-10TM 1-2840-248-23WP 0075 00WP 0076 00WP 0089 00WP 0102 00WP 0129 00WP 0498 00WP 0499 00


ENGINE AND ENGINE INTERFACE INTRODUCTION OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step

1. This operational/troubleshooting procedure provides fault isolation of engine malfunction indication as reported bythe pilot. An engine malfunction indication may be due to an airframe or an engine component malfunction. Alltroubleshooting tables here relate to airframe items first. If it has been determined that the airframe is not the cause,troubleshoot the engine (TM 1-2840-248-23).

NOTE

c As a general rule, if only one parameter of the engine is malfunctioning and all otherindications are normal, the general cause is a malfunctioning airframe indicatingsystem. Troubleshoot instrument display system (WP 0089 00).

c See Figure 1 for component location diagram, and Figure 2 for schematic diagram asan aid in operational/troubleshooting.

2. UH60L The following table lists the self-test BITE indications on the appropriate Torque Meter and references totroubleshooting procedures.

Table 1. Self-test BITE Indications.

BITE INDICATION TROUBLE TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

15% DEC TM 1-2840-248-23

25% Np Demand TM 1-2840-248-23

35% Load Share TM 1-2840-248-23

TM 1-1520-237-23 0072 00

0072 00-1

Table 1. Self-test BITE Indications. - Continued

BITE INDICATION TROUBLE TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

45% TGT WP 0089 00/TM 1-2840-248-23

55% Alternator Power TM 1-2840-248-23

65% Ng WP 0089 00/TM 1-2840-248-23

75% Np WP 0089 00/TM 1-2840-248-23

85% Torque WP 0089 00/TM 1-2840-248-23(Torque)

85% Overspeed WP 0075 00/TM 1-2840-248-23 (Overspeed)

95% Hot Start Prevention TM 1-2840-248-23

105% Helicopter 400 Hz Power WP 0102 00/TM 1-2840-248-23 (Torque)

115% Collective Channel TGT SPIKES ON EITHER ENGINE, in this workpackage

125% Nr BITE READS 115% OR DURING RECOVERY, NPDOES NOT INCREASE TO MATCH NR, in this

work package/TM 1-2840-248-23 (Torque)


None Required

Corrective Action

None Required

ENGINE NG LOW AT GROUND IDLE SPEED (IDLE SPEED BELOW LIMITS)

SYMPTOMEngine Ng low.

MALFUNCTIONEngine Ng low at ground idle speed (idle speed below limits).

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Troubleshoot instrument display system, %Ng 1 and 2 scales for proper operation(WP 0089 00).

a. If instrument display system operates as specified, troubleshoot engine for low ground idlespeed (TM 1-2840-248-23). Go to 2.


TM 1-1520-237-23 0072 00

ENGINE AND ENGINE INTERFACE INTRODUCTION OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE -Continued

0072 00-2

ENGINE NG HIGH AT GROUND IDLE SPEED (IDLE SPEED ABOVE LIMITS)

SYMPTOMEngine Ng high.

MALFUNCTIONEngine Ng high at ground idle speed (idle speed above limits).

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Does helicopter have HMU 6068T77P03 or 6068T97P03?

a. If helicopter is as specified, go to 2.

b. If helicopter is not as specified, go to 4.

2. Check power available spindle system for proper rigging and operation(WP 0512 00).

a. If rigging operation is proper, go to 3.

b. If rigging operation is not proper, rig power available spindle controls (WP 0512 00) or re-place components as required (WP 0499 00, WP 0507 00, or WP 0508 00). Go to 6.

3. Troubleshoot instrument display system %Ng 1 and 2 scales for proper operation(WP 0089 00).

a. If scales show proper operation, troubleshoot engine for high Ng during ground idle(TM 1-2840-248-23). Go to 6.

b. If scales do not show proper operation, repair/replace components as required. Go to 6.

4. Check power available spindle system for proper rigging and operation(WP 0512 00).

a. If rigging shows proper operation, go to 5.

b. If rigging does not show proper operation, rig power available spindle controls (WP 0512 00)or replace components as required (WP 0499 00, WP 0507 00, or WP 0508 00). Go to 6.

5. Perform load demand spindle verification (LOAD DEMAND SPINDLE VERIFICA-TION, in this work package) to check for proper rigging and operation.

a. If load demand spindle system operates as specified, troubleshoot engine for high Ng duringground idle (TM 1-2840-248-23). Go to 6.

b. If load demand spindle system is not correct, repair/replace components, as required. Go to 6.


ENGINE FLAMES OUT

SYMPTOMEngine flames out.

MALFUNCTIONEngine flames out.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Move control quadrant ENG POWER CONT lever in cockpit to LOCKOUT. Go to 2.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0072 00

0072 00-3

2. Move control quadrant ENG FUEL SYS SELECTOR LEVER to detent. Go to 3.

3. Place FUEL PUMP switch to FUEL PRIME. Check that fuel is coming fromoverboard drain.

a. If fuel is coming from overboard drain, go to 4.

b. If fuel is not coming from overboard drain, troubleshoot fuel prime boost system(WP 0129 00). Go to 5.

4. Visually check self sealing breakaway main fuel valve on top of tank for a yellowstripe.

a. If yellow stripe is present, replace fuel valve (WP 0979 00). Go to 5.

b. If yellow stripe is not present, troubleshoot engine for flame out (TM 1-2840-248-23). Go to5.


ENGINE TGT FLUCTUATES AT GROUND IDLE SPEED

SYMPTOMEngine TGT fluctuates.

MALFUNCTIONEngine TGT fluctuates at ground idle speed.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Troubleshoot %Ng 1 or %Ng 2 scale on instrument display unit (WP 0089 00).

a. If instrument display system operates as specified, troubleshoot engine for fluctuating TGT atground idle speed (TM 1-2840-248-23). Go to 2.


ENGINE TGT EXCEEDS LIMITER SETTING

SYMPTOMEngine TGT exceeded.

MALFUNCTIONEngine TGT exceeds limiter setting.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Troubleshoot TGT 1 or 2 scale on instrument display unit (WP 0089 00).

a. If instrument display system operates as specified, troubleshoot engine for exceeding TGTlimiter (TM 1-2840-248-23). Go to 2.


TM 1-1520-237-23 0072 00

ENGINE FLAMES OUT - Continued

0072 00-4

ENGINE HAS UNCONTROLLED ACCELERATION (NG)

SYMPTOMEngine unstable.

MALFUNCTIONEngine has uncontrolled acceleration (Ng).

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Check ENG POWER CONT level for proper operation.

a. If ENG POWER CONT level is normal, troubleshoot engine for uncontrolled acceleration(TM 1-2840-248-23). Go to 2.

b. If ENG POWER CONT level is not normal, repair/replace components in the PAS system, asrequired (WP 0499 00, WP 0507 00, or WP 0508 00). Go to 2.


ENGINE HAS UNSTABLE OPERATION (NG, NP, AND TORQUE)

SYMPTOMEngine unstable operation.

MALFUNCTIONEngine has unstable operation (Ng, Np, and torque).

CORRECTIVE ACTION


+ P137-N and P800-20

+ P138-N and P801-20

a. If continuity is present, troubleshoot engine for unstable operation (TM 1-2840-248-23). Go to2.

b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring, as required (WP 1747 00). Go to 2.


TORQUE SPLIT GREATER THAN 5% OR ERRATIC

SYMPTOMTorque split exceeded.

MALFUNCTIONTorque split greater than 5% or erratic.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Check electrical connectors between DEC of both engines for proper connections.

a. If connectors have proper connections, go to 2.

b. If connectors do not have proper connections, connect electrical connectors. Go to 10.

2. Check load demand cable spring pin (for each engine) for sheared condition.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0072 00

0072 00-5

a. If sheared conditions is present, go to 3.

b. If sheared condition is not present, go to 9.

3. Disconnect collective bias tube from mixing unit lever (WP 0506 00). Push cablerod end in and out. Go to 4.

4. Check that cable movement is smooth (no binding).

a. If cable movement is smooth, go to 5.

b. If cable movement is not smooth, go to 6.

5. Replace collective bias spring pin (WP 0511 00). Go to 10.

6. Disconnect load demand rotary input from HMU (WP 0498 00). Go to 7.

7. Push cable rod end in and out. Go to 8.

8. Check that cable movement is smooth (no binding).

a. If cable movement is smooth, replace spring pin in LDS cable (WP 0511 00). Go to 10.

b. If cable movement is not smooth, replace LDS cable (WP 0506 00). Go to 10.

c. If trouble remains, replace HMU (TM 1-2840-248-23). Go to 10.


+ P800-3 and P801-3

+ P800-22 and P801-22

+ P800-23 and P801-24

+ P800-24 and P801-23

a. If continuity is present, troubleshoot engine for excessive torque split for erratic torque indica-tion (TM 1-2840-248-23). Go to 10.

b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring between P800 and P801, as required(WP 1747 00). Go to 10.


BITE READS 125%

SYMPTOMBITE reads 125%.

MALFUNCTIONBITE reads 125%.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Does only No. 2 engine BITE read 125%?

a. If only No. 2 engine BITE reads 125%, go to 2.

b. If both engine BITEs read 125%, go to 3.


+ P407-1 and P800-26

TM 1-1520-237-23 0072 00

TORQUE SPLIT GREATER THAN 5% OR ERRATIC - Continued

0072 00-6

+ P407-2 and P800-25

a. If continuity is present, replace main rotor speed sensor (WP 0500 00). Go to 6.

b. If trouble remains, troubleshoot No. 2 engine (TM 1-2840-248-23). Go to 6.

c. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring, as required (WP 1747 00). Go to 6.

3. Do No. 1 and No. 2 engines BITE read 125%?

a. If both engine BITEs are as specified, go, to 4.

b. If both engine BITEs are not as specified, go to 5.


+ P407-1 and P800-26

+ P407-2 and P800-25




+ P407-1 and P800-26

+ P407-2 and P800-25


b. If trouble remains, troubleshoot No. 1 engine (TM 1-2840-248-23). Go to 6.

c. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring, as required (WP 1747 00). Go to 6.


BITE READS 115% OR DURING POWER RECOVERY, NP DOES NOT INCREASE TO MATCH NR

SYMPTOMBITE reads 115%.

MALFUNCTIONBITE reads 115% or during power recovery, Np does not increase to match Nr.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Does only No. 2 engine BITE read 115%?

a. If only No. 2 engine BITE reads 115%, go to 2.

b. If both engine BITEs read 115%, go to 4.


+ J351-4 and P800-29

+ J351-5 and P800-30

+ J351-6 and P800-31



TM 1-1520-237-23 0072 00

BITE READS 125% - Continued

0072 00-7

3. Is No. 3 collective stick position sensor adjusted properly?

a. If sensor is adjusted properly, troubleshoot No. 2 engine (TM 1-2840-248-23). Go to 7.

b. If sensor is not adjusted properly, adjust sensor (WP 1090 00). Go to 7.

c. If sensor cannot be adjusted, replace sensor (WP 1090 00). Go to 7.

4. Do No. 1 and No. 2 engine BITEs read 115%?

a. If both engine BITEs read 115%, replace No. 3 collective stick position sensor(WP 1090 00). Go to 7.

b. If both engines do not read 115%, go to 5.


+ J351-1 and P801-29

+ J351-2 and P801-30

+ J351- 3 and P801-31



6. Is No. 3 collective stick position sensor adjusted properly?

a. If sensor is adjusted properly, troubleshoot No. 1 engine (TM 1-2840-248-23). Go to 7.

b. If sensor is not adjusted properly, adjust sensor (WP 1090 00). Go to 7.

c. If sensor cannot be adjusted, replace sensor (WP 1090 00). Go to 7.


TGT SPIKES ON EITHER ENGINE

SYMPTOMTGT spikes.

MALFUNCTIONTGT spikes on either engine.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Check that maintenance has been performed in the following areas:

+ No. 1 or No. 2 engines

+ No. 1 or No. 2 SDCs

+ Flight control harness to cockpit feed through connectors.

a. If maintenance has been performed go to 2.

b. If maintenance has not been performed, go to 11.

2. Check that all bonded and grounded connections are secure and free of corrosionand that electrical harnesses and connectors have not been damaged and are freeof moisture.

a. If connectors are as specified, go to 3.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0072 00

BITE READS 115% OR DURING POWER RECOVERY, NP DOES NOT INCREASE TO MATCH NR -Continued

0072 00-8

b. If connections are not as specified, repair/replace wiring, as required (WP 1747 00). Go to41.

3. Disconnect yellow harness connector W4P5 from alternator. Check for specifiedresistance between:

+ J2-1 and J2-1 (Infinity)


+ J2-3 and J2-3 (0.6 - 1.0)

+ J2-4 and J2-4 (0.6 - 1.0)

+ J2-5 and J2-5 (1.2 - 2.0)

a. If resistance is as specified, go to 4.

b. If resistance is not as specified, replace alternator (TM 1-2840-248-23). Go to 41.

4. Check circuit at S39 connector on ECU (TM 1-2840-248-23).

a. If circuit is good, go to 5.

b. If circuit is not good, repair/replace wiring as required (WP 1747 00). Go to 41.

5. Disconnect connectors P814 and P824. Run No. 2 engine (TM 1-1520-237-10). IsTGT still spiking?

a. If TGT still spikes, go to 6.

b. If TGT is not spiking, go to 26.

6. Check all associated engine compartment harnesses and connectors, SDC harnessand connectors, and interconnecting wiring for damage and moisture intrusion.

a. If harness and connectors are good, go to 7.

b. If harness and connectors are not good, repair/replace wiring, as required (WP 1747 00). Goto 41.

7. Is related spiking indication also associated with torque?

a. If spiking is as specified, go to 8.

b. If spiking is not as specified, go to LOAD DEMAND SPINDLE VERIFICATION, in thiswork package.

8. Is indication of torque spiking associated with No. 2 engine?

a. If indication of torque is as specified, go to 9.

b. If indication of torque is not as specified, go to 10.


+ P800-10 and P814-15

+ P800-11 and P814-14

+ P800-20 and P814-30

a. If continuity is present, go to LOAD DEMAND SPINDLE VERIFICATION, in this workpackage.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0072 00

TGT SPIKES ON EITHER ENGINE - Continued

0072 00-9



+ P801-10 and P815-15

+ P801-11 and P815-16

a. If continuity is present, go to LOAD DEMAND SPINDLE VERIFICATION, in this package.


11. Disconnect yellow harness connector W4P5 from alternator. Check for specifiedresistance between:


+ J2-2 and J2- 2 (Infinity)

+ J2-3 and J2-3 (0.6 - 1.0)

+ J2-4 and J2-4 (0.6 - 1.0)

+ J2-3 and J2-3 (1.2 - 2.0)


b. If resistance is not as specified, replace alternator (TM 1-2840-248-23). Go to 41.

12. Do circuit checks at S39 connector on ECU (TM 1-2840-248-23).

a. If circuit checks are as specified, go to 13.

b. If circuit checks are not as specified, repair/replace wiring, as required (WP 1747 00). Go to41.

13. Disconnect connectors P814 and P824. Run No. 2 engine (TM 1-2840-248-23). IsTGT still spiking?


b. If TGT does not spike, go to 19.





a. If spiking is as specified, go to 16.

b. If spiking is not as specified, go to LOAD DEMAND SPINDLE VERIFICATION, in thiswork package.


a. If spiking is associated with No. 2 engine, go to 17.

b. If spiking is not associated with No. 2 engine, go to 18.


TM 1-1520-237-23 0072 00


0072 00-10

+ P800-10 and P814-15

+ P800-11 and P814-14

+ P800-20 and P814-30




+ P801-10 and P815-15

+ P801-11 and P815-16



19. Reconnect connectors P814 and P824. Disconnect connectors P815 and P825. RunNo. 1 engine (TM 1-1520-237-23). Is TGT still spiking?





b. If harness and connectors are not good, repair/replace wiring as required (WP 1747 00). Goto 41.


a. If spiking is related with torque, go to 22.

b. If spiking is not related with torque, go to LOAD DEMAND SPINDLE VERIFICATION, inthis work package.





+ P800-10 and P814-15

+ P800-11 and P814-14

+ P800-20 and P814-30




TM 1-1520-237-23 0072 00


0072 00-11

+ P801-10 and P815-15

+ P801-11 and P815-16



25. Troubleshoot engine speed trim system (WP 0076 00). Is TGT still spiking?


b. If TGT does not spike, system is operational. Go to 41.

26. Reconnect connectors P814 and P824. Disconnect connectors P815 and P825. RunNo. 1 engine (TM 1-1520-237-23). Is TGT still spiking?







a. If related spiking is associated with torque, go to 29.

b. If related spiking is not associated with torque, go to LOAD DEMAND SPINDLEVERIFICATION, in this work package.





+ P800-10 and P814-15

+ P800-11 and P814-14

+ P800-20 and P814-30




+ P801-10 and P815-15

+ P801-11 and P815-16


TM 1-1520-237-23 0072 00


0072 00-12


32. Troubleshoot engine speed trim system (WP 0076 00). Is TGT still spiking?


b. If TGT does not spike, system is operational. Go to 41.


a. If spiking is associated with torque, go to 34.

b. If spiking is not associated with torque, go to LOAD DEMAND SPINDLE VERIFICATION,in this work package.


a. If torque is associated with No. 2 engine, go to 35.

b. If torque is not associated with No. 2 engine, go to 36.


+ P800-10 and P814-15

+ P800-11 and P814-14

+ P800-20 and P814-30


b. If continuity is not present repair/replace wiring, as required (WP 1747 00). Go to 41.


+ P801-10 and P815-15

+ P801-11 and P815-16



37. Is related spiking also associated with torque?

a. If spiking is associated with torque, go to 38.

b. If spiking is not associated with torque, go to LOAD DEMAND SPINDLE VERIFICATION,in this work package.





+ P800-10 and P814-15

+ P800-11 and P814-14

+ P800-20 and P814-30

TM 1-1520-237-23 0072 00


0072 00-13




+ P801-10 and P815-15

+ P801-11 and P815-16




TGT AND/OR TORQUE SPIKING APPEAR ON PDUS WITHOUT ASSOCIATED CHANGE IN ENGINEPOWER

SYMPTOMTGT and/or torque spiking appears.

MALFUNCTIONTGT and/or torque spiking appear on PDUs without associated change in engine power.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Troubleshoot vertical indicator display system (WP 0089 00). Is systemmalfunctioning?

a. If vertical indicator display system is malfunctioning, repair, is required (WP 0799 00). Go to14.

b. If vertical indicator display system is not malfunctioning, go to 2.

2. Check No. 1 and No. 2 engine wiring harness continuity.


b. If continuity is not present, replace wiring harness, as required (TM 1-2840-248-23). Go to14.

3. Disconnect No. 2 engine history recorder. Run engines (TM 1-1520-237-23). Checkthat TGT and/or torque spiking indications do not appear on PDU’s without changein engine power.

a. If TGT and/or torque spiking appear on PDU, go to 4.

b. If TGT and/or torque spiking does not appear on PDU, go to 5.

4. Check connectors between recorder and ECU for contamination.

a. If contamination is present, clean connectors (TM 1-2840-248-23). Go to 14.

b. If contamination is not present, replace history recorder (TM 1-2840-248-23). Go to 14.

c. If trouble remains, replace yellow electrical cable (TM 1-2840-248-23). Go to 14.

5. Shutdown engines and disconnect No. 1 engine history recorder. Run engines(TM 1-1520-237-23). Has trouble been remedied?

TM 1-1520-237-23 0072 00


0072 00-14

a. If trouble has been remedied, go to 6.

b. If trouble has not been remedied, go to 7.

6. Check connectors between recorder and ECU for contamination.


b. If contamination is not present, replace history recorder (TM 1-2840-248-23). Go to 14.

c. If trouble remains, replace yellow electrical cable (TM 1-2840-248-23). Go to 14.

7. Check yellow electrical cable for contamination.


b. If contamination is not present, go to 8.

8. Check continuity of yellow electrical cable.


b. If continuity is not present, replace cable (TM 1-2840-248-23). Go to 14.

9. Check blue electrical cable for contamination.



10. Check continuity of blue electrical cable.



11. Check green electrical cable for contamination.



12. Check continuity of green electrical cable.



13. Troubleshoot Np sensor system (TM 1-2840-248-23). Is Np sensor systemmalfunctioning?

a. If Np sensor system is malfunctioning, replace Np sensor system (TM 1-2840-248-23). Go to14.

b. If Np system is not malfunctioning, replace engine as required (TM 1-2840-248-23). Go to14.


TM 1-1520-237-23 0072 00

TGT AND/OR TORQUE SPIKING APPEAR ON PDUS WITHOUT ASSOCIATED CHANGE IN ENGINEPOWER - Continued

0072 00-15

LOAD DEMAND SPINDLE VERIFICATION

SYMPTOMLoad demand.

MALFUNCTIONLoad demand spindle verification.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Disconnect LDS cable from mixer unit lever assembly. Go to 2.

2. Measure load demand system force (T1) (WP 0506 00).

a. If force is greater than 45 pounds, go to 3.

b. If force is less than or equal to 45 pounds, reconnect LDS cable to mixer unit lever assembly.Go to 10.

3. Disconnect load demand rotary input from HMU (WP 0498 00). Go to 4.

4. Measure load demand system force (T2) (WP 0506 00).

a. If force (T2) is greater than T1 minus 12 pounds, go to 5.

b. If force (T2) is less or equal to T1 minus 12 pounds, go to 7.

5. Disconnect LDS cable from rotary input assembly (WP 0498 00). Go to 6.

6. Measure cable friction force (T3) (WP 0506 00).

a. If force (T3) is greater than 3 pounds, replace LDS cable (WP 0506 00). Go to 10.

b. If force (T3) is less than or equal to 3 pounds, replace rotary input assembly (WP 0498 00).Go to 10.

7. Measure HMU spindle torque (Q) (TM 1-2840-248-23).

a. If spindle torque is greater than 15 inch-pounds, replace HMU (TM 1-2840-248-23). Go to10.

b. If spindle torque is less or equal to 15 inch-pounds, go to 8.

8. Disconnect LDS cable from rotary input assembly (WP 0498 00). Go to 9.

9. Measure cable friction force (T3) (WP 0506 00).

a. If force (T3) is greater than 3 pounds, replace LDS cable (WP 0506 00). Go to 10.

b. If force (T3) is less or equal to 3 pounds, replace rotary input assembly (WP 0498 00). Go to10.


TM 1-1520-237-23 0072 00

0072 00-16

B

NO. 2 ENGINEDIGITALELECTRONICCONTROLP800

P400 / J400

P401 / J401

NO. 1 ENGINEDIGITALELECTRONICCONTROLP801

P814 / J814 P815 / J815

EFFECTIVITY

J351 NO. 3 COLLECTIVE STICKPOTENTIOMETER

P400 / J400 MAIN ROTOR PYLON DECKBL 24 RH, STA 318

P401 / J401 MAIN ROTOR PYLON DECKBL 24 LH, STA 318

P800 NO. 2 ENGINE DIGITALELECTRONIC CONTROL


P814 / J814 FIREWALL DISCONNECTBL 14 RH, STA 373

P815 / J815 FIREWALL DISCONNECTBL 14 LH, STA 373

A

P407 MAIN ROTORSPEED SENSOR

UH60L

NO. 2 SIGNALDATA CONVERTERP137 / J1


P137 / J1 NO. 2 SIGNAL DATACONVERTER


SAAA2641_1A

TERMINAL BOARD /DISCONNECT PLUG /

RECEPTACLELOCATION /

CONNECTION POINT

Figure 1. Engine and Engine Interface Location Diagram UH60L . (Sheet 1 of 2)

TM 1-1520-237-23 0072 00

LOCATION

0072 00-17

SAAA2641_2

MIXERASSEMBLY

A

FRONT Nr SPEEDSENSORP407

MAIN TRANSMISSION

B

NO. 3 COLLECTIVESTICK POTENTIOMETERJ351

Figure 1. Engine and Engine Interface Location Diagram UH60L . (Sheet 2 of 2)

TM 1-1520-237-23 0072 00


0072 00-18

SA

MIXER

NO. 1 ENGINE MAIN ROTOR SPEEDSENSOR

NO. 2 ENGINE

P400J400

P815J815

J401P401

J400P400

P814J814

P801 P407 P800

J351

3

EFFECTIVITY

NO. 3 COLLECTIVESTICK POSITION SENSOR

MA

IN R

OTO

RS

PE

ED

CA

SE

GR

OU

ND

T

T

T

T P

P

P T

UH60L

P223J223

b

P138

NO. 1 SIGNALDATA CONVERTER

NO. 1 ENGSPEED TRIM(COM)

J1

i

N

P114J114

X

P217J217

P224J224


NO. 2 ENGSPEED TRIM(COM)

P137J1

3

C

C

24

31

2

D

D

22

30

1

b

V

20

29

6

24

31

5

22

30

4

20

29

(HI)

2

A

3

25

SG401-2

A

3

25

(LO)

1

B

4

26

SG401-1

B

4

26

30

20

X

N

SG901-1

30

20

e

J

W

SG901-2

N

AB1453A

N

19 19

E

Figure 2. Engine and Engine Interface Schematic Diagram UH60L .

TM 1-1520-237-23 0072 00

SCHEMATICS

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0072 00-19/20 Blank

UNIT LEVEL

ENGINE SYSTEM

NO. 1 ENGINE INSTRUMENTS AND WARNING LIGHTS SYSTEM

INITIAL SETUP:


Tools and Special ToolsAircraft Mechanic’s Toolkit, SC 5180-99-B01Electrical Repairer Toolkit, SC 5180-99-B06Engine Repairman’s Toolkit, SC 5180-99-B07Insulated Jumper Wire

Personnel RequiredAircraft Electrician MOS 15F (1)Aircraft Powerplant Repairer MOS 15B (1)UH-60 Helicopter Repairer MOS 15T (1)

ReferencesTM 1-1520-237-MTFTM 1-1520-237-10TM 1-2840-248-23

WP 0075 00WP 0089 00WP 0090 00WP 0100 00WP 0104 00WP 0481 00WP 0482 00WP 0824 00WP 0925 00WP 0976 00WP 1685 00WP 1747 00

Equipment ConditionExternal Electrical Power Available, WP 1685 00 00or APU Operational, TM 1-1520-237-10No. 1 Fuel Tank Serviced, TM 1-1520-237-10

NO. 1 ENGINE INSTRUMENTS AND WARNING LIGHTS SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTINGPROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step

NOTE


c See Figure 1 for system location diagram, Figure 2 for system schematic diagram,

UH60A UH60L EH60A Figure 3 and HH60L UH60Q Figure 4 for warning lights schematic

diagrams as an aid in operational/troubleshooting.

1. Make sure all circuit breakers are pushed in, except those noted being pulled for maintenance or safety.

2. Turn on electrical power. UH-60Q HH-60L Turn pilot’s or copilot’s multifunction display (MFD) switch and pressT6 switch (illuminates all MFD legends for 10 seconds, then only the active caution and advisory legends will bedisplayed).


a. #1 FUEL PRESS capsule on caution/advisory panel or legend MFD/caution/advisory panel shall go on.

b. #1 ENGINE OIL PRESS capsule on caution/advisory panel or legend on MFD/caution/advisory panel shall goon.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0073 00

0073 00-1

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition a. is not as specified, go to #1 FUEL PRESS CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOES NOTGO ON, in this work package.

2. If Indication/Condition b. is not as specified, go to #1 ENGINE OIL PRESS CAPSULE OR LEGENDDOES NOT GO ON, in this work package.

Step

3. Install an insulated jumper wire between P803-13 and P803-14.


#1 OIL FLTR BYPASS capsule on caution/advisory panel or legend on MFD/caution/advisory panel shall go on.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to #1 OIL FLTR BYPASS CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOES NOT GOON, in this work package.

Step

4. Remove jumper wire from P803.



#1 FUEL FLTR BYPASS capsule on caution/advisory panel or legend on MFD/caution/advisory panel shall go on.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to #1 FUEL FLTR BYPASS CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOES NOTGO ON, in this work package.

Step


7. Connect P803 to No. 1 engine (WP 0481 00).


9. With qualified personnel at controls, run No. 1 engine up to idle speed (TM 1-1520-237-10).


#1 FUEL PRESS capsule shall be off.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to #1 FUEL PRESS CAPSULE OR LEGEND REMAINS ON WHENENGINE IS AT IDLE SPEED, in this work package.

Step

10. With qualified personnel at controls, run No. 1 engine with main rotor turning at 100% Nr until engine instrumentsstabilize.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0073 00

NO. 1 ENGINE INSTRUMENTS AND WARNING LIGHTS SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTINGPROCEDURE - Continued

0073 00-2


Engine status shall be as follows:

CAUTION/ADVISORY PANEL OR MFD/CAUTION/ADVISORY PANEL CAPSULE STATUS

#1 FUEL PRESS OFF

#1 ENGINE OIL PRESS OFF

#1 ENGINE OIL TEMP OFF

#1 FUEL FLTR BYPASS OFF

#1 OIL FLTR BYPASS OFF

CENTRAL DISPLAY UNIT INDICATION

Ng SPEED 1 (Refer to TM 1-1520-237-MTF for normal operating limits)

TGT TEMP 1

ENG OIL TEMP 1

ENG OIL PRESS 1

PILOT’S DISPLAY UNIT INDICATION

% RPM 1 (Refer to TM 1-1520-237-MTF for normal operating limits)

% TRQ 1

Corrective Action

1. If any of these caution/advisory panel capsules or MFD/caution/advisory panel legends are on:

CAPSULE GO TO

#1 ENGINE OIL PRESS NO. 1 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE (ENG OIL PRESS 1) IS BELOWMINIMUM LIMITS, in this work package.

#1 ENGINE OIL TEMP NO. 1 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE (ENG OIL TEMP 1) IS TOOHIGH OR HAS NO INDICATION, in this work package.

2. If #1 FUEL PRESS capsule is on, troubleshoot engine for fuel low pressure caution light on during flight(TM 1-2840-248-23).

TM 1-1520-237-23 0073 00


0073 00-3

3. If #1 FUEL FLTR BYPASS or #1 OIL FLTR BYPASS capsule is on, troubleshoot engine(TM 1-2840-248-23).

4. If No. 1 engine gas generator speed (% Ng 1) has no indication, go to NO. 1 ENGINE HAS NO GASGENERATOR (% NG 1) INDICATION, in this work package.

5. If No. 1 engine turbine inlet temperature (TGT TEMP 1) has no indication, go to NO. 1 ENGINE TURBINEINLET TEMPERATURE (TGT TEMP 1) HAS NO INDICATION, in this work package.

6. If No. 1 engine oil temperature (ENG OIL TEMP 1) has no indication, go to NO. 1 ENGINE OIL TEM-PERATURE (ENG OIL TEMP 1) IS TOO HIGH OR HAS NO INDICATION, in this work package.

7. If No. 1 engine oil pressure (ENG OIL PRESS 1):

+ Is too high (10 psi above normal), go to NO. 1 ENGINE OIL FLUCTUATES GREATER THAN 5 PSIOR IS TOO HIGH (10 PSI ABOVE NORMAL OPERATING PRESSURE), in this work package.

+ Has no indication, go to NO. 1 ENGINE OIL HAS NO OIL PRESSURE INDICATION, in this workpackage.

+ Fluctuates greater than 5 psi, go to NO. 1 ENGINE OIL FLUCTUATES GREATER THAN 5 PSI OR ISTOO HIGH (10 PSI ABOVE NORMAL OPERATING PRESSURE).

+ Is below minimum limits (45 psi), go to NO. 1 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE (ENG OIL PRESS 1) ISBELOW MINIMUM LIMITS, in this work package.

8. If No. 1 engine power turbine speed (% RPM 1) has no indication, go to NO. 1 ENGINE HAS NO POWERTURBINE SPEED (% RPM ENG 1) INDICATION, in this work package.

9. If No. 1 engine has no torque indication (% TRQ 1), go to NO. 1 ENGINE HAS NO TORQUE (% TRQ 1)INDICATION, in this work package.

Step

11. Turn MFD switch to OFF.

12. Shut down No. 1 engine (TM 1-1520-237-10).


No. 1 engine shall be shutdown.

Corrective Action

None Required

#1 FUEL PRESS CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOES NOT GO ON

SYMPTOM#1 FUEL PRESS capsule on caution/advisory panel or legend on MFD/caution/advisory panel shall go on.

MALFUNCTION#1 FUEL PRESS capsule or legend does not go on.

CORRECTIVE ACTION


a. EMEP , go to 2.


TM 1-1520-237-23 0073 00


0073 00-4





4. Hold caution/advisory panel UH-60Q HH-60L INDICATOR LTS BRT/DIM-TESTswitch to TEST.

a. If #1 FUEL PRESS capsule goes on, go to 5.

b. If #1 FUEL PRESS capsule does not go on, troubleshoot caution/advisory warning system(WP 0090 00) or MFD/caution/advisory warning system (WP 0100 00). Go to 9.

5. Check for 28 vdc between P117-2 or UH-60Q HH-60L P1019R-71 or P1020R-71and ground.



6. Check for 28 vdc between P803-23 and ground.



7. Check continuity between and P117-2 or UH-60Q HH-60L P1019R-71 or P1020R-71and P803-24.

a. If continuity is present, replace fuel pressure switch (WP 0976 00). Go to 9.


8. Check for 28 vdc between NO. 1 ENG WARN LTS circuit breaker terminal 1 andground.

a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between circuit breaker terminal 1 and P803-23(WP 1747 00). Go to 9.



#1 ENGINE OIL PRESS CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOES NOT GO ON

SYMPTOM#1 ENGINE OIL PRESS capsule on caution/advisory panel or legend on MFD/caution/advisory panel shall go on.

MALFUNCTION#1 ENGINE OIL PRESS capsule or legend does not go on.

CORRECTIVE ACTION


a. EMEP , go to 2.


TM 1-1520-237-23 0073 00

#1 FUEL PRESS CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOES NOT GO ON - Continued

0073 00-5

2. EMEP Remove and check pin filtered adapters (WP 0925 00).

a. If pin filtered adapters are good, go to 3.


3. EMEP Install pin filtered adapters (WP 0925 00). Go to 4.

4. Hold caution/advisory panel UH-60Q HH-60L instrument panel INDICATOR LTSBRT/DIM-TEST switch to TEST.

a. If #1 ENGINE OIL PRESS capsule goes on, go to 5.

b. If #1 ENGINE OIL PRESS capsule does not go on, troubleshoot caution/advisory warningsystem (WP 0090 00) or MFD/caution/advisory warning system (WP 0100 00). Go to 7.




6. Check continuity between P117-3 or UH-60Q HH-60L P1019R-72 or P1020R-72and P138-X.

a. If continuity is present, troubleshoot instrument display system (WP 0089 00). Go to 7.



#1 OIL FLTR BYPASS CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOES NOT GO ON

SYMPTOM#1 OIL FLTR BYPASS capsule on caution/advisory panel or legend on MFD/caution/advisory panel shall go on.

MALFUNCTION#1 OIL FLTR BYPASS capsule or legend does not go on.

CORRECTIVE ACTION


a. If #1 OIL FLTR BYPASS capsule goes on, go to 2.

b. If #1 OIL FLTR BYPASS capsule does not go on, troubleshoot caution/advisory warningsystem (WP 0090 00) or MFD/caution/advisory warning system (WP 0100 00). Go to 9.

2. Remove jumper wire from P803. Go to 3.

3. Check for 28 vdc between P803-13 and P803-14.

a. If voltage is as specified, troubleshoot engine oil filter bypass system (TM 1-2840-248-23).Go to 9.




TM 1-1520-237-23 0073 00

#1 ENGINE OIL PRESS CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOES NOT GO ON - Continued

0073 00-6

b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between NO. 1 ENG WARN LTS circuitbreaker terminal 1 and P803-13 (WP 1747 00). Go to 9.


a. EMEP , go to 6.








b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between P803-14 and P117-23 orUH-60Q HH-60L P1019R-22 or P1020R-22 (WP 1747 00). Go to 9.


#1 FUEL FLTR BYPASS CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOES NOT GO ON

SYMPTOM#1 FUEL FLTR BYPASS capsule on caution/advisory panel or legend on MFD/caution/advisory panel shall go on.

MALFUNCTION#1 FUEL FLTR BYPASS capsule or legend does not go on.

CORRECTIVE ACTION


a. EMEP , go to 2.







a. If #1 FUEL FLTR BYPASS capsule goes on, go to 5.

b. If #1 FUEL FLTR BYPASS capsule does not go on, troubleshoot caution/advisory warningsystem (WP 0090 00) or MFD/caution/advisory warning system (WP 0100 00). Go to 8.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0073 00

#1 OIL FLTR BYPASS CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOES NOT GO ON - Continued

0073 00-7




6. Remove jumper wire from P803. Check for 28 vdc between P803-15 and ground.



7. Check continuity between P117-6 or UH-60Q HH-60L P1019R-74 or P1020R-74and P803-16.

a. If continuity is present, troubleshoot engine fuel filter bypass system (TM 1-2840-248-23). Goto 8.



#1 FUEL PRESS CAPSULE OR LEGEND REMAINS ON WHEN ENGINE IS AT IDLE SPEED

SYMPTOM#1 FUEL PRESS capsule shall be off.

MALFUNCTION#1 FUEL PRESS capsule or legend remains on when engine is at idle speed.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. With No. 1 engine operating at ground idle speed, place upper console FUEL PUMPswitch to FUEL PRIME. Go to 2.

2. Check that #1 FUEL PRESS capsule goes off.

a. If capsule goes off, go to 3.

b. If capsule does not go off, troubleshoot engine for FUEL LOW PRESSURE caution light onbelow flight idle speed (TM 1-2840-248-23). Go to 6.

3. Shut down No. 1 engine (TM 1-1520-237-10). Go to 4.

4. Disconnect P803 from No. 1 engine fuel pressure switch. Go to 5.

5. Check that #1 FUEL PRESS capsule goes off.

a. If capsule goes off, troubleshoot airframe fuel system for possible leaks between engine andfuel tanks. Repair/replace components as required. Go to 6.

b. If capsule does not go off, repair/replace wiring between (WP 1747 00):

+ P803-23 and P249-V

+ P803-24 and P117-2

+ UH-60Q HH-60L P803-24 and P1019R-71 or P1020R-71

TM 1-1520-237-23 0073 00

#1 FUEL FLTR BYPASS CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOES NOT GO ON - Continued

0073 00-8

c. If trouble remains, troubleshoot caution/advisory warning system (WP 0090 00) or MFD/caution/advisory warning system (WP 0100 00). Go to 6.


NO. 1 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE (ENG OIL PRESS 1) IS BELOW MINIMUM LIMITS

SYMPTOMIf No. 1 engine oil pressure (ENG OIL PRESS 1) below minimum limits (45 psi).

MALFUNCTIONNo. 1 engine oil pressure (ENG OIL PRESS 1) is below minimum limits.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

CAUTION

If engine ran for more than 1 minute while oil pressure was below minimum limits,and indicating system was operating properly, replace engine.

1. Visually check engine for external oil leaks.

a. If leaks are found, repair/replace items causing leak. Check oil tank level and service as neces-sary (TM 1-2840-248-23). Go to 2.

b. If no leaks are found, go to NO.1 ENGINE OIL FLUCTUATES GREATER THAN 5 PSI ORIS TOO HIGH (10 PSI ABOVE NORMAL OPERATING PRESSURE), in this work package.


NO. 1 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE (ENG OIL TEMP 1) IS TOO HIGH OR HAS NO INDICATION

SYMPTOMNo. 1 engine oil temperature (ENG OIL TEMP 1) has no indication.

MALFUNCTIONNo. 1 Engine oil temperature (ENG OIL TEMP 1) is too high or has no indication.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Check engine oil tank for proper level.

a. If tank has proper oil level, go to 2.

b. If tank does not have proper oil level, troubleshoot engine oil system (TM 1-2840-248-23).Go to 16.

2. Troubleshoot instrument display system, ENG OIL TEMP 1 scale (WP 0089 00 00).

a. If instrument display system is good, go to 3.

3. Install an insulated jumper wire between P803-9 and P803-10. Go to 4.


a. EMEP , go to 5.


5. EMEP Remove and check pin filtered adapter P138 (WP 0925 00).

TM 1-1520-237-23 0073 00

#1 FUEL PRESS CAPSULE OR LEGEND REMAINS ON WHEN ENGINE IS AT IDLE SPEED - Continued

0073 00-9




7. Check continuity between P138-g and P138-h.


b. If continuity is not present, go to 14.


9. Install No. 2 engine oil temperature sensor into No. 1 engine. Go to 10.

10. Operate No. 1 engine (TM 1-1520-237-10). Go to 11.

11. Check that No. 1 engine temperature is normal.

a. If No. 1 engine temperature is normal, go to 12.

b. If No. 1 engine temperature is not normal, troubleshoot engine oil system(TM 1-2840-248-23). Go to 16.

12. Reinstall No. 2 engine oil temperature sensor (WP 0482 00). Go to 13.

13. Install a new oil temperature sensor in No. 1 engine (WP 0482 00). Go to 16.


15. Repair/replace wiring, as required, between (WP 1747 00), then go to 16:

+ P138- g and P803-10

+ P138-h and P803-9


NO. 1 ENGINE HAS NO GAS GENERATOR (% NG 1) INDICATION

SYMPTOMNo. 1 engine gas generator speed (% Ng 1) has no indication.

MALFUNCTIONNo. 1 engine has no gas generator (% Ng 1) indication.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Troubleshoot engine Ng indicating system (TM 1-2840-248-23).

a. If indicating system is good, go to 2.

2. Troubleshoot instrument display system, % Ng 1 scale (WP 0089 00).

a. If display system is good, repair/replace wiring, as required, between (WP 1747 00), then goto 3:

+ P138- c and P803-20

+ P138-d and P803-21


TM 1-1520-237-23 0073 00

NO. 1 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE (ENG OIL TEMP 1) IS TOO HIGH OR HAS NO INDICATION - Continued

0073 00-10

NO. 1 ENGINE TURBINE INLET TEMPERATURE (TGT TEMP 1) HAS NO INDICATION

SYMPTOMNo. 1 engine turbine inlet temperature (TGT TEMP 1) has no indication.

MALFUNCTIONNo. 1 engine turbine inlet temperature (TGT TEMP 1) has no indication.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Troubleshoot instrument display system, TGT TEMP 1 scale (WP 0089 00).




a. EMEP , go to 4.






6. Check continuity between P138-e and P138-f.


b. If continuity is not present go to 9.

7. Remove jumper wire. Go to 8.

8. Troubleshoot engine for TGT not indicating (TM 1-2840-248-23). Go to 11.



+ P138-f and P801-16

+ P138-e and P801-17


NO. 1 ENGINE OIL FLUCTUATES GREATER THAN 5 PSI OR IS TOO HIGH (10 PSI ABOVE NORMALOPERATING PRESSURE)

SYMPTOMNo. 1 engine oil fluctuates.

MALFUNCTIONNo. 1 engine oil fluctuates greater than 5 psi or is too high (10 psi above normal operating pressure).

CORRECTIVE ACTION


a. If engine oil is at proper level, go to 2.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0073 00

0073 00-11

b. If engine oil is not at proper level, troubleshoot engine oil system (TM 1-2840-248-23). Go to20.

2. Troubleshoot instrument display system, ENG OIL PRESS 1 scale (WP 0089 00).




a. EMEP , go to 5.






7. Check continuity between P138-i and P138-j.



8. Install insulated jumper wire between P803-5 and P803-7. Go to 9.

9. Check continuity between P138-j and P138-k.




11. Remove No. 2 engine oil pressure sensor and install in No. 1 engine (WP 0482 00).Go to 12.

12. With qualified personnel at controls, motor No. 1 engine (TM 1-1520-237-10). Go to13.

13. If a positive oil pressure indication appears during motoring of engine, do a normalstart and check for normal oil pressure. Go to 14.

14. Check that oil pressure indication is within limits.

a. If oil pressure is within limits, go to 15.

b. If oil pressure is not within limits, troubleshoot engine oil system (TM 1-2840-248-23). Go to20.

15. No. 1 engine oil system is operational. Install a new oil pressure sensor in No. 2engine (WP 0482 00 and TM 1-2840-248-23). Go to 20.


17. Repair/replace wiring between P138-k and P803-5 (WP 1747 00). Go to 20.



+ P138-i and P803-6

TM 1-1520-237-23 0073 00

NO. 1 ENGINE OIL FLUCTUATES GREATER THAN 5 PSI OR IS TOO HIGH (10 PSI ABOVE NORMALOPERATING PRESSURE) - Continued

0073 00-12

+ P138-j and P803-7


NO. 1 ENGINE OIL HAS NO OIL PRESSURE INDICATION

SYMPTOMNo. 1 engine oil has no oil pressure indication.

MALFUNCTIONNo. 1 engine oil has no oil pressure indication.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

CAUTION


1. Make sure engine green harness is connected to sensor.

a. If harness is connected, go to NO. 1 ENGINE OIL FLUCTUATES GREATER THAN 5 PSIOR IS TOO HIGH (10 PSI ABOVE NORMAL OPERATING PRESSURE), in this workpackage.

b. If harness is not connected, reconnect harness to sensor. Go to 2.


NO. 1 ENGINE HAS NO POWER TURBINE SPEED (%RPM ENG 1) INDICATION

SYMPTOMNo. 1 engine has no power turbine speed indication.

MALFUNCTIONNo. 1 engine has no power turbine speed (%RPM ENG 1) indication.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Troubleshoot instrument display system, %RPM ENG 1 scale (WP 0089 00).

a. If display system is good, go to 2.



a. EMEP , go to 4.






6. Check continuity between P138-C and P138-D.


TM 1-1520-237-23 0073 00

NO. 1 ENGINE OIL FLUCTUATES GREATER THAN 5 PSI OR IS TOO HIGH (10 PSI ABOVE NORMALOPERATING PRESSURE) - Continued

0073 00-13



8. Troubleshoot engine Np indicating system (TM 1-2840-248-23). Go to 11.



+ P138-C and P801-8

+ P138-D and 8019-9


NO. 1 ENGINE HAS NO TORQUE (%TRQ 1) INDICATION

SYMPTOMNo. 1 engine has no torque indication.

MALFUNCTIONNo. 1 engine has no torque (%TRQ 1) indication.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Troubleshoot engine overspeed protection system (WP 0075 00).

a. If engine overspeed protection system is good, go to 2.

2. Troubleshoot instrument display system, %TRQ 1 scale (WP 0089 00).



+ P138-E and P801-10

+ P138-F and P801-11


TM 1-1520-237-23 0073 00

NO. 1 ENGINE HAS NO POWER TURBINE SPEED (%RPM ENG 1) INDICATION - Continued

0073 00-14

SAAB2157_1

NO. 1 SIGNALDATACONVERTERP138 / J1

NO. 2SIGNALDATACONVERTERP137 / J1

P111 / J111

P117

P114 / J114

A

CENTRALDISPLAYUNIT

P223 / J223

P221 / J221

B

P249 / J249

NO. 1 DIGITALELECTRONICCONTROLP801(SEE NOTE 1)

P803

P825 / J825

P815 / J815


RECEPTACLELOCATION/

CONNECTION POINT

P111 / J111 COCKPITBL 7.5 LH, STA 197

P114 / J114 COCKPITBL 8.0, STA 200




P221 / J221

P223 / J223 JUNCTION BOX, MAINROTOR PYLON DECK



P803 NO. 1 ENGINE INTERFACEDISCONNECT

P815 / J815 FIREWALL DISCONNECT,BL 14 LH, STA 373

P825 / J825 FIREWALL DISCONNECT,BL 14 LH, STA 358.25

JUNCTION BOX, MAINROTOR PYLON DECK

NOTES

HAVE AN ELECTRICAL CONTROL UNIT.UH60A EH60A

(SEE NOTE 1)


PILOT’S MULTIFUNCTIONDISPLAY (SEE NOTE 3)

P1020R / J3

1.

2.

3.

UH60A UH60L

HH60L UH60Q

EH60A

(SEE NOTE 2)

INSTRUMENTPANEL

A

(SEE NOTE 2)

(SEE NOTE 3)

P1020R(SEE NOTE 3)

P1019R(SEE NOTE 3)

Figure 1. No. 1 Engine Instruments and Warning Lights System Location Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 2)

TM 1-1520-237-23 0073 00

LOCATION

0073 00-15

SAAB2157_2

NO. 1 AC PRI BUS

NO. 1 DC PRI BUS

INSTNO. 1

AC

INST

5

NO. 1 ENGWARN

NO. 1DC

5

LTS

2

COPILOT’S CIRCUITBREAKER PANEL

#1 ENGINEOIL PRESS

#1 ENGINEOIL TEMP

#1 FUELFLTR BYPASS

#1 OILFLTR BYPASS

#1 FUELPRESS


B

(SEE NOTE 2)


COMM NAV

BRT


#1 FUEL PRESS


DAY

NIGHT

OFF

#1 ENG OIL PRESS

#1 ENGINE OIL TEMP

#1 FUEL FLTR BYPAS

#1 OIL FLTR BYPASS

A



TM 1-1520-237-23 0073 00


0073 00-16


NO. 1DC PRI

BUS

NO. 1 DC INST

NO. 1 AC INST

NO. 1AC PRIBUS

J249 P249

5AMP

5AMP

2 1

CB132

CB124

2 1

GND249−1

M

p

n

P28 VDC

115 VAC

J1 P138

AC COMMON

115 VAC 400 Hz (HI)

28 VOLTS DC

DC COMMON

(LO)

(HI)

(HI)

(+)

(−)

(HI)

(LO)

(−)

(+)

(LO)

(HI)

(+)

(−)

SHIELD GROUND

10 VAC 400 HzEXCITATION

NO. 1 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE

NO. 1 ENGINE OILTEMPERATURE

NO. 1 ENGINE GASGENERATOR TACHOMETER

NO. 1 ENGINE TORQUE

NO. 1 ENGINE POWERTURBINE TACHOMETER

NO. 1 ENGINE TURBINEINLET TEMPERATURE

T

DD

CC

AA

BB

j

i

k

g

h

w

c

d

F

E

D

C

e

f

P

P

P

P

P

P

J223 P223T

P

P

P

P

P

T

P

P

P

P

P

L

K

J

E

F

G

H

N

M

R

P

m

r

P137 J1

P114

J114

PP

P P

C

D

E

F

w

(HI)

(LO)

(+)

(−)

SHIELD GROUND

NO. 1 ENGINEPOWER TURBINETACHOMETER

NO. 1 ENGINETORQUE

NOTES

HAVE AN ELECTRICAL CONTROL UNIT.

GND138−1

SG138−3

SG138−2

SG138−5

SG138−4

K L H J

NO. 2 SIGNAL DATACONVERTER


EH60AUH60A

W/O EMEPADAPTER (PFA) IS NOT INSTALLED.

PIN FILTERED 2.

1.

PF

A(S

EE

NO

TE

2)

PF

A(S

EE

NO

TE

2)

SAAB2158_1

3. HUD

SG138−15

SG138−16

P

J419RP419R M E D

(SEE NOTE 3)

P P

NO. 1 THERMOCOUPLE AMPLIFIER(SEE NOTE 3)

AL (−)

CR (+)

(SEE NOTE 3)

(SEE NOTE 3)

123

45

67

89

1011

1213

UH60Q

Figure 2. No. 1 Engine Instrument System Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 2)

TM 1-1520-237-23 0073 00

SCHEMATICS

0073 00-17

P801 P803

P815

J815

P P P P P

P P P PP T

T

16 17 8 9 10 11 21 20 9 10 5 6 7

23 21 17 18 15 16 19 11 10 9 8 12 13 14

TURBINEINLET

TEMPERATURESENSOR

POWERTURBINE

TACHOMETER

ENGINETORQUESENSOR

GASGENERATOR

TACHOMETER(ALTERNATOR)

E3

OILTEMPERATURE

SENSOR

OILPRESSURE

SENSORE3

DIGITAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL (SEE NOTE 1)

NO. 1 ENGINE

E3

SAAB2158_2

123

45

67

89

1011

1213


TM 1-1520-237-23 0073 00


0073 00-18

SAAB2105


NO. 1 SIGNAL DATA CONVERTER

NO. 1DC PRI

BUS

NO. 1 ENGWARN LTS

P117

#1 FUEL FLTR BYPASS

#1 FUEL PRESS

#1 OIL FLTR BYPASS

#1 ENGINE OIL TEMP

#1 ENGINE OIL PRESS

J111 P111

J221 P221

J223 P223 J825 P825

J249 P249 J223 P223 J825 P825

P803

ELECTRICAL

MECHANICAL

FUEL

P138

ENGINEOIL PRESSURESENSOR IN

ENGINEOIL TEMPERATURESENSOR IN

FROM AIRFRAMEFUEL SYSTEM

FUELFILTER

BYPASS

OILFILTER

BYPASS

FUELPRESSURE

SWITCH

NO. 1 ENGINE

2 12

AMP

28 VDC

ENG OIL TEMP WARN 28 VDC

ENG OIL PRESS WARN 28 VDC

m

X

i

j

k

g

h

16 15 14 13 24 23

CB136V W 9

2 V V 10

6 R K 6

23 P J 5

4 T

3 U

J1

CAUTION/ADVISORYPANEL

PF

A(S

EE

NO

TE

)

NOTE

PIN FILTEREDADAPTER (PFA) IS NOT INSTALLED.

W/O EMEP

PF

A(S

EE

NO

TE

)

EFFECTIVITY UH60A UH60L EH60A

LEGEND

Figure 3. No. 1 Engine Warning Lights Schematic Diagram UH60A UH60L EH60A .

TM 1-1520-237-23 0073 00


0073 00-19



NO. 1DC PRI

BUS

NO. 1 ENGWARN LTS

P1020R

#1 FUEL FLTR BYPASS

#1 FUEL PRESS

#1 OIL FLTR BYPASS

#1 ENGINE OIL TEMP

#1 ENGINE OIL PRESS

J111 P111

J221 P221

J223 P223 J825 P825

J249 P249 J223 P223 J825 P825

P803

ELECTRICAL

MECHANICAL

FUEL

P138




FUELFILTER

BYPASS

OILFILTER

BYPASS

FUELPRESSURE

SWITCH

NO. 1 ENGINE

2 12

AMP

28 VDC



m

X

i

j

k

g

h

16 15 14 13 24 23

CB136V W 9

71 V V 10

74 R K 6

22 P J 5

73 T

72 U J1PF

A

EFFECTIVITY HH60L

SG1020−71

SG1020−74

SG1020−22

SG1020−73

SG1020−72


12345

SAAB2106_1

PF

A

UH60Q

LEGEND

Figure 4. No. 1 Engine Warning Lights Schematic Diagram HH60L UH60Q . (Sheet 1 of 2)

TM 1-1520-237-23 0073 00


0073 00-20

SAAB2106_2

P1019R

#1 FUEL FLTR BYPASS

#1 FUEL PRESS

#1 OIL FLTR BYPASS

#1 ENGINE OIL TEMP

#1 ENGINE OIL PRESS

71

74

22

73

72


12345

PF

A

Figure 4. No. 1 Engine Warning Lights Schematic Diagram HH60L UH60Q . (Sheet 2 of 2)

TM 1-1520-237-23 0073 00


END OF WORK PACKAGE

0073 00-21/22 Blank

UNIT LEVEL

ENGINE SYSTEM

NO. 2 ENGINE INSTRUMENTS AND WARNING LIGHTS SYSTEM

INITIAL SETUP:


Tools and Special ToolsAircraft Mechanic’s Toolkit, SC 5180-99-B01Electrical Repairer Toolkit, SC 5180-99-B06Engine Repairman’s Toolkit, SC 5180-99-B07Insulated Jumper Wire


ReferencesTM 1-1520-237-MTFTM 1-1520-237-10TM 1-2840-248-23

WP 0075 00WP 0089 00WP 0090 00WP 0100 00WP 0104 00WP 0481 00WP 0482 00WP 0824 00WP 0925 00WP 0975 00WP 1685 00WP 1747 00

Equipment ConditionExternal Electrical Power Available, WP 1685 00or APU Operational, TM 1-1520-237-10No. 2 Fuel Tank Serviced, TM 1-1520-237-10

NO. 2 ENGINE INSTRUMENTS AND WARNING LIGHTS SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTINGPROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step

NOTE


c See Figure 1 for system location diagram, UH60A UH60L EH60A Figure 2 and

HH60L UH60Q Figure 4 for warning system schematic diagrams, and Figure 3 for system

schematic diagram as an aid in operational/troubleshooting.




a. #2 FUEL PRESS capsule on caution/advisory panel or legend on MFD/caution/advisory panel shall be on.

b. #2 ENGINE OIL PRESS capsule on caution/advisory panel or legend on MFD/caution/advisory panel shall beon.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0074 00

0074 00-1

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition a. is not as specified, go to #2 FUEL PRESS CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOES NOTGO ON, in this work package.

2. If Indication/Condition b. is not as specified, go to #2 ENGINE OIL PRESS CAPSULE OR LEGENDDOES NOT GO ON, in this work package.

Step



#2 OIL FLTR BYPASS capsule on caution/advisory panel or legend on MFD/caution/advisory panel shall go on.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to #2 OIL FLTR BYPASS CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOES NOT GOON, in this work package.

Step




#2 FUEL FLTR BYPASS capsule on caution/advisory panel or legend on MFD/caution/advisory panel shall go on.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to #2 FUEL FLTR BYPASS CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOES NOTGO ON, in this work package.

Step


7. Connect P802 to No. 2 engine (WP 0481 00).


9. With qualified personnel at controls, run No. 2 engine up to idle speed (TM 1-1520-237-10).


#2 FUEL PRESS capsule or legend shall go off.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to #2 FUEL PRESS CAPSULE OR LEGEND STAYS ON WHENENGINE IS AT IDLE SPEED, in this work package.

Step

10. With qualified personnel at controls, run No. 2 engine with main rotor turning at 100% Nr until engine instrumentsstabilize (TM 1-1520-237-10).

TM 1-1520-237-23 0074 00


0074 00-2


Engine status shall be as follows:

CAUTION/ADVISORY PANEL OR MFD/CAUTION/ADVISORYPANEL CAPSULE OR LEGEND STATUS

#2 FUEL PRESS OFF

#2 ENGINE OIL PRESS OFF

#2 ENGINE OIL TEMP OFF

#2 FUEL FLTR BYPASS OFF

#2 OIL FLTR BYPASS OFF


Ng SPEED 2 (Refer to TM 1-1520-237-MTF for normal operating limits)

TGT TEMP 2

ENG OIL TEMP 2

ENG OIL PRESS 2

PILOT’S AND COPILOT’S DISPLAYUNIT INDICATION

% RPM 2 (Refer to TM 1-1520-237-MTF for normal operating limits)

% TRQ 2

Corrective Action

1. If any of these caution/advisory panel capsules or legends are on:

CAPSULE OR LEGEND GO TO

#2 ENGINE OIL PRESS NO. 2 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE IS BELOW MINIMUM, in thiswork package.

#2 ENGINE OIL TEMP NO. 2 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE (ENG OIL TEMP 2) IS TOOHIGH OR HAS NO INDICATION, in this work package.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0074 00


0074 00-3

2. If #2 FUEL PRESS capsule or legend is on, troubleshoot engine for fuel low pressure caution light on dur-ing flight (TM 1-2840-248-23).

3. If #2 FUEL FLTR BYPASS or #2 OIL FLTR BYPASS capsule or legend is on, troubleshoot engine(TM 1-2840-248-23).

4. If No. 2 engine gas generator speed (% Ng 2) has no indication, go to NO. 2 ENGINE HAS NO GASGENERATOR (%NG 2) INDICATION, in this work package.

5. If No. 2 engine turbine inlet temperature (TGT TEMP 2) has no indication, go to NO. 2 ENGINE TURBINEINLET TEMPERATURE (TGT TEMP 2) HAS NO INDICATION, in this work package.

6. If No. 2 engine oil temperature (ENG OIL TEMP 2) has no indication, go to NO. 2 ENGINE OIL TEM-PERATURE (ENG OIL TEMP 2) IS TOO HIGH OR HAS NO INDICATION, in this work package.

7. If No. 2 engine oil pressure (ENG OIL PRESS 2):

+ Is too high (10 psi above normal), go to NO. 2 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE (ENG OIL PRESS 2)FLUCTUATES GREATER THAN 5 PSI, OR IS TOO HIGH, in this work package.

+ Has no indication, go to NO. 2 ENGINE HAS NO OIL PRESSURE INDICATION, in this work pack-age.

+ Fluctuates greater than 5 psi, go to NO. 2 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE (ENG OIL PRESS 2) FLUCTU-ATES GREATER THAN 5 PSI, OR IS TOO HIGH, in this work package.

+ Is below minimum limits (45 psi), go to NO. 2 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE IS BELOW MINIMUM, inthis work package.

8. If No. 2 engine power turbine speed (% RPM 2) has no indication, go to NO. 2 ENGINE HAS NO POWERTURBINE SPEED (%RPM ENG 2) INDICATION, in this work package.

9. If No. 2 engine has no torque indication (% TRQ 2), go to NO. 2 ENGINE HAS NO TORQUE (%TRQ 2)INDICATION, in this work package.

Step




No. 2 engine shall shut down.

Corrective Action

None Required

#2 FUEL PRESS CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOES NOT GO ON

SYMPTOM#2 FUEL PRESS capsule or legend does not go on.

MALFUNCTION#2 FUEL PRESS capsule or legend does not go on.

CORRECTIVE ACTION


TM 1-1520-237-23 0074 00


0074 00-4

a. EMEP , go to 2.







a. If #2 FUEL PRESS capsule or legend goes on, go to 5.

b. If #2 FUEL PRESS capsule or legend does not go on, troubleshoot caution/advisory warningsystem (WP 0090 00) or MFD/caution/advisory warning system (WP 0100 00). Go to 9.








a. If continuity is present, replace fuel pressure switch (WP 0975 00). Go to 9.






#2 ENGINE OIL PRESS CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOES NOT GO ON

SYMPTOM#2 ENGINE OIL PRESS capsule or legend does not go on.

MALFUNCTION#2 ENGINE OIL PRESS capsule or legend does not go on.

CORRECTIVE ACTION


TM 1-1520-237-23 0074 00

#2 FUEL PRESS CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOES NOT GO ON - Continued

0074 00-5

a. EMEP , go to 2.







a. If #2 ENGINE OIL PRESS capsule or legend goes on, go to 5.

b. If #2 ENGINE OIL PRESS capsule or legend does not go on, troubleshoot caution/advisorywarning system (WP 0090 00) or MFD/caution/advisory warning system (WP 0100 00). Goto 7.




6. Check continuity between P117-51 or UH-60Q HH-60L P1019R-56 or P1020R-56and P137-X.




#2 OIL FLTR BYPASS CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOES NOT GO ON

SYMPTOM#2 OIL FLTR BYPASS capsule or legend does not go on.

MALFUNCTION#2 OIL FLTR BYPASS capsule or legend does not go on.

CORRECTIVE ACTION


a. If #2 OIL FLTR BYPASS capsule or legend goes on, go to 2.

b. If capsule or legend does not go on, troubleshoot caution/advisory warning system(WP 0090 00) or MFD/caution/advisory warning system (WP 0100 00). Go to 9.



TM 1-1520-237-23 0074 00

#2 ENGINE OIL PRESS CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOES NOT GO ON - Continued

0074 00-6

a. If voltage is as specified, troubleshoot engine oil filter bypass system (TM 1-2840-248-23).Go to 9.






a. EMEP , go to 6.








b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between P117-39 orUH-60Q HH-60L P1019R-52 or P1020R-52 and P802-14 (WP 1747 00). Go to 9.


#2 FUEL FLTR BYPASS CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOES NOT GO ON

SYMPTOM#2 FUEL FLTR BYPASS capsule or legend does not go on.

MALFUNCTION#2 FUEL FLTR BYPASS capsule or legend does not go on.

CORRECTIVE ACTION


a. EMEP , go to 2.






TM 1-1520-237-23 0074 00

#2 OIL FLTR BYPASS CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOES NOT GO ON - Continued

0074 00-7


a. If #2 FUEL FLTR BYPASS capsule or legend goes on, go to 5.

b. If #2 FUEL FLTR BYPASS capsule or legend does not go on, troubleshoot caution/advisorywarning system (WP 0090 00) or MFD/caution/advisory warning system (WP 0100 00). Goto 8.




6. Remove jumper wire from P802. Check for 28 vdc between P802-15 and ground.




a. If continuity is present, troubleshoot engine fuel filter bypass system (TM 1-2840-248-23). Goto 8.



#2 FUEL PRESS CAPSULE OR LEGEND STAYS ON WHEN ENGINE IS AT IDLE SPEED

SYMPTOM#2 FUEL PRESS capsule or legend stays on.

MALFUNCTION#2 FUEL PRESS capsule or legend stays on when engine is at idle speed.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. With No. 2 engine operating at ground idle speed, place upper console FUEL PUMPswitch to FUEL PRIME. Go to 2.

2. Check that #2 FUEL PRESS capsule or legend goes on.

a. If capsule or legend goes off, go to 3.

b. If capsule or legend does not go off, troubleshoot engine for FUEL LOW PRESSURE cautionlight at below flight idle speed (TM 1-2840-248-23). Go to 6.

3. Shut down No. 2 engine (TM 1-1520-237-10). Go to 4.

4. Disconnect electrical connector P802 from No. 2 engine fuel pressure switch. Go to5.

5. Check that #2 FUEL PRESS capsule or legend goes off.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0074 00

#2 FUEL FLTR BYPASS CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOES NOT GO ON - Continued

0074 00-8

a. If capsule or legend goes off, troubleshoot airframe fuel system for possible leaks betweenengine and fuel tanks. Repair/replace components as required. Go to 6.

b. If capsule or legend does not go off, repair/replace wiring between (WP 1747 00):

+ P117-50 and P802-24

+ UH-60Q HH-60L P1019R-71 or P1020R-71 and P803-24

+ P236-V and P802-23

c. If trouble remains, troubleshoot caution/advisory warning system (WP 0090 00) or MFD/caution/advisory warning system (WP 0100 00). Go to 6.


NO. 2 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE IS BELOW MINIMUM

SYMPTOMNo. 2 engine oil pressure low.

MALFUNCTIONNo. 2 engine oil pressure is below minimum.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

CAUTION


1. Visually check engine for external oil leaks.

a. If leaks are present, repair/replace item causing leak. Check oil tank level and service asnecessary (TM 1-2840-248-23). Go to 2.

b. If leaks are not present, go to NO. 2 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE (ENG OIL PRESS 2)FLUCTUATES GREATER THAN 5 PSI, OR IS TOO HIGH, in this work package.


NO. 2 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE (ENG OIL TEMP 2) IS TOO HIGH OR HAS NO INDICATION

SYMPTOMNo. 2 engine oil temperature too high or has no indication.

MALFUNCTIONNo. 2 engine oil temperature (ENG OIL TEMP 2) is too high or has no indication.

CORRECTIVE ACTION


a. If oil level is at proper level, go to 2.

b. If oil level is not at proper level, troubleshoot engine oil system (TM 1-2840-248-23). Go to16.

2. Troubleshoot instrument display system, ENG OIL TEMP 2 scale (WP 0089 00).

TM 1-1520-237-23 0074 00

#2 FUEL PRESS CAPSULE OR LEGEND STAYS ON WHEN ENGINE IS AT IDLE SPEED - Continued

0074 00-9




a. EMEP , go to 5.





6. EMEP Install pin filtered adapter P137 (WP 0925 00). Go to 7.

7. Check continuity between P137-g and P137-h.




9. Install No. 1 engine oil temperature sensor into No. 2 engine. Go to 10.

10. Operate No. 2 engine (TM 1-1520-237-10). Go to 11.

11. Check that No. 2 engine temperature is normal.

a. If temperature is normal, go to 12.

b. If temperature is abnormal, troubleshoot engine oil system (TM 1-2840-248-23). Go to 16.

12. Install No. 1 engine oil temperature sensor (WP 0482 00). Go to 13.

13. Replace faulty oil temperature sensor in No. 2 engine (WP 0482 00). Go to 16.



+ P137-g and P802-10

+ P137-h and P802-9


NO. 2 ENGINE HAS NO GAS GENERATOR (%NG 2) INDICATION

SYMPTOMNo. 2 engine has no gas generator indication.

MALFUNCTIONNo. 2 engine has no gas generator (%Ng 2) indication.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Troubleshoot engine Ng indicating system (TM 1-2840-248-23).

a. If indicating system is good, go to 2.

2. Troubleshoot instrument display system, %Ng 2 scale (WP 0089 00).

TM 1-1520-237-23 0074 00

NO. 2 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE (ENG OIL TEMP 2) IS TOO HIGH OR HAS NO INDICATION - Continued

0074 00-10


b. Repair/replace wiring, as required, between (WP 1747 00), then go to 3:

+ P137-c and P802-20

+ P137-d and P802-21


NO. 2 ENGINE TURBINE INLET TEMPERATURE (TGT TEMP 2) HAS NO INDICATION

SYMPTOMNo. 2 engine turbine inlet temperature has no indication.

MALFUNCTIONNo. 2 engine turbine inlet temperature (TGT TEMP 2) has no indication.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Troubleshoot instrument display system, TGT TEMP 2 scale (WP 0089 00).




a. EMEP , go to 4.






6. Check continuity between P137-e and P137-f.




8. Troubleshoot engine indicating system for TGT (TM 1-2840-248-23). Go to 11.



+ P137-e and P800-17

+ P137-f and P800-16


TM 1-1520-237-23 0074 00

NO. 2 ENGINE HAS NO GAS GENERATOR (%NG 2) INDICATION - Continued

0074 00-11

NO. 2 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE (ENG OIL PRESS 2) FLUCTUATES GREATER THAN 5 PSI, OR IS TOOHIGH

SYMPTOMNo. 2 engine oil pressure fluctuates.

MALFUNCTIONNo. 2 engine oil pressure (ENG OIL PRESS 2) fluctuates greater than 5 psi, or is too high.

CORRECTIVE ACTION


a. If oil has proper level, go to 2.

b. If oil does not have proper level, troubleshoot engine oil system (TM 1-2840-248-23). Go to20.

2. Troubleshoot instrument display system, ENG OIL PRESS 2 scale (WP 0089 00).




a. EMEP , go to 5.






7. Check continuity between P137-i and P137-j.




9. Check continuity between P137-j and P137-k.




11. Remove No. 1 engine oil pressure sensor and install in No. 2 engine (WP 0482 00).Go to 12.

12. With a qualified personnel at the controls, motor No. 2 engine (TM 1-1520-237-10).Go to 13.

13. If a positive oil pressure indication appears during motoring of engine, do a normalstart and check for normal oil pressure. Go to 14.

14. Check pressure indication during motoring of engine.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0074 00

0074 00-12

a. If a positive oil pressure indication appears during motoring of engine, do a normal start andgo to 15.

15. Check that oil indication is within limits.

a. If indication is within limits, No. 2 engine oil system is operational. Install a new oil pressuresensor in No. 1 engine (WP 0482 00). Go to 20.

b. If indication is not within limits, troubleshoot engine oil system (TM 1-2840-248-23). Go to20.


17. Repair/replace wiring between P137-k and P802-5 (WP 1747 00). Go to 20.

18. Remove jumper wire from connector P802. Go to 19.


+ P137-i and P802-6

+ P137-j and P802-7


NO. 2 ENGINE HAS NO OIL PRESSURE INDICATION

SYMPTOMNo. 2 engine has no oil pressure indication.

MALFUNCTIONNo. 2 engine has no oil pressure indication.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

CAUTION


1. Make sure engine green harness is connected to sensor.

a. If harness is connected, go to NO. 2 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE (ENG OIL PRESS 2)FLUCTUATES GREATER THAN 5 PSI, OR IS TOO HIGH, in this work package.

b. If harness is not connected, reconnect connector to sensor. Go to 2.


NO. 2 ENGINE HAS NO POWER TURBINE SPEED (%RPM ENG 2) INDICATION

SYMPTOMNo. 2 engine has no power turbine speed indication.

MALFUNCTIONNo. 2 engine has no power turbine speed (%RPM ENG 2) indication.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Troubleshoot instrument display system, %RPM ENGS 2 scale (WP 0089 00).

TM 1-1520-237-23 0074 00

NO. 2 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE (ENG OIL PRESS 2) FLUCTUATES GREATER THAN 5 PSI, OR IS TOOHIGH - Continued

0074 00-13




a. EMEP , go to 4.






6. Check continuity between P137-Y and P137-Z.




8. Troubleshoot engine Np indicating system (TM 1-2840-248-23). Go to 11.



+ P137-Y and P800-8

+ P137-Z and P800-9


NO. 2 ENGINE HAS NO TORQUE (%TRQ 2) INDICATION

SYMPTOMNo. 2 engine has no torque indication.

MALFUNCTIONNo. 2 engine has no torque (%TRQ 2) indication.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Troubleshoot engine overspeed protection system (WP 0075 00).

a. If overspeed protection system is good, go to 2.

2. Troubleshoot instrument display system, %TRQ 2 scale (WP 0089 00).



+ P137-a and P800-10

+ P137-b and P800-11


TM 1-1520-237-23 0074 00

NO. 2 ENGINE HAS NO POWER TURBINE SPEED (%RPM ENG 2) INDICATION - Continued

0074 00-14

SAAB2152_1

NO. 1 SIGNALDATACONVERTERP137 / J1

CENTRALDISPLAYUNIT


NO. 2 ENGINEDIGITALELECTRONICCONTROL P800(SEE NOTE 3)

NOTES

1.

2.HAVE AN ELECTRICAL CONTROL UNIT.


RECEPTACLE

LOCATION/CONNECTION POINT

P110 / J110 COCKPIT BL 7.5 RH,STA 197

P114 / J114 COCKPIT BL 8 RH, STA 200







P224 / J224

P236 / J236 BEHIND PILOT’S CIRCUITBREAKER PANELBL 23.0 RH

A

EH60AUH60A EH60A

3. UH60A UH60L EH60A

4. HH60L UH60Q

5. UH60A UH60L UH60QHH60L

INSTRUMENTPANEL

B

B

(SEE NOTE 4)

(SEE NOTE 3)


TM 1-1520-237-23 0074 00

LOCATION

0074 00-15

SAAB2152_2


RECEPTACLELOCATION/

CONNECTION POINT



MAIN ROTOR PYLON DECKBL 24 RH, STA 318

P401 / J401




P824 / J824 FIREWALL DISCONNECTBL 14 RH, STA 356.25

P420 / J420 DISCONNECT (SEE NOTE 4)



P1020R / J3

P266 / J266

P236 / J236

P224 / J224

P400 / J400

P814 / J814

P802

P824 / J824

P401 / J401

P223 / J223P220 / J220

P117

P110 / J110

P114 / J114

(SEE NOTE 3)

P1019R(SEE NOTE 4)

P1020R(SEE NOTE 4)


TM 1-1520-237-23 0074 00


0074 00-16

SAAB2152_3

NO. 2 DC PRI BUS

NO. 2 AC PRI BUS

DCNO. 2

WARNNO. 2 ENG NO. 2

INST LTS INST

5 52

AC

NO. 2 DC PRI BUS

NO. 2 AC PRI BUS

DCNO. 2

WARNNO. 2 ENG

INST LTS

5 2

NO. 2

INST

5

AC

(SEE NOTE 5)

PILOT’S CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL

(SEE NOTE 1)

A


TM 1-1520-237-23 0074 00


0074 00-17

SAAB2152_4

#2 ENGINEOIL PRESS

#2 ENGINEOIL TEMP

#2 FUELFLTR BYPASS

#2 OILFLTR BYPASS

#2 FUELPRESS

B

CAUTION/ADVISORY PANEL(SEE NOTE 3)


COMM NAV

BRT


#2 FUEL PRESS


DAY

NIGHT

OFF

#2 ENG OIL PRESS

#2 ENGINE OIL TEMP

#2 FUEL FLTR BYPAS

#2 OIL FLTR BYPASS



TM 1-1520-237-23 0074 00


0074 00-18

SAAB2107



NO. 2DC PRI

BUS

NO. 2 ENGWARN LTS

P117

#2 FUEL FLTR BYPASS

#2 FUEL PRESS

#2 OIL FLTR BYPASS

#2 ENGINE OIL TEMP

#2 ENGINE OIL PRESS

J110 P110

J220 P220

J224 P224 J824 P824

J236 P236 J224 P224 J824 P824

P802

ELECTRICAL

MECHANICAL

FUEL

P137




FUELFILTER

BYPASS

OILFILTER

BYPASS

FUELPRESSURE

SWITCH

NO. 2 ENGINE

2 12

AMP

28 VDC



m

X

i

j

k

g

h

16 15 14 13 24 23

CB235V c 9

50 a d 10

54 M G 6

39 L F 5

52 c

51 b

J1


PF

A(S

EE

NO

TE

)

NOTE


W/O EMEP

PF

A(S

EE

NO

TE

)

EFFECTIVITY UH60A UH60L EH60A

LEGEND

Figure 2. No. 2 Engine Warning System Schematic Diagram UH60A UH60L EH60A .

TM 1-1520-237-23 0074 00

SCHEMATICS

0074 00-19

NOTES

1.BREAKER IS RELOCATED / IDENTIFIEDAS CIRCUIT BREAKER CB220.





P138 J1

NO. 2 ENGINETORQUE

SHEILD GROUND

(HI)

(LO)

(+)

(−)

Y

Z

a

b

w

J114

P114

NO. 2 DC INST

5AMP

2

NO. 2 AC INST

5AMP

2

1

1 CB243

CB229

28 VDCJ266 P266

L

K

J

P

(SEE NOTE 1)

J1 P137

SG137−3

J114 P114

J224 P224

J223 P223

P

P

CC

DD

AA

BB

115 VAC 400HZ

AC COMMON

28 VDC

DC COMMON

(−)

(+)

GND137−1

(−)

(+)

(HI)

(LO)

(LO)

(LO)

(HI)

(HI)

(+)

(−)

SHIELD GROUND

NO. 2 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE

NO. 2 ENGINE TORQUE

NO. 2 ENGINE POWERTURBINE TACHOMETER

PP

P

P

T

P P

T

P

P

bZ

a

r

m

X

Y

W

V

U

S

T

P P

S

T

USG138−7

SG138−6

SG137−4SG137−5

M

N

PP

P

P

T

P

a

b

Y

Z

w

f

e

h

g

c

d

k

j

i10 VAC 400 HZ

EXCITATION

NO. 2 ENGINE TURBINEINLET TEMPERATURE

NO. 2 ENGINE OILTEMPERATURE

NO. 2 ENGINEGENERATOR TACHOMETER

P

P

R P

GND266−1

P

NO. 2DC PRI

BUS

115 VAC

NO. 2AC PRIBUS

EH60A

UH60A EH60A

NO. 2 ENGINEPOWERTURBINETACHOMETER

PF

A(S

EE

NO

TE

3)

PF

A(S

EE

NO

TE

3)

W/O EMEP PIN FILTEREDADAPTER (PFA) IS NOT INSTALLED.

3.

NO. 2 AC INST CIRCUIT

4. HUDSA

AB2153_1

SG137−7

SG

137−

6

J420P420

A

B

C

PP

1

2

34

56

78

9

1011

1213

1415

(SEE NOTE 4)

(SEE NOTE 4)

(SE

E N

OT

E 4

)

UH60Q


TM 1-1520-237-23 0074 00


0074 00-20

P400

J400

P401

J401

J814

P814

P802

OILTEMPERATURE

SENSORE3

OILPRESSURE

SENSORE3

GASGENERATOR

TACHOMETER(ALTERNATOR)

E3

TURBINEINLET

TEMPERATURESENSOR

ENGINE TORQUESENSOR

POWERTURBINE

TACHOMETER

P800

NO. 2 ENGINE

DIGITAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL (SEE NOTE 2)

9 10 5 7 6 20 21 9 8 10 11 16 17

6 5 9 11 10 7 8 13 12 15 14 23 21

P

P P

P

T

T

P

P

P

P

P

P

M NL

T US

SAAB2153_2

1

2

34

56

78

9

1011

1213

1415

NO. 2 THERMOCOUPLE AMPLIFIER

AL (−)

CR (+)

(SEE NOTE 4)


TM 1-1520-237-23 0074 00


0074 00-21



NO. 2DC PRI

BUS

NO. 2 ENGWARN LTS

P1020R

#2 FUEL FLTR BYPASS

#2 FUEL PRESS

#2 OIL FLTR BYPASS

#2 ENGINE OIL TEMP

#2 ENGINE OIL PRESS

J110 P110

J220 P220

J224 P224 J824 P824

J236 P236 J224 P224 J824 P824

P802

ELECTRICAL

MECHANICAL

FUEL

P137




FUELFILTER

BYPASS

OILFILTER

BYPASS

FUELPRESSURE

SWITCH

NO. 2 ENGINE

2 12

AMP

28 VDC



m

X

i

j

k

g

h

16 15 14 13 24 23

CB136V c 9

a d 10

58 M G 6

52 L F 5

57 c

56 b J1PF

A

EFFECTIVITY HH60L

SG1020−55

SG1020−58

SG1020−52

SG1020−57

SG1020−56


12345

SAAB2108_1

55

PF

A

UH60Q

LEGEND

Figure 4. No. 2 Engine Warning Lights System Schematic Diagram HH60L UH60Q . (Sheet 1 of 2)

TM 1-1520-237-23 0074 00


0074 00-22

SAAB2108_2

P1019R

#2 FUEL FLTR BYPASS

#2 FUEL PRESS

#2 OIL FLTR BYPASS

#2 ENGINE OIL TEMP

#2 ENGINE OIL PRESS

55

58

52

57

56


12345

PF

A

Figure 4. No. 2 Engine Warning Lights System Schematic Diagram HH60L UH60Q . (Sheet 2 of 2)

TM 1-1520-237-23 0074 00


END OF WORK PACKAGE

0074 00-23/24 Blank

UNIT LEVEL

ENGINE SYSTEM

ENGINE OVERSPEED PROTECTION SYSTEM

INITIAL SETUP:


Tools and Special ToolsAircraft Mechanic’s Toolkit, SC 5180-99-B01Electrical Repairer Toolkit, SC 5180-99-B06Engine Repairman’s Toolkit, SC 5180-99-B07


ReferencesTM 1-1520-237-10TM 1-2840-248-23

WP 0079 00WP 0104 00WP 0824 00WP 0829 00WP 0924 00WP 1747 00

Equipment ConditionAPU Operational, TM 1-1520-237-10No. 1 and No. 2 Engines Operational,

TM 1-1520-237-10

ENGINE OVERSPEED PROTECTION SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step

NOTE


c See Figure 1 for system location diagram, and UH60A EH60A UH60Q Figure 2

and HH60L UH60L Figure 3 for overspeed protection system schematic diagrams as an aid in

operational/troubleshooting.



NO. 1 ENG OVSP Copilot’s

NO. 2 ENG OVSP Pilot’s

NO. 1 ENG START CONTR Upper Console

NO. 2 ENG START CONTR Pilot’s

TM 1-1520-237-23 0075 00

0075 00-1

2. Start APU (TM 1-1520-237-10).

3. With qualified personnel at controls, run No. 1 and No. 2 engines at 100% Nr (TM 1-1520-237-10).


Engines shall operate normally.

Corrective Action

If either engine does not start, troubleshoot engine start and ignition system (WP 0079 00).

Step

4. Press upper console NO. 1 ENG OVSP TEST A button.


No. 1 engine gas generator speed (Ng SPEED 1) shall not decrease.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to NO. 1 ENGINE OVERSPEED CUTS IN WHEN TEST A BUT-TON IS PRESSED, in this work package.

Step

5. Press upper console NO. 1 ENG OVSP TEST B button.



Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to NO. 1 ENGINE OVERSPEED CUTS IN WHEN TEST B BUT-TON IS PRESSED, in this work package.

Step

6. Simultaneously press upper console NO. 1 ENG OVSP TEST A and NO. 1 ENG OVSP TEST B buttons.


a. UH60L HH-60L The engine shall have a reduction in Np, Ng, and torque.

b. No. 1 gas generator speed (Ng) shall cycle.

c. When test buttons are released, the engine shall reignite, and speed shall return to normal.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition a. is not as specified, go to NO. 1 ENGINE DOES NOT SHUT DOWN WITHOVERSPEED CONDITION, in this work package.

2. If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, troubleshoot engine (TM 1-2840-248-23).

Step

7. Press upper console NO. 2 ENG OVSP TEST A button.



TM 1-1520-237-23 0075 00

ENGINE OVERSPEED PROTECTION SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE -Continued

0075 00-2

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to NO. 2 ENGINE OVERSPEED CUTS IN WHEN TEST A BUT-TON IS PRESSED, in this work package.

Step

8. Press upper console NO. 2 ENG OVSP TEST B button.



Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to NO. 2 ENGINE OVERSPEED CUTS IN WHEN TEST B BUT-TON IS PRESSED, in this work package.

Step

9. Simultaneously press upper console NO. 2 ENG OVSP TEST A and NO. 2 ENG OVSP TEST B buttons.


a. UH60L HH-60L The engine shall have a reduction in Np, Ng, and torque.

b. No. 2 gas generator speed (Ng) and/or power turbine speed (Np) shall cycle.

c. When test buttons are released, the engine shall reignite, and speed shall return to normal.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition a. is not as specified, go to NO. 2 ENGINE DOES NOT SHUT DOWN WITHOVERSPEED CONDITION, in this work package.

2. If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, troubleshoot engine (TM 1-2840-248-23).

Step

10. Shut down engines (TM 1-1520-237-10).


UH60L HH-60L The engine shall have a reduction in Np, Ng, and torque.

Corrective Action

1. If No. 1 BITE shows 85%, go to NO. 1 ENGINE BITE READS 85%, in this work package.

2. If No. 2 BITE shows 85%, go to NO. 2 ENGINE BITE READS 85%, in this work package.

Step

11. Shut down APU (TM 1-1520-237-10).


APU shall shut down.

Corrective Action

None Required

TM 1-1520-237-23 0075 00

ENGINE OVERSPEED PROTECTION SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE -Continued

0075 00-3

NO. 1 ENGINE OVERSPEED CUTS IN WHEN TEST A BUTTON IS PRESSED

SYMPTOMNo. 1 engine overspeed cuts in.

MALFUNCTIONNo. 1 engine overspeed cuts in when TEST A button is pressed.

CORRECTIVE ACTION



b. If continuity is not present, troubleshoot engine overspeed test system (TM 1-2840-248-23).Go to 4.

2. Check continuity between TEST B switch terminal 1 and P801-14.


b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring between terminal 1 and J815-26(WP 1747 00). Go to 4.

c. If trouble remains, replace engine harness (TM 1-2840-248-23). Go to 4.


a. If continuity is present, replace switch (WP 0829 00). Go to 4.




NO. 1 ENGINE OVERSPEED CUTS IN WHEN TEST B BUTTON IS PRESSED


MALFUNCTIONNo. 1 engine overspeed cuts in when TEST B button is pressed.

CORRECTIVE ACTION



b. If continuity is not present troubleshoot engine overspeed test system (TM 1-2840-248-23).Go to 4.

2. Check continuity between TEST A switch terminal 1 and P801-12.




TM 1-1520-237-23 0075 00

0075 00-4






NO. 1 ENGINE DOES NOT SHUT DOWN WITH OVERSPEED CONDITION

SYMPTOMNo. 1 engine does not shut down.

MALFUNCTIONNo. 1 engine does not shut down with overspeed condition.

CORRECTIVE ACTION




2. Check for 28 vdc between P381-C and P381-B.



3. Check for 28 vdc between P381-D and P381-B.

a. If voltage is as specified, replace No. 1 overspeed relay assembly (WP 0924 00). Go to 9.


4. Check for 28 vdc between NO. 1 ENG START circuit breaker terminal 1 and ground.

a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between circuit breaker terminal 1 and P381-D(WP 1747 00). Go to 9.


5. Check for 28 vdc between P381-C and ground.

a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between P381-B and GND381-1(WP 1747 00). Go to 9.


6. Check continuity between P381-C and J815-1.




a. If continuity is present, troubleshoot engine (TM 1-2840-248-23). Go to 9.

b. If continuity is not present, replace engine harness (TM 1-2840-248-23). Go to 9.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0075 00

NO. 1 ENGINE OVERSPEED CUTS IN WHEN TEST B BUTTON IS PRESSED - Continued

0075 00-5


a. If voltage is as specified, replace engine harness (TM 1-2840-248-23). Go to 9.

b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between J815-2 and NO. 1 ENG STARTcircuit breaker terminal 1 (WP 1747 00). Go to 9.


NO. 2 ENGINE OVERSPEED CUTS IN WHEN TEST A BUTTON IS PRESSED


MALFUNCTIONNo. 2 engine overspeed cuts in when TEST A button is pressed.

CORRECTIVE ACTION













NO. 2 ENGINE OVERSPEED CUTS IN WHEN TEST B BUTTON IS PRESSED


MALFUNCTIONNo. 2 engine overspeed cuts in when TEST B button is pressed.

CORRECTIVE ACTION




TM 1-1520-237-23 0075 00

NO. 1 ENGINE DOES NOT SHUT DOWN WITH OVERSPEED CONDITION - Continued

0075 00-6










NO. 2 ENGINE DOES NOT SHUT DOWN WITH OVERSPEED CONDITION

SYMPTOMNo. 2 engine does not shut down.

MALFUNCTIONNo. 2 engine does not shut down with overspeed condition.

CORRECTIVE ACTION




2. Check for 28 vdc between P382-C and P382-B.



3. Check for 28 vdc between P382-D and P382-B.

a. If voltage is as specified, replace No. 2 overspeed relay assembly (WP 0924 00). Go to 9.


4. Check for 28 vdc between NO. 2 ENG START CONTR circuit breaker terminal 1 andground.

a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between circuit breaker terminal 1 and P382-D(WP 1747 00). Go to 9.


5. Check 28 vdc between P382-C and ground.

a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between P382-B and GND382-1(WP 1747 00). Go to 9.


6. Check continuity between J814-1 and P382-C.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0075 00

NO. 2 ENGINE OVERSPEED CUTS IN WHEN TEST B BUTTON IS PRESSED - Continued

0075 00-7




a. If continuity is present, troubleshoot engine (TM 1-2840-248-23). Go to 9.



a. If voltage is as specified, replace engine harness (TM 1-2840-248-23). Go to 9.

b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between J814-2 and NO. 2 ENG STARTCONTR circuit breaker terminal 1 (WP 1747 00). Go to 9.


NO. 1 ENGINE BITE READS 85%

SYMPTOMNo. 1 BITE reads 85%.

MALFUNCTIONNo. 1 BITE reads 85%.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Do NO. 1 ENGINE DOES NOT SHUT DOWN WITH OVERSPEED CONDITION, in thiswork package. Go to 2.

2. Check continuity between J815-35 and P381-F.




+ P803-17 and P815-35

+ P803-19 and P815-35



4. Check continuity between P381-Gand key ignition switch terminal 2.

a. If continuity is present, replace No. 1 overspeed relay assembly (WP 0924 00). Go to 5.



TM 1-1520-237-23 0075 00

NO. 2 ENGINE DOES NOT SHUT DOWN WITH OVERSPEED CONDITION - Continued

0075 00-8

NO. 2 ENGINE BITE READS 85%

SYMPTOMNo. 2 engine BITE reads 85%.

MALFUNCTIONNo. 2 engine BITE reads 85%.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Do NO. 2 ENGINE DOES NOT SHUT DOWN WITH OVERSPEED CONDITION, in thiswork package. Go to 2.

2. Check continuity between J814-35 and P382-F.




+ P802-17 and P814-35

+ P802-19 and P814-35



4. Check continuity between P382-G and key ignition switch terminal C2.

a. If continuity is present, replace No. 2 overspeed relay assembly (WP 0924 00). Go to 5.



TM 1-1520-237-23 0075 00

0075 00-9

SAAA2654_1A

B

A

NO. 2 ENGINEDIGITALELECTRONICCONTROLP800(SEE NOTE 1)

NO. 2 OVERSPEEDRELAY P382(SEE NOTE 2)

P815 / J185


NO. 1 OVERSPEEDRELAY P381(SEE NOTE 2)

NO. 1 AND NO. 2ENG OVERSPEEDSWITCHES

P111 / J111

P121 / J121

E


P381 / J381 NO. 1 OVERSPEED RELAY(SEE NOTE 2)

P382 / J382 NO. 2 OVERSPEED RELAY(SEE NOTE 2)





P231 / J231

P266 / J266

P111 / J111 COCKPIT, BL 7.5, STA 197

P121 / J121

P126 / J126

P127 / J127 COCKPIT, BL 28 LH, STA 243




P220 / J220

P221 / J221

P802


NO. 2 ENGINE INTERFACEDISCONNECT

BEHIND PILOT’S CIRCUITBREAKER PANEL, BL 25.0 RH

CABIN CEILING, BL 8 RH,STA 247

D


2.

UH60A EH60A

UH60L

P266 /J266

P126 /J126

P222 /J222

C

P220 /J220

P225 /J225

P814 /J814

P221 /J221

P127 /J127

P231 /J231

P803

P802

COCKPIT, BL 10 RH, STA 197

COCKPIT, BL 28 RH, STA 243

3.

NOTES

UH60Q

HH60L

UH60Q HH60LENGINE IGNITION ON LOWER CONSOLE.



CONNECTION POINT TERMINAL BOARD /DISCONNECT PLUG /

RECEPTACLE

LOCATION /CONNECTION POINT

Figure 1. Engine Overspeed Protection System Location Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 4)

TM 1-1520-237-23 0075 00

LOCATION

0075 00-10

SAAA2654_2

TEST A TEST B TEST A TEST BNO. 1 ENG OVSP NO. 2 ENG OVSP

A

5

DC ESNTL BUS

NO. 1ENG

START

UPPER CONSOLEPANEL

UPPER CONSOLECIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL

(SEE NOTE 2)

B


TM 1-1520-237-23 0075 00


0075 00-11

SAAA2654_3

PILOT’SCIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL

(SEE NOTE 2)

(SEE NOTE 1)

NO. 2 AC PRI BUS

ENGNO. 2

OVSP

5

NO. 2 DC PRI BUS

STARTNO. 2 ENG

CONTR

5

C


TM 1-1520-237-23 0075 00


0075 00-12

SAAA2654_4A

COPILOT’SCIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL

ENGINEIGNITION

OFF

ON

E

INSTRUMENT PANEL

NO. 1 AC PRI BUS

NO. 1ENG

5

OVSP

D

(SEE NOTE 3)


TM 1-1520-237-23 0075 00


0075 00-13

SAAB1465

NO. 2AC PRIBUS

NO. 2 ENG OVSP115 VAC

5AMP

2 1 CB244P126 J126


N

P

NOTE

HAVE AN ELECTRICAL CONTROL UNIT.

TEST A

TEST B

NO. 2 ENG OVSP

TEST SWITCHESJ222 P222

S13

S14

2

2

1

1

P

H

J

K

M

L

DIGITALELECTRONIC

CONTROL

P800

J814

P814

NO. 2 ENGINE(SEE NOTE)

2 1 12 14 6

25 26 27 28 2919

GND814−1

NO. 1AC PRIBUS

NO. 1 ENG OVSP115 VAC

5AMP

2 1 CB145P127 J127


L

M

TEST A

TEST B

NO. 1 ENG OVSP

TEST SWITCHES

J225 P225

S16

S17

2

2

1

1

G

H

J

K

L

M

CONTROLELECTRONIC

DIGITAL

P801

J815

P815

2 1 6 14 12

29 27 26 25 1928

GND815−1

UPPER CONSOLE

NO. 1 ENGINE(SEE NOTE)

UH60A EH60A UH60Q

Figure 2. Engine Overspeed Protection System Schematic Diagram UH60A EH60A UH60Q .

TM 1-1520-237-23 0075 00

SCHEMATICS

0075 00-14

SAAB2109_1


NO. 2 ENGSTART CONTR

NO. 2DC PRI

BUS

28 VDC

5AMP

2 CB2361J266 P266

A

UPPER CONSOLE

NO. 1 ENGSTART

DCESNTL

BUS

28 VDC

5AMP

2 CB3121J231 P231

W

NO. 2 OVERSPEED RELAY ASSEMBLY

P382

J382

H G E F J A B D C

GND381−1

X1 CX2

EFFECTIVITY


P381

J381

H G E F J A B D C

X1 CX2

SGP266−1

SGP231−1

INSTRUMENT PANEL

J111 P111

J121 P121

BB

d

OFF

1

5C2

KEYIGNITION

ON

SWITCHS35

GND382−1

HH60L UH60L

C1

1

2

3

4

5

6

Figure 3. Engine Overspeed Protection System Schematic Diagram HH60L UH60L . (Sheet 1 of 2)

TM 1-1520-237-23 0075 00


0075 00-15

SAAB2109_2

ALTERNATORDIGITAL

ELECTRONICCONTROL

P802 P80017 19 27 28

ALTERNATORCONTROL

ELECTRONICDIGITAL

P803 P80117 19 27 28

J220 P220 J814 P814

J221 P221 J815 P815

A

B

e

1

2

35

T

B

A

35

2

1

NO. 2 ENGINE

NO. 1 ENGINE

1

2

3

4

5

6

Figure 3. Engine Overspeed Protection System Schematic Diagram HH60L UH60L . (Sheet 2 of 2)

TM 1-1520-237-23 0075 00


END OF WORK PACKAGE

0075 00-16

UNIT LEVEL

ENGINE SYSTEM

ENGINE SPEED TRIM SYSTEM

INITIAL SETUP:


Tools and Special ToolsAircraft Mechanic’s Toolkit, SC 5180-99-B01Electrical Repairer Toolkit, SC 5180-99-B06Engine Repairman’s Toolkit, SC 5180-99-B07


ReferencesTM 1-1520-237-10TM 1-2840-248-23

WP 0105 00WP 0500 00WP 0824 00WP 1066 00WP 1747 00


TM 1-1520-237-10No. 1 and No. 2 Fuel Tanks Serviced,

TM 1-1520-237-10

ENGINE SPEED TRIM SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step

NOTE


c If one engine will not decrease below 100% Np, an associated torque split may benoticed.

c See Figure 1 for system location diagram, and UH60A EH60A UH60L Figure 2

and UH60Q HH60L Figure 3 for trim system schematic diagrams as an aid in operational/

troubleshooting.

1. Make sure the SPEED TRIM circuit breaker on pilot’s circuit breaker panel is pushed in.

2. Start APU (TM 1-1520-237-10).

3. With qualified personnel at controls, start No. 1 and No. 2 engines. Operate main rotor at 100% Nr until instrumentsstabilize (TM 1-1520-237-10).

4. Push and hold pilot’s (or copilot’s) collective stick ENG RPM or UH-60Q HH-60L upper console ENGINESPEED TRIM switch to DECR.


a. %RPM 1 (Np) indication on pilot’s and copilot’s display unit shall decrease to 96% (bottom of green range).

TM 1-1520-237-23 0076 00

0076 00-1

b. %RPM 2 (Np) indication on pilot’s and copilot’s display unit shall decrease to 96% (bottom of green range).

c. No. 1 or No. 2 engine Np shall not go below 96% Np.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Conditions a. and b. are not as specified, go to NO. 1 AND NO. 2 ENGINE POWERTURBINE SPEED (%NP) CANNOT BE DECREASED BELOW 100%, in this work package.

2. If Indication/Condition a. is not as specified, go to NO. 1ENGINE POWER TURBINE SPEED (%NP)CANNOT BE INCREASED OR DECREASED, in this work package.

3. If Indication/Condition b. is not as specified, go to NO. 2 ENGINE POWER TURBINE SPEED (%NP)CANNOT BE INCREASED OR DECREASED, in this work package.

4. If Indication/Condition c. is not as specified, replace engine speed control box (WP 0500 00).

Step

5. Push and hold pilot’s (or copilot’s) collective stick ENG RPM or UH-60Q HH-60L upper console ENGINESPEED TRIM switch to INCR.


a. %RPM 1 (Np) indication on pilot’s and copilot’s display unit shall increase to 100% (top of green range).

b. %RPM 2 (Np) indication on pilot’s and copilot’s display unit shall increase to 100% (top of green range).

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition a. is not as specified, go to NO. 1ENGINE POWER TURBINE SPEED (%NP)CANNOT BE INCREASED OR DECREASED, in this work package.

2. If Indication/Condition b. is not as specified, go to NO. 2 ENGINE POWER TURBINE SPEED (%NP)CANNOT BE INCREASED OR DECREASED, in this work package.

Step

6. Shut down both engines (TM 1-1520-237-10).

7. Shut down APU (TM 1-1520-237-10).



Corrective Action

None Required

NO. 1 AND NO. 2 ENGINE POWER TURBINE SPEED (%NP) CANNOT BE DECREASED BELOW 100%

SYMPTOMNo. 1 and No. 2 engine power turbine speed (%Np) cannot be decreased.

MALFUNCTIONNo. 1 and No. 2 engine power turbine speed (%Np) cannot be decreased below 100%.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. With copilot’s collective stick ENG RPM or UH-60Q HH-60L upper console ENGINESPEED TRIM switch at DECR, check for 28 vdc between P901-J and ground.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0076 00

ENGINE SPEED TRIM SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0076 00-2



2. Check continuity between P901-L and ground.

a. If continuity is present, replace engine speed control assembly (WP 0500 00). Go to 10.


3. With pilot’s collective stick ENG RPM or UH-60Q HH-60L upper console ENGINESPEED TRIM switch at DECR, check for 28 vdc between P901-J and ground.



4. Check for 28 vdc between J103-k or UH-60Q HH-60L P246-V and ground.

a. If voltage is as specified, go to 5 or UH-60Q HH-60L 9.



+ J103-h and J103-j

+ J103-i and P901-J

+ UH-60Q HH-60L P246-X and P901-J

+ UH-60Q HH-60L P246-W and P901-K

a. If continuity is present, replace copilot’s collective stick grip or UH-60Q HH-60L upperconsole ENGINE SPEED TRIM switch (WP 1066 00). Go to 10.


6. Check continuity between J104-g and J103-k.

a. If continuity is present, replace pilot’s collective stick grip (WP 1066 00). Go to 10.


7. Check for 28 vdc between J104-k and ground.



8. Check continuity between these points:

+ J104-h and J104-j

+ J104-i and P901-J

a. If continuity is present, replace pilot’s collective stick grip (WP 1066 00). Go to 10.


9. Check continuity between and SPEED TRIM circuit breaker terminal 1 and J104-kUH-60Q HH-60L or P246-V .

a. If continuity is present, replace circuit breaker (WP 0824 00). Go to 10.


TM 1-1520-237-23 0076 00

NO. 1 AND NO. 2 ENGINE POWER TURBINE SPEED (%NP) CANNOT BE DECREASED BELOW 100% -Continued

0076 00-3


NO. 1 ENGINE POWER TURBINE SPEED (%NP) CANNOT BE INCREASED OR DECREASED

SYMPTOMNo. 1 engine power turbine speed (%Np) cannot adjusted.

MALFUNCTIONNo. 1 engine power turbine speed (%Np) cannot be increased or decreased.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Check that power turbine (%Np) can be increased or decreased.

a. If power turbine speed cannot be increased, go to 2.

b. If power turbine speed cannot be decreased, go to 5.

2. Push pilot’s or copilot’s ENG RPM or UH-60Q HH-60L upper console ENGINESPEED TRIM switch to INCR until engine speed control motor stops. Go to 3.

3. Check resistance between:

+ P801-18 and P801-20 (2200-2400 ohms)

+ P801-19 and P801-20 (240-260 ohms)

+ P801-20 and P801-21 (120-130 ohms)

a. If resistance is as specified, troubleshoot engine (Np does not respond to Np demand trim)(TM 1-2840-248-23). Go to 8.

b. If resistance is not as specified, go to 4.

4. Check for resistance of 124 to 142 ohms between J901-A and J901-B.

a. If resistance is as specified, repair/replace wiring, as required, between (WP 1747 00), thengo to 8:

+ P801-18 and P901-C

+ P801-19 and P901-A

+ P801-20 and P901-D

+ P801-21 and P901-B

b. If resistance is not as specified, replace engine speed control box (WP 0500 00). Go to 8.

5. Push pilot’s or copilot’s ENG RPM or UH-60Q HH-60L upper console ENGINESPEED TRIM switch to DECR until engine speed control motor stops. Go to 6.


+ P801-18 and P801-20 (2200-2400 ohms)

+ P801-19 and P801-20 (240-260 ohms)

+ P801-20 and P801-21 (860-900 ohms)


TM 1-1520-237-23 0076 00

NO. 1 AND NO. 2 ENGINE POWER TURBINE SPEED (%NP) CANNOT BE DECREASED BELOW 100% -Continued

0076 00-4


7. Check for resistance of 2200 to 2400 ohms between J901-C and J901-D.


+ P801-18 and P901-C

+ P801-19 and P901-A

+ P801-20 and P901-D

+ P801-21 and P901-B



NO. 2 ENGINE POWER TURBINE SPEED (%NP) CANNOT BE INCREASED OR DECREASED

SYMPTOMNo. 2 engine power turbine speed (%Np) cannot be adjusted.

MALFUNCTIONNo. 2 engine power turbine speed (%Np) cannot be increased or decreased.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Check that power turbine speed (%Np) can be increased or decreased.

a. If power turbine speed cannot be increased, go to 2.

b. If power turbine speed cannot be decreased, go to 5.

2. Push pilot’s or copilot’s ENG RPM or UH-60Q HH-60L upper console ENGINESPEED TRIM switch to INCR until engine speed control motor stops. Go to 3.


+ P800-18 and P800-20 (2200-2400 ohms)

+ P800-19 and P800-20 (240-260 ohms)

+ P800-20 and P800-21 (120-130 ohms)



4. Check for resistance of 124 to 142 ohms between J901-E and J901-F.


+ P800-18 and P901-G

+ P800-19 and P901-E

+ P800-20 and P901-H

+ P800-21 and P901-F

TM 1-1520-237-23 0076 00

NO. 1 ENGINE POWER TURBINE SPEED (%NP) CANNOT BE INCREASED OR DECREASED - Continued

0076 00-5


5. Push pilot’s or copilot’s ENG RPM or UH-60Q HH-60L upper console ENGINESPEED TRIM switch to DECR until engine speed control motor stops. Go to 6.


+ P800-18 and P800-20 (2200-2400 ohms)

+ P800-19 and P800-20 (240-260 ohms)

+ P800-20and P800-21 (860-900 ohms)


b. If resistance is as specified, go to 7.

7. Check for resistance of 2200 to 2400 ohms between J901-G and J901-H.


+ P800-18 and P901-G

+ P800-19 and P901-E

+ P800-20 and P901-H

+ P800-21 and P901-F



TM 1-1520-237-23 0076 00

NO. 2 ENGINE POWER TURBINE SPEED (%NP) CANNOT BE INCREASED OR DECREASED - Continued

0076 00-6

SAAB2093_1

HAVE AN ELECTRICAL CONTROLUNIT.

P103 / J103

P248 / J248

P401 / J401

ENGINESPEED CONTROLP901 / J901

P815 / J815

P400 / J400


NO. 2 ENGINE

P814 / J814

P217 / J217

P224 / J224

P223 / J223

P236 / J236

P104 / J104

P247 / J247

P114 / J114

NO. 2 SIGNALDATA CONVERTERP137

NO. 1 SIGNALDATA CONVERTERP138


NO. 1 ENGINE

A

A

B


RECEPTACLELOCATION/

CONNECTION POINT

P103 / J103 COCKPIT TUB BL 32 LH,STA 247 (SEE NOTE 3)

P104 / J104 COCKPIT TUB BL 15 RH,STA 247 (SEE NOTE 3)


P137 NO. 2 SIGNAL DATACONVERTER

P217 / J217 CABIN CEILING BL 0,STA 284



P236 / J236 BEHIND PILOT’S CIRCUITBREAKER PANEL BL 23 RH


P226 / J226 BEHIND PILOT’S CIRCUITBREAKER PANEL BL 23 RHUH60A EH60A

(SEE NOTE 3)

(SEE NOTE 3)

P246 / J246 ENGINE SPEED TRIM SWITCH

NOTES

1.

2.

3.

HH60L

UH60A EH60A UH60L

UH60Q

(SEE NOTE 2)

C(SEE NOTE 2)

Figure 1. Engine Speed Trim System Location Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 2)

TM 1-1520-237-23 0076 00

LOCATION

0076 00-7

SAAB2093_2

NO. 2 DC PRI BUS

SPEED

TRIM

5


PILOT’S AND COPILOT’SCOLLECTIVE STICK

P247 / J247 CABIN BL 40 RH, STA 248

P248 / J248 CABIN BL 40 LH, STA 248






P901 / J901 ENGINE SPEED CONTROL



RECEPTACLELOCATION/

CONNECTION POINT

ENGRPM

INCR

DECR

DECR

INCR

OFF

TRIMENG SPD

UPPER CONSOLE

A

B

C

(SEE NOTE 1)

(SEE NOTE 1)

P922 / J922 DISCONNECT (SEE NOTE 2)

(SEE NOTE 3)

(SEE NOTE 2)

Figure 1. Engine Speed Trim System Location Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 2)

TM 1-1520-237-23 0076 00


0076 00-8

SAAB1484_1A

NO. 2DC PRI

BUS

SPEED TRIM

ENG RPMDECR

INCR

5AMP

28 VDC

2 1 CB210J236 P236 J247 P247


P104 J104

PILOT’S COLLECTIVE STICK GRIP

j

h

g

i

k

m

U J

NOTES

ELECTRICAL

MECHANICAL

ENG RPMDECR

INCR

P103 J103

COPILOT’S COLLECTIVE STICK GRIP

j

h

i

k

m

SG103−7

SG103−6

J901 P901

ENGINE SPEED CONTROL

GG5−1

P248 J248

K

L

J

H

G

F

E

D

C

B

A

J

K

SG901−2

SWITCHS33

SWITCHS34

HAVE ANELECTRICAL CONTROL UNIT.


1.

2.

UH60A EH60A

W/O EMEP

EFFECTIVITY UH60A EH60A UH60L

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

LEGEND

Figure 2. Engine Speed Trim System Schematic Diagram UH60A EH60A UH60L . (Sheet 1 of 2)

TM 1-1520-237-23 0076 00

SCHEMATICS

0076 00-9

SAAB1484_2A

NO. 2 ENGINE (SEE NOTE 1)

P800

DIGITALELECTRONIC

CONTROL

P114 J114

J217 P217

P137


NO. 2 ENGINESPEED TRIM(COMMON)

NO. 1 ENGINE (SEE NOTE 1)

P801

DIGITALELECTRONIC

CONTROL

J223 P223

J224 P224 J814 P814

J401

P401

P400

J400

Nw

W

X



J

K

L

M

N

e

f

g

h

i

30

31

32

33

19

18

16

17

X

Y

Z

a

b

SG901−1

J815 P815

20 18 21 19 22 3 24 23

R P N a

K J H

7

6

5

30

31

32

33

19

20 18 21 1924 23 22 3

(SEE NOTE 2)

PF

A

P138

Nw

(SEE NOTE 2)

PF

A

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Figure 2. Engine Speed Trim System Schematic Diagram UH60A EH60A UH60L . (Sheet 2 of 2)

TM 1-1520-237-23 0076 00


0076 00-10

NO. 2DC PRI

BUS

SPEED TRIM

DECR

INCR

5AMP

28 VDC

2 1 CB210J236 P236


UPPER CONSOLE

U

ELECTRICAL

MECHANICAL

J901 P901

ENGINE SPEED CONTROL

GG5−1

J922 P922

K

L

J

H

G

F

E

D

C

B

A

U

T

SG901−2

S33

EFFECTIVITY

UH60Q

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

COM

1

2

3

J246 P246

X

V

W

ENGINE SPEED TRIM

SAAB2094_1

HH60L

LEGEND

Figure 3. Engine Speed Trim System Schematic Diagram UH60Q HH60L . (Sheet 1 of 2)

TM 1-1520-237-23 0076 00


0076 00-11

NO. 2 ENGINE

P800

DIGITALELECTRONIC

CONTROL

P114 J114

J217 P217

P137



NO. 1 ENGINE

P801

DIGITALELECTRONIC

CONTROL

J223 P223

J224 P224 J814 P814

J401

P401

P400

J400

Nw

W

X



J

K

L

M

N

e

f

g

h

i

30

31

32

33

19

18

16

17

X

Y

Z

a

b

SG901−1

J815 P815

20 18 21 19 22 3 24 23

R P N a

K J H

7

6

5

30

31

32

33

19

20 18 21 1924 23 22 3

PF

A

P138

Nw

PF

A

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

SAAB2094_2

Figure 3. Engine Speed Trim System Schematic Diagram UH60Q HH60L . (Sheet 2 of 2)

TM 1-1520-237-23 0076 00


END OF WORK PACKAGE

0076 00-12

UNIT LEVEL

ENGINE SYSTEM

ENGINE CHIP DETECTOR SYSTEM

INITIAL SETUP:




ReferencesTM 1-1520-237-10TM 1-2840-248-23

WP 0090 00WP 0100 00WP 0104 00WP 0824 00WP 0925 00WP 1685 00WP 1747 00


SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS

NOTE

See Figure 1 for system location diagram, and Figure 2 for system schematic diagramas an aid in operational/troubleshooting.

The engine chip detector system operational/troubleshooting procedure is subdivided as follows:

+ Engine No. 1

+ Engine No. 2

TM 1-1520-237-23 0077 00

0077 00-1

ENGINE NO. 1 OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step

NOTE

If a circuit breaker pops out during the operational/troubleshooting procedure, a shortcircuit is indicated (WP 0104 00).



NO. 1 ENG WARN LTS Copilot’s

NO. 2 ENG WARN LTS Pilot’s



UH-60Q HH-60L MFD PILOT Aux Circuit Breaker Panel

UH-60Q HH-60L MFD COPILOT Aux Circuit Breaker Panel

2. Remove No. 1 engine chip detector (TM 1-2840-248-23).



CHIP #1 ENGINE capsule on caution/advisory panel or legend on MFD/caution/advisory panel shall be off.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, disconnect P803.

a. If CHIP #1 ENGINE capsule goes off, replace No. 1 engine chip detector (TM 1-2840-248-23).

b. If CHIP #1 ENGINE capsule does not go off, disconnect P117 or UH-60Q HH-60L P1019R or P1020R.

(1) EMEP Remove and check pin filtered adapter. Replace if necessary (WP 0925 00).

(2) EMEP Install pin filtered adapter (WP 0925 00).

(a) If CHIP #1 ENGINE capsule goes off, repair/replace wiring between P117 orUH-60Q HH-60L P1019R or P1020R and P803 (WP 1747 00).

(b) If CHIP #1 ENGINE capsule remains on, troubleshoot caution/advisory warning system(WP 0090 00) or MFD/caution/advisory warning system (WP 0100 00).

TM 1-1520-237-23 0077 00

0077 00-2

Step

4. Position clean screwdriver with an insulated handle on chip detector.


CHIP #1 ENGINE capsule on caution/advisory panel or legend on MFD/caution/advisory panel shall go on.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to CHIP #1 ENGINE CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOES NOT GO ON,in this work package.

Step



7. Install No. 1 engine chip detector (TM 1-2840-248-23).


No. 1 engine chip detector shall be installed.

Corrective Action

None Required

ENGINE NO. 2 OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step

NOTE




NO. 1 ENG WARN LTS Copilot’s

NO. 2 ENG WARN LTS Pilot’s



2. Remove No. 2 engine chip detector (TM 1-2840-248-23).



CHIP #2 ENGINE capsule on caution/advisory panel or legend on MFD/caution/advisory panel shall be off.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0077 00

ENGINE NO. 1 OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0077 00-3

Corrective Action


a. If CHIP #2 ENGINE capsule goes off, replace No. 2 engine chip detector (TM 1-2840-248-23).

b. If CHIP #2 ENGINE capsule does not go off, disconnect P117 or UH-60Q HH-60L P1019R or P1020R.

(1) EMEP Remove and check pin filtered adapter. Replace if necessary (WP 0925 00).


(a) If CHIP #2 ENGINE capsule goes off, repair/replace wiring between P117 orUH-60Q HH-60L P1019R or P1020R and P802 (WP 1747 00).

(b) If CHIP #2 ENGINE capsule remains on, troubleshoot caution/advisory warning system(WP 0090 00) or MFD/caution/advisory warning system (WP 0100 00).

Step

4. Position clean screwdriver with an insulated handle on chip detector.


CHIP #2 ENGINE capsule on caution/advisory panel or legend on MFD/caution/advisory panel shall go on.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to CHIP #2 ENGINE CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOES NOT GO ON,in this work package.

Step



7. Install No. 2 engine chip detector (TM 1-2840-248-23).


No. 2 engine chip detector shall be installed.

Corrective Action

None Required

CHIP #1 ENGINE CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOES NOT GO ON

SYMPTOMCHIP #1 ENGINE capsule or legend does not go on.

MALFUNCTIONCHIP #1 ENGINE capsule or legend does not go on.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Hold caution/advisory panel or UH-60Q HH-60L instrument panel INDICATOR LTSBRT/DIM-TEST switch to TEST. Go to 2.

2. Check that CHIP #1 ENGINE capsule or legend goes on.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0077 00

ENGINE NO. 2 OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0077 00-4

a. If capsule or legend goes on, go to 3.





b. If capsule or legend does not go on, go to 7.


6. Troubleshoot engine chip detector (TM 1-2840-248-23). Go to 20.



a. EMEP , go to 9.


9. EMEP Remove and check pin filtered adapters P117 and P118 orUH-60Q HH-60L P1019R or P1020R (WP 0925 00).


b. If pin filtered adapters are not good, replace pin filtered adapters (WP 0925 00). Go to 20.

10. EMEP Install pin filtered adapters (WP 0925 00). Go to 11 or UH-60Q HH-60L 12.

11. Check for 28 vdc between P118-g and ground.



12. Install an insulated jumper wire between J117-5 or UH-60Q HH-60L J3-6 on MFDand ground. Go to 13.

13. Check that CHIP #1 ENGINE caution capsule or legend goes on.



14. Remove jumper wire from J117 or UH-60Q HH-60L J3 on MFD . Go to 15.

15. Repair/replace wiring between P117-5 or UH-60Q HH-60L P1019R-6 or P1020R-6and P803-11 (WP 1747 00). Go to 20.

16. Check continuity between P803-12 and ground.




18. Troubleshoot caution/advisory warning system (WP 0090 00) or MFD/caution/advisory warning system (WP 0100 00). Go to 20.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0077 00

CHIP #1 ENGINE CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOES NOT GO ON - Continued

0077 00-5


a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between circuit breaker terminal 1 and P118-g(WP 1747 00). Go to 20.



CHIP #2 ENGINE CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOES NOT GO ON

SYMPTOMCHIP #2 ENGINE capsule or legend does not go on.

MALFUNCTIONCHIP #2 ENGINE capsule or legend does not go on.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Hold caution/advisory panel or UH-60Q HH-60L instrument panel INDICATOR LTSBRT/DIM-TEST switch to TEST. Go to 2.









6. Troubleshoot engine chip detector (TM 1-2840-248-23). Go to 20.



a. EMEP , go to 9.


9. EMEP Remove and check pin filtered adapters P117 and P118 orUH-60Q HH-60L P1019R or P1020R (WP 0925 00).


b. If pin filtered adapters are not good, replace pin filtered adapters (WP 0925 00). Go to 20.

10. EMEP Install pin filtered adapters (WP 0925 00). Go to 11 or UH-60Q HH-60L 12.

11. Check for 28 vdc between P118-h and ground.


TM 1-1520-237-23 0077 00


0077 00-6


12. Install insulated jumper wire between J117-53 or UH-60Q HH-60L J3-7 on MFDand ground. Go to 13.





15. Repair/replace wiring between P117-53 or UH-60Q HH-60L P1019R-7 or P1020R-7and P802-11 (WP 1747 00). Go to 20.







a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between circuit breaker terminal 1 and P118-h(WP 1747 00). Go to 20.



TM 1-1520-237-23 0077 00


0077 00-7

SAAA2660_1A

P110 / J110 COCKPIT, BL 7.5 RH,STA 197

P111 / J111 COCKPIT, BL 7.5 LH,STA 197

P112 / J112 COCKPIT, BL 6 RH, STA 197





P236 / J236 BEHIND PILOT’S CIRCUITBREAKER PANEL, BL 23 RH

P249 / J249 BEHIND COPILOT’SCIRCUIT BREAKER PANELBL 11 LH




P825 / J825 FIREWALL DISCONNECTBL 14 LH, STA 358.25

P249 / J249

C

D

A

P117 / P118P111 / J111

P112 / J112

P110 / J110

P236 / J236

P221 / J221

B

NO. 2 ENGINECHIP DETECTOR

P802

P824 / J824

FIREWALL

BNO. 1 ENGINECHIP DETECTOR

P803

P825 / J825

P220 / J220

(SEE NOTE 1)

INSTRUMENTPANELD

P1019R(SEE NOTE 2)

P1020R(SEE NOTE 3)

NOTES

1.

2.

UH60A UH60L EH60A

UH60Q HH60L


RECEPTACLE



RECEPTACLE




P1020R / J3

(SEE NOTE 2)

Figure 1. Engine Chip Detector System Location Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 3)

TM 1-1520-237-23 0077 00

LOCATION

0077 00-8

SAAA2660_2

NO. 2 DC PRI BUS

WARNNO. 2 ENG

LTS

2


GAP

INSULATED HANDLESCREWDRIVER

ELECTRICALCONNECTOR

ENGINE CHIP DETECTOR

B

A


TM 1-1520-237-23 0077 00


0077 00-9

SAAA2660_3A

NO. 1 DC PRI BUS

NO. 1 ENGWARN

LTS

2




COMM NAV

BRT


(SEE NOTE 2)

DAY

NIGHT

OFF

CHIP#1 ENGINE

CHIP#2 ENGINE

MULTIFUNCTION DISPLAY’SCAUTION/ADVISORY GRID

CHIP #1 ENGINE CHIP #2 ENGINE

D

C


TM 1-1520-237-23 0077 00


0077 00-10

SAAB1466

NO. 1 ENGWARN LTS

NO. 1DC PRI

BUS

28 VDC

2AMP2 1

CB136

J249 P249

W


NO. 2 ENGWARN LTS

NO. 2DC PRI

BUS

28 VDC

2AMP2 1

CB235

J236 P236

W


P118

P117

GROUNDSENSING

GROUNDSENSING

CHIP #1 ENGINE

CHIP #2 ENGINE


h

53

5

g

J112 P112

J110 P110

J111 P111

J220 P220

J221 P221 J825 P825

J824 P824

P803

NO. 1 ENGINE

CHIPDETECTOR

12 11

P802

NO. 2 ENGINE

CHIPDETECTOR

11 12

GND824−1

GND825−1

7

8

L

N 7

8

S

t

N

C

PF

A

(SEE NOTE)

PF

A

P118PF

A

(SEE NOTE)

(SE

E N

OT

E)

NOTE

PIN FILTEREDW/O EMEPADAPTER (PFA) IS NOT INSTALLED.

Figure 2. Engine Chip Detector System Schematic Diagram.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0077 00

SCHEMATICS

END OF WORK PACKAGE0077 00-11/12 Blank

UNIT LEVEL

ENGINE SYSTEM

ENGINE ANTI-ICE SYSTEM

INITIAL SETUP:


Tools and Special ToolsAircraft Mechanic’s Toolkit, SC 5180-99-B01Electrical Repairer Toolkit, SC 5180-99-B06Insulated Jumper Wire


ReferencesTM 1-1520-237-10TM 1-1520-253-10 UH60Q HH60LTM 1-2840-248-23WP 0090 00WP 0100 00



TM 1-1520-237-10No. 1 and No. 2 Fuel Tanks Serviced,

TM 1-1520-237-10


NOTE

See Figure 1 for system location diagram and Figure 2 for system schematic diagramas an aid in operational/troubleshooting.

The engine anti-ice system operational/troubleshooting procedure is subdivided as follows:

+ No. 1 Engine

+ No. 2 Engine

TM 1-1520-237-23 0078 00

0078 00-1

NO. 1 ENGINE OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step

NOTE






NO. 1 ENG ANTI-ICE Copilot’s

NO. 1 ENG ANTI-ICE WARN Copilot’s

NO. 1 ENG START Upper Console



2. Make sure upper console ENG ANTI-ICE NO. 1 switch is placed OFF.

3. Start APU (TM 1-1520-237-10 or UH-60Q HH-60L TM 1-1520-253-10 ). UH-60Q HH-60L Turn pilot’s orcopilot’s multifunction display (MFD) switch ON and press T6 switch (illuminates all MFD legends for 10 seconds,then only the active caution and advisory legends will be displayed).

4. With qualified personnel at controls, start No. 1 engine and operate up to ground idle speed (TM 1-1520-237-10 orUH-60Q HH-60L TM 1-1520-253-10 ).


a. #1 ENG ANTI-ICE ON capsule or legend shall be on.

b. #1 ENG INLET ANTI-ICE ON capsule or legend shall be off.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition a. is not as specified, go to #1 ENG ANTI-ICE ON CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOESNOT GO ON WHEN ENGINE IS AT GROUND IDLE SPEED, in this work package.

2. If Indication/Condition b. is not as specified, go to #1 ENG INLET ANTI-ICE ON CAPSULE OR LEGENDDOES NOT GO OFF WHEN ENGINE INLET IS COOLED DOWN BELOW 200°F (93.9°C), OR GOESON WHEN ENGINE IS AT GROUND IDLE SPEED, in this work package.

Step

5. Advance No. 1 engine controls quadrant ENG POWER CONT lever to FLY.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0078 00

0078 00-2

6. Pull collective stick up as required to get Ng SPEED 1 above 90%.


#1 ENG ANTI-ICE ON capsule or legend shall go off when Ng SPEED 1 is above 90%.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace No. 1 engine anti-ice start bleed valve (TM 1-2840-248-23).

Step

7. Place upper console ENG ANTI-ICE NO. 1 switch to ON.


a. #1 ENG ANTI-ICE ON capsule or legend shall go on immediately.

b. No. 1 engine TGT shall increase.

c. No. 1 engine inlet anti-ice valve shall open, allowing engine bleed-air to heat up engine inlet.

NOTE

c When operating at outside air temperatures above 39.2° to 55.4°F (4° to 13°C), #1ENG INLET ANTI-ICE ON capsule or legend may or may not come on when ENGANTI-ICE NO. 1 switch is ON.

c If ambient temperature is above 13°C (55.4°F), the #1 ENG INLET ANTI-ICE ONcapsule or legend will not be on.

d. When engine inlet temperature is above 200°F (93.3°C), temperature switch shall close and #1 ENG INLETANTI-ICE ON capsule or legend shall go on.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, go to #1 ENG INLET ANTI-ICE ON CAPSULE DOES NOT GO ONWHEN ANTI-ICE SYSTEM IS USED, in this work package.

Step

8. Place upper console ENG ANTI-ICE NO. 1 switch to OFF.


a. #1 ENG ANTI-ICE ON capsule or legend shall go off immediately.

b. No. 1 engine TGT shall decrease. #1 ENG INLET ANTI-ICE ON capsule or legend shall go off when engineinlet is cooled down below 200°F (93.3°C).

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition a. is not as specified, go to #1 ENG ANTI-ICE ON CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOESNOT GO OFF IMMEDIATELY, in this work package.


Step

9. Lower copilot’s collective stick.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0078 00

NO. 1 ENGINE OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0078 00-3


#1 ENG ANTI-ICE ON capsule or legend shall go on.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to #1 ENG ANTI-ICE ON CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOES NOT GOON WHEN ENGINE IS AT GROUND IDLE SPEED, in this work package.

Step

10. Shut down No. 1 engine (TM 1-1520-237-10 or UH-60Q HH-60L TM 1-1520-253-10 ).

11. Shut down APU (TM 1-1520-237-10 or UH-60Q HH-60L TM 1-1520-253-10 ).



Corrective Action

None Required


PROCEDURE

Step

NOTE






NO. 1 ENG START Upper Console

NO. 2 ENG ANTI-ICE Pilot’s

NO. 2 ENG ANTI-ICE WARN Pilot’s



2. Make sure upper console ENG ANTI-ICE NO. 2 switch is placed OFF.

3. Start APU (TM 1-1520-237-10 or UH-60Q HH-60L TM 1-1520-253-10 ). UH-60Q HH-60L Turn pilot’s or

TM 1-1520-237-23 0078 00


0078 00-4

copilot’s multifunction display (MFD) switch ON and press T6 switch (illuminates all MFD legends for 10 seconds,then only the active caution and advisory legends will be displayed).

4. With qualified personnel at controls, start No. 2 engine and operate up to ground idle speed (TM 1-1520-237-10 orUH-60Q HH-60L TM 1-1520-253-10 ).


a. #2 ENG ANTI-ICE ON capsule or legend shall be on.

b. #2 ENG INLET ANTI-ICE ON capsule or legend shall be off.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition a. is not as specified, go to #2 ENG ANTI-ICE ON CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOESNOT GO ON WHEN ENGINE IS AT GROUND IDLE SPEED, in this work package.


Step

5. Advance No. 2 engine controls quadrant ENG POWER CONT lever to FLY.

6. Pull collective stick up as required to get Ng SPEED 2 above 90%.


#2 ENG ANTI-ICE ON capsule or legend shall go off when Ng SPEED 2 is above 90%.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace No. 2 engine anti-ice start bleed valve (TM 1-2840-248-23).

Step

7. Place upper console ENG ANTI-ICE NO. 2 switch to ON.


a. #2 ENG ANTI-ICE ON capsule or legend shall go on immediately.

b. No. 2 engine TGT shall increase.

c. No. 2 engine inlet anti-ice valve shall open, allowing engine bleed-air to heat up engine inlet.

NOTE

c When operating at outside air temperatures above 39.2° to 55.4°F (4° to 13°C), #2ENG INLET ANTI-ICE ON capsule or legend may or may not come on when ENGANTI-ICE NO. 2 switch is ON.

c If ambient temperature is above 13°C (55.4°F), the #2 ENG INLET ANTI-ICE ONcapsule or legend will not go on.

d. When engine inlet temperature is above 200°F (93.3°C), temperature switch shall close and #2 ENG INLETANTI-ICE ON capsule or legend shall go on.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, go to #2 ENG INLET ANTI-ICE ON CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOESNOT GO ON WHEN ANTI-ICE SYSTEM IS USED, in this work package.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0078 00


0078 00-5

Step

8. Place upper console ENG ANTI-ICE NO. 2 switch to OFF.


a. #2 ENG ANTI-ICE ON capsule or legend shall go off immediately.

b. No. 2 engine TGT shall decrease.

c. #2 ENG INLET ANTI-ICE ON advisory capsule or legend shall go off when engine inlet is cooled downbelow 200°F (93.3°C).

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition a. is not as specified, go to #2 ENG ANTI-ICE ON CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOESNOT GO OFF IMMEDIATELY, in this work package.


Step

9. Lower pilot’s collective stick.


#2 ENG ANTI-ICE ON capsule or legend shall go on.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to #2 ENG ANTI-ICE ON CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOES NOT GOON WHEN ENGINE IS AT GROUND IDLE SPEED, in this work package.

Step


11. Shut down No. 2 engine (TM 1-1520-237-10 or UH-60Q HH-60L TM 1-1520-253-10 ).

12. Shut down APU (TM 1-1520-237-10 or UH-60Q HH-60L TM 1-1520-253-10 ).



Corrective Action

None Required

TM 1-1520-237-23 0078 00


0078 00-6

#1 ENG ANTI-ICE ON CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOES NOT GO ON WHEN ENGINE IS AT GROUND IDLESPEED

SYMPTOM#1 ENG ANTI-ICE ON capsule or legend does not go on.

MALFUNCTION#1 ENG ANTI-ICE ON capsule or legend does not go on when engine is at ground idle speed.

CORRECTIVE ACTION


2. Check if #1 ENGINE ANTI-ICE ON capsule or legend goes on.




4. Check if #1 ENG ANTI-ICE ON capsule or legend goes on.




6. Troubleshoot No. 1 engine anti-ice start bleed valve (TM 1-2840-248-23). Go to 16.


a. EMEP , go to 8.






10. Check for 28 vdc between P118-A or UH-60Q HH-60L P1019R-83 or P1020R-83and ground.







TM 1-1520-237-23 0078 00

0078 00-7

a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between P803-4 and P118-A orUH-60Q HH-60L P1019R-83 or P1020R-83 (WP 1747 00). Go to 16.


15. Check for 28 vdc between NO. 1 ENG ANTI-ICE WARN circuit breaker terminal 1and ground.




#1 ENG INLET ANTI-ICE ON CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOES NOT GO ON WHEN ANTI-ICE SYSTEM ISUSED

SYMPTOM#1 ENG INLET ANTI-ICE ON capsule or legend does not go on.

MALFUNCTION#1 ENG INLET ANTI-ICE ON capsule or legend does not go on when anti-ice system is used.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Visually check rubber hoses, clamps, and tubing for possible damage betweenengine inlet and engine anti-ice valve.

a. If damage is present, repair/replace clamps, tubing, or rubber hoses as required(WP 0484 00). Go to 17.

b. If damage is not present, go to 2.


3. Check if #1 ENG INLET ANTI-ICE ON capsule or legend goes on.



4. Install an insulated jumper wire between P821-A and P821-B. Go to 5.





7. Replace No. 1 engine inlet temperature switch (WP 1217 00). Go to 17.


a. EMEP , go to 9.


TM 1-1520-237-23 0078 00

#1 ENG ANTI-ICE ON CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOES NOT GO ON WHEN ENGINE IS AT GROUND IDLESPEED - Continued

0078 00-8





11. Check for 28 vdc between P118-D or UH-60Q HH-60L P1019R-29 or P1020R-29and ground.







a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between P118-D orUH-60Q HH-60L P1019R-29 or P1020R-29 and P821-B (WP 1747 00). Go to 17.



a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between circuit breaker terminal 1 and P821-A(WP 1747 00). Go to 17.



#1 ENG ANTI-ICE ON CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOES NOT GO OFF IMMEDIATELY

SYMPTOM#1 ENG ANTI-ICE ON capsule or legend does not go off.

MALFUNCTION#1 ENG ANTI-ICE ON capsule or legend does not go off immediately.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. With ENG ANTI-ICE ON NO. 1 switch placed to OFF, check for 28 vdc betweenP803-1 and P803-2.

a. If voltage is as specified, troubleshoot engine anti-ice/start bleed valve (TM 1-2840-248-23).Go to 3.



a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace ground wire on P803-2 (WP 1747 00). Go to 3.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0078 00

#1 ENG INLET ANTI-ICE ON CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOES NOT GO ON WHEN ANTI-ICE SYSTEM ISUSED - Continued

0078 00-9

b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between P225-N and P803-1(WP 1747 00). Go to 3.


#1 ENG INLET ANTI-ICE ON CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOES NOT GO OFF WHEN ENGINE INLET ISCOOLED DOWN BELOW 200°F (93.3°C), OR GOES ON WHEN ENGINE IS AT GROUND IDLE SPEED

SYMPTOM#1 ENG INLET ANTI-ICE ON capsule or legend does not go off, or goes on.

MALFUNCTION#1 ENG INLET ANTI-ICE ON capsule or legend does not go off when engine inlet is cooled down below200°F (93.3°C), or goes on when engine is at ground idle speed.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. With ENG ANTI-ICE NO. 1 switch placed OFF, check for 28 vdc between P820-2 andP820-5.



2. With No. 1 engine inlet cooled down, check continuity between P821-A and P821-Bof inlet temperature switch.

a. If continuity is present, replace No. 1 engine inlet temperature switch (WP 1217 00). Go to13.

b. If continuity is not present, replace No. 1 engine inlet anti-ice valve (WP 1216 00). Go to 13.


a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between P820-5 and ground (WP 1747 00).Go to 13.


4. Install an insulated jumper wire between P242-R and P242-S. Go to 5.





7. Troubleshoot left relay panel (WP 0121 00). Go to 13.


9. Check for 28 vdc between P242-R and ground.

a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between P242-S and P820-2 (WP 1747 00).Go to 13.


10. Check for 28 vdc between ENG ANTI-ICE NO. 1 switch terminal 1 and ground.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0078 00

#1 ENG ANTI-ICE ON CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOES NOT GO OFF IMMEDIATELY - Continued

0078 00-10

a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between P242-R and switch terminal 1(WP 1747 00). Go to 13.


11. Check for 28 vdc between NO. 1 ENG ANTI-ICE circuit breaker terminal 1 andground.


b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace circuit breaker (WP 0824 00). Go to 13.

12. Check continuity between NO. 1 ENG ANTI-ICE circuit breaker terminal 1 and ENGANTI-ICE NO. 1 switch terminal 2.


b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring to switch (WP 1747 00). Go to 13.


#2 ENG ANTI-ICE ON CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOES NOT GO ON WHEN ENGINE IS AT GROUND IDLESPEED

SYMPTOM#2 ENG ANTI-ICE ON capsule or legend does not go on.

MALFUNCTION#2 ENG ANTI-ICE ON capsule or legend does not go on when engine is at ground idle speed.

CORRECTIVE ACTION










6. Troubleshoot No. 2 engine anti-ice start bleed valve (TM 1-2840-248-23). Go to 16.


a. EMEP , go to 8.




TM 1-1520-237-23 0078 00

#1 ENG INLET ANTI-ICE ON CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOES NOT GO OFF WHEN ENGINE INLET ISCOOLED DOWN BELOW 200°F (93.3°C), OR GOES ON WHEN ENGINE IS AT GROUND IDLE SPEED -Continued

0078 00-11



10. Check for 28 vdc between P118-P or UH-60Q HH-60L P1019R-63 or P1020R-63and ground.







a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between P118-P orUH-60Q HH-60L P1019R-63 or P1020R-63 and P802-4 (WP 1747 00). Go to 16.






#2 ENG INLET ANTI-ICE ON CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOES NOT GO ON WHEN ANTI-ICE SYSTEM ISUSED

SYMPTOM#2 ENG INLET ANTI-ICE ON capsule or legend does not go on.

MALFUNCTION#2 ENG INLET ANTI-ICE ON capsule or legend does not go on when anti-ice system is used.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Visually check rubber hoses, clamps, and tubing for possible damage betweenengine inlet and engine anti-ice valve.

a. If damage is present, repair/replace clamps, tubing, or rubber hoses as required(WP 0484 00). Go to 17.

b. If damage is not present, go to 2.





TM 1-1520-237-23 0078 00

#2 ENG ANTI-ICE ON CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOES NOT GO ON WHEN ENGINE IS AT GROUND IDLESPEED - Continued

0078 00-12

4. Install an insulated jumper wire between P828-A and P828-B. Go to 5.

5. #2 ENG INLET ANTI-ICE ON capsule or legend should go on.




7. Replace No. 2 engine inlet temperature switch (WP 1217 00). Go to 17.


a. EMEP , go to 9.






11. Check for 28 vdc between P118-J or UH-60Q HH-60L P1019R-65 or P1020R-65and ground.







a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between P118-J orUH-60Q HH-60L P1019R-65 or P1020R-65 and P828-B (WP 1747 00). Go to 17.



a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between circuit breaker terminal 1 and P828-A(WP 1747 00). Go to 17.



#2 ENG ANTI-ICE ON CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOES NOT GO OFF IMMEDIATELY

SYMPTOM#2 ENG ANTI-ICE ON capsule or legend does not go off.

MALFUNCTION#2 ENG ANTI-ICE ON capsule or legend does not go off immediately.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0078 00

#2 ENG INLET ANTI-ICE ON CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOES NOT GO ON WHEN ANTI-ICE SYSTEM ISUSED - Continued

0078 00-13

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. With ENG ANTI-ICE NO. 2 switch placed to OFF, check for 28 vdc between P802-1and P802-2.

a. If voltage is as specified, troubleshoot engine anti-ice start bleed valve (TM 1-2840-248-23).Go to 3.



a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace ground wire to P802-2 (WP 1747 00). Go to 3.

b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between P222-R and P802-1(WP 1747 00). Go to 3.


#2 ENG INLET ANTI-ICE ON CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOES NOT GO OFF WHEN ENGINE INLET ISCOOLED DOWN BELOW 200°F (93.3°C), OR GOES ON WHEN ENGINE IS AT GROUND IDLE SPEED

SYMPTOM#2 ENG INLET ANTI-ICE ON capsule or legend does not go off when engine inlet is cooled down below 200°F(93.3°C), or goes on when engine is at ground idle speed.

MALFUNCTION#2 ENG INLET ANTI-ICE ON capsule or legend does not go off or goes on.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. With ENG ANTI-ICE NO. 2 switch placed OFF, check for 28 vdc between P822-2 andP822-5.



2. With No. 2 engine inlet cooled down, check continuity between P828-A and P828-Bof inlet temperature switch.

a. If continuity is present, replace No. 2 engine inlet temperature switch (WP 1217 00). Go to13.

b. If continuity is not present, replace No. 2 engine inlet anti-ice valve (WP 1216 00). Go to 13.


a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace ground wire to P822-5 (WP 1747 00). Go to 13.


4. Install an insulated jumper wire between P900-K and P900-L. Go to 5.





7. Replace right relay panel (WP 0825 00). Go to 13.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0078 00

#2 ENG ANTI-ICE ON CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOES NOT GO OFF IMMEDIATELY - Continued

0078 00-14


9. Check for 28 vdc between P900-K and ground.

a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between P900-L and P822-2 (WP 1747 00).Go to 13.


10. Check for 28 vdc between ENG ANTI-ICE NO. 2 switch terminal 1 and ground.

a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between switch terminal 1 and P900-K(WP 1747 00). Go to 13.


11. Check for 28 vdc between NO. 2 ENG ANTI-ICE circuit breaker terminal 1 andground.



12. Check continuity between NO. 2 ENG ANTI-ICE circuit breaker terminal 1 and ENGANTI-ICE NO. 2 switch terminal 2.




TM 1-1520-237-23 0078 00

#2 ENG INLET ANTI-ICE ON CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOES NOT GO OFF WHEN ENGINE INLET ISCOOLED DOWN BELOW 200°F (93.3°C), OR GOES ON WHEN ENGINE IS AT GROUND IDLE SPEED -Continued

0078 00-15

SAAA2666_1A




P126 / J126 COCKPIT CEILINGBL 28 RH, STA 243

P127 / J127




COCKPIT CEILINGBL 28 LH, STA 243

P230 / J230 CABIN CEILING, BL 8 RH,STA 247

P231 / J231 CABIN CEILING, BL 9 LH,STA 247

P242 / J242 LH RELAY PANEL




A

B

C

D

TEMPERATURESWITCH (200OF)P828

INLETANTI-ICEVALVEP822

TEMPERATURESWITCH (200OF)P821

INLETANTI-ICEVALVEP820

ENGINEANTI-ICEVALVE

LEFT RELAYPANELP242 / J242

RIGHT RELAYPANELP900 / J900

P1019R(SEE NOTE 2)

P1020R(SEE NOTE 2)

A

A

(SEE NOTE 2)

(SEE NOTE 2)

(SEE NOTE 1)

NOTES

1.

2.

UH60A UH60L EH60A

UH60Q HH60L



CONNECTION POINT



CONNECTION POINT

Figure 1. Engine Anti-Ice System Location Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 5)

TM 1-1520-237-23 0078 00

LOCATION

0078 00-16

SAAA2666_2A




P820 NO. 1 ENGINE INLETANTI−ICE VALVE

P821 NO. 1 ENGINE INLETTEMPERATURE SWITCH

P822 NO. 2 ENGINE INLETANTI−ICE VALVE

P823 /J823 NO. 1 ENGINE INLET


P825 / J825 FIREWALL DISCONNECTBL 14 LH, STA 358.25

P828 NO. 2 ENGINE INLETTEMPERATURE SWITCH

P900 / J900 RH RELAY PANEL


P818 / J818 NO. 2 ENGINE INLET

P814 / J814P824 / J824

P802

P818 / J818

P230 / J230

P220 / J220

P266 / J266

P222 / J222

P118

P110 / J110

P111 / J111

P231 / J231 P225 / J225 P127 / J127

P249 / J249

P823 / J823

P803

P825 / J825

P815 / J815

P126 / J126

P221 / J221



(SEE NOTE 1)


RECEPTACLE



RECEPTACLE



TM 1-1520-237-23 0078 00


0078 00-17

SAAA2666_3A

NO. 1 DC PRI BUS

NO. 1 ENGANTI−ICE

55

WARN

#2 ENGANTI−ICE ON

#2 ENG INLETANTI−ICE ON


#1 ENGANTI−ICE ON


B



COMM NAV

BRT


(SEE NOTE 2)

DAY

NIGHT

OFF


#1 ENG ANTI−ICE ON

A

#1 INL ANTI−ICE ON #2 INL ANTI−ICE ON #2 ENG ANTI−ICE ON


TM 1-1520-237-23 0078 00


0078 00-18

SAAA2666_4

UPPER CONSOLE PANEL

5

DC ESNTL BUS

NO. 1ENG

START

NO. 1 NO. 2ENG ANTI−ICE

ON ON

OFF

OFF

C


TM 1-1520-237-23 0078 00


0078 00-19

SAAA2666_5

NO. 2 DC PRI BUS

ANTI−ICENO. 2 ENG

WARN

5 5


D


TM 1-1520-237-23 0078 00


0078 00-20

LEGEND

J266 P266

P126 J126

NO. 2 ENGANTI−ICE WARN

NO. 2 ENGANTI−ICE

NO. 2DC PRI

BUS

28 VDC

5AMP

5AMP

CB234

CB233

S

J220 P220 J814 P814

PILOT’S CIRCUIT BREAKERPANEL

J222 P222

J231 P231

J230 P230

OFF1

2

3ON

J249 P249

P127 J127NO. 1 ENGANTI−ICE

5AMP

5AMP

CB134

CB135P

NO. 1 ENGANTI−ICE WARN

OFF1

2

3ON

J225 P225

J231 P231

NO. 1 ENGSTART

2 1

5AMP2 1

2 1

2 1

2 1

DC ESNTLBUS

28 VDC

CB312

ENG ANTI−ICENO. 1

SWITCHS24

UPPER CONSOLE PANEL

COPILOT’S CIRCUIT BREAKERPANEL

NO. 1DC PRI

BUS

28 VDC

J221 P221 J815 P815

MECHANICAL

ELECTRICAL

ENGINE BLEED−AIR

ENG ANTI−ICENO. 2

SWITCHS23

SAAB2174_1B

N 39W

R

k

m

Z

N

j

i

U N 36

1

2

3

45

6

7

8

9

TOSHEET

3

TO SHEET 3

TO SHEET 3

NOTES 1. SWITCH CLOSES WHEN ENGINE INLET

TEMPERATURE IS ABOVE 200O F.

2.

3. VALVE OPENS WHEN DEENERGIZED.THEN POSITION SWITCH WILL CLOSE.POSITION SWITCH IS ALSO CLOSEDUNTIL ENGINE COMPRESSOR SPEEDIS ABOVE 86% TO 87% NG.

PIN FILTERED

ADAPTER (PFA) IS NOT INSTALLED.

4. W/O EMEP

5. UH60Q HH60L

VALVE OPENS WHEN DEENERGIZED.IF AMBIENT TEMPERATURE IS ABOVE55O F (13O C), VALVE WILL NOT OPEN.

Figure 2. Engine Anti-Ice System Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 4)

TM 1-1520-237-23 0078 00

SCHEMATICS

0078 00-21

P242

J242

P118

J900

P900

B1

B2

B3

RELAY K45 IS ENERGIZEDWHEN NO. 1 ENGINE STARTBUTTON IS PRESSED

RELAY K45 DEENERGIZESWHEN NO. 1 ENGINEREACHES 52% TO 55% NG

LEFT RELAY PANEL

N P S R

RELAY K26 IS ENERGIZED WHENNO. 2 ENGINE START BUTTON IS PRESSED

RELAY K26 DEENERGIZES WHENNO. 2 ENGINE REACHES 52% TO 55% NG

B3

B2

B1

K L g

RIGHT RELAY PANEL

J110 P110

J111 P111

J220 P220

J221 P221

J824 P824

J825 P825


P823 J823

J221 P221

J220 P220


#2 ENG INLET ANTI−ICE ON



P

J

A

D

m

n

Z

a

P

Z

12

11 8

11

12

X

Y

R

Z 11

10

12

13

14

15

TOSHEET

3

TOSHEET

3

(SE

E N

OT

E 4

)P

FA

SAAB2174_2

(SEE DETAIL A)

3

45

7

8


TM 1-1520-237-23 0078 00


0078 00-22

SAAB2174_3

P818

J818

J814 P814

J823

P823

J815 P815

P82025INLETANTI−ICEVALVE(SEENOTE 2)

ABP821INLETTEMPERATURESWITCH(SEE NOTE 1)

ENGINE INLET

TO IGVAND FRONTFRAME

P2.5AIR

1 2 3

7 6 5

P2.5AIR

4P803

ENGINE ANTI−ICESTART BLEED VALVE(SEE NOTE 3)

NO. 1 ENGINE

ENGINE ANTI−ICESTART BLEED VALVE(SEE NOTE 3)

1 2 3 4P802

P2.5AIR

P2.5AIR

TO IGVAND FRONTFRAME

P822 52

ENGINE INLET

INLETANTI−ICEVALVE(SEENOTE 2)

ABP828

INLETTEMPERATURESWITCH(SEE NOTE 1)

GND814−1

38

37

36

8 7 5 6

39

37

38

GN

D81

5−1

NO. 2 ENGINE

1

11

2

9

10

6

1213

1415

TOSHEET

1

TOSHEET

2


TM 1-1520-237-23 0078 00


0078 00-23

SAAB2174_4

P1019R J110 P110

J111 P111





63

65

83

29

m

n

Z

a

PF

A

P1020R





63

65

83

29

PF

A

(SEE NOTE 5)

SG1019−63

SG1019−65

SG1019−83

SG1019−29

COPILOT’S MULTIFUNCTIONDISPLAY

PILOT’S MULTIFUNCTIONDISPLAY

DETAIL A


TM 1-1520-237-23 0078 00


END OF WORK PACKAGE

0078 00-24

UNIT LEVEL

ENGINE SYSTEM

ENGINE START AND IGNITION SYSTEM

INITIAL SETUP:




ReferencesTM 1-1520-237-10TM 1-2840-248-23WP 0072 00WP 0075 00WP 0078 00WP 0089 00WP 0090 00WP 0100 00WP 0104 00WP 0121 00WP 0130 00WP 0155 00WP 0156 00WP 0499 00WP 0501 00

WP 0503 00WP 0505 00WP 0507 00WP 0527 00WP 0528 00WP 0529 00WP 0694 00WP 0695 00WP 0696 00WP 0704 00WP 0743 00WP 0824 00WP 0825 00WP 0828 00WP 0829 00WP 0923 00WP 0925 00WP 0990 00WP 1400 00WP 1747 00

Equipment ConditionAPU Operational, TM 1-1520-237-10No. 1 and No. 2 Fuel Tanks Serviced,

TM 1-1520-237-10


NOTE

See Figure 1 for system location diagram, and UH60L MOD UH60Q HH60L Figure 2

and EH60A UH60A W/O MOD Figure 3 for system schematic diagrams as an aid in operational/

troubleshooting.

The engine start and ignition system operational/troubleshooting procedure is subdivided as follows:

+ No. 1 Engine

+ No. 2 Engine

TM 1-1520-237-23 0079 00

0079 00-1


PROCEDURE

Step

NOTE




AIR SOURCE HEAT/START Copilot’s

FUEL PRIME BOOST Lower Console


NO. 2 ENG START CONTR Lower Console



2. Place upper console FUEL PUMP switch to OFF.

3. Place upper console BATT switch to ON.


PRIME BOOST PUMP ON capsule or legend shall not come on.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to PRIME BOOST PUMP ON CAPSULE OR LEGEND GOES ONWHEN POWER IS APPLIED TO HELICOPTER, in this work package.

Step

4. Start APU (TM 1-1520-237-10). UH-60Q HH-60L Turn pilot’s or copilot’s multifunction display (MFD) switchON and press T6 switch (illuminates all MFD legends for 10 seconds, then only the active caution and advisorylegends will be displayed).


#1 ENG OUT capsule on pilot’s and copilot’s master caution panel shall be on.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, troubleshoot instrument display system (WP 0089 00).

TM 1-1520-237-23 0079 00

0079 00-2

Step

5. With qualified personnel at controls, start No. 1 engine and operate up to IDLE speed (TM 1-1520-237-10). Referto NO. 1 ENGINE STARTING, in this work package for trouble analysis.

Table 1. No. 1 Engine Starting.

FAULT INDICATION GO TO TROUBLESHOOTING TABLE

#1 ENGINE STARTER capsule or legend is on, butengine does not motor

NO. 1 ENGINE DOES NOT START (COMPRESSORNOT ROTATING) (#1ENGINE STARTER CAPSULEOR LEGEND IS ON), in this work package

Engine motors, but does not accelerate to ground idlespeed

ENGINE STARTER MOTORS ENGINE, BUT CAN-NOT REACH PROPER NG SPEED TO STARTENGINE, in this work package

#1 ENGINE STARTER capsule or legend is not on andengine does not motor

NO. 1 ENGINE DOES NOT START (COMPRESSORNOT ROTATING) (#1 ENGINE STARTER CAPSULEOR LEGEND IS OFF), in this work package

PRIME BOOST PUMP ON capsule or legend is not on PRIME BOOST PUMP ON CAPSULE OR LEGENDIS NOT ON WHEN STARTER SWITCH ISPRESSED, in this work package

When No. 1 engine starter button is released, #1ENGINE STARTER capsule or legend goes off andengine does not motor

NO. 1 ENGINE START MOTOR STOPS (#1 ENGINESTARTER CAPSULE OR LEGEND GOES OFF)WHEN START BUTTON IS RELEASED, in this workpackage

#1 ENGINE STARTER capsule or legend goes off, butengine continues to motor, and no noticeable change(or popping sounds) in APU is heard

NO. 1 ENGINE STARTS, BUT #1 ENGINESTARTER CAPSULE OR LEGEND IS OFF (APU ISNOT STALLING), in this work package

Engine motors, but engine does not ignite NO. 1 ENGINE MOTORS, BUT DOES NOT IGNITEAND ACCELERATE TO IDLE SPEED, in this workpackage

#1 ENGINE STARTER capsule or legend remains onwhen No. 1 engine starter button is released, enginemotors, but noticeable change (or popping sounds) inAPU operation is heard

NO. 1 ENGINE STARTER MOTORS ENGINE (#!ENGINE STARTER CAPSULE OR LEGEND IS ON),BUT APU STALLS (POPPING SOUND IS HEARD),in this work package

Binding is felt when engine POWER CONT level isadvanced to IDLE

NO. 1 OR NO. 2 ENGINE POWER CONTROLLEVER IS MORE DIFFICULT TO MOVE THANNORMAL, in this work package

Engine does not accelerate ground idle speed ENGINE NO. 1 OR NO. 2 HAS A HUNG START(TGT INCREASES, BUT HANGS), in this work pack-age

TGT is abnormally high ENGINE NO. 1 OR NO. 2 TGT ADNORMALLYHIGH (TGT REACHES 1490F/810C BEFORE IDLESPEED IS REACHED), in this work package

TM 1-1520-237-23 0079 00


0079 00-3

Table 1. No. 1 Engine Starting. - Continued


If ground idle speed is too high or low WP 0072 00

#1 ENG STARTER capsule or legend remains on afterengine reaches 65% Ng

WP 0089 00/#1 ENGINE STARTER CAPSULE ORLEGEND DOES NOT GO OFF (ENGINE SPEEDABOVE 65% NG), in this work package

#1 ENGINE STARTER capsule or legend goes offbefore 52% Ng

NO. 1 OR NO. 2 ENGINE STARTER CAPSULE ORLEGEND GOES OFF BEFORE 52% NG ENGINESPEED, in this work package.

PRIME BOOST PUMP ON capsule or legend does notgo off

PRIME BOOST PUMP ON CAPSULE OR LEGENDGOES ON WHEN POWER IS APPLIED TO HELI-COPTER, in this work package.



#1 ENG OUT capsule shall go on before 55% Ng.

Corrective Action


Step

7. With qualified personnel at controls and instrument panel IGNITION SWITCH at OFF, press and hold No. 1 enginestarter button until a cockpit Ng indication is noted (above 10% Ng), and then, pull engine controls quadrant ENGPOWER CONT lever down (TM 1-1520-237-10).


Engine starter shall motor engine. When engine POWER CONT lever is pulled down, engine shall stop motoring.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to NO. 1 OR NO. 2 ENGINE START MOTOR DOES NOTSHUTDOWN WHEN POWER CONTROL LEVER IS PULLED DOWN (SPEED BELOW 52% NG), in this workpackage.

Step

8. Remove P314 from starter speed switch located in cabin ceiling.

9. Place container under No. 1 engine overboard drain line.

10. With qualified personnel at controls and APU operating, have pilot press and hold No. 1 engine starter button.Advance engine controls quadrant ENG POWER CONT lever to between OFF and IDLE (TM 1-1520-237-10).


No. 1 engine starter shall continue to motor No. 1 engine when ENG POWER CONT lever is away from OFF.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0079 00


0079 00-4

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to NO. 1 ENGINE STARTER DOES NOT MOTOR ENGINE(COMPRESSOR IS NOT ROTATING) WHEN USING ENGINE STARTER OVERRIDE, in this work package.

Step

11. Move engine controls quadrant ENG POWER CONT lever to LOCKOUT.


Fuel from No. 1 engine overboard drain line shall drain into container.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to NO FUEL IS COMING OUT OF NO. 1 ENGINE FUEL DRAIN,in this work package.

Step

12. Connect P314 to starter speed switch.


14. Shut down APU (TM 1-1520-237-10).



Corrective Action

None Required


PROCEDURE

Step

NOTE




AIR SOURCE HEAT/START Copilot’s

FUEL PRIME BOOST Lower Console


NO. 2 ENG START CONTR Lower Console

TM 1-1520-237-23 0079 00


0079 00-5




2. Place upper console FUEL PUMP switch to OFF, if not already done.

3. Place upper console BATT switch to ON, if not already done.


PRIME BOOST PUMP ON capsule or legend shall not come on.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to PRIME BOOST PUMP ON CAPSULE OR LEGEND GOES ONWHEN POWER IS APPLIED TO HELICOPTER, in this work package.

Step

4. Start APU (TM 1-1520-237-10). UH-60Q HH-60L Turn pilot’s or copilot’s multifunction display (MFD) switchON and press T6 switch (illuminates all MFD legends for 10 seconds, then only the active caution and advisorylegends will be displayed).


#2 ENG OUT capsule on pilot’s and copilot’s master caution panel shall be on.

Corrective Action


Step

5. With qualified personnel at controls, start No. 2 engine and operate engine up to IDLE speed (TM 1-1520-237-10).Refer to NO. 2 ENGINE STARTING, in this work package for trouble analysis.

Table 2. No. 2 Engine Starting.


#2 ENGINE STARTER capsule or legend is on, butengine does not motor

NO. 2 ENGINE DOES NOT START (COMPRESSORNOT ROTATING) (#2 ENGINE STARTER CAPSULEOR LEGEND IS ON), in this work package

Engine motors, but does not accelerate to ground idlespeed

ENGINE STARTER MOTORS ENGINE, BUT CAN-NOT REACH PROPER NG SPEED TO STARTENGINE, in this work package

#2 ENGINE STARTER capsule or legend is not on andengine does not motor

NO. 2 ENGINE DOES NOT START (COMPRESSORNOT ROTATING) (#2 ENGINE STARTER CAPSULEOR LEGEND IS OFF), in this work package

TM 1-1520-237-23 0079 00


0079 00-6

Table 2. No. 2 Engine Starting. - Continued


PRIME BOOST PUMP ON capsule or legend is not on PRIME BOOST PUMP ON CAPSULE OR LEGENDIS NOT ON WHEN STARTER SWITCH ISPRESSED, in this work package

When No. 2 engine starter button is released, #2ENGINE STARTER capsule or legend goes off andengine does not motor

NO. 2 ENGINE START MOTOR STOPS (#2 ENGINESTARTER CAPSULE OR LEGEND GOES OFF)WHEN START BUTTON IS RELEASED, in this workpackage

#2 ENGINE STARTER capsule or legend goes off, butengine continues to motor, and no noticeable change(or popping sounds) in APU is heard

NO. 2 ENGINE STARTS, BUT #2 ENGINESTARTER CAPSULE OR LEGEND IS OFF (APU ISNOT STALLING), in this work package

Engine motors, but engine does not ignite NO. 2 ENGINE STARTER MOTORS ENGINE (#2ENGINE STARTER CAPSULE OR LEGEND IS ON),BUT APU STALLS (POPPING SOUND IS HEARD),in this work package

#2 ENGINE STARTER capsule or legend remains onwhen No. 2 engine starter button is released, enginemotors, but noticeable change (or popping sounds) inAPU operation is heard

NO. 2 ENGINE MOTORS, BUT DOES NOT IGNITEAND ACCELERATE TO IDLE SPEED, in this workpackage

Binding is felt when engine POWER CONT level isadvanced to IDLE

NO. 1 OR NO. 2 ENGINE POWER CONTROLLEVER IS MORE DIFFICULT TO MOVE THANNORMAL, in this work package

Engine does not accelerate ground idle speed ENGINE NO. 1 OR NO. 2 HAS A HUNG START(TGT INCREASES, BUT HANGS), in this work pack-age

TGT is abnormally high ENGINE NO. 1 OR NO. 2 TGT ADNORMALLYHIGH (TGT REACHES 1490F/810C BEFORE IDLESPEED IS REACHED), in this work package

If ground idle speed is too high or low WP 0072 00

#2 ENG STARTER capsule or legend remains on afterengine reaches 65% Ng

WP 0089 00/#2 ENGINE STARTER CAPSULE ORLEGEND DOES NOT GO OFF (ENGINE SPEEDABOVE 65% NG), in this work package

#2 ENGINE STARTER capsule or legend goes offbefore 52% Ng

NO. 1 OR NO. 2 ENGINE STARTER CAPSULE ORLEGEND GOES OFF BEFORE 52% NG ENGINESPEED, in this work package.

PRIME BOOST PUMP ON capsule or legend does notgo off

PRIME BOOST PUMP ON CAPSULE OR LEGENDGOES ON WHEN POWER IS APPLIED TO HELI-COPTER, in this work package.


TM 1-1520-237-23 0079 00


0079 00-7


#2 ENG OUT capsule shall go on before 55% Ng.

Corrective Action


Step

7. With qualified personnel at controls and instrument panel IGNITION SWITCH at OFF, press and hold No. 2 enginestarter button until a cockpit Ng indication is noted (above 10% Ng), then pull engine controls quadrant ENGPOWER CONT lever down.


Engine starter shall motor engine. When ENG POWER CONT lever is pulled down, engine shall stop motoring.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to NO. 1 OR NO. 2 ENGINE START MOTOR DOES NOTSHUTDOWN WHEN POWER CONTROL LEVER IS PULLED DOWN (SPEED BELOW 52% NG), in this workpackage.

Step

8. Remove P314 from starter speed switch located in cabin ceiling.

9. Place container under No. 2 engine overboard drain line.

10. With qualified personnel at controls and APU operating, have pilot press and hold No. 2 engine starter button.Advance engine control quadrant ENG POWER CONT lever to between OFF and IDLE (TM 1-1520-237-10).


No. 2 engine starter shall continue to motor No. 2 engine when ENG POWER CONT lever is away from OFF.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to NO. 2 ENGINE STARTER DOES NOT MOTOR ENGINE(COMPRESSOR IS NOT ROTATING) WHEN USING ENGINE STARTER OVERRIDE, in this work package.

Step

11. Move engine control quadrant ENG POWER CONT lever to LOCKOUT.


Fuel from No. 2 engine overboard drain line shall drain into container.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to NO FUEL COMING OUT OF NO. 2 FUEL DRAIN, in this workpackage.

Step

12. Connect P314 to starter speed switch.


14. Shut down APU (TM 1-1520-237-10).

TM 1-1520-237-23 0079 00


0079 00-8



Corrective Action

None Required

PRIME BOOST PUMP ON CAPSULE OR LEGEND GOES ON WHEN POWER IS APPLIED TO HELICOP-TER

SYMPTOMPRIME BOOST PUMP ON capsule or legend goes on when power is applied to helicopter.

MALFUNCTIONPRIME BOOST PUMP ON capsule or legend goes on when power is applied to helicopter.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Can prime boost pump be heard operating?

a. If pump can be heard, go to 2.

b. If pump cannot be heard, troubleshoot caution/advisory warning system (WP 0090 00) orMFD/caution/advisory warning system (WP 0100 00). Go to 3.

2. Check continuity between J241-B and J241-C.

a. If continuity is present, replace right relay panel (WP 0825 00). Go to 3.

b. If continuity is not present, replace switch S19 (WP 0829 00). Go to 3.


NO. 1 ENGINE DOES NOT START (COMPRESSOR NOT ROTATING) (#1 ENGINE STARTER CAPSULE ORLEGEND IS ON)

SYMPTOMNo. 1 engine does not start (compressor not rotating) (#1 ENGINE STARTER capsule or legend is on).

MALFUNCTIONNo. 1 engine does not start (compressor not rotating) (#1 ENGINE STARTER capsule or legend is on).

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Troubleshoot APU system for faulty start bypass valve (WP 0156 00).

a. If valve is malfunctioning, replace valve (WP 0743 00). Go to 7.

b. If valve is operating properly, go to 2.

2. Check all clamps and rubber connectors on pneumatic lines between start motorand APU check valve for proper connection or damage.

a. If connections are proper and no damage is present, go to 3.

b. If connections are not proper and/or damage is present, repair/replace clamps or connectors asrequired. Go to 7.

3. Disconnect start motor from engine (WP 0694 00 or WP 0695 00). Go to 4.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0079 00


0079 00-9

NOTE

Turning the gear train requires considerable effort to overcome resistance.

4. Check start motor for sheared/seized shaft by grasping shaft spline end and rotat-ing shaft clockwise, making sure turbine wheel also rotates.

a. If start motor has sheared/seized shaft, replace start motor (WP 0694 00 or WP 0695 00). Goto 7.

b. If start motor does not have sheared/seized shaft, go to 5.

5. Troubleshoot engine for seized condition (TM 1-2840-248-23). Go to 6.

6. Install start motor (WP 0694 00 or WP 0695 00). Go to 7.


ENGINE STARTER MOTORS ENGINE, BUT CANNOT REACH PROPER NG SPEED TO START ENGINE

SYMPTOMEngine starter motors engine, but cannot reach proper Ng speed to start engine.

MALFUNCTIONEngine starter motors engine, but cannot reach proper Ng speed to start engine.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. With helicopter on level ground, verify starter has not been over serviced byremoving oil fill plug and letting excess oil drain from starter. Go to 2.

2. Check that oil is level with oil fill port.

a. If oil is level with oil fill port, go to 3.

b. If oil is not level with oil fill port, replace starter motor (WP 0694 00 or WP 0695 00). Goto 4.

3. Check that engine starter can reach proper Ng.

a. If engine starter can reach proper Ng, engine start system is operational. Go to 4.

b. If engine starter can not reach proper Ng, replace starter motor (WP 0694 00 orWP 0695 00). Go to 4.


NO. 1 ENGINE DOES NOT START (COMPRESSOR NOT ROTATING) (#1 ENGINE STARTER CAPSULE ORLEGEND IS OFF)

SYMPTOMNo. 1 engine does not start.

MALFUNCTIONNo. 1 engine does not start (compressor not rotating) (#1 ENGINE STARTER capsule or legend is off).

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. With APU shutdown and No. 1 engine START button pressed, check for 28 vdcbetween P440-1 and ground.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0079 00

NO. 1 ENGINE DOES NOT START (COMPRESSOR NOT ROTATING) (#1 ENGINE STARTER CAPSULE ORLEGEND IS ON) - Continued

0079 00-10




a. If continuity is present, replace No. 1 engine start control valve (WP 0696 00). Go to 16.


3. Check continuity between J105-J and J105-K.


b. If continuity is not present, replace engine control quadrant assembly (WP 0501 00). Go to16.

4. With APU shut down, press No. 1 engine START button and check continuitybetween J105-G and J105-H.








b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between NO. 1 ENG START circuitbreaker terminal 1 and P105-G (WP 1747 00). Go to 16.

7. With No. 1 engine START button pressed, check for 28 vdc between P242-T andground.


b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between P105-H and P242-T(WP 1747 00). Go to 16.

8. Install an insulated jumper wire between P242-U and P242-Y. Go to 9.





11. Troubleshoot left relay panel assembly (WP 0121 00). Go to 16.



+ P105-J and P242-U

+ P242-Y and P440-1

14. Check for 28 vdc between NO. 1 ENG START circuit breaker terminal 1 and ground.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0079 00

NO. 1 ENGINE DOES NOT START (COMPRESSOR NOT ROTATING) (#1 ENGINE STARTER CAPSULE ORLEGEND IS OFF) - Continued

0079 00-11

a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between circuit breaker terminal 1 and P105-K(WP 1747 00). Go to 16.


15. Check No. 1 engine starter switch for proper adjustment (WP 0503 00).

a. If switch has proper adjustment, replace switch (WP 0527 00). Go to 16.

b. If switch does not have proper adjustment, adjust switch (WP 0503 00). Go to 16.


PRIME BOOST PUMP ON CAPSULE OR LEGEND IS NOT ON WHEN STARTER SWITCH IS PRESSED

SYMPTOMPRIME BOOST PUMP ON capsule or legend is not.

MALFUNCTIONPRIME BOOST PUMP ON capsule or legend is not on when STARTER switch is pressed.

CORRECTIVE ACTION





a. If voltage is as specified, troubleshoot fuel prime boost system (WP 0130 00). Go to 5.


3. Check continuity between P241-C and P246-G.




a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between P241-B and P246-B (WP 1747 00).Go to 5.

b. If voltage is not as specified, troubleshoot fuel prime boost system (WP 0130 00). Go to 5.


TM 1-1520-237-23 0079 00


0079 00-12

NO. 1 ENGINE START MOTOR STOPS (#1 ENGINE STARTER CAPSULE OR LEGEND GOES OFF) WHENSTART BUTTON IS RELEASED

SYMPTOMNo. 1 engine start motor stops.

MALFUNCTIONNo. 1 engine start motor stops (#1 ENGINE STARTER capsule or legend goes off) when START button isreleased.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Disconnect P314 from starter speed switch. Go to 2.

2. Install an insulated jumper wire between P314-C and P314-D. Go to 3.

3. Make sure NO. 1 ENG POWER CONT lever is OFF. Go to 4.

4. With qualified personnel at controls and APU operating, press No. 1 engine STARTbutton, then release. Go to 5.

5. Check that #1 ENGINE STARTER capsule or legend goes on and engine continuesto motor after START button is released.

a. If capsule or legend goes on and engine continues to motor, go to 6.

b. If capsule or legend does not go on and/or engine does not motor, go to 9.

6. Shut down APU (TM 1-1520-237-10). Go to 7.


8. Replace starter speed switch (WP 0527 00). Go to 19.

9. Remove jumper wire from P314. Do not install connector to speed switch. Go to 10.

10. With qualified personnel at controls and APU operating, press No. 1 engine STARTbutton and hold. Go to 11.

11. Advance NO. 1 ENG POWER CONT lever to a position between OFF and IDLE. Goto 12.

12. Check that No. 1 engine continues to motor with ENG POWER CONT lever awayfrom OFF.

a. If No. 1 engine continues to motor, go to 13.

b. If No. 1 engine does not continue to motor, go to 16.


14. Connect P314 to starter speed switch. Go to 15.

15. Repair/replace wiring, as required, between the following points (WP 1747 00),then go to 19:

+ P105-T and P314-D

+ P314-C and P440-5



TM 1-1520-237-23 0079 00

0079 00-13

18. Go to NO. 1 ENGINE STARTER DOES NOT MOTOR ENGINE (COMPRESSOR IS NOTROTATING) WHEN USING ENGINE STARTER OVERRIDE, in this work package.


NO. 1 ENGINE STARTS, BUT #1 ENGINE STARTER CAPSULE OR LEGEND IS OFF (APU IS NOT STALL-ING)

SYMPTOMNo. 1 engine starts, but #1 ENGINE STARTER capsule or legend is off.

MALFUNCTIONNo. 1 engine starts, but #1 ENGINE STARTER capsule or legend is off (APU is not stalling).

CORRECTIVE ACTION


2. Check that #1 ENGINE STARTER capsule or legend goes on.





a. EMEP , go to 5.












11. Repair/replace wiring between P117-7 or UH-60Q HH-60L P1019R-75 or P1020R-75and SG105-2 (WP 1747 00). Go to 12.


TM 1-1520-237-23 0079 00

NO. 1 ENGINE START MOTOR STOPS (#1 ENGINE STARTER CAPSULE OR LEGEND GOES OFF) WHENSTART BUTTON IS RELEASED - Continued

0079 00-14

NO. 1 ENGINE MOTORS, BUT DOES NOT IGNITE AND ACCELERATE TO IDLE SPEED

SYMPTOMNo. 1 engine motors, but does not ignite and accelerate.

MALFUNCTIONNo. 1 engine motors, but does not ignite and accelerate to idle speed.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Move ENG POWER CONT lever on control quadrant in cockpit to LOCKOUT andhold. Go to 2.

2. Move ENG FUEL SYS selector lever on control quadrant to DIR detent. Go to 3.

3. Place FUEL PUMP switch to FUEL PRIME. Go to 4.

4. Check that fuel is coming from overboard drain.



5. Troubleshoot engine for no ignite (TM 1-2840-248-23).

a. If engine is good, go to 6.


7. Check continuity between P111-BB and P111-CC.



8. Check continuity between P242-W and P242-X.





a. UH60L HH-60L , go to 11.

b. EH60A UH60A UH-60Q , go to 14.

11. UH60L HH-60L Check continuity between:

+ P803-17 and P815-35

+ P803-19 and P815-35


b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace harness (TM 1-2840-248-23). Go to 20.

12. UH60L HH-60L Check continuity between P381-F and J815-35.



TM 1-1520-237-23 0079 00

0079 00-15

13. UH60L HH-60L Check continuity between P111-BB and P381-G.

a. If continuity is present, troubleshoot engine overspeed protection system (WP 0075 00). Goto 20.


14. EH60A UH60A UH-60Q On instrument panel, turn ENGINE IGNITION switch to ON.Go to 15.

15. EH60A UH60A UH60Q Check continuity between J111-BB and J111-CC.

a. If continuity is present, replace keylock ignition switch (WP 0923 00). Go to 20.

b. If continuity is not present, troubleshoot left relay panel (WP 0121 00). Go to 20.



+ P111-BB and P242-W

+ P111-CC and P242-X



+ P111-BB and P803-18

+ P111-CC and P803-17


NO. 1 ENGINE STARTER MOTORS ENGINE (#1 ENGINE STARTER CAPSULE OR LEGEND IS ON), BUTAPU STALLS (POPPING SOUND IS HEARD)

SYMPTOMNo. 1 engine starter motors engine, but APU stalls.

MALFUNCTIONNo. 1 engine starter motors engine (#1 ENGINE STARTER capsule or legend is on), but APU stalls (poppingsound is heard).

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Start APU (TM 1-1520-237-10). Go to 2.

2. Motor No. 2 engine (TM 1-1520-237-10). Go to 3.

3. Check if APU stalls.

a. If APU stalls, go to 4.

b. If APU does not stall, shut down APU (TM 1-1520-237-10). Replace right relay panel(WP 0825 00). Go to 17.

4. Troubleshoot APU system, start bypass valve circuitry (WP 0156 00).

a. If APU system is good, go to 5.



TM 1-1520-237-23 0079 00

NO. 1 ENGINE MOTORS, BUT DOES NOT IGNITE AND ACCELERATE TO IDLE SPEED - Continued

0079 00-16

a. WINTER , go to 7.

b. W/O WINTER , go to 8.

7. WINTER Check for 28 vdc between P244B-M and ground.


b. If voltage is not as specified, replace WINTER (WP 1400 00).

c. If trouble remains, go to 8.

8. Check for 28 vdc between P244-M and ground.







11. WINTER Replace WINTER (WP 1400 00).

a. If trouble remains, go to 12.

12. Repair/replace wiring between AIR SOURCE HEAT/START circuit breaker terminal 1and P244-T (WP 1747 00). Go to 17.







16. Repair/replace wiring between P117-7 or UH-60Q HH-60L P1019R-75 or P1020R-75and P244-M (WP 1747 00). Go to 17.


NO. 1 OR NO. 2 ENGINE POWER CONTROL LEVER IS MORE DIFFICULT TO MOVE THAN NORMAL

SYMPTOMNo. 1 or No. 2 engine power control lever difficult to move.

MALFUNCTIONNo. 1 or No. 2 engine power control lever is more difficult to move than normal.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Disconnect engine power available rotary input from HMU (WP 0507 00). Go to 2.

2. Cycle engine power control lever (on engine control quadrant), back and forth. Goto 3.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0079 00

NO. 1 ENGINE STARTER MOTORS ENGINE (#1 ENGINE STARTER CAPSULE OR LEGEND IS ON), BUTAPU STALLS (POPPING SOUND IS HEARD) - Continued

0079 00-17

3. Check that movement of lever is smooth.

a. If movement of lever is smooth, replace engine hydro-mechanical control unit (HMU)(TM 1-2840-248-23). Go to 7.

b. If movement of lever is not smooth, go to 4.

4. Disconnect PAS push/pull cable from rotary input (WP 0507 00). Go to 5.

5. Cycle engine power control lever. Go to 6.

6. Check that movement of lever is smooth.

a. If movement is smooth, replace engine power available rotary input (WP 0499 00). Go to 7.

b. If movement is not smooth, replace fuselage power available push/pull cable (WP 0507 00).Go to 7.


ENGINE NO. 1 OR NO. 2 HAS A HUNG START (TGT INCREASES, BUT HANGS)

SYMPTOMEngine No. 1 or No. 2 has a hung start.

MALFUNCTIONEngine No. 1 or No. 2 has a hung start (TGT increases, but hangs).

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Troubleshoot engine anti-ice system, engine inlet anti-ice valve (WP 0078 00).

a. If system is good, go to 2.

b. If system is not good, repair/replace components as required. Go to 5.

2. Start engine (TM 1-1520-237-10). Go to 3.

3. Check that engine start is normal.

a. If engine start is normal, system is operational. Go to 4.

b. If engine start is abnormal, troubleshoot engine for hung start (TM 1-2840-248-23). Go to 4.

4. Shut down engine (TM 1-1520-237-10). Go to 5.


ENGINE NO. 1 OR NO. 2 TGT ABNORMALLY HIGH (TGT REACHES 1490°F/810°C BEFORE IDLE SPEEDIS REACHED)

SYMPTOMEngine No. 1 or No. 2 TGT abnormally high.

MALFUNCTIONEngine No. 1 or No. 2 TGT abnormally high (TGT reaches 1490°F/810°C before idle speed is reached).

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. On upper console panel, place FUEL PUMP switch to FUEL PRIME. Go to 2.


TM 1-1520-237-23 0079 00

NO. 1 OR NO. 2 ENGINE POWER CONTROL LEVER IS MORE DIFFICULT TO MOVE THAN NORMAL -Continued

0079 00-18

3. Check that TGT is normal during start.

a. If TGT is normal, system is operational. Go to 7.

b. If TGT is abnormal, go to 4.

4. Replace engine start motor (WP 0694 00 or WP 0695 00). Go to 5.


6. Check that TGT is normal during start.

a. If TGT is normal, system is operational. Go to 7.

b. If TGT is abnormal, troubleshoot engine for abnormally high TGT during start(TM 1-2840-248-23). Go to 7.



NO. 1 OR NO. 2 ENGINE STARTER CAPSULE OR LEGEND GOES OFF BEFORE 52% NG ENGINE SPEED

SYMPTOMNo. 1 or No. 2 ENGINE STARTER capsule or legend goes off.

MALFUNCTIONNo. 1 or No. 2 ENGINE STARTER capsule or legend goes off before 52% Ng engine speed.

CORRECTIVE ACTION


2. Start engine and operate up to idle speed (TM 1-1520-237-10). Go to 3.

3. Check that # 1 ENGINE STARTER capsule or legend goes off between 52% and65% Ng.

a. If capsule or legend goes off when specified, engine start system is operational. Go to 4.

b. If capsule or legend does not go off when specified, replace engine starter (WP 0694 00 orWP 0695 00). Go to 4.



#1 ENGINE STARTER CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOES NOT GO OFF (ENGINE SPEED ABOVE 65% NG)

SYMPTOM#1 ENGINE STARTER capsule or legend does not go off.

MALFUNCTION#1 ENGINE STARTER capsule or legend does not go off (engine speed above 65% Ng).

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Visually check No. 1 engine start control valve position indicator. Go to 2.

2. Check No. 1 engine override switch for proper adjustment (WP 0505 00).

a. If switch is adjusted properly, replace override switch (WP 0529 00). Go to 13.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0079 00

ENGINE NO. 1 OR NO. 2 TGT ABNORMALLY HIGH (TGT REACHES 1490°F/810°C BEFORE IDLE SPEEDIS REACHED) - Continued

0079 00-19

b. If switch is not adjusted properly, adjust override switch (WP 0505 00). Go to 3.

3. Check that indicator shows CLOSED.

a. If indicator shows CLOSED, go to 4.

b. If indicator does not show CLOSED, replace start control valve (WP 0696 00). Go to 13.

4. Check continuity between J440-3 and J440-4.


b. If continuity is not present, replace start control valve (WP 0696 00). Go to 13.

5. Remove jumper wire from connector P807. Go to 12.

6. Repair/replace wiring, as required, between the following points (WP 1747 00),then go to 13:

+ P314-E and P807-1

+ P314-F and P807-3


NO. 1 OR NO. 2 ENGINE START MOTOR DOES NOT SHUTDOWN WHEN POWER CONTROL LEVER ISPULLED DOWN (SPEED BELOW 52% NG)

SYMPTOMNo. 1 or No. 2 engine start motor does not shutdown.

MALFUNCTIONNo. 1 or No. 2 engine start motor does not shutdown when power control lever is pulled down (speed below52% Ng).

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Adjust starter abort switch (WP 0529 00). Go to 2.

2. Pull lever down, and check continuity between J105-J and J105-K.

a. If continuity is present, replace engine control quadrant (WP 0501 00). Go to 3.

b. If continuity is not present, engine starter system is operational. Go to 3.


NO. 1 ENGINE STARTER DOES NOT MOTOR ENGINE (COMPRESSOR IS NOT ROTATING) WHEN USINGENGINE STARTER OVERRIDE

SYMPTOMNo. 1 engine starter does not motor engine.

MALFUNCTIONNo. 1 engine starter does not motor engine (compressor is not rotating) when using engine starter override.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. With No. 1 engine START button pressed, check continuity between J105-S andJ105-T.


TM 1-1520-237-23 0079 00

#1 ENGINE STARTER CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOES NOT GO OFF (ENGINE SPEED ABOVE 65% NG) -Continued

0079 00-20

b. If continuity is not present, replace engine control quadrant starter override switch(WP 0529 00). Go to 15.

2. Install an insulated jumper wire between P105-K and P105-T. Go to 3.

3. Check for 28 vdc between P242-V and ground.




5. Install insulated jumper wire between P105-K and P105-S. Go to 6.

6. Check for 28 vdc between J221-Y and ground.




8. Troubleshoot left relay panel (WP 0121 00). Go to 15.







12. Repair/replace wiring between P105-S and P244-M (WP 1747 00). Go to 15.


14. Repair/replace wiring between P105-T and P242-V (WP 1747 00). Go to 15.


NO FUEL IS COMING OUT OF NO. 1 ENGINE FUEL DRAIN

SYMPTOMNo fuel.

MALFUNCTIONNo fuel is coming out of No. 1 engine fuel drain.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Visually Check Drain Tube For Obvious Obstructions.

a. If obstructions are present, remove obstructions (WP 0990 00). Go to 3.

b. If obstructions are not present, go to 2.

2. Check for 28 vdc between TB1-7 and ground.


TM 1-1520-237-23 0079 00

NO. 1 ENGINE STARTER DOES NOT MOTOR ENGINE (COMPRESSOR IS NOT ROTATING) WHEN USINGENGINE STARTER OVERRIDE - Continued

0079 00-21

b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between TB1 and ground (WP 1747 00).Go to 3.


NO. 2 ENGINE DOES NOT START (COMPRESSOR NOT ROTATING) (#2 ENGINE STARTER CAPSULE ORLEGEND IS ON)


MALFUNCTIONNo. 2 engine does not start (compressor not rotating) (#2 ENGINE STARTER capsule or legend is on).

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Troubleshoot APU system for faulty start bypass valve (WP 0156 00).

a. If APU system start bypass valve is faulty, replace valve (WP 0743 00). Go to 7.

b. If APU system start bypass valve is good, go to 2.

2. Check all clamps and rubber connections on pneumatic lines between start motorand APU check valve for proper connections or damage.

a. If connections are good, go to 3.

b. If connections are not good, repair/replace clamps or connections as required. Go to 7.

3. Disconnect start motor from engine (WP 0694 00 or WP 0695 00). Go to 4.

NOTE

Turning the gear train requires considerable effort to overcome resistance.

4. Check start motor for sheared/seized shaft by grasping shaft spline end and rotat-ing clockwise, making sure turbine wheel also rotates.

a. If start motor has sheared/seized shaft, replace start motor (WP 0694 00 or WP 0695 00). Goto 7.

b. If start motor does not have sheared/seized shaft, go to 5.

5. Check engine for seized condition (TM 1-2840-248-23). Go to 6.

6. Install start motor (WP 0694 00 or WP 0695 00). Go to 7.


TM 1-1520-237-23 0079 00

NO FUEL IS COMING OUT OF NO. 1 ENGINE FUEL DRAIN - Continued

0079 00-22

NO. 2 ENGINE DOES NOT START (COMPRESSOR NOT ROTATING) (#2 ENGINE STARTER CAPSULE ORLEGEND IS OFF)


MALFUNCTIONNo. 2 engine does not start (compressor not rotating) (#2 ENGINE STARTER capsule or legend is off).

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. With APU shutdown and external power on, press No. 2 engine START button andcheck for 28 vdc between P450-1 and ground.




a. If continuity is present, replace No. 2 engine start control valve (WP 0696 00). Go to 10.

b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring between P450-2 and ground (WP 1747 00).Go to 10.

3. Check continuity between J106-J and J106-K.


b. If continuity is not present, replace engine control quadrant assembly start abort switch(WP 0528 00). Go to 10.

4. Press No. 2 engine start button and check continuity between J106-G and J106-H.








b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between NO. 2 ENG START CONTRcircuit breaker terminal 1 and P106-G (WP 1747 00). Go to 10.

7. Check for 28 vdc between NO. 2 ENG START CONTR circuit breaker terminal 1 andground.

a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between circuit breaker terminal 1 and P106-K(WP 1747 00). Go to 10.



+ P241-a and P450-1

+ P241-b and P106-J

TM 1-1520-237-23 0079 00

0079 00-23

+ P241-R and P106-H

a. If continuity is as specified, replace right relay panel (WP 0825 00). Go to 10.

b. If continuity is not as specified, repair/replace wiring (WP 1747 00). Go to 10.

9. Check No. 2 engine starter switch for proper adjustment (WP 0503 00).

a. If switch is adjusted properly, replace starter switch (WP 0527 00). Go to 10.

b. If switch is not adjusted properly, adjust switch (WP 0503 00). Go to 10.


NO. 2 ENGINE START MOTOR STOPS (#2 ENGINE STARTER CAPSULE OR LEGEND GOES OFF) WHENSTART BUTTON IS RELEASED

SYMPTOMNo. 2 engine start motor stops.

MALFUNCTIONNo. 2 engine start motor stops (#2 ENGINE STARTER capsule or legend goes off) when START button isreleased.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Disconnect P314 from starter speed switch. Go to 2.

2. Install an insulated jumper wire between P314-J and P314-K. Go to 3.

3. Make sure No. 2 engine POWER CONT LEVER is OFF. Go to 4.

4. With qualified personnel at control and APU operating, press No. 2 engine STARTbutton, then release. Go to 5.

5. Check that #2 ENGINE STARTER capsule or legend goes on and engine continuesto motor after START button is released.

a. If capsule or legend goes on and engine motors, go to 6.

b. If capsule or legend does not go on and/or engine does not motor, go to 9.




9. Remove jumper wire from P314. Do not install connector to speed switch. Go to 10.

10. With qualified personnel at controls and APU operating, press No. 2 engine STARTbutton and hold. Go to 11.

11. Advance NO. 2 ENG POWER CONT LEVER to a position between OFF and IDLE.Go to 12.

12. Check that No. 2 engine continues to motor with ENG POWER CONT lever awayfrom OFF.

a. If No. 2 engine continues to motor, go to 13.

b. If No. 2 engine does not continue to motor, go to 16.


TM 1-1520-237-23 0079 00


0079 00-24



+ P106-T and P314-K

+ P314-J and P450-5


17. Reconnect P314 to starter speed switch. Go to 18.

18. Go to NO. 1 OR NO. 2 ENGINE STARTER CAPSULE OR LEGEND GOES OFFBEFORE 52% NG ENGINE SPEED, in this work package.


NO. 2 ENGINE STARTS, BUT #2 ENGINE STARTER CAPSULE OR LEGEND IS OFF (APU IS NOT STALL-ING)

SYMPTOMNo. 2 engine starts, but #2 ENGINE STARTER capsule or legend is off.

MALFUNCTIONNo. 2 engine starts, but #2 ENGINE STARTER capsule or legend is off (APU is not stalling).

CORRECTIVE ACTION


2. Check that #2 ENGINE STARTER capsule or legend goes on.





a. EMEP , go to 5.


5. EMEP Remove and check pin filtered adapter P117 or UH-60Q HH-60L P1019R orP1020R








TM 1-1520-237-23 0079 00

NO. 2 ENGINE START MOTOR STOPS (#2 ENGINE STARTER CAPSULE OR LEGEND GOES OFF) WHENSTART BUTTON IS RELEASED - Continued

0079 00-25



11. Repair/replace wiring between P117-55 or UH-60Q HH-60L P1019R-59 or P1020R-59and P241-W (WP 1747 00). Go to 12.


NO. 2 ENGINE STARTER MOTORS ENGINE (#2 ENGINE STARTER CAPSULE OR LEGEND IS ON), BUTAPU STALLS (POPPING SOUND IS HEARD)

SYMPTOMNo. 2 engine starter motors engine, but APU stalls.

MALFUNCTIONNo. 2 engine starter motors engine (#2 ENGINE STARTER capsule or legend is on), but APU stalls (poppingsound is heard).

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Start APU (TM 1-1520-237-10). Go to 2.

2. Motor No. 1 engine (TM 1-1520-237-10). Go to 3.

3. Check if APU stalls.

a. If APU stalls, go to 4.

b. If APU does not stall, shut down APU (TM 1-1520-237-10). Replace right relay panel(WP 0825 00). Go to 16.

4. Troubleshoot APU system, start bypass valve circuitry (WP 0155 00 orWP 0156 00).

a. If the APU start bypass valve and circuitry operates properly, go to 5.


6. Check for 28 vdc between P241-W and ground.







9. WINTER With AIR SOURCE HEAT/START switch in APU position, check for 28 vdcbetween P244B-T and ground.

a. If voltage is as specified, replace right relay panel (WP 0825 00). Go to 16.

b. If voltage is not as specified, replace WINTER (WP 1400 00).


TM 1-1520-237-23 0079 00

NO. 2 ENGINE STARTS, BUT #2 ENGINE STARTER CAPSULE OR LEGEND IS OFF (APU IS NOT STALL-ING) - Continued

0079 00-26

10. With AIR SOURCE HEAT/START switch in APU position, check for 28 vdc betweenP244-T and ground.

a. If voltage is as specified, replace right relay panel (WP 0825 00). Go to 16.


11. Check continuity between AIR SOURCE HEAT/START switch terminal 1 and P244-T.



12. Check for 28 vdc between AIR SOURCE HEAT/START switch terminal 2 andground.

a. If voltage is as specified, replace switch (WP 0828 00). Go to 16.


13. Check for 28 vdc between AIR SOURCE HEAT/START circuit breaker terminal 1 andground.

a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between circuit breaker terminal 1 and switch(WP 1747 00). Go to 16.



15. Repair/replace wiring (WP 1747 00). Go to 16.


NO. 2 ENGINE MOTORS, BUT DOES NOT IGNITE AND ACCELERATE TO IDLE SPEED

SYMPTOMNo. 2 engine motors, but does not ignite and accelerate.

MALFUNCTIONNo. 2 engine motors, but does not ignite and accelerate to idle speed.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Move ENG POWER CONT lever on control quadrant in cockpit to LOCKOUT andhold. Go to 2.

2. Move ENG FUEL SYS selector lever on control quadrant to DIR detent. Go to 3.

3. Place FUEL PUMP switch to FUEL PRIME. Go to 4.

4. Check that fuel is coming from overboard drain.



5. Troubleshoot engine for no ignite (TM 1-2840-248-23).

a. If engine is good, go to 6.


TM 1-1520-237-23 0079 00

NO. 2 ENGINE STARTER MOTORS ENGINE (#2 ENGINE STARTER CAPSULE OR LEGEND IS ON), BUTAPU STALLS (POPPING SOUND IS HEARD) - Continued

0079 00-27

7. Check continuity between P121-b and P121-d.



8. Check continuity between P241-X and P241-Y.





a. UH60L HH-60L , go to 11.

b. EH60A UH60A UH-60Q , go to 14.

11. UH60L HH-60L Check continuity between:

+ P802-17 and P814-35

+ P802-19 and P814-35


b. If continuity is not present, replace harness (TM 1-2840-248-23). Go to 20.

12. UH60L HH-60L Check continuity between J814-35 and P382-F.



13. UH60L HH-60L Check continuity between P121-d and P382-G.

a. If continuity is present, troubleshoot engine overspeed protection system (WP 0075 00). Goto 20.


14. EH60A UH60A UH-60Q On instrument panel, turn ENGINE IGNITION switch toON. Go to 15.

15. EH60A UH60A UH-60Q Check continuity between J121-b and J121-d.

a. If continuity is present, replace keylock ignition switch (WP 0923 00). Go to 20.

b. If continuity is not present, replace right relay panel (WP 0825 00). Go to 20.



+ P121-b and P241-X

+ P121-d and P241-Y



+ P121-b and P802-18

+ P121-d and P802-17

TM 1-1520-237-23 0079 00


0079 00-28


#2 ENGINE STARTER CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOES NOT GO OFF (ENGINE SPEED ABOVE 65% NG)

SYMPTOM#2 ENGINE STARTER capsule or legend does not go off.

MALFUNCTION#2 ENGINE STARTER capsule or legend does not go off (engine speed above 65% Ng).

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Visually check No. 2 engine start control valve position indicator. Go to 2.

2. Check No. 2 engine override switch for proper adjustment (WP 0505 00).

a. If switch is adjusted properly, replace switch (WP 0529 00). Go to 14.

b. If switch is not adjusted properly, adjust switch (WP 0505 00). Go to 3.

3. Check if indicator shows CLOSED.

a. If indicator shows CLOSED, go to 4.

b. If indicator does not show CLOSED, replace start control valve (WP 0696 00). Go to 14.

4. Check continuity between J450-3 and J450-4.


b. If continuity is not present, replace start control valve (WP 0696 00). Go to 14.


6. Check continuity between P314-L and P314-M.





9. Operate No. 2 engine up to idle speed (TM 1-1520-237-10). Go to 10.

10. Check if #2 ENGINE STARTER capsule or legend goes off.

a. If capsule or legend is off, engine start system is operational. Shut down engine(TM 1-1520-237-10). Go to 14.

b. If capsule or legend is not off, shut down engine (TM 1-1520-237-10). Replace No. 2 enginestart motor (WP 0694 00 or WP 0695 00). Go to 14.




+ P314-L and P806-1

+ P314-M and P806-3


TM 1-1520-237-23 0079 00


0079 00-29

NO. 2 ENGINE STARTER DOES NOT MOTOR ENGINE (COMPRESSOR IS NOT ROTATING) WHEN USINGENGINE STARTER OVERRIDE

SYMPTOMNo. 2 engine starter does not motor engine.

MALFUNCTIONNo. 2 engine starter does not motor engine (compressor is not rotating) when using engine starter override.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. With No. 2 engine START button pressed, check continuity between J106-S andJ106-T.


b. If continuity is not present, replace engine control quadrant starter override switch(WP 0529 00). Go to 13.

2. Install an insulated jumper wire between P106-K and P106-T. Go to 3.

3. Check for 28 vdc between P241-U and ground.




5. Install an insulated jumper wire between P106-K and P106-S. Go to 6.

6. Check for 28 vdc between J220-x and ground.




8. Replace right relay panel (WP 0825 00). Go to 13.


10. Repair/replace wiring between P106-S and P220-x (WP 1747 00). Go to 13.


12. Repair/replace wiring between P106-T and P241-U (WP 1747 00). Go to 13.


NO FUEL COMING OUT OF NO. 2 FUEL DRAIN

SYMPTOMNo fuel.

MALFUNCTIONNo fuel coming out of No. 2 fuel drain.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Visually check drain tube for obvious obstructions.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0079 00

0079 00-30

a. If obstructions are present, remove obstructions (WP 0990 00). Go to 3.

b. If obstructions are not present, go to 2.

2. Check for 28 vdc between TB2-7 and ground.


b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring (WP 1747 00). Go to 3.


TM 1-1520-237-23 0079 00

NO FUEL COMING OUT OF NO. 2 FUEL DRAIN - Continued

0079 00-31

SAAA2662_1B

NOTES

1.

2.

K

A

P111 / J111

P110 / J110

P121 / J121

P106 / J106

P105 / J105

P266 /J266

TB2

WINTERIZATIONKIT HARNESSASSEMBLYP244 / J244AP244B / J244(SEE NOTE 1)

RIGHT RELAYPANEL ASSEMBLY

P244 / J244P241 / J241

(SEE NOTE 1)

P220 /J220

P217 / J217

NO. 1 ENGINE PAS CABLE

LEFT RELAYPANEL ASSEMBLYP242 / J242

P221 / J221

P231 / J231

TB1P127 /J127

STARTER SPEED SWITCHP314

H

J

E

F

G

C

B

P902 / J902

P118

P303

P305

P304

UH60L

P105 / J105 NO. 1 ENGINE CONTROLQUADRANT

P106 / J106 NO. 2 ENGINE CONTROLQUADRANT


P110 / J110 COCKPIT, BL 7.5 RH, STA197

P111 / J111 COCKPIT, BL 7.5 LH, STA197



P121 / J121 COCKPIT, BL 10 RH, STA197

P127 / J127 COCKPIT CEILING, BL 28LH, STA 243

WINTER

P311 / J311

P107 / J107

P310 / J310

4. UH60Q HH60L

P1019R(SEE NOTE 4)

P1020R(SEE NOTE 4)

A

A

(SEE NOTE 4)

(SEE NOTE 4)

(SEE NOTE 3)

(SEE NOTE 3)

UH60A UH60L EH60A 3.

UH60Q HH60L 5. ENGINEIGNITION ON LOWER CONSOLE.

P117P118



CONNECTION POINT

Figure 1. Engine Start and Ignition System Location Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 6)

TM 1-1520-237-23 0079 00

LOCATION

0079 00-32

SAAA2662_2C

NO. 2 ENGINE DIGITALELECTRONIC CONTROLP800 (SEE NOTE 2)

P802

NO. 2 ENGINEALTERNATOR

NO. 2 ENGINESTART MOTORP806

NO. 2 ENGINECROSS BLEEDSHUTOFF VALVEP435

P824 /J824

P450

P814 /J814

FIREWALL

P440

NO. 2 OVERSPEEDRELAY ASSEMBLYP382 / J382 (SEE NOTE 2)

FIREWALLAPU

P289

APU STARTBYPASS VALVE

P301 / J301

P815 / J815

P825 / J825

NO. 1 ENGINE CROSSBLEED SHUTOFF VALVEP434

EXTERNAL AIR SOURCE CONNECTOR

NO. 1 ENGINE ALTERNATOR

NO. 1 ENGINE DIGITALELECTRONIC CONTROLP801 (SEE NOTE 1)

NO. 1 OVERSPEEDRELAY ASSEMBLYP381 / J381 (SEE NOTE 2)

P803APU ELECTRONICCONTROL UNITP260P261

NO. 1 ENGINESTART MOTORP807

P217 / J217 CABIN CEILING, BL 0,STA 284

P219 / J219 CABIN FLOOR, BL 25 RH,STA 247




P241 / J241 RIGHT RELAY PANELASSEMBLY (SEE NOTE 1)

P242 / J242 LEFT RELAY PANELASSEMBLY

P244 / J244 RIGHT RELAY PANELASSEMBLY (SEE NOTE 1)

P244 / J244A WINTERIZATION KITHARNESS ASSEMBLY(SEE NOTE 1)


P260 APU ELECTRONICCONTROL UNIT

P266 / J266 BEHIND PILOT’S CIRCUITBREAKER PANEL, BL 25 RH

P289 APU START BYPASS VALVE

P301 / J301 TRANSITION DECK,STA 415

P303 PRIME BOOST PUMP

P304 NO. 1 ENGINE PRIMESHUTOFF VALVE

P244B / J244

P219 / J219

P246 / J246

APU ELECTRONICCONTROL UNIT

P261


RECEPTACLE



RECEPTACLE



TM 1-1520-237-23 0079 00


0079 00-33

SAAA2662_3A

NO. 1 ENGINE DIGITALELECTRONIC CONTROL(SEE NOTE 2)

P801


NO. 1 ENGINE INTERFACEDISCONNECT

P803

P806 NO. 2 ENGINE START

NO. 1 ENGINE START MOTORP807


FIREWALL DISCONNECTBL 14 LH, STA 373

P815 / J815

FIREWALL DISCONNECTBL 14 RH, STA 358.25

P824 / J824

FIREWALL DISCONNECTBL 14 LH, STA 358.25

P825 / J825

TB1 COCKPIT CEILING, BL 9 LH,STA 236

COCKPIT CEILING, BL 9 RH,STA 236

TB2

MOTOR

PRIME BOOSTPUMP ON

#2 ENGINESTARTER

#1 ENGINESTARTER


P305 NO. 1 ENGINE PRIMESHUTOFF VALVE


P311 / J311 CABIN CEILING, BL 16.5 LH,STA 383

P314 STARTER SPEED SWITCH

P381 / J381 NO. 1 OVERSPEED RELAYASSEMBLY (SEE NOTE 2)

P382 / J382 NO. 2 OVERSPEED RELAYASSEMBLY (SEE NOTE 2)

P434 NO. 1 ENGINE CROSSBLEEDSHUTOFF VALVE

P435 NO. 2 ENGINE CROSSBLEEDSHUTOFF VALVE

P440 NO. 1 ENGINE STARTCONTROL VALVE

P450 NO. 2 ENGINE STARTCONTROL VALVE

NO. 2 ENGINE DIGITALELECTRONIC CONTROL(SEE NOTE 2)

P800



COMM NAV

BRT


#2 ENGINE STARTER

(SEE NOTE 4)

DAY

NIGHT

OFF

#1 ENGINE STARTER



A

MULTIFUNCTION DISPLAY’SCAUTION/ADVISORY GRID(SEE NOTE 3)


RECEPTACLE



RECEPTACLE



TM 1-1520-237-23 0079 00


0079 00-34

SAAA2662_4A

OFF

ON

ENGINEIGNITION

INSTRUMENT PANEL

ENGINE CONTROLS QUADRANT

ENGINESTARTSWITCH

STARTBUTTON

LEVER

STARTEROVERRIDESWITCH

STARTER ABORTSWITCH

ENG POWERCONT

D

LOCKOUTFLY

OFFIDLE


QUADRANTCOVER

B

AIR SOURCEHEAT / STARTFUEL PUMP

APU BOOST

FUEL PRIME APU

ENGINEOFF

OFF

UPPER CONSOLE PANEL

E

C

FRONT

(SEE NOTE 5)

E D


TM 1-1520-237-23 0079 00


0079 00-35

SAAA2662_5

NO. 2 DC PRI BUS

STARTNO. 2 ENG

CONTR

5


DC ESNTL BUS

NO. 1ENG

START

5

UPPER CONSOLECIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL

F

POSITIONINDICATORCLOSED

OP

EN

NO. 1 AND NO. 2 ENGINESTART CONTROL VALVE

GH


TM 1-1520-237-23 0079 00


0079 00-36

SAAA2662_6

NO. 1 DC PRI BUS

AIRSOURCE

HEAT/

5

START

5BATT

BUS

FUELPRIME

BOOST


LOWER CONSOLECIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL

J

K


TM 1-1520-237-23 0079 00


0079 00-37

P266J266


5AMP

CB23612

28 VDC


5AMP 12

28 VDC

5AMP 1

28 VDC

FUEL PRIME BOOST

BATTBUS

CB3

J107 P107

#2 ENGINE STARTER

PRIME BOOSTPUMP ON

#1 ENGINE STARTER

P117


UPPER CONSOLE

OFF

APU

AIR SOURCEHEAT / START

NOTES

1. POSITION OF SWITCHES ARE WITHENG POWER CONT LEVER IN OFF

POSITION. 2. ENGINE START SWITCH IS ACTUATED

WHEN ENGINE START BUTTON ISPRESSED AND ENG POWER CONT

LEVER IS OFF ONLY.

3. STARTER OVERRIDE SWITCH ISACTUATED WHEN ENGINE STARTERBUTTON IS PRESSED, REGARDLESS

OF ENG POWER CONT LEVERPOSITION.

4. STARTER ABORT SWITCH ISACTUATED WHEN ENG POWER CONTLEVER IS PULLED DOWN.

5. AIR PRESSURE OPENS VALVE WHENSOLENOID IS ENERGIZED.

6.

5AMP

CB155

NO. 1DC PRI

BUSa

b

3

2

1

N2 1

P127 J127

28 VDC

J231 P231


DCESNTL

BUS

AP

Wn

J231 P231CB312

B

UPPER CONSOLE

LOWER CONSOLE

J219 P219

55

7

K

P118

J110 P110

q

b

N

J111 P111

1

2

34

10

9

a


TOSHEET

4

LEGEND

MECHANICAL

APU BLEED−AIR

ENGINE BLEED−AIR

FUEL

ELECTRICAL WIRING

EFFECTIVITY

7.

NO. 2DC PRI

BUS

56

TO SHEET 7TO SHEET 5

TO SHEET 7TO SHEET 5

TO SHEET 3

TO SHEET 4

ENGINESWITCH

S18


MOD

MOD

WINTER

8.

PF

A


W/O EMEP

PF

A

(SEE NOTE 8)

SAAB2176_1

9. UH60Q HH60L(SEE DETAIL A)

UH60Q HH60LUH60L

7

8

Figure 2. Engine Start and Ignition System Schematic Diagram UH60L MOD UH60Q HH60L . (Sheet 1 of 10)

TM 1-1520-237-23 0079 00

SCHEMATICS

0079 00-38

SAAB2176_2

APU ELECTRONICAUXILIARY

P289

UPPER CONSOLE

8 7 8 71

92

J231

P231

J246

P246

(+)

(−)1819

STARTBYPASSVALVE

P301 J301 P261 P260

101819

WV

CIRCUITCLOSED WHEN

APUOPERATING

SG241−7

AP

UB

OO

ST

OF

F

FU

EL

PR

IME

FUELPUMP

SWITCHS19

SG36−3SG36−1

TBTB3 2 1 6 5 4

B G D A

E1

CR3

E2

D C Y Z

E5

CR4

E4

E3

CR1 CR2

S101

NC NO

AP

U

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18C

APUT−HANDLE

TOSHEET

4

2TB

SEQUENCE UNITPOWER UNIT

7

8

TO SHEET 6

TO SHEET 4

TO SHEET 6

TO SHEET 3

TO SHEET 6


TM 1-1520-237-23 0079 00


0079 00-39

SAAB2176_3

1

17 20

21

22

23

29

24

25

26

BB DD CC d c b T V

1 5

C1 C2

SWITCH S35

ENGINEIGNITION

OF

F

ON

Y U Z X W

K45

X2

X1

A1

A2

A3

C1

C2 C3

D1

D2

D3

c a

E1

E2

E3

SG242−2

SG242−3

SG242−6

SG902−1

LEFT RELAY PANELINSTRUMENT PANEL

P111

J111

P121

J121

P242

J242

P902

J902

TO SHEET 1

TO SHEET 2

TO SHEET 8

TOSHEET

5

TOSHEET

8

TO SHEET 8

TO SHEET 7

28

27

19


TM 1-1520-237-23 0079 00


0079 00-40

SAAB2176_4

9

11

15

10

1312

30

31

36

37

38

39

32

333435

404142

TOSHEET

8

TOSHEET

5

T U S J M W R U a b Z X Y F B C

K22 K26 K67

X1

X2

A1

A2 A3

X2

X1

A1

A2

A3

B1

B2

B3 C

1C

2

C3

D1 D

2D

3

E1

E2

E3 X1

X2

A1

A2

A3

CR3CR4

(SEEDETAIL B)

GG7−3SG241−2

SG

241−

3

SG105−2

SG106−4 SG106−3

SG241−6

RIGHT RELAY PANEL

P244J244

P241J241

2

TOSHEET

1

TOSHEET

2

TO SHEET 2

TO SHEET 1

TO SHEET 8

TO SHEET 7

TOSHEET

8

TO SHEET 5

TO SHEET 6

TO SHEET 5

TO SHEET 6

19

27

28


TM 1-1520-237-23 0079 00


0079 00-41

SAAB2176_5

J105

P105

J106

P106J K T S H G J K T S H GLL R R FF

ENG POWERCONT

ENG POWERCONT

OFF OFF

POSITIONPOSITION

OVERRIDESWITCH

OVERRIDESWITCH

LEVERNO. 2 ENGINESTART BUTTON

NO. 1 ENGINESTART BUTTON

(SEE NOTES 1THROUGH 4FOR OPERATIONOF SWITCHES)


NUMBER 1ENGINEQUADRANT


ABORTSWITCH

ABORTSWITCH

STARTSWITCH

STARTSWITCHC

NO

NO

NC

NO

NC

NC

C C C

NO

NO

NC

NO

NC

NC

C C

SG106−2

SG241−5

SG242−1

SG105−1

4

6

33

22

21

40

35

41

42

TOSHEET

1

ENGINE CONTROLS QUADRANT ENGINE CONTROLS QUADRANT

23

TO SHEET 3

TO SHEET 4

TO SHEET 3

TO SHEET 3

TOSHEET

4

TO SHEET 4

43

44


TM 1-1520-237-23 0079 00


0079 00-42

P305

P304

J310 P310

J217 P217

P303J311 P311

J217

P217

P314

A

B

C

A

C

B

A

B

C

B

Y

Z

a

q

K

J

SG304−2

SG305−1

SG303−1

ENGINE

ENGINE

FUELTANK

GND310−2

GND310−3

GND311−1

NO. 2 ENGINE PRIMESHUTOFF VALVE


PRIME BOOST PUMP

45

GG5−5 GG5−3

SG314−1

Y A

J K C D B H

28 V

DC

OU

T W

HE

N S

TA

RT

BU

TT

ON

PR

ES

SE

D A

ND

NO

. 2E

NG

INE

ST

AR

T V

AL

VE

OP

EN

.28

VD

C D

ISC

ON

TIN

UE

D W

HE

NE

NG

INE

SP

EE

D B

ET

WE

EN

52%

TO

65%

Ng

OR

TH

E

PR

ES

SE

D.

28 V

DC

IN W

HE

NS

TA

RT

AB

OR

T

SW

ITC

HC

LO

SE

D (

UN

AC

TU

AT

ED

), A

ND

NO

. 2 E

NG

INE

ST

AR

TE

R V

AL

VE

OP

EN

.

ST

AR

T A

BO

RT

S

WIT

CH

IS

28 V

DC

IN W

HE

NS

TA

RT

AB

OR

T

SW

ITC

HC

LO

SE

D (

UN

AC

TU

AT

ED

), A

ND

NO

. 1 E

NG

INE

ST

AR

TE

R V

AL

VE

OP

EN

.

28 V

DC

OU

T W

HE

N S

TA

RT

BU

TT

ON

PR

ES

SE

D A

ND

NO

. 1E

NG

INE

ST

AR

T V

AL

VE

OP

EN

.28

VD

C D

ISC

ON

TIN

UE

D W

HE

NE

NG

INE

SP

EE

D B

ET

WE

EN

52%

TO

65%

Ng

OR

TH

E

PR

ES

SE

D.

ST

AR

T A

BO

RT

S

WIT

CH

IS

14

16

34

32

STARTER SPEED SWITCH

18

TO SHEET 4

TO SHEET 4

TOSHEET

2

SAAB2176_6

43

44

TO SHEET 8


TM 1-1520-237-23 0079 00


0079 00-43

SAAB2176_7

P382

J382

J381

P381



3

5

38

26

H G F E J A B D C

GND382−1SGP266−1

X2

X1 C

H G F E A B D CJ

GND381−1

SGP231−1

X2

X1

C

(SEE DETAIL C)

(SEE DETAIL D)

TO SHEET 4

TO SHEET 3

TOSHEET

1

464748

495051


TM 1-1520-237-23 0079 00


0079 00-44

AB2176_8SA

P314

J220 P220 J814 P814

J824 P824J217 P217

J221 P221

J825 P825

J815 P815


37

39

313036

24

20

29

25

45TO SHEET 6

L M G A F E

NO

. 2 E

NG

INE

ST

AR

TE

RS

PE

ED

AC

INP

UT

NO

. 1 E

NG

INE

ST

AR

TE

RS

PE

ED

AC

INP

UT

525354

55

56

5758

5960

61

626364

6566

67

68697071

TOSHEET

9h

Yg

W

V

X

M

B

A

T

S

U

P

P

2

3

4

2

1

35

34

19

j

f

h

f

d

e

A

B

U

c

a

b

h

x

g

4

2

3

19

34

35

1

2

P

P

TOSHEET

4

TO SHEET 3

TO SHEET 3

TO SHEET 3

TO SHEET 3

TO SHEET 4

TO SHEET 4

464748

495051


TM 1-1520-237-23 0079 00


0079 00-45

SAAB2176_9

P435

NO. 2ENGINEBLEED−AIRSHUTOFFVALVE

P434 NO. 1ENGINEBLEED−AIRSHUTOFFVALVE

NO. 1ENGINESTARTCONTROLVALVE

P807

P803P801

P450 NO. 2ENGINESTARTCONTROLVALVE

P802P800

TOSHEET

8

18 17 1927 28

ALTERNATOR

E3

DIGITALELECTRONIC

CONTROL

DIGITALELECTRONIC

CONTROLALTERNATOR

SPEEDPICKUPSENSOR

SPEEDPICKUPSENSOR

1 3

P

P806

1

2

5

3

4

3

51

2

4

1

2

18 17 1927 28

1 3

P

1

2

NO. 1 ENGINE

NO. 2 ENGINE

CHECKVALVE

EXTERNALAIR SOURCE

APU COMPRESSORBLEED−AIR SOURCE

GND435−1

GND450−1

GND440−1

START MOTOR

START MOTOR

P440

525354

55

56

5758

5960

61

626364

6566

67

68697071


TM 1-1520-237-23 0079 00


0079 00-46

P244B J244P244 J244A

T

U

S

M

J

T

U

S

M

J

WINTERIZATION KIT ASSEMBLY

DETAIL B(SEE NOTE 6)

J381

P381 H G F E J A B D CH G F E J A B D C

GND382−1

GND381−1

DETAIL C(SEE NOTE 7)

DETAIL D(SEE NOTE 7)

P382

J382

SAAB2176_10

#2 ENGINE STARTER

PRIME BOOSTPUMP ON

#1 ENGINE STARTER

P2029R

59

75

42

J110 P110

q

b

N

J111 P111

PF

A

#2 ENGINE STARTER

PRIME BOOSTPUMP ON

#1 ENGINE STARTER

P1020R

59

75

42

PF

A

SG1020−59

SG1020−75

SG1019−42

(SEE NOTE 9)



DETAIL A


TM 1-1520-237-23 0079 00


0079 00-47

AB1486_1SA

P266J266


5AMP

CB23612

28 VDC


5AMP 12

28 VDC

5AMP 1

28 VDC

FUEL PRIME BOOST

BATTBUS

CB3

J107 P107

#2 ENGINE STARTER

PRIME BOOSTPUMP ON

#1 ENGINE STARTER


UPPER CONSOLE

OFF

APU


NOTES

1. POSITION OF SWITCHES ARE WITHENG POWER CONT LEVER IN OFF

POSITION. 2. ENGINE START SWITCH IS ACTUATED

WHEN ENGINE START BUTTON ISPRESSED AND ENG POWER CONT

LEVER IS OFF ONLY.

3. STARTER OVERRIDE SWITCH ISACTUATED WHEN ENGINE STARTERBUTTON IS PRESSED, REGARDLESS

OF ENG POWER CONT LEVERPOSITION.

4. STARTER ABORT SWITCH ISACTUATED WHEN ENG POWER CONTLEVER IS PULLED DOWN.

5. AIR PRESSURE OPENS VALVE WHENSOLENOID IS ENERGIZED.

5AMP

CB155

NO. 1DC PRI

BUSa

b

3

2

1

N2 1

P127 J127

28 VDC

J231 P231


DCESNTL

BUSn

J231 P231CB312

B

UPPER CONSOLE

LOWER CONSOLE

J219 P219

J110 P110

q

b

N

J111 P111

1

2

3

6

5

a


TOSHEET

4

LEGEND

MECHANICAL

APU BLEED−AIR

ENGINE BLEED−AIR

FUEL

ELECTRICAL WIRING

EFFECTIVITY

NO. 2DC PRI

BUS

4

P

TOSHEET

5

ENGINE


SWITCHS18

EH60A

6.


W/O EMEP

P117

55

7

K

P118PF

AP

FA

(SEE NOTE 7)

WINTER

UH60A W/O MOD

Figure 3. Engine Start and Ignition System Schematic Diagram EH60A UH60A W/O MOD . (Sheet 1 of 8)

TM 1-1520-237-23 0079 00


0079 00-48

SAAB1486_2

APU ELECTRONICSEQUENCE UNIT

AUXILIARYPOWER UNIT

P289

UPPER CONSOLE

8 72

8 71

92

J231

P231

J246

P246

(+)

(−)1819

STARTBYPASSVALVE

P301 J301 P261 P260

101819

WV

CIRCUITCLOSED WHEN

APUOPERATING

SG241−7

AP

UB

OO

ST

OF

F

FU

EL

PR

IME

FUELPUMP

SWITCHS19

SG36−3SG36−1

TBTBTB3 2 1 6 5 4

B G D A

E1

CR3

E2

D C Y Z

E5

CR4

E4

E3

CR1 CR2

S101

NC NO

AP

U

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14C

APUT−HANDLE

TO SHEET 6

TO SHEET 4

TO SHEET 6

TO SHEET 6

TOSHEET

4

TO SHEET 3


TM 1-1520-237-23 0079 00


0079 00-49

SAAB1486_3

1

13 15

16

17

18

22

19

20

21

BB DD CC d c b T V

1 5

C1 C2

SWITCH S35

ENGINEIGNITION

OF

F

ON

Y U Z X W

K45

X2

X1

A1

A2

A3

C1

C2 C3

D1

D2

D3

c a

E1

E2

E3

SG242−2

SG242−3

SG242−6

SG902−1

LEFT RELAY PANELINSTRUMENT PANEL

P111

J111

P121

J121

P242

J242

P902

J902

TO SHEET 1

TO SHEET 2

TO SHEET 7

TOSHEET

5

TOSHEET

7

TO SHEET 7


TM 1-1520-237-23 0079 00


0079 00-50

SAAB1486_4

5

7

11

6

98

23

24

29

30

31

32

25

2627

28

333435

TOSHEET

7

TOSHEET

5

T U S J M W R U a b Z X Y F B C

K22 K26 K67

X1

X2

A1

A2 A3

X1

X2

A1

A2

A3

B1

B2

B3 C

1C

2

C3

D1 D

2D

3

E1

E2

E3 X1

X2

A1

A2

A3

CR3CR4

(SEEDETAIL A)

GG7−3SG241−2

SG

241−

3

SG105−2

SG106−4 SG106−3

SG241−6

RIGHT RELAY PANEL

P244J244

P241J241

2

TOSHEET

1

TOSHEET

2

TO SHEET 2

TO SHEET 1

TOSHEET

7

TO SHEET 5

TO SHEET 6

TO SHEET 5

TO SHEET 6


TM 1-1520-237-23 0079 00


0079 00-51

SAAB1486_5

J105

P105

J106

P106J K T S H G J K T S H GLL R R FF

ENG POWERCONT

ENG POWERCONT

OFF OFF

POSITIONPOSITION

OVERRIDESWITCH

OVERRIDESWITCH

LEVERNO. 2 ENGINESTARTER BUTTON

NO. 1 ENGINESTARTER BUTTON





ABORTSWITCH

ABORTSWITCH

STARTSWITCH

STARTSWITCHC

NO

NO

NC

NO

NC

NC

C C C

NO

NO

NC

NO

NC

NC

C C

SG106−2

SG241−5

SG242−1

SG105−1

3

4

26

17

16

33

28

34

35

TOSHEET

1

ENGINE CONTROLS QUADRANT ENGINE CONTROLS QUADRANT

18

TO SHEET 3

TO SHEET 4

TO SHEET 3

TO SHEET 3

TOSHEET

4

TO SHEET 4

P244B J244P244 J244A

T

U

S

M

J

T

U

S

M

J

WINTERIZATION KIT ASSEMBLY

DETAIL A(SEE NOTE 6)


TM 1-1520-237-23 0079 00


0079 00-52

SAAB1486_6

P305

P304

J310 P310

J217 P217

P303J311 P311

J217

P217

P314

A

B

C

A

C

B

A

B

C

B

Y

Z

a

q

K

J

SG304−2

SG305−1

SG303−1

ENGINE

ENGINE

FUELTANK

GND310−2

GND310−3

GND311−1



PRIME BOOST PUMP

36 TO SHEET 7

GG5−5 GG5−3

SG314−1

Y A

J K C D B H

28 V

DC

OU

T W

HE

N S

TA

RT

BU

TT

ON

PR

ES

SE

D A

ND

NO

. 2E

NG

INE

ST

AR

T V

AL

VE

OP

EN

.28

VD

C D

ISC

ON

TIN

UE

D W

HE

NE

NG

INE

SP

EE

D B

ET

WE

EN

52%

TO

65%

Ng

OR

TH

E

PR

ES

SE

D.

28 V

DC

IN W

HE

NS

TA

RT

AB

OR

T

SW

ITC

HC

LO

SE

D (

UN

AC

TU

AT

ED

), A

ND

NO

. 2 E

NG

INE

ST

AR

TE

R V

AL

VE

OP

EN

.

ST

AR

T A

BO

RT

S

WIT

CH

IS

28 V

DC

IN W

HE

NS

TA

RT

AB

OR

T

SW

ITC

HC

LO

SE

D (

UN

AC

TU

AT

ED

), A

ND

NO

. 1 E

NG

INE

ST

AR

TE

R V

AL

VE

OP

EN

.

28 V

DC

OU

T W

HE

N S

TA

RT

BU

TT

ON

PR

ES

SE

D A

ND

NO

. 1E

NG

INE

ST

AR

T V

AL

VE

OP

EN

.28

VD

C D

ISC

ON

TIN

UE

D W

HE

NE

NG

INE

SP

EE

D B

ET

WE

EN

52%

TO

65%

Ng

OR

TH

E

PR

ES

SE

D.

ST

AR

T A

BO

RT

S

WIT

CH

IS

10

12

27

25


14

TO SHEET 4

TO SHEET 4

TOSHEET

2


TM 1-1520-237-23 0079 00


0079 00-53

SAAB1486_7

P314

J220 P220 J814 P814

J824 P824J217 P217

J221 P221

J825 P825

J815 P815


30

32

24

23

29

19

15

22

20

36

TOSHEET

4

TO SHEET 6

L M G A F E

EN

GIN

ES

TA

RT

ER

SP

EE

D A

CIN

PU

T

ST

AR

TE

RS

PE

ED

AC

INP

UT

31

21

2

3

4

35

34

19

h

Yg

WV

X

M

T

S

U

j

f

h

f

d

e

U

c

a

b

h

g

19

34

35

4

3

2

P

P

P

P

x

TOSHEET

3

NO

. 2

EN

GIN

EN

O. 1

TO SHEET 3


TM 1-1520-237-23 0079 00


0079 00-54

SAAB1486_8

P435

NO. 2ENGINEBLEED−AIRSHUTOFFVALVE

P434 NO. 1ENGINEBLEED−AIRSHUTOFFVALVE


P807

P803


P802 18 17 19

ALTERNATOR

E3

ALTERNATOR

SPEEDPICKUPSENSOR

SPEEDPICKUPSENSOR

1 3

P

P806

1

2

5

3

4

(SEE NOTE 5)

NO. 2 ENGINESTART MOTOR

NO. 1 ENGINESTART MOTOR

3

51

2

4

(SEE NOTE 5)

1

2

18 17 19

1 3

P

1

2

NO. 1 ENGINE

NO. 2 ENGINE

CHECKVALVE

EXTERNALAIR SOURCE

APU COMPRESSORBLEED−AIR SOURCE


TM 1-1520-237-23 0079 00


END OF WORK PACKAGE

0079 00-55/56 Blank

UNIT LEVEL

ENGINE SYSTEM

ENGINE CONTROLS QUADRANT (AVIM)

INITIAL SETUP:


Tools and Special ToolsElectrical Repairer Toolkit, SC 5180-99-B06

Personnel RequiredAircraft Electrician MOS 15F (1)

ReferencesWP 0501 00WP 0525 00

WP 0527 00WP 0528 00WP 0529 00WP 0530 00WP 0531 00WP 1747 00

Equipment ConditionBetween 27 and 28 vdc, and 115 vac, 400 Hz Bench

Power Available


NOTE

See Figure 1 for location diagram, and Figure 2 for schematic diagram as an aid inoperational/troubleshooting.

+ For engine controls quadrant part Nos. 70301-01100-011 and 70301-01100-012, do steps 1. through 20.

+ For engine controls quadrant part No. 70301-01100-013, do steps 1. through 23.

ENGINE CONTROLS QUADRANT (AVIM) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step

NOTE

Engine Controls Quadrant (AVIM) Operational/Troubleshooting procedure of No. 1 orNo. 2 engine controls quadrant is the same, except as noted.

1. Inspect engine controls quadrant for broken or burnt wires.


Wires shall not be broken or burnt.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, repair/replace wiring, as required (WP 1747 00).

Step

2. Check for general condition and security of components.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0080 00

0080 00-1


Components shall be secure and in good condition.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, repair/replace components as required.

Step

3. Check quadrant levers for free movement.


All levers shall have free movement.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace engine controls quadrant (WP 0501 00).

Step

4. Check quadrant secondary idle stop latch for proper operation.


Secondary idle stop latch shall be in contact with secondary stop when engine POWER CONT lever is at IDLEposition.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace engine controls quadrant (WP 0501 00).

Step

5. Connect No. 1 engine controls quadrant J105-A to 28 vdc bench power and J105-B to bench ground.


No. 1 engine fire extinguisher T-handle shall light evenly.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, check T-handle for burnt-out lamps.

a. If lamp is burnt-out, replace lamp (WP 0525 00).

b. If lamps are good, repair/replace wiring between J105-A and J105-B (WP 1747 00).

Step

6. Disconnect J105-A and J105-B from bench.

7. With No. 1 engine controls quadrant starter button not pressed, check continuity between J105-F and J105-G.


Continuity shall be present.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, check continuity between contacts C and NC of No. 1 engine startswitch.

a. If continuity is not present, replace No. 1 engine starter switch (WP 0527 00).

TM 1-1520-237-23 0080 00

ENGINE CONTROLS QUADRANT (AVIM) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0080 00-2

b. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring between J105-F and contact NC; and J105-G and contact Cof No. 1 engine starter switch, as required (WP 1747 00).

Step

8. Press and hold No. 1 engine controls quadrant starter button. Check continuity between J105-G and J105-H.



Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, check continuity between contacts C and NO of No. 1 enginestarter switch.

a. If continuity is not present, replace No. 1 engine starter switch (WP 0527 00).

b. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring between J105-H and contact NO of No. 1 engine starterswitch (WP 1747 00).

Step

9. Release No. 1 engine controls quadrant starter button.

10. Mechanically adjust starter override switch (WP 0529 00).

11. With No. 1 engine controls quadrant starter button not pressed, check continuity between J105-R and J105-S.



Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, check continuity between C and NC of No. 1 engine starter over-ride switch.

a. If continuity is not present, replace No. 1 engine starter override switch (WP 0529 00).

b. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring between J105-R and contact NC; and J105-S and contact Cof No. 1 engine starter override switch, as required (WP 1747 00).

Step

12. Press and hold No. 1 engine controls quadrant starter button. Check continuity between J105-S and J105-T.



Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, check continuity between contacts C and NO of No. 1 enginestarter override switch.

a. If continuity is not present, replace No. 1 engine starter override switch (WP 0529 00).

b. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring between J105-T and contact NO of No. 1 engine starteroverride switch (WP 1747 00).

Step

13. Release No. 1 engine controls quadrant starter button.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0080 00


0080 00-3

14. Mechanically adjust starter abort switch (WP 0528 00).

15. With No. 1 engine controls quadrant engine POWER CONT lever pushed up, check continuity between J105-J andJ105-K.



Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, check continuity between contacts C and NC of No. 1 enginestarter abort switch.

a. If continuity is not present, replace No. 1 engine starter abort switch (WP 0528 00).

b. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring between J105-J and contact NC; and J105-K and contact Cof No. 1 engine starter abort switch, as required (WP 1747 00).

Step

16. With No. 1 engine controls quadrant engine POWER CONT lever pulled down, check continuity between J105-Kand J105-L.



Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, check continuity between contacts C and NO of No. 1 enginestarter abort switch.

a. If continuity is not present, replace No. 1 engine starter abort switch (WP 0528 00).

b. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring between J105-L and contact NO of No. 1 engine starterabort switch (WP 1747 00).

Step

17. Mechanically adjust No. 1 engine fire extinguishing arming switch (WP 0530 00).

18. With No. 1 engine fire extinguishing T-handle in stowed position, check continuity between J105-N and J105-P.



Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, check continuity between contacts C and NO of No. 1 engine fireextinguishing arming switch.

a. If continuity is not present, replace No. 1 engine fire extinguishing arming switch (WP 0530 00).

b. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring between J105-P and contact NO ; and J105-N and contact Cof No. 1 engine fire extinguishing arming switch, as required (WP 1747 00).

Step

19. With No. 1 fire extinguishing T-handle in armed position, check continuity between J105-M and J105-N.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0080 00


0080 00-4



Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, check continuity between contacts C and NC of No. 1 engine fireextinguishing arming switch.

a. If continuity is not present, replace No. 1 engine fire extinguishing arming switch (WP 0530 00).

b. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring between J105-M and NC of No. 1 engine fire extinguishingarming switch (WP 1747 00).

Step

20. Repeat steps 1. through 19. for No. 2 engine controls quadrant using J106.

NOTE

For engine controls quadrant part Nos. 70301-01100-011 and 70301-01100-012,operational/troubleshooting procedure is complete. For engine controls quadrant partNo. 70301-01100-013, continue operational/troubleshooting procedure.

21. Connect left information panel P394-1 to 115 vac, 400 Hz bench power and P394-2 to bench ground. Observeinformation panel under reduced ambient light conditions.


Information panel shall light.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace panel (WP 0531 00).

Step

22. Connect right information panel P396-1 to 115 vac, 400 Hz bench power and P396-2 to bench ground. Observeinformation panel under reduced ambient light conditions.


Information panel shall light.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace panel (WP 0531 00).

Step

23. Connect center information panel P395-1 to 115 vac, 400 Hz bench power and P395-2 to bench ground. Observepanel under reduced ambient light conditions.


Center information panel shall light.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, do the following:

a. Disconnect 115 vac bench power.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0080 00


0080 00-5

b. Remove screws securing panel to center cover assembly.

c. Unplug panel from cover assembly connector.

d. Check continuity from P395 to disconnect plug on center cover assembly.

(1) If continuity is present, replace information panel (WP 0531 00).

(2) If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring from P395 to center cover connector(WP 1747 00).

Step

24. Disconnect 115 vac bench power.


115 vac bench power shall be disconnected.

Corrective Action

None Required

TM 1-1520-237-23 0080 00


0080 00-6

(SEE NOTE 1)

FIREEXTINGUISHINGT-HANDLE

(SEE NOTE 2)

P396

P395

P394

NOTES

1. ENGINE CONTROLS QUADRANTASSEMBLIES PART NOS 70301-01100-011 AND 70301-01100-012.

2. ENGINE CONTROLS QUADRANTASSEMBLY PART NO. 70301-01100-013.

A

FIREEXTINGUISHINGT-HANDLE

A

SAAA2635_1

Figure 1. Engine Controls Quadrant Location Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 2)

TM 1-1520-237-23 0080 00

LOCATION

0080 00-7

SAAA2635_2


STARTERSWITCH

STARTERABORTSWITCH FUEL

CONTROLLEVER

ELECTRICALCONNECTOR

FIREEXTINGUISHINGARMING SWITCH

STARTERBUTTON

STARTERABORT SWITCHADJUSTING NUT

SECONDARYIDLE STOPLATCH

ENGINE POWERCONT LEVERHANDLE

FIREEXTINGUISHINGARMING SWITCHPLUNGER

ELECTRICALCONNECTOR

LEFT (NO. 1 ENGINE) QUADRANT

LEFT SIDE VIEW

RIGHT SIDE VIEW

A

Figure 1. Engine Controls Quadrant Location Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 2)

TM 1-1520-237-23 0080 00


0080 00-8

SAAB1461

NOTEENGINE CONTROLS QUADRANT PARTNO. 70301−01100−013.

A−20

FIRE EXTINGUISHERT−HANDLE LAMPS

B−20

C−20

D−20

E−20

STARTERSWITCH

F−20

G−20

H−20

NC

C

NO

NC

C

NO

NC

C

NO

NC

C

NO

J−20

K−20

L−20

M−20

N−20

P−20

R−20

S−20

T−20

X−20

Y−20

P394(SEE NOTE)

1

2

P396(SEE NOTE)

1

2

P395(SEE NOTE)

1

2

J105 (NO. 1 ENGINE)J106 (NO. 2 ENGINE)


STARTERABORTSWITCH

FIREEXTINGUISHINGARMING SWITCH


A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

K

L

M

N

P

R

S

T

X

Y

LEFTINFORMATION

PANEL

RIGHTINFORMATION

PANEL

CENTERINFORMATION

PANEL2

1

Figure 2. Engine Control Quadrant Schematic Diagram.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0080 00

SCHEMATICS

END OF WORK PACKAGE0080 00-9/10 Blank

UNIT LEVEL

ROTOR SYSTEM

BIM® INDICATORS

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special ToolsAircraft Mechanic’s Toolkit, SC 5180-99-B01

Material/PartsLeak Detection Fluid, Item 175, WP 1803 00Towel, Machinery Wiping, Item 344, WP 1803 00

Personnel RequiredUH-60 Helicopter Repairer MOS 15T (1)

ReferencesTM 1-1520-237-10WP 0541 00WP 0576 00WP 0581 00WP 1803 00


NOTE

See Figure 1 for location diagram as an aid in operational/troubleshooting.

The BIM® Indicator operational/troubleshooting procedure is subdivided as follows:

+ BIM® Indicator Packing Test (to determine if the indicator is leaking at the base).

+ BIM® Indicator Test (to determine if the indicator is functioning properly).

+ One-Hour Whirl Test (to determine the final integrity of blade spars returned to AVUM level from either AVIM or

DEPOT level.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0081 00

0081 00-1

BIM® INDICATOR PACKING TEST OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step

WARNING

c Visual inspection of the indicator must be performed while viewing the indicatorperpendicular to its axis.

c Upon inspection of each blade pressure indicator, if red is visible on all three inspec-tion windows, maintenance must be performed prior to next flight. The cause of theunsafe condition must be positively identified and corrected. If the indicator ismalfunctioning, it must be replaced, but only if the spar pressure is within permissiblelimits.

NOTE

c Small slivers of red visible through one or two of the inspection windows is not causefor maintenance action.

c When a blade is forwarded to AVIM or DEPOT, it must be accompanied by a state-ment that accurately describes what maintenance action or actions have been taken,and what was originally wrong with the blade to require these actions. If applicable,blade shall be marked to identify it as having had an unsafe BIM® indication.

c Do the following operational/troubleshooting procedure on all four main rotor bladeBIM® indicators.

c When testing pressure indicator, press both thumbs on indicator’s manual lever(grenade-type handle) to make sure that valve plunger under the lever is pushed all theway down to shut off all spar pressure to the indicator. Press on ridged part of handle,not on smooth tip. A partly depressed plunger may cause loss of spar pressure and aslow indication, or no indication at all.

c Do not hold indicator, as heat of hand may change internal reference pressure andresult in erroneous indicator reading.

c Spar must be properly serviced before testing.

1. Apply leak detection fluid, Item 175, WP 1803 00, or mild liquid detergent solution over and around base ofindicator.


No air bubbles shall form.

Corrective Action

If air bubbles form, replace BIM® indicator packing (WP 0581 00).

Step

2. Rinse test fluid using clean fresh water before fluid dries. Dry blade using machinery wiping towel, Item 344,WP 1803 00.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0081 00

0081 00-2


Blade shall be dry.

Corrective Action

None Required

BIM® INDICATOR TEST OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step

WARNING



NOTE







1. Press in and hold manual test lever. Do not place hand on glass bulb.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0081 00

BIM® INDICATOR PACKING TEST OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0081 00-3


BIM® indicator stripes shall turn from yellow to full red (unsafe) within 10 to 30 seconds at 20°F (-6.7°C) orabove, or within the following time limits and extended upper limit temperatures:

TEMPERATURE TIME

19°F to 0°F (-7.2°C to -17.8°C) 35 seconds

-1°F to - 20°F (-18.3°C to -28.9°C) 40 seconds



Corrective Action

1. If indicator does not change color or completely change color, check main rotor blade spar for proper pres-sure (WP 0541 00).

a. If spar pressure is good, replace BIM® indicator (WP 0581 00).

b. If spar pressure is not good, replace main rotor blade (WP 0576 00).

2. If indicator takes more than the maximum number of seconds given above or less than 10 seconds to changecolor completely, go to BIM® INDICATOR STRIPES ARE RED (DID NOT SNAP BACK TO YELLOW),in this work package.

Step

2. Release indicator lever.


Red indication must snap back to yellow immediately.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to BIM® INDICATOR STRIPES ARE RED (DID NOT SNAP BACKTO YELLOW), in this work package.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0081 00

BIM® INDICATOR TEST OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0081 00-4

ONE-HOUR WHIRL TEST OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step

WARNING



NOTE







c The whirl test is a final check on the integrity of a rotor blade spar that has had a lossof spar pressure. The test is conducted after all other corrective actions have beentaken.

1. Measure and record spar temperature and pressure.

2. With qualified personnel at controls, ground run helicopter for two half-hour periods at 100% RPM, low collectivestick, and neutral cyclic stick and directional control (TM 1-1520-237-10).


At the end of first half-hour period, BIM® indicator stripes shall be yellow.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, send blade to AVIM level.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0081 00

0081 00-5

Step

3. At the end of second half-hour period, measure and record spar pressure and temperature.

4. Correct for temperature variations as follows:

a. For temperature increases, subtract 0.07 psi per degree Fahrenheit (0.126 psi per degree Celsius) of increase.

b. For temperature decreases, add 0.07 psi per degree Fahrenheit (0.126 psi per degree Celsius) of decrease.


Corrected spar pressure shall be no greater than 0.25 psi from pressure measured in step 1.

EXAMPLE:

-INITIAL READING-

PRESSURE TEMPERATURE

18.0 (PSI) 73.0 °F (22.8 °C)

-READING AFTER 1 HOUR-

PRESSURE TEMPERATURE

17.0 (PSI) 63.0 °F (17.2 °C)

Temperature change is 10.0°F (5.6°C) decrease. 10.0 X 0.07 = 0.70 PSI (for °F) or 5.6 X 0.126 = 0.70 PSI (for °C).Correction to be added to reading. Therefore, the actual corrected pressure in the spar is 17.0 + 0.70 = 17.7 PSI

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, send blade to AVIM level.

BIM® INDICATOR STRIPES ARE RED (DID NOT SNAP BACK TO YELLOW)

SYMPTOMIndicator takes more than the maximum number of seconds given above or less than 10 seconds to change colorcompletely. Red indication must snap back to yellow immediately.

MALFUNCTIONBIM® indicator stripes are red (did not snap back to yellow).

CORRECTIVE ACTION

NOTE

If blade has had an unsafe (red) indication at any time within the last 30 flight hours,send blade to DEPOT.

1. Check main rotor blade spar for proper pressure. Is pressure good?

a. If pressure is good, go to 2.

b. If pressure is not good, replace main rotor blade (WP 0576 00). Go to 6.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0081 00

ONE-HOUR WHIRL TEST OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0081 00-6

2. Wait for 6 hours. Go to 3.

3. Check if BIM® indicator stripes return to yellow.

a. If stripes return to yellow, go to 4.

b. If stripes do not return to yellow, replace BIM® indicator (WP 0581 00). Go to 6.

4. Perform ONE-HOUR WHIRL TEST, in this work package. Go to 5.

5. Check if spar pressure is good.

a. If spar pressure is good, continue blade in service. Go to 6.

b. If spar pressure is not good, send blade to AVIM. Go to 6.


TM 1-1520-237-23 0081 00

BIM® INDICATOR STRIPES ARE RED (DID NOT SNAP BACK TO YELLOW) - Continued

0081 00-7

SAAA2529A

INDICATORSTRIPE

MANUALTEST LEVER

SPAR

BIMINDICATOR

R

A

MAINROTORBLADE

A

Figure 1. BIM® Indicators Location Diagram.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0081 00

LOCATION

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0081 00-8

UNIT LEVEL

ROTOR SYSTEM

MAIN ROTOR BLADES (AVIM)

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special ToolsAircraft Mechanic’s Toolkit, SC 5180-99-B01

Personnel RequiredUH-60 Helicopter Repairer MOS 15T (1)


WP 0544 00WP 0581 00WP 1624 00

MAIN ROTOR BLADES (AVIM) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step

CAUTION

When AVIM has repaired a blade that had an unsafe indication on its BIM® pressureindicator, they must not repair that blade again if a second unsafe indication occurswithin 30 flight-hours of the first. Should this happen, forward the blade to DEPOT.

NOTE

If a blade is sent to DEPOT level, it must have with it a statement that accuratelydescribes the specific maintenance action or actions that were done at AVIM. Thestatement shall include spar pressure when blade was inducted into AVIM and when itleft, and specific reason for forwarding blade to DEPOT, including identification oforiginal problem, shall also be with blade. A blade component record card entry shallbe made whenever a blade is removed from service stating the reason for removal.

1. Check main rotor blade spar pressure (WP 0541 00).


Spar pressure shall be correct, and BIM® indicator stripes shall be yellow.

Corrective Action

1. If spar pressure is correct but BIM® indicator stripes are red, perform a BIM® indicator test (WP 0081 00).

a. If BIM® indicator fails the test, replace indicator (WP 0581 00) and return blade to AVUM for one-hourwhirl test.

2. If spar pressure is not correct, go to SPAR PRESSURE IS INCORRECT, in this work package.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0082 00

0082 00-1

SPAR PRESSURE IS INCORRECT

SYMPTOMSpar pressure shall be correct, and BIM® indicator stripes shall be yellow.

MALFUNCTIONSpar pressure is incorrect.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Pressurize spar and test components for leakage (WP 1624 00).

a. If spar leaks, go to 2.

b. If spar does not leak, go to 4.

2. Is cause of leak clearly identified and is leak reparable?

a. If spar leak is clearly identified and reparable, go to 3.

b. If spar leak is not clearly identified and reparable, send blade to DEPOT.

3. Repair blade (WP 0544 00).

a. Confirm repair(s). Go to 4.

b. Return blade to AVUM level for one hour whirl test (WP 0081 00). Go to 5.

4. Has blade had previous BIM® indications within the last 30 hours?

a. If blade had previous BIM® indications, send blade to DEPOT. Go to 5.

b. If blade has not had previous BIM® indications, return blade to AVUM level for one hourwhirl test (WP 0081 00). Go to 5.


TM 1-1520-237-23 0082 00

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0082 00-2

UNIT LEVEL

ROTOR SYSTEM

MEDIUM AND HIGH FREQUENCY VIBRATIONS

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special ToolsAircraft Mechanic’s Toolkit, SC5180-99-B01Powertrain Toolkit, SC5180-99-B13Torque Wrench, GGG-W-686

Personnel RequiredAssistant (1)Powertrain Repairer MOS 15D (1)UH-60 Helicopter Repairer MOS 15T (1)

ReferencesTM 1-1520-237-10WP 0481 00WP 0485 00WP 0486 00WP 0545 00WP 0546 00WP 0585 00WP 0586 00WP 0589 00

WP 0612 00WP 0619 00WP 0630 00WP 0653 00WP 0655 00WP 0656 00WP 0659 00WP 0666 00WP 0667 00WP 0668 00WP 0669 00WP 0670 00WP 0681 00WP 1145 00WP 1685 00WP 1688 00

Equipment ConditionExternal Electrical Power Available, WP 1685 00and APU Operational, TM 1-1520-237-10


NOTE

See Figure 1 for location diagram as an aid in operational/troubleshooting.

The powertrain vibration operational/troubleshooting procedure is subdivided as follows:

+ Medium-Frequency Vibrations

+ High-Frequency Vibrations

MEDIUM-FREQUENCY VIBRATIONS OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step

1. Medium-frequency vibrations are caused by the main and tail rotor drive shafts. Troubleshoot medium-frequencyvibrations per MEDIUM-FREQUENCY VIBRATION FELT, in this work package.


Medium-frequency vibrations are felt.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0083 00

0083 00-1

Corrective Action

Troubleshoot MEDIUM-FREQUENCY VIBRATION FELT, in this work package.

HIGH-FREQUENCY VIBRATIONS OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step

NOTE

High-frequency vibrations will normally come from the engine, main gear box inputsection, or tail rotor drive system, and are often as apparent in a ground run as inflight. The most important clue to high-frequency vibrations will be the associatedsound. Tail rotor drive shaft vibrations are caused by an unbalanced drive shaft or abad bearing. These vibrations can be identified during ground run by feeling the tailcone. The main gear box contains many possible sources of high-frequency vibrationssuch as the various gear box-mounted accessories, the accessories’ gear train, oilcooler blower, the input bevel gears, and input free wheeling units. The engine gasgenerator or power turbine will normally produce a beat at various Ng and Np RPMcombinations, or with Np RPM split from Nr. To the pilot, the only obvious evidenceof excessive vibration will be greatly increased high-pitched noise levels. Combina-tions of these high-frequency vibrations in extreme cases could result in the pilot’ssensing low or medium-frequency vibrations. These would be detected as vibrationswhich are affected only by variation in main rotor speed and may be just as apparentin ground run as in flight.

1. Troubleshoot high-frequency vibrations per HIGH-FREQUENCY FELT, in this work package.


High-frequency vibrations are felt.

Corrective Action

Troubleshoot high-frequency vibrations per HIGH-FREQUENCY FELT, in this work package.

MEDIUM-FREQUENCY VIBRATION FELT

SYMPTOMMedium-frequency vibrations are caused by the main and tail rotor drive shafts.

MALFUNCTIONMedium-frequency vibration felt.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Check tail rotor drive shaft for damage or missing weights, attaching hardware forlooseness, or damaged couplings.

a. If damage is found, replace damaged drive shafts or Thomas couplings, as required(WP 0666 00 through WP 0670 00). Go to 12.

b. If no sign of damage is present, torque tail rotor drive shaft attaching bolts to required torque(WP 0666 00 through WP 0670 00). Go to 12.

c. If no damage is found, go to 2.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0083 00

MEDIUM-FREQUENCY VIBRATIONS OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0083 00-2

2. Check tail rotor blades for damage (WP 0546 00).

a. If blades are damaged, go to 3.

b. If blades are not damaged, go to 5.

3. Replace tail rotor blades as required (WP 0585 00). Go to 4.

4. Torque bolts (WP 0585 00). Go to 12.

5. Check tail rotor blade retention plate(s) bolts for looseness.

a. If bolts are loose, torque bolts (WP 0589 00). Go to 12.

b. If bolts are not loose, go to 6.

6. Check tail rotor pitch change links for worn or binding bearings (WP 0545 00).

a. If bearings are worn or binding, replace pitch change links rod ends, as required(WP 0586 00). Go to 12.

b. If bearings are not worn or binding, go to 7.

7. Check tail rotor blades for out-of-track condition.

a. If blades are out-of-track, check tail rotor for proper rigging. Rig as required. Go to 12.

b. If blades are not out-of-track, go to 8.

8. Check tail rotor blades for out-of-balance condition.

a. If blades are out-of-balance, balance tail rotor. Go to 12.

b. If blades are not out-of-balance, go to 9.

9. Check tail rotor drive shaft for out-of-round condition.

a. If drive shaft is out-of-round, replace drive shaft section as required (WP 0666 00) through(WP 0669 00). Go to 12.

b. If drive shaft is not out-of-round, go to 10.

10. Check tail rotor control cables for proper tension.

a. If cables do not have proper tension, adjust cable tension (WP 1145 00). Go to 12.

b. If cables do have proper tension, go to 11.

11. Check tail gear box mounting bolts for looseness and improper torque.

a. If bolts are loose or improperly torqued, torque bolts (WP 0681 00). Go to 12.

b. If bolts are not loose or improperly torqued, check intermediate gear box mounting bolts forlooseness and improper torque. Torque bolts (WP 0659 00). Go to 12.


TM 1-1520-237-23 0083 00

MEDIUM-FREQUENCY VIBRATION FELT - Continued

0083 00-3

HIGH-FREQUENCY VIBRATION FELT

SYMPTOMHigh-frequency vibration felt.

MALFUNCTIONHigh-frequency vibration felt.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Check engine output shaft/input module flange hardware for proper torque(WP 0655 00).

a. If torque is proper, go to 2.

b. If torque is not proper, go to 6.

2. Inspect input module flange and coupling for wear and fretting (WP 0619 00).

a. If flange and coupling is worn or fretting, replace engine output shaft and/or input moduleflange (WP 0486 00 or WP 0655 00). Go to 8.

b. If flange and coupling is not worn or fretting, go to 3.

3. Check main transmission accessory module mounting bolts for proper torque(WP 0656 00).


b. If torque is not proper, torque bolts (WP 0656 00). Go to 8.

4. Inspect main transmission mounting bolts for proper torque (WP 0612 00).


b. If torque is not proper, go to 7.

5. Check engine mounts for looseness or too much play (WP 0485 00).

a. If engine mounts are loose or have too much play, torque engine mounting bolts or replacemounts (WP 0485 00). Go to 8.

b. If engine mounts are not loose or have too much play, then if engine has unusual noise duringcoast-down or during Np changes, replace engine (WP 0481 00). Go to 8.

6. Check flex coupling hardware for proper torque (WP 1688 00).

a. If torque is proper, torque output shaft/input module hardware as required (WP 0486 00 orWP 0653 00). Go to 8.

b. If trouble remains, replace engine output shaft (WP 0486 00). Go to 8.

c. If torque is not proper, torque all hardware as required (WP 0486 00 or WP 0653 00). Go to8.

d. If trouble remains, replace engine output shaft and input module flange (WP 0486 00 andWP 0655 00). Go to 8.

7. Inspect main transmission barrel nuts for proper breakaway torque.

a. If torque is proper, torque bolts (WP 0630 00). Go to 8.

b. If torque is not proper, replace barrel nuts (WP 0630 00). Go to 8.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0083 00

0083 00-4


TM 1-1520-237-23 0083 00

HIGH-FREQUENCY VIBRATION FELT - Continued

0083 00-5

SAAA2627_1A

BSTABILATOR

TRIM TAB

INTERMEDIATEGEAR BOX

TAIL ROTOR DRIVE SHAFTSUPPORT BEARING

NO.1 ENGINE

INPUTMODULE

ROLL VIBRATIONABSORBER(SEE NOTE)

C

NOSE VIBRATIONABSORBER

MAINTRANSMISSION

BIFILARABSORBER

OILCOOLER

TAIL ROTORDRIVE SHAFT

MAIN ROTORBLADE

TAIL ROTORBLADE

MAINROTOR HEAD

A

A

OIL COOLERBLOWER

FORWARD CABINVIBRATION ABSORBER

TAILGEARBOX

PYLONDRIVESHAFT

NOTE

ROLLVIBRATION ABSORBER

(TYPICAL)

FRONT

A

Figure 1. Medium and High Frequency Vibrations Location Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 2)

TM 1-1520-237-23 0083 00

LOCATION

0083 00-6

SAAA2627_2A

SUPPORTFITTING

WEIGHT

WEIGHT

SPRING

BODY

C

RUBBER

RUBBER BEARINGASSEMBLY

STABILATOR

FITTING

BEARINGASSEMBLY

VIBRATION ISOLATOR(STABILATOR−RIGHT SIDE)

ROLL VIBRATION ABSORBERS(TYPICAL RIGHT AND LEFT)

B

Figure 1. Medium and High Frequency Vibrations Location Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 2)

TM 1-1520-237-23 0083 00


END OF WORK PACKAGE

0083 00-7/8 Blank

UNIT LEVEL

DRIVE SYSTEM

GUST LOCK SYSTEM

INITIAL SETUP:




ReferencesTM 1-1520-237-10WP 0090 00

WP 0100 00WP 0105 00WP 0638 00WP 0824 00WP 0925 00WP 1685 00WP 1747 00

Equipment ConditionExternal Power Available, WP 1685 00or APU Operational, TM 1-1520-237-10

GUST LOCK SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step

NOTE


c See Figure 1 for location diagram, and Figure 2 for schematic diagram as an aid inoperational/troubleshooting.







3. Press button on gust lock handle and push handle up.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0084 00

0084 00-1


GUST LOCK capsule on the caution/advisory panel or legend on the MFD caution/advisory panel shall go on.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to GUST LOCK CAPSULE DOES NOT GO ON, in this work pack-age.

Step

4. Press button on gust lock handle and pull handle down.


GUST LOCK capsule on the caution/advisory panel or legend on the MFD caution/advisory panel shall go off.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace gust lock switch (WP 0638 00).

Step

5. Press button on handle and push handle up.

6. UH-60Q HH-60L Turn MFD switch to OFF.



Electrical power shall be off.

Corrective Action

None Required

GUST LOCK CAPSULE DOES NOT GO ON

SYMPTOMGUST LOCK capsule on the caution/advisory panel or legend on the MFD/caution/advisory panel shall go on.

MALFUNCTIONGUST LOCK capsule does not go on.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Hold caution/advisory panel or MFD caution/advisory panel orUH-60Q HH-60L instrument panel INDICATOR LTS BRT/DIM-TEST switch toTEST. Go to 2.

2. Check that GUST LOCK capsule or legend goes on.


b. If capsule or legend does not go on, troubleshoot caution/advisory warning system(WP 0090 00) or UH-60Q HH-60L MFD/caution/advisory warning system (WP 0100 00)

. Go to 14.

3. Check pawl for proper engagement.

a. If pawl has proper engagement, go to 4.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0084 00

GUST LOCK SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0084 00-2

b. If pawl does not have proper engagement, go to 12.

4. Push button on gust lock switch in. Go to 5.

5. Check that GUST LOCK capsule or legend goes on.

a. If capsule or legend goes on, adjust switch (WP 0638 00). Go to 14.



a. EMEP , go to 7.







a. If voltage is as specified, troubleshoot caution/advisory warning system (WP 0090 00) orUH-60Q HH-60L MFD/caution/advisory warning system (WP 0100 00) . Go to 14.


10. Check for 28 vdc between LIGHTS ADVSY circuit breaker terminal 1 and ground.




+ LIGHTS ADVSY circuit breaker terminal 1 and GUST LOCK switch contact NC

+ P117-22 and GUST LOCK switch contact NO

+ UH-60Q HH-60L P1019R-21 and GUST LOCK switch contact NO

+ UH-60Q HH-60L P1020R-21 and GUST LOCK switch contact NO

a. If continuity is present, replace GUST LOCK switch (WP 0638 00). Go to 14.


12. Turn rotor head slightly to engage pawl. Go to 13.

13. Check pawl for proper engagement and that GUST LOCK capsule or legend goeson.

a. If pawl has proper engagement and capsule or legend goes on, system is operational. Go to14.

b. If pawl does not have proper engagement, adjust rod end (WP 0638 00). Go to 14.


TM 1-1520-237-23 0084 00

GUST LOCK CAPSULE DOES NOT GO ON - Continued

0084 00-3

PAWLTAILTAKEOFFFLANGE

P111 / J111P117

P249 / J249

GUST LOCKHANDLE

SWITCH S38

B

A


RECEPTACLELOCATION/

CONNECTION POINT

P111 / J111 COCKPIT, BL 7.5, STA 197


P249 / J249 BEHIND COPILOT’S CIRCUITBREAKER PANEL, BL 23

INSTRUMENTPANEL

A(SEE NOTE 2)

SAAB2340_1

NOTES

1.

2.

UH60A UH60L EH60AUH60Q HH60L



(SEE NOTE 1)

(SEE NOTE 1)

P1019R(SEE NOTE 2)

P1020R(SEE NOTE 2)

Figure 1. Gust Lock System Location Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 2)

TM 1-1520-237-23 0084 00

LOCATION

0084 00-4


GUSTLOCK

NO. 1 DC PRI BUS

5

LIGHTSADVSY


B

SAAB2340_2


COMM NAV

BRT


GUST LOCK

DAY

NIGHT

OFF


A

(SEE NOTE 1)


Figure 1. Gust Lock System Location Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 2)

TM 1-1520-237-23 0084 00


0084 00-5

LEGEND

ELECTRICALWIRING

MECHANICAL

NO. 1DC PRI

BUS

28 VDC

LIGHTS ADVSY

J249 P249

J111 P111P117

GUST LOCK


RED

GREEN

BLACK

TAILTAKEOFFFLANGE

SWITCHBRACKET

GUST LOCKSWITCH

J5AMP2 1

CB140

22 G

HANDLE

(UNLOCKED)PAWL

END CAP


(SEE NOTE 1)

PF

A

NOTES


SAAB2341

SAA−1

LOCKED SAFE S38

NOCOM

NC

FLT UNLOCKED

SAA−2

(SEE DETAIL A)(SEE NOTE 2)

W/O EMEP1.

2.

3.

UH60A UH60L EH60A

UH60Q HH60L

P1019R

GUST LOCK

COPILOT’SMULTIFUNCTION

21

PF

A

P1020R

GUST LOCK 21

PF

A

DISPLAY

PILOT’SMULTIFUNCTIONDISPLAY

J3

J3SG1020−21


Figure 2. Gust Lock System Schematic Diagram.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0084 00

SCHEMATICS

END OF WORK PACKAGE0084 00-6

UNIT LEVEL

DRIVE SYSTEM

TRANSMISSION CHIP DETECTOR, INSTRUMENTS, AND OIL WARNING SYSTEMS

INITIAL SETUP:


Tools and Special ToolsAircraft Mechanic’s Toolkit, SC 5180-99-B01Electrical Repairer Toolkit, SC 5180-99-B06Insulated Jumper Wire

Material/PartsTowel, Machinery Wiping, Item 344, WP 1803 00


ReferencesTM 1-1520-237-MTFTM 1-1520-237-10WP 0089 00WP 0090 00WP 0099 00WP 0100 00WP 0104 00WP 0500 00WP 0616 00WP 0617 00WP 0622 00WP 0623 00WP 0628 00WP 0629 00WP 0630 00WP 0643 00WP 0644 00WP 0645 00WP 0646 00

WP 0647 00WP 0648 00WP 0649 00WP 0650 00WP 0653 00WP 0665 00WP 0676 00WP 0678 00WP 0688 00WP 0785 00WP 0787 00WP 0798 00WP 0799 00WP 0800 00WP 0801 00WP 0824 00WP 0828 00WP 0925 00WP 0929 00WP 1604 00WP 1607 00WP 1608 00WP 1609 00WP 1685 00WP 1747 00WP 1803 00

Equipment ConditionExternal Power Available, WP 1685 00and APU Operational, TM 1-1520-237-10Intermediate Gear Box Serviced, WP 1608 00Main Gear Box Serviced, WP 1607 00Tail Gear Box Serviced, WP 1609 00

TM 1-1520-237-23 0085 00

0085 00-1


NOTE

See Figure 1 for system location diagram, W/O MWO 50-26 Figure 2 and

MWO 50-26 UH60A 83-23895-SUBQ UH60L EH60A UH60Q HH60L Figure 3 for chip detector

system schematic diagrams, Figure 4 for instrument system schematic diagram, and Figure 5 for oil

warning system schematic diagram as an aid in operational/troubleshooting.

The transmission chip detector, instruments, and oil warning operational/troubleshooting procedure is subdivided as fol-lows:

+ Improved Chip Detector Power Up

+ Left Accessory Module Chip Detector

+ Left Input Module Chip Detector

+ Right Accessory Module Chip Detector

+ Right Input Module Chip Detector

+ Main Module Sump Chip Detector

+ Intermediate Gear Box Chip Detector

+ Tail Gear Box Chip Detector

+ Instruments And Oil Warning

+ Shutdown

IMPROVED CHIP DETECTOR POWER UP OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step

NOTE

c If a circuit breaker pops out during operational/troubleshooting procedure, a shortcircuit is indicated (WP 0104 00).

c When a chip detector is installed after an operational/troubleshooting procedure, placeupper console EXT PWR or GENERATORS APU switch to OFF, then ON, beforeremoving next chip detector.

c Make sure upper console BATT switch is OFF.

c If the helicopter has any new, self-test chip detectors, the Improved Chip Detector sec-tion must be performed for those positions.


TM 1-1520-237-23 0085 00

0085 00-2



a. The following caution/advisory panel capsule or MFD legends shall be on for 45 to 75 seconds: CHIP AC-CESS MDL-LH, CHIP INPUT MDL-LH, CHIP ACCESS MDL-RH, CHIP INPUT MDL-RH, CHIP TAILXMSN, and CHIP INT XMSN.

b. The following caution/advisory panel capsule or MFD legend shall be on after thirty (30) second delay andshall remain on for an additional thirty (30) seconds: CHIP MAIN MDL SUMP.

Corrective Action

1. If CHIP ACCESS MDL-LH capsule or legend is not as specified, go to CHIP ACCESS MDL-LH CAPSULEDOES NOT GO ON, in this work package.

2. If CHIP ACCESS MDL-LH capsule or legend goes on, but CHIP DET circuit breaker pops out, go to CHIPDET CIRCUIT BREAKER POPS WHEN A CHIP DETECTOR LIGHT GOES ON, in this work package.

3. If CHIP INPUT MDL-LH capsule or legend is not as specified, go to CHIP INPUT MDL-LH CAPSULEDOES NOT GO ON, in this work package.

4. If CHIP INPUT MDL-LH capsule or legend goes on, but CHIP DET circuit breaker pops out, go to CHIPDET CIRCUIT BREAKER POPS WHEN A CHIP DETECTOR LIGHT GOES ON, in this work package.

5. If CHIP ACCESS MDL-RH capsule or legend is not as specified, go to CHIP ACCESS MDL-RHCAPSULE DOES NOT GO ON, in this work package.

6. If CHIP ACCESS MDL-RH capsule or legend goes on, but CHIP DET circuit breaker pops out, go to CHIPDET CIRCUIT BREAKER POPS WHEN A CHIP DETECTOR LIGHT GOES ON, in this work package.

7. If CHIP INPUT MDL-RH capsule or legend is not as specified, go to CHIP INPUT MDL-RH CAPSULEDOES NOT GO ON, in this work package.

8. If CHIP INPUT MDL-RH capsule or legend goes on, but CHIP DET circuit breaker pops out, go to CHIPDET CIRCUIT BREAKER POPS WHEN A CHIP DETECTOR LIGHT GOES ON, in this work package.

9. If CHIP MAIN MDL SUMP capsule or legend is not as specified, go to CHIP INPUT MDL-LH CAPSULEDOES NOT GO ON, in this work package.

10. If CHIP MAIN MDL SUMP capsule or legend goes on before 30 seconds, troubleshoot caution/advisorywarning system (WP 0090 00).

11. If CHIP MAIN MDL SUMP capsule or legend goes on, but CHIP DET circuit breaker pops out, go to CHIPDET CIRCUIT BREAKER POPS WHEN A CHIP DETECTOR LIGHT GOES ON, in this work package.

12. If CHIP INT XMSN capsule or legend is not as specified, go to CHIP INT XMSN CAPSULE DOES NOTGO ON, in this work package.

13. If CHIP INT XMSN capsule or legend goes on, but CHIP DET circuit breaker pops out, go to CHIP DETCIRCUIT BREAKER POPS WHEN A CHIP DETECTOR LIGHT GOES ON, in this work package.

14. If CHIP TAIL XMSN capsule or legend is not as specified, go to CHIP TAIL XMSN CAPSULE DOESNOT GO ON, in this work package.

15. If CHIP TAIL XMSN capsule or legend goes on, but CHIP DET circuit breaker pops out, go to CHIP DETCIRCUIT BREAKER POPS WHEN A CHIP DETECTOR LIGHT GOES ON, in this work package.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0085 00

IMPROVED CHIP DETECTOR POWER UP OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0085 00-3

Step



CHIP ACCESS MDL-LH, CHIP INPUT MDL-LH, CHIP ACCESS MDL-RH, CHIP INPUT MDL-RH, CHIPMAIN MDL SUMP, and CHIP INT XMSN capsule or legends on caution/advisory panel shall go off after 5seconds.

Corrective Action

1. If CHIP ACCESS MDL-LH is not as specified, disconnect P406.

a. If CHIP ACCESS MDL-LH capsule or legend goes off, replace chip detector (WP 0643 00).

b. If CHIP ACCESS MDL-LH capsule or legend remains on, disconnect P117 orUH-60Q HH-60L P1019R or P1020R .

(1) EMEP Remove and check pin filtered adapter (WP 0925 00).


(a) If CHIP ACCESS MDL-LH capsule or legend goes off, repair/replace wiring between P117 orUH-60Q HH-60L P1019R or P1020R and P406 (WP 1747 00).

(b) If CHIP ACCESS MDL-LH capsule or legend remains on, troubleshoot caution/advisory warn-ing system (WP 0090 00) or MFD/caution/advisory warning system (WP 0100 00).

2. If CHIP INPUT MDL-LH is not as specified, disconnect P403.

a. If CHIP INPUT MDL-LH capsule or legend goes off, replace chip detector (WP 0645 00).

b. If CHIP INPUT MDL-LH capsule or legend remains on, disconnect P117 or UH-60Q HH-60L P1019Ror P1020R .



(a) If CHIP INPUT MDL-LH capsule or legend goes off, repair/replace wiring between P117 orUH-60Q HH-60L P1019R or P1020R and P403 (WP 1747 00).

(b) If CHIP INPUT MDL-LH capsule or legend remains on, troubleshoot caution/advisory warningsystem (WP 0090 00) or MFD/caution/advisory warning system (WP 0100 00).

3. If CHIP ACCESS MDL-RH is not as specified, disconnect P405.

a. If CHIP ACCESS MDL-RH capsule or legend goes off, replace chip detector (WP 0643 00).

b. If CHIP ACCESS MDL-RH capsule or legend remains on, disconnect P117 orUH-60Q HH-60L P1019R or P1020R .



(a) If CHIP ACCESS MDL-RH capsule or legend goes off, repair/replace wiring between P117 orUH-60Q HH-60L P1019R or P1020R and P405 (WP 1747 00).

(b) If CHIP ACCESS MDL-RH capsule or legend remains on, troubleshoot caution/advisory warn-ing system (WP 0090 00) or MFD/caution/advisory warning system (WP 0100 00).

4. If CHIP INPUT MDL-RH is not as specified, disconnect P404.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0085 00


0085 00-4

a. If CHIP INPUT MDL-RH capsule or legend goes off, replace chip detector (WP 0645 00).

b. If CHIP INPUT MDL-RH capsule or legend remains on, disconnect P117 or UH-60Q HH-60L P1019Ror P1020R .



(a) If CHIP INPUT MDL-RH capsule or legend goes off, repair/replace wiring between P117 orUH-60Q HH-60L P1019R or P1020R and P404 (WP 1747 00).

(b) If CHIP INPUT MDL-RH capsule or legend remains on, troubleshoot caution/advisory warningsystem (WP 0090 00) or MFD/caution/advisory warning system (WP 0100 00).

5. If CHIP MAIN MDL SUMP is not as specified, disconnect P404.

a. If CHIP MAIN MDL SUMP capsule or legend goes off, replace chip detector (WP 0646 00).

b. If CHIP MAIN MDL SUMP capsule or legend remains on, disconnect P117 orUH-60Q HH-60L P1019R or P1020R .



(a) If CHIP MAIN MDL SUMP capsule or legend goes off, repair/replace wiring between P117 orUH-60Q HH-60L P1019R or P1020R and P404 (WP 1747 00).

(b) If CHIP MAIN MDL SUMP capsule or legend remains on, troubleshoot caution/advisory warn-ing system (WP 0090 00) or MFD/caution/advisory warning system (WP 0100 00).

6. If CHIP INT XMSN is not as specified, visually check sensor for chips.

a. If chips are found, do a serviceability check of intermediate gear box (WP 0623 00).

b. If chips are not found, disconnect P613.

(1) If CHIP INT XMSN capsule or legend goes off, replace chip/temperature sensor (WP 0665 00).

(2) If CHIP INT XMSN capsule or legend remains on, disconnect P117 or UH-60Q HH-60L P1019Ror P1020R .

(a) EMEP Remove and check pin filtered adapter (WP 0925 00).

(b) EMEP Install pin filtered adapter (WP 0925 00).

1 If CHIP INT XMSN capsule or legend goes off, repair/replace wiring between P117 or

UH-60Q HH-60L P1019R or P1020R and P613 (WP 1747 00).

2 If CHIP INT XMSN capsule or legend remains on, troubleshoot caution/advisory warningsystem (WP 0090 00) or MFD/caution/advisory warning system (WP 0100 00).

7. If CHIP TAIL XMSN is not as specified, check sensor for chips.

a. If chips are found, do a serviceability check of tail gear box (WP 0629 00).


(1) If CHIP TAIL XMSN capsule or legend goes off, replace chip/temperature sensor (WP 0688 00).

(2) If CHIP TAIL XMSN capsule or legend remains on, disconnect P117 or UH-60Q HH-60L P1019Ror P1020R .


TM 1-1520-237-23 0085 00


0085 00-5


1 If CHIP TAIL XMSN capsule or legend goes off, repair/replace wiring between P117 or


2 If CHIP TAIL XMSN capsule or legend remains on, troubleshoot caution/advisory warningsystem (WP 0090 00) or MFD/caution/advisory warning system (WP 0100 00).

Step

4. Check main transmission for proper oil level and service as necessary (WP 1607 00).

5. Check intermediate gear box for proper oil level and service as necessary (WP 1608 00).

6. Check tail gear box for proper oil level and service as necessary (WP 1609 00).

7. UH-60Q HH-60L Turn MFD switch to OFF .

8. If no other check is to be done, go to SHUTDOWN, in this work package.


Shutdown must be performed.

Corrective Action

None Required

LEFT ACCESSORY MODULE CHIP DETECTOR OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step

NOTE




c For all other positions with the old-style chip detectors, the Chip Detector section mustbe performed.


2. Remove chip detector from left accessory module and inspect for chips (WP 0643 00).

3. Clean all debris and oil off of chip detector using machinery towel wiping, Item 344, WP 1803 00.



CHIP ACCESS MDL-LH capsule on the caution/advisory panel or legend on the MFD/caution/advisory panel shallbe off.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0085 00


0085 00-6

Corrective Action


a. If CHIP ACCESS MDL-LH capsule or legend goes off, replace chip detector (WP 0643 00).

b. If CHIP ACCESS MDL-LH capsule or legend remains on, disconnect P117 orUH-60Q HH-60L P1019R or P1020R .



(a) If CHIP ACCESS MDL-LH capsule or legend goes off, repair/replace wiring between P117 orUH-60Q HH-60L P1019R or P1020R and P406 (WP 1747 00).

(b) If CHIP ACCESS MDL-LH capsule or legend remains on, troubleshoot caution/advisory warn-ing system (WP 0090 00) or MFD/caution/advisory warning system (WP 0100 00).

Step

5. Ground chip detector by placing a clean screwdriver with an insulated handle between each gap.


CHIP INPUT MDL-LH capsule or legend on caution/advisory panel or MFD/caution/advisory panel shall go on.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to CHIP ACCESS MDL-LH CAPSULE DOES NOT GO ON,in this work package.

2. If capsule or legend goes on, but CHIP DET circuit breaker pops out, go to CHIP DET CIRCUITBREAKER POPS WHEN A CHIP DETECTOR LIGHT GOES ON, in this work package.

Step


7. Install chip detector into left accessory module (WP 0643 00).



Shutdown shall be performed.

Corrective Action

None Required

TM 1-1520-237-23 0085 00

LEFT ACCESSORY MODULE CHIP DETECTOR OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE -Continued

0085 00-7

LEFT INPUT MODULE CHIP DETECTOR OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step

NOTE






2. Remove left input module chip detector from main sump and inspect for chips (WP 0645 00).




CHIP INPUT MDL-LH capsule on the caution/advisory panel or legend on the MFD/caution/advisory panel shall beoff.

Corrective Action








Step



CHIP INPUT MDL-LH capsule on the caution/advisory panel or legend on the MFD/caution/advisory panel shall goon.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0085 00

0085 00-8

Corrective Action








2. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to CHIP INPUT MDL-LH CAPSULE DOES NOT GO ON, inthis work package.


Step


7. Install chip detector into main module sump (WP 0645 00).




Corrective Action

None Required

RIGHT ACCESSORY MODULE CHIP DETECTOR OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step

NOTE






TM 1-1520-237-23 0085 00

LEFT INPUT MODULE CHIP DETECTOR OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0085 00-9

2. Remove chip detector from right accessory module and check for chips (WP 0643 00).




CHIP ACCESS MDL-RH capsule on the caution/advisory panel or legend on the MFD/caution/advisory panel shallbe off.

Corrective Action


a. If CHIP ACCESS MDL-RH capsule or legend goes off, replace chip detector (WP 0643 00).

b. If CHIP ACCESS MDL-RH capsule or legend remains on, disconnect P117 orUH-60Q HH-60L P1019R or P1020R .



(a) If CHIP ACCESS MDL-RH capsule or legend goes off, repair/replace wiring between P117 orUH-60Q HH-60L P1019R or P1020R and P405 (WP 1747 00).

(b) If CHIP ACCESS MDL-RH capsule or legend remains on, troubleshoot caution/advisory warn-ing system (WP 0090 00) or MFD/caution/advisory warning system (WP 0100 00).

Step



CHIP ACCESS MDL-RH capsule on the caution/advisory panel or legend on the MFD/caution/advisory panel shallgo on.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to CHIP ACCESS MDL-RH CAPSULE DOES NOT GO ON,in this work package.


Step


7. Install chip detector into right accessory module (WP 0643 00).




Corrective Action

None Required

TM 1-1520-237-23 0085 00

RIGHT ACCESSORY MODULE CHIP DETECTOR OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE -Continued

0085 00-10

RIGHT INPUT MODULE CHIP DETECTOR OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step

NOTE






2. Remove right input module chip detector from main sump and inspect for chips (WP 0645 00).




CHIP INPUT MDL-RH capsule on the caution/advisory panel or legend on the MFD/caution/advisory panel shall beoff.

Corrective Action


a. If CHIP INPUT MDL-RH capsule or legend goes off, replace chip detector (WP 0645 00).

b. If CHIP INPUT MDL-RH capsule or legend remains on, disconnect P117 or UH-60Q HH-60L P1019Ror P1020R .



(a) If CHIP INPUT MDL-RH capsule or legend goes off, repair/replace wiring between P117 orUH-60Q HH-60L P1019R or P1020R and P404 (WP 1747 00).

(b) If CHIP INPUT MDL-RH capsule or legend remains on, troubleshoot caution/advisory warningsystem (WP 0090 00) or MFD/caution/advisory warning system (WP 0100 00).

Step



CHIP ACCESS MDL-RH capsule or legend on caution/advisory panel or MFD/caution/advisory panel shall go on.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0085 00

0085 00-11

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to CHIP INPUT MDL-RH CAPSULE DOES NOT GO ON, inthis work package.


Step


7. Install chip detector into main module sump (WP 0645 00).




Corrective Action

None Required

MAIN MODULE SUMP CHIP DETECTOR OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step

NOTE






2. Remove sump chip detector and remove strainer from detector and inspect for chips (WP 0646 00).




CHIP MAIN MDL SUMP capsule on the caution/advisory panel or legend on the MFD/caution/advisory panel shallbe off.

Corrective Action


a. If CHIP MAIN MDL SUMP capsule or legend goes off, replace chip detector (WP 0646 00).

TM 1-1520-237-23 0085 00

RIGHT INPUT MODULE CHIP DETECTOR OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0085 00-12

b. If CHIP MAIN MDL SUMP capsule or legend remains on, disconnect P117 orUH-60Q HH-60L P1019R or P1020R .



(a) If CHIP MAIN MDL SUMP capsule or legend goes off, repair/replace wiring between P117 orUH-60Q HH-60L P1019R or P1020R and P412 (WP 1747 00).

(b) If CHIP MAIN MDL SUMP capsule or legend remains on, troubleshoot caution/advisory warn-ing system (WP 0090 00) or MFD/caution/advisory warning system (WP 0100 00).

Step

5. Ground chip detector by placing a clean screwdriver with an insulated handle between each gap for at least 30seconds.


CHIP MAIN MDL SUMP capsule on the caution/advisory panel or legend on the MFD/caution/advisory panel shallgo on 30 seconds after the detector was grounded.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to CHIP MAIN MDL SUMP CAPSULE DOES NOT GO ON,in this work package.

2. If capsule or legend goes on before 30 seconds, troubleshoot caution/advisory warning system(WP 0090 00) or MFD/caution/advisory warning system (WP 0100 00).


Step


7. Install chip detector into main sump (WP 0646 00).

8. Check main transmission for proper oil level and service as necessary (WP 1607 00).




Corrective Action

None Required

TM 1-1520-237-23 0085 00

MAIN MODULE SUMP CHIP DETECTOR OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0085 00-13

INTERMEDIATE GEAR BOX CHIP DETECTOR OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step

NOTE






2. Remove intermediate gear box chip/temperature sensor and inspect for chips (WP 0665 00).




CHIP INT XMSN capsule on the caution/advisory panel or legend on the MFD/caution/advisory panel shall be off.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, visually check sensor for chips.

a. If chips are found, do a particle inspection of intermediate gear box (WP 0622 00).


(1) If CHIP INT XMSN capsule or legend goes off, replace chip/temperature sensor (WP 0665 00).

(2) If CHIP INT XMSN capsule or legend remains on, disconnect P117 or UH-60Q HH-60L P1019Ror P1020R .



1 If CHIP INT XMSN capsule or legend goes off, repair/replace wiring between P117 or


2 If CHIP INT XMSN capsule or legend remains on, troubleshoot caution/advisory warningsystem (WP 0090 00) or MFD/caution/advisory warning system (WP 0100 00).

Step

5. Ground chip/temperature sensor by placing a clean screwdriver with an insulated handle between each gap.


CHIP INT XMSN capsule or legend on caution/advisory panel or MFD/caution/advisory panel shall go on.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0085 00

0085 00-14

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to CHIP INT XMSN CAPSULE DOES NOT GO ON, in thiswork package.


Step


7. Install chip/temperature sensor into intermediate gear box (WP 0665 00).

8. Check intermediate gear box for proper oil level and service as necessary (WP 1608 00).




Corrective Action

None Required

TAIL GEAR BOX CHIP DETECTOR OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step

NOTE






2. Remove chip/temperature sensor from tail gear box and inspect for chips (WP 0688 00).




CHIP TAIL XMSN capsule on the caution/advisory panel or legend on the MFD/caution/advisory panel shall be off.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, check sensor for chips.

a. If chips are found, do a particle inspection of tail gear box (WP 0628 00).

TM 1-1520-237-23 0085 00

INTERMEDIATE GEAR BOX CHIP DETECTOR OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE -Continued

0085 00-15


(1) If CHIP TAIL XMSN capsule or legend goes off, replace chip/temperature sensor (WP 0688 00).

(2) If CHIP TAIL XMSN capsule or legend remains on, disconnect P117 or UH-60Q HH-60L P1019Ror P1020R .



1 If CHIP TAIL XMSN capsule or legend goes off, repair/replace wiring between P117 or


2 If CHIP TAIL XMSN capsule or legend remains on, troubleshoot caution/advisory warningsystem (WP 0090 00) or MFD/caution/advisory warning system (WP 0100 00).

Step

5. Ground chip/temperature sensor by placing a screwdriver with an insulated handle between each gap.


CHIP TAIL XMSN capsule on the caution/advisory panel or legend on the MFD/caution/advisory panel shall go on.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to CHIP TAIL XMSN CAPSULE DOES NOT GO ON, in thiswork package.


Step


7. Install chip/temperature sensor into tail gear box (WP 0688 00).

8. Check tail gear box for proper oil level and service as necessary (WP 1604 00).




Corrective Action

None Required

TM 1-1520-237-23 0085 00

TAIL GEAR BOX CHIP DETECTOR OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0085 00-16

INSTRUMENTS AND OIL WARNING OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step

NOTE




1. Check oil filter bypass button.


Oil filter bypass button shall not be extended.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to OIL FILTER BYPASS BUTTON EXTENDED, in this work pack-age.

Step


3. Start APU (TM 1-1520-237-10).


MAIN XMSN OIL PRESS capsule or legend on caution/advisory panel shall be on.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to MAIN XMSN OIL PRESS CAPSULE DOES NOT GO ON, in thiswork package.

Step

4. With qualified personnel at controls, operate NO. 1 and NO. 2 engines with main rotor turning at 100% Nr untilmain transmission instruments have stabilized (TM 1-1520-237-10).


CAUTION/ADVISORY PANEL CAPSULE STATUS

MAIN XMSN OIL TEMP OFF

MAIN XMSN OIL PRESS OFF

TM 1-1520-237-23 0085 00

0085 00-17

CAUTION/ADVISORY PANEL CAPSULE STATUS

INT XMSN OIL TEMP OFF

TAIL XMSN OIL TEMP OFF


XMSN TEMP (Refer to TM 1-1520-237-MTF for normal indications)

XMSN PRESS (Refer to TM 1-1520-237-MTF for normal indications)

%RPM RTR 100%

Corrective Action

1. If these caution/advisory panel capsules or MFD/caution/advisory panel legends are on:

CAPSULE GO TO

MAIN XMSN OIL PRESS XMSN PRESS INDICATION IS TOO LOW (MAINXMSN OIL PRESS CAPSULE GOES ON), in thiswork package

MAIN XMSN OIL TEMP XMSN TEMP INDICATION IS TOO HIGH OR ISNOT STEADY (MAIN XMSN OIL TEMP CAPSULEGOES ON), in this work package

INT XMSN OIL TEMP INT XMSN OIL TEMP CAPSULE GOES ON, in thiswork package

TAIL XMSN OIL TEMP TAIL XMSN OIL TEMP CAPSULE GOES ON, in thiswork package

2. If XMSN PRESS:

+ is too low (MAIN XMSN OIL PRESS capsule or legend is on), go to XMSN PRESS INDICATION ISTOO LOW (MAIN XMSN OIL PRESS CAPSULE GOES ON), in this work package.

+ is too high, go to XMSN PRESS HAS NO INDICATION, NOT STEADY, OR TOO HIGH, in this workpackage.

+ is not steady, go to XMSN PRESS HAS NO INDICATION, NOT STEADY, OR TOO HIGH, in thiswork package.

+ has no indication, go to XMSN PRESS HAS NO INDICATION, NOT STEADY, OR TOO HIGH, inthis work package.

+ suddenly drops (more than 10 psi) without fluctuations, go to PRESSURE SUDDENLY DROPS MORETHAN 10 PSI WITHOUT FLUCTUATIONS, in this work package.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0085 00

INSTRUMENTS AND OIL WARNING OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0085 00-18

3. IF XMSN TEMP:

+ is too high (MAIN XMSN OIL TEMP capsule or legend goes on) go to XMSN TEMP INDICATION ISTOO HIGH OR IS NOT STEADY (MAIN XMSN OIL TEMP CAPSULE GOES ON), in this workpackage.

+ is not steady, go to XMSN TEMP INDICATION IS TOO HIGH OR IS NOT STEADY (MAIN XMSNOIL TEMP CAPSULE GOES ON), in this work package.

+ has no indication, go to XMSN TEMP HAS NO INDICATION, in this work package.

4. If %RPM RTR:

+ is not steady, go to PRESSURE SUDDENLY DROPS MORE THAN 10 PSI WITHOUT FLUCTUA-TIONS, in this work package.

+ has no indication, make sure P443 is connected to main gear box.

a. If P443 is connected, go to %RPM RTR INDICATION IS NOT STEADY, in this work package.

b. If P443 is not connected, connect P443 to main gear box.

5. If any RTR OVERSPEED capsule or legend goes on, perform a special inspection (WP 1735 00).

Step

5. Shut down NO. 1 and NO. 2 engines (TM 1-1520-237-10).


7. Install an insulated jumper wire between P408-A and P408-C.


MAIN XMSN OIL TEMP capsule or legend on caution/advisory panel or MFD/caution/advisory panel shall go on.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to MAIN XMSN OIL TEMP CAPSULE DOES NOT GO ON, in thiswork package.

Step

8. Remove jumper wire from P408 and install connector to main gear box.

9. Install an insulated jumper wire between P613-B and P613-C (intermediate gear box chip/temp detector connector).


INT XMSN OIL TEMP capsule or legend on caution/advisory panel or MFD/caution/advisory panel shall go on.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to INT XMSN OIL TEMP CAPSULE DOES NOT GO ON, in thiswork package.

Step


11. Remove chip/temperature sensor (WP 0665 00).

12. Connect P613 to sensor.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0085 00


0085 00-19

13. Connect an insulated jumper wire between spring and valve housing (Figure 1., Sheet 5, Detail F).


INT XMSN OIL TEMP capsule or legend on caution/advisory panel on MFD shall go on.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace chip/temperature sensor (WP 0665 00).

Step

14. Install chip/temperature sensor (WP 0665 00).

15. Install an insulated jumper wire between P614-B and P614-C (tail gear box chip/temperature detector connector).


TAIL XMSN OIL TEMP capsule on the caution/advisory panel or legend on the MFD/caution/advisory panel shallgo on.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to TAIL XMSN OIL TEMP CAPSULE DOES NOT GO ON, in thiswork package.

Step


17. Remove chip/temperature sensor (WP 0688 00).

18. Connect P614 to sensor.

19. Connect an insulated jumper wire between spring and valve housing (Figure 1., Sheet 5, Detail F).


TAIL XMSN OIL TEMP capsule or legend on caution/advisory panel or MFD/caution/advisory panel shall go on.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace chip/temperature sensor (WP 0688 00).

Step

20. Install chip/temperature sensor (WP 0688 00).




Corrective Action

None Required

TM 1-1520-237-23 0085 00


0085 00-20

SHUTDOWN OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step




Corrective Action

None Required

CHIP ACCESS MDL-LH CAPSULE DOES NOT GO ON

SYMPTOMCHIP ACCESS MDL-LH capsule does not go on.

MALFUNCTIONCHIP ACCESS MDL-LH capsule does not go on.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Place and hold caution/advisory panel or UH-60Q HH-60L instrument panel INDICA-TOR LTS BRT/DIM-TEST switch to TEST. Go to 2.

2. Check that CHIP ACCESS MDL-LH capsule or legend goes on.



3. Install an insulated jumper wire between J117-14 or UH-60Q HH-60L P1019R-2 orP1020R-2 and ground. Go to 4.

4. Check that CHIP ACCESS MDL-LH capsule or legend goes on.




6. Check configuration of helicopter.

a. EMEP , go to 7.






TM 1-1520-237-23 0085 00

0085 00-21

9. Repair/replace wiring between P117-14 or UH-60Q HH-60L P1019R-2 or P1020R-2and left accessory module chip detector (WP 1725 00). Go to 17.



a. UH-60L UH-60A , go to 12.

b. UH-60Q HH-60L , go to 16.


a. EMEP , go to 13.






15. Check for 28 vdc between P118-f and ground.

a. If voltage is as specified, replace caution/advisory panel (WP 0787 00). Go to 17.


16. Check for 28 vdc between CHIP DET circuit breaker terminal 1 and ground.

a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between P118-f and circuit breaker terminal 1(WP 1725 00). Go to 17.



CHIP DET CIRCUIT BREAKER POPS WHEN A CHIP DETECTOR LIGHT GOES ON

SYMPTOMCHIP DET circuit breaker pops when a chip detector light goes on.

MALFUNCTIONCHIP DET circuit breaker pops when a chip detector light goes on.

CORRECTIVE ACTION


a. W/O MWO 50-26 , go to 2.

b. MWO 50-26 , go to 12.

2. W/O MWO 50-26 Check that CHIP ACCESS MDL-RH capsule or legend is on.

a. If capsule or legend is on, go to 3.

b. If capsule or legend is not on, go to 4.

3. W/O MWO 50-26 Check for 19,000 to 21,000 ohms between J125-E and J125-J.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0085 00

CHIP ACCESS MDL-LH CAPSULE DOES NOT GO ON - Continued

0085 00-22

a. If resistance is as specified, troubleshoot for CHIP DET circuit breaker popping(WP 0104 00).

b. If trouble remains, go to CHIP ACCESS MDL-RH CAPSULE GOES ON, in this work pack-age.

c. If resistance is not as specified, replace chip detector resistor unit (WP 0800 00). Go to 18.

4. W/O MWO 50-26 Check that CHIP ACCESS MDL-LH capsule or legend is on.



5. W/O MWO 50-26 Check for 19,000 to 21,000 ohms between J125-D and J125-J onresistor unit.

a. If resistance is as specified, troubleshoot for CHIP DET circuit breaker popping(WP 0104 00). Go to 18.

b. If trouble remains, go to CHIP ACCESS MDL-LH CAPSULE GOES ON, in this work pack-age.


6. W/O MWO 50-26 Check that CHIP INPUT MDL-LH capsule or legend is on.



7. W/O MWO 50-26 Check for 19,000 to 21,000 ohms between J125-F and J125-J onresistor unit.


b. If trouble remains, go to CHIP INPUT MDL-LH CAPSULE GOE ON, in this work package.


8. W/O MWO 50-26 Check that CHIP INPUT MDL-RH capsule or legend is on.



9. W/O MWO 50-26 Check for 19,000 to 21,000 ohms between J125-G and J125-J.


b. If trouble remains, go to CHIP INPUT MDL-RH CAPSULE GOES ON, in this work package.


10. W/O MWO 50-26 CHIP MAIN MDL SUMP capsule or legend was on. Go to 11.

11. W/O MWO 50-26 Check for 19,000 to 21,000 ohms between J125-H and J125-J.

a. If resistance is as specified, troubleshoot for CHIP DET circuit breaker popping(WP 0104 00).

b. If trouble remains, go to CHIP MAIN MDL SUMP CAPSULE IS ON, in this work package.


TM 1-1520-237-23 0085 00

CHIP DET CIRCUIT BREAKER POPS WHEN A CHIP DETECTOR LIGHT GOES ON - Continued

0085 00-23

12. MWO 50-26 Check that CHIP ACCESS MDL-RH capsule or legend is on.

a. If capsule or legend is on, troubleshoot for CHIP DET circuit breaker popping (WP 0104 00).Go to 18.

b. If trouble remains, go to CHIP ACCESS MDL-RH CAPSULE GOES ON, in this work pack-age.

c. If capsule or legend is not on, go to 13.

13. MWO 50-26 Check that CHIP ACCESS MDL-LH capsule or legend is on.


b. If trouble remains, go to CHIP ACCESS MDL-LH CAPSULE GOES ON, in this work pack-age.


14. MWO 50-26 Check that CHIP INPUT MDL-LH capsule or legend is on.

a. If capsule or legend is on, troubleshoot CHIP DET circuit breaker popping (WP 0104 00). Goto 18.

b. If trouble remains, go to CHIP INPUT MDL-LH CAPSULE GOE ON, in this work package.


15. MWO 50-26 Check that CHIP INPUT MDL-RH capsule or legend is on.


b. If trouble remains, go to CHIP INPUT MDL-RH CAPSULE GOES ON, in this work package.


16. MWO 50-26 CHIP MAIN MDL SUMP capsule or legend was on. Go to 17.

17. MWO 50-26 Troubleshoot for CHIP DET circuit breaker popping (WP 0104 00).

a. If trouble remains, go to CHIP MAIN MDL SUMP CAPSULE IS ON, in this work package.


CHIP INPUT MDL-LH CAPSULE DOES NOT GO ON

SYMPTOMCHIP INPUT MDL-LH capsule does not go on.

MALFUNCTIONCHIP INPUT MDL-LH capsule does not go on.

CORRECTIVE ACTION


2. Check that CHIP INPUT MDL-LH capsule or legend goes on.


TM 1-1520-237-23 0085 00

CHIP DET CIRCUIT BREAKER POPS WHEN A CHIP DETECTOR LIGHT GOES ON - Continued

0085 00-24



4. Check that CHIP INPUT MDL-LH capsule or legend goes on.





a. EMEP , go to 7.






9. Repair/replace wiring between P117-13 or UH-60Q HH-60L P1019R-1 or P1020R-1and left input module chip detector (WP 1725 00). Go to 12.


11. Replace caution/advisory panel (WP 0787 00) or MFD (WP 0801 00). Go to 12.


CHIP ACCESS MDL-RH CAPSULE DOES NOT GO ON

SYMPTOMCHIP ACCESS MDL-RH capsule does not go on.

MALFUNCTIONCHIP ACCESS MDL-RH capsule does not go on.

CORRECTIVE ACTION


2. Check that CHIP ACCESS MDL-RH capsule or legend goes on.




4. Check that CHIP ACCESS MDL-RH capsule or legend goes on.


TM 1-1520-237-23 0085 00

CHIP INPUT MDL-LH CAPSULE DOES NOT GO ON - Continued

0085 00-25




a. EMEP , go to 7.






9. Repair/replace wiring between P117-62 or UH-60Q HH-60L P1019R-5 or P1020R-5and right accessory module chip detector (WP 1725 00). Go to 12.


11. Replace caution/advisory panel (WP 0787 00) or MFD (WP 0801 00). Go to 12.


CHIP INPUT MDL-RH CAPSULE DOES NOT GO ON

SYMPTOMCHIP INPUT MDL-RH capsule does not go on.

MALFUNCTIONCHIP INPUT MDL-RH capsule does not go on.

CORRECTIVE ACTION


2. Check that CHIP INPUT MDL-RH capsule or legend goes on.




4. Check that CHIP INPUT MDL-RH capsule or legend goes on.





a. EMEP , go to 7.


TM 1-1520-237-23 0085 00

CHIP ACCESS MDL-RH CAPSULE DOES NOT GO ON - Continued

0085 00-26





9. Repair/replace wiring between P117-61 or UH-60Q HH-60L P1019R-4 or P1020R-4and right input module chip detector (WP 1725 00). Go to 12.


11. Replace caution/advisory panel (WP 0787 00) or MFD/caution/advisory panel(WP 0801 00). Go to 12.


CHIP MAIN MDL SUMP CAPSULE DOES NOT GO ON

SYMPTOMCHIP MAIN MDL SUMP capsule does not go on.

MALFUNCTIONCHIP MAIN MDL SUMP capsule does not go on.

CORRECTIVE ACTION


2. Check that CHIP MAIN MDL SUMP capsule or legend goes on.



3. Install an insulated jumper wire between J117-30 or UH-60Q HH-60L J3-11 on MFDand ground. Go to 4.

4. Wait 30 seconds. Go to 5.

5. Check that CHIP MAIN MDL SUMP capsule or legend goes on.





a. EMEP , go to 8.





TM 1-1520-237-23 0085 00

CHIP INPUT MDL-RH CAPSULE DOES NOT GO ON - Continued

0085 00-27


10. Repair/replace wiring between P117-30 or UH-60Q HH-60L P1019R-11 or P1020R-11and main module chip detector (WP 1725 00). Go to 13.




CHIP INT XMSN CAPSULE DOES NOT GO ON

SYMPTOMCHIP INT XMSN capsule does not go on.

MALFUNCTIONCHIP INT XMSN capsule does not go on.

CORRECTIVE ACTION


2. Check that CHIP INT XMSN capsule or legend goes on.




4. Check that CHIP INT XMSN capsule or legend goes on.





a. EMEP , go to 7.






9. Repair/replace wiring between P117-29 or UH-60Q HH-60L P1019R-10 or P1020R-10and intermediate gear box chip detector (WP 1725 00). Go to 12.


TM 1-1520-237-23 0085 00

CHIP MAIN MDL SUMP CAPSULE DOES NOT GO ON - Continued

0085 00-28



CHIP TAIL XMSN CAPSULE DOES NOT GO ON

SYMPTOMCHIP TAIL XMSN capsule does not go on.

MALFUNCTIONCHIP TAIL XMSN capsule does not go on.

CORRECTIVE ACTION


2. Check that CHIP TAIL XMSN capsule or legend goes on.




4. Check that CHIP TAIL XMSN capsule or legend goes on.





a. EMEP , go to 7.






9. Repair/replace wiring between P117-45 or UH-60Q HH-60L P1019R-3 or P1020R-3and tail gear box chip detector (WP 1725 00). Go to 12.




TM 1-1520-237-23 0085 00

CHIP INT XMSN CAPSULE DOES NOT GO ON - Continued

0085 00-29

OIL FILTER BYPASS BUTTON EXTENDED

SYMPTOMOil filter bypass button extended.

MALFUNCTIONOil filter bypass button extended.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Refer to maintenance log book.

a. If first stage filter element has been replaced more than three times within 200 hours with nooil changes, replace filter bowl assembly (WP 0647 00). Go to 2.

b. If maintenance has been performed to the main transmission that caused oil to be drained,exposed to a non-purified container, or exposed to dust, replace perform serviceability inspec-tion (WP 0616 00). Go to 2.

c. If the above steps have not occurred, perform a serviceability check (WP 0616 00). Go to 2.


MAIN XMSN OIL PRESS CAPSULE DOES NOT GO ON

SYMPTOMMAIN XMSN OIL PRESS capsule does not go on.

MALFUNCTIONMAIN XMSN OIL PRESS capsule does not go on.

CORRECTIVE ACTION


2. Check that MAIN XMSN OIL PRESS capsule or legend goes on.




4. Check that MAIN XMSN OIL PRESS capsule or legend goes on.




6. Replace low oil pressure sensor (WP 0649 00). Go to 16.


a. EMEP , go to 8.


TM 1-1520-237-23 0085 00

0085 00-30












a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between P409-3 and P117-16 orUH-60Q HH-60L P1019R-78 or P1020R-78 (WP 1725 00). Go to 16.


15. Check for 28 vdc between MAIN XMSN circuit breaker terminal 1 and ground.




XMSN PRESS INDICATION IS TOO LOW (MAIN XMSN OIL PRESS CAPSULE GOES ON)

SYMPTOMXMSN PRESS indication is too low (MAIN XMSN OIL PRESS capsule goes on).

MALFUNCTIONXMSN PRESS indication is too low (MAIN XMSN OIL PRESS capsule goes on).

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Check main transmission oil for proper oil level using dipstick.

a. If oil level is good, go to 2.

b. If oil level is not good, properly service main transmission (WP 1607 00). Go to 8.

2. Remove and inspect chip detector screen for aluminum debris (WP 0646 00).

a. If debris is found, do not run helicopter, go to 3.

b. If debris is not found, install chip detector screen (WP 0646 00). Go to 6.

3. Drain transmission oil, removing one of the oil pumps (WP 0648 00). Go to 4.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0085 00

MAIN XMSN OIL PRESS CAPSULE DOES NOT GO ON - Continued

0085 00-31

4. Inspect underside of carrier plate for cracks by walking the rotor system to rotatethe carrier.

a. If crack is found, replace transmission (WP 0630 00). Go to 7.

b. If no crack is found, install oil pump (WP 0648 00). Go to 5.

5. Replace oil filter (WP 0647 00). Go to 6.

6. Make sure main transmission is properly serviced (WP 1607 00). Go to 7.

7. If pressure is still not good, replace both pressure regulating valves (WP 0650 00).Go to 8.


XMSN TEMP INDICATION IS TOO HIGH OR IS NOT STEADY (MAIN XMSN OIL TEMP CAPSULE GOESON)

SYMPTOMXMSN TEMP indication is too high or is not steady (MAIN XMSN OIL TEMP capsule goes on).

MALFUNCTIONXMSN TEMP indication is too high or is not steady (MAIN XMSN OIL TEMP capsule goes on).

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Check main module and modules for any discoloration.

a. If discoloration is present, replace affected module (WP 0653 00). Go to 5.

b. If discoloration is not present, go to 2.

2. Check main gear box for proper oil level.


b. If oil level is not good, service main gear box (WP 1607 00). Go to 5.

3. Troubleshoot XMSN TEMP scale on central display unit (WP 0089 00).


4. Remove thermostatic valve from transmission oil cooler and check for properoperation.

a. If operation is proper, replace transmission oil cooler (WP 0678 00). Go to 5.

b. If operation is improper, replace thermostatic valve (WP 0676 00). Go to 5.


TM 1-1520-237-23 0085 00

XMSN PRESS INDICATION IS TOO LOW (MAIN XMSN OIL PRESS CAPSULE GOES ON) - Continued

0085 00-32

INT XMSN OIL TEMP CAPSULE GOES ON

SYMPTOMINT XMSN OIL TEMP capsule goes on.

MALFUNCTIONINT XMSN OIL TEMP capsule goes on.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Visually check intermediate gear box for signs of paint blistering or discoloration.

a. If blistering or discoloration is present, do a serviceability check of intermediate gear box(WP 0622 00). Go to 7.

b. If blistering or discoloration is not present, go to 2.

2. Visually check intermediate gear box for proper oil level.


b. If oil level is not good, do a serviceability check of intermediate gear box (WP 1608 00). Goto 7.

3. Disconnect P613 from intermediate gear box. Go to 4.

4. Check that INT XMSN OIL TEMP capsule or legend goes off.


b. If capsule or legend does not go off, troubleshoot caution/advisory warning system(WP 0090 00) or MFD/caution/advisory warning system (WP 0100 00). Go to 7.

5. Replace intermediate gear box oil temperature sensor (WP 0665 00). Go to 6.

6. Do a serviceability check of intermediate gear box (WP 0622 00). Go to 7.


TAIL XMSN OIL TEMP CAPSULE GOES ON

SYMPTOMTAIL XMSN OIL TEMP capsule goes on.

MALFUNCTIONTAIL XMSN OIL TEMP capsule goes on.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Visually check tail rotor gear box for signs of paint blistering or discoloration.

a. If blistering or discoloration is present, do a serviceability check of tail rotor gear box(WP 0628 00). Go to 7.

b. If blistering or discoloration is not present, go to 2.

2. Visually check tail rotor gear box for proper oil level.


b. If oil level is not good, do a serviceability check of tail rotor gear box (WP 1604 00). Go to7.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0085 00

0085 00-33

3. Disconnect P614 from tail gear box. Go to 4.

4. Check that TAIL XMSN OIL TEMP capsule or legend goes off.


b. If capsule or legend is on, troubleshoot caution/advisory warning system (WP 0090 00) orMFD/caution/advisory warning system (WP 0100 00). Go to 7.

5. Replace tail gear box chip detector (WP 0688 00). Go to 6.

6. Do a serviceability check of intermediate gear box (WP 0622 00). Go to 7.


XMSN PRESS HAS NO INDICATION, NOT STEADY, OR TOO HIGH

SYMPTOMXMSN PRESS has no indication, not steady, or too high.

MALFUNCTIONXMSN PRESS has no indication, not steady, or too high.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Check main module oil filter and screens between input and accessory modulesfor possible contamination.

a. If contamination is present, do a serviceability check of affected modules or inputs(WP 0616 00). Go to 8.


2. Check main transmission oil for proper level using dipstick.

a. If level is good, go to 3.

b. If level is not good, properly service main transmission (WP 1607 00). Go to 8.

c. If oil level is high, drain oil until oil is at proper level (WP 1607 00). Go to 8.

3. Troubleshoot XMSN PRESS scale on central display unit (WP 0089 00).



a. EMEP , go to 5.







+ P137-T and P444-3

+ P137-W and P444-2

TM 1-1520-237-23 0085 00

TAIL XMSN OIL TEMP CAPSULE GOES ON - Continued

0085 00-34

+ P137-j and P444-1

a. If continuity is present, replace transmission oil pressure sensor (WP 0649 00). Go to 8.

b. If trouble remains, replace pressure regulating valves (WP 0650 00). Go to 8.

c. If trouble still remains, replace packings on both oil pumps (WP 0648 00). Go to 8.

d. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring as required (WP 1747 00). Go to 8.


PRESSURE SUDDENLY DROPS MORE THAN 10 PSI WITHOUT FLUCTUATIONS

SYMPTOMPressure suddenly drops more than 10 psi without fluctuations.

MALFUNCTIONPressure suddenly drops more than 10 psi without fluctuations.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

NOTE

If situation permits, verify that pressure drop is not an instrumentation problem using adirect reading pressure gage. The gage should be calibrated and capable of accuratelymeasuring pressures from zero to 100 psi. It shall be connected into the location of thepressure transmitter.

1. Inspect sump housing for oil leakage and/or cracks in the core wall (circulardepression in the sump housing between pumps and filter bowl).

a. If oil leakage and/or cracks in the core wall are visible, replace main module (WP 0630 00).Go to 2.

b. If oil leakage and/or cracks in the core wall are not visible, go to XMSN PRESS INDICA-TION IS TOO LOW (MAIN XMSN OIL PRESS CAPSULE GOES ON), in this work pack-age.


XMSN TEMP HAS NO INDICATION

SYMPTOMXMSN TEMP has no indication.

MALFUNCTIONXMSN TEMP has no indication.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Make sure receptacle J412 is connected to main gear box.

a. If receptacle is connected, go to 2.

b. If receptacle is not connected, connect receptacle to main gear box. Go to 7.

2. Troubleshoot XMSN TEMP scale on central display unit (WP 0089 00).


TM 1-1520-237-23 0085 00

XMSN PRESS HAS NO INDICATION, NOT STEADY, OR TOO HIGH - Continued

0085 00-35


a. EMEP , go to 4.






6. Check continuity between these points:

+ P317-J and P412-C

+ P137-K and P412-D

a. If continuity is present, replace transmission oil strainer (WP 0644 00). Go to 7.



%RPM RTR INDICATION IS NOT STEADY

SYMPTOM%RPM RTR indication is not steady.

MALFUNCTION%RPM RTR indication is not steady.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Troubleshoot %RPM RTR scale on central display unit (WP 0089 00).



a. EMEP , go to 3.


3. EMEP Remove and check pin filtered adapters P137 and P138 (WP 0925 00).


b. If pin filtered adapters are not good, replace pin filtered adapter (WP 0925 00). Go to 6.



+ P443-1 and P137-B

+ P443-1 and P138-B

+ P443-2 and P137-A

+ P443-2 and P138-A

a. If continuity is present, replace Nr speed sensor (WP 0500 00). Go to 6.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0085 00

XMSN TEMP HAS NO INDICATION - Continued

0085 00-36



MAIN XMSN OIL TEMP CAPSULE DOES NOT GO ON

SYMPTOMMAIN XMSN OIL TEMP capsule does not go on.

MALFUNCTIONMAIN XMSN OIL TEMP capsule does not go on.

CORRECTIVE ACTION


2. Check that MAIN XMSN OIL TEMP capsule or legend goes on.



3. Install an insulated jumper wire between P408-A and P408-C. Go to 4.

4. Check that MAIN XMSN OIL TEMP capsule or legend goes on.







a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between P408-C and P117-10 orUH-60Q HH-60L P1019R-79 or P1020R-79 (WP 1747 00). Go to 9.

b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between MAIN XMSN circuit breakerterminal 1 and P408-A (WP 1747 00). Go to 9.


INT XMSN OIL TEMP CAPSULE DOES NOT GO ON

SYMPTOMINT XMSN OIL TEMP capsule does not go on.

MALFUNCTIONINT XMSN OIL TEMP capsule does not go on.

CORRECTIVE ACTION


TM 1-1520-237-23 0085 00

%RPM RTR INDICATION IS NOT STEADY - Continued

0085 00-37

2. Check that INT XMSN OIL TEMP capsule or legend goes on.



3. Install an insulated jumper wire between P613-B and P613-C. Go to 4.

4. Check that INT XMSN OIL TEMP capsule or legend goes on.




6. Replace intermediate gear box chip/temperature sensor (WP 0665 00). Go to 18.



a. UH-60L UH-60A , go to 9.

b. UH-60Q HH-60L , go to 16.


a. EMEP , go to 10.










a. EMEP , go to 14.







+ P613-B and ground

+ P613-C and P117-26

+ UH-60Q HH-60L P613-C and P1019R-68

TM 1-1520-237-23 0085 00

INT XMSN OIL TEMP CAPSULE DOES NOT GO ON - Continued

0085 00-38

+ UH-60Q HH-60L P613-C and P1020R-68

a. If continuity is present, replace caution/advisory panel (WP 0785 00) or MFD/caution/advisory warning system (WP 0799 00). Go to 18.


17. Check for 28 vdc between CHIP DET circuit breaker terminal 1 and ground.

a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between circuit breaker terminal 1 and P118-f(WP 1747 00). Go to 18.



TAIL XMSN OIL TEMP CAPSULE DOES NOT GO ON

SYMPTOMTAIL XMSN OIL TEMP capsule does not go on.

MALFUNCTIONTAIL XMSN OIL TEMP capsule does not go on.

CORRECTIVE ACTION


2. Check that TAIL XMSN OIL TEMP capsule or legend goes on.



3. Install an insulated jumper wire between P614-B and P614-C. Go to 4.

4. Check that TAIL XMSN OIL TEMP capsule or legend goes on.




6. Replace tail gear box chip/temperature sensor (WP 0688 00). Go to 12.



a. EMEP , go to 9.






TM 1-1520-237-23 0085 00

INT XMSN OIL TEMP CAPSULE DOES NOT GO ON - Continued

0085 00-39


+ P614-B and ground

+ P614-C and P117-42

+ UH-60Q HH-60L P614-C and P1019R-69

+ UH-60Q HH-60L P614-C and P1020R-69

a. If continuity is present, replace caution/advisory panel (WP 0785 00) or MFD/caution/advisory warning system (WP 0799 00). Go to 12.



CHIP ACCESS MDL-RH CAPSULE GOES ON

SYMPTOMCHIP ACCESS MDL-RH capsule goes on.

MALFUNCTIONCHIP ACCESS MDL-RH capsule goes on.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

NOTE

If CHIP DET circuit breaker has popped, go to CHIP DET CIRCUIT BREAKERPOPS WHEN A CHIP DETECTOR LIGHT GOES ON, in this work package.

1. Remove chip detector from right accessory module (WP 0643 00). Go to 2.

2. Check chip detector.

a. If small amounts of fuzz are found, go to CHIP DETECTOR DOES NOT BURN OFF FUZZ,in this work package.

b. If chips are found, do a particle inspection of right accessory module (WP 0617 00). Go to 9.

c. If no chips or fuzz are found, go to 3.

3. Disconnect P117 from caution/advisory panel or UH-60Q HH-60L P1019R or P1020Rfrom MFD . Go to 4.

4. Check that CHIP ACCESS MDL-RH capsule or legend goes off.

a. If capsule or legend is off, go to 5.

b. If capsule or legend is on, replace caution/advisory panel (WP 0785 00) or MFD/caution/advisory warning system (WP 0799 00). Go to 9.


a. EMEP , go to 6.



TM 1-1520-237-23 0085 00

TAIL XMSN OIL TEMP CAPSULE DOES NOT GO ON - Continued

0085 00-40




8. Repair/replace wiring between P117-62 or UH-60Q HH-60L P1019R-5 or P1020R-5and right accessory chip detector (WP 1747 00). Go to 9.


CHIP ACCESS MDL-LH CAPSULE GOES ON

SYMPTOMCHIP ACCESS MDL-LH capsule goes on.

MALFUNCTIONCHIP ACCESS MDL-LH capsule goes on.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

NOTE

If CHIP DET circuit breaker has popped, go to CHIP DET CIRCUIT BREAKERPOPS WHEN A CHIP DETECTOR LIGHT GOES ON, in this work package.

1. Remove chip detector from left accessory module (WP 0643 00). Go to 2.



b. If chips are found, do a particle inspection of left accessory module (WP 0617 00). Go to 9.

c. If no fuzz or chips are found, go to 3.


4. Check that CHIP ACCESS MDL-LH capsule or legend goes off.




a. EMEP , go to 6.






TM 1-1520-237-23 0085 00

CHIP ACCESS MDL-RH CAPSULE GOES ON - Continued

0085 00-41

8. Repair/replace wiring between P117-14 or UH-60Q HH-60L P1019R-2 or P1020R-2and left accessory module chip detector (WP 1747 00). Go to 9.


CHIP INPUT MDL-LH CAPSULE GOES ON

SYMPTOMCHIP INPUT MDL-LH capsule goes on.

MALFUNCTIONCHIP INPUT MDL-LH capsule goes on.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. If CHIP DET circuit breaker has popped, go to CHIP DET CIRCUIT BREAKER POPSWHEN A CHIP DETECTOR LIGHT GOES ON, in this work package.

2. Remove left input module chip detector from main sump (WP 0645 00). Go to 2.



b. If chips are found, do a particle inspection of left input module (WP 0617 00). Go to 10.


4. Visually check oil filter screen for chip(s).

a. If chips are present, do a serviceability check of left input module (WP 0616 00). Go to 10.

b. If chips are not present, go to 4.


6. Check that CHIP INPUT MDL-LH capsule or legend goes off.




a. EMEP , go to 7.






10. Repair/replace wiring between P117-13 or UH-60Q HH-60L P1019R-1 or P1020R-1and left input module chip detector (WP 1747 00). Go to 10.


TM 1-1520-237-23 0085 00

CHIP ACCESS MDL-LH CAPSULE GOES ON - Continued

0085 00-42

CHIP INPUT MDL-RH CAPSULE GOES ON

SYMPTOMCHIP INPUT MDL-RH capsule goes on.

MALFUNCTIONCHIP INPUT MDL-RH capsule goes on.

CORRECTIVE ACTION


2. Remove right input module chip detector from main sump (WP 0645 00). Go to 2.



b. If chips are found, do a particle inspection of right input module (WP 0617 00). Go to 10.


4. Visually check oil filter screen for chip(s).

a. If chips are present, do a serviceability check of right input module (WP 0616 00). Go to 10.

b. If chips are not present, go to 4.


6. Check that CHIP INPUT MDL-RH capsule or legend goes off.




a. EMEP , go to 7.






10. Repair/replace wiring between P117-61 or UH-60Q HH-60L P1019R-4 or P1020R-4and right input module chip detector (WP 1747 00). Go to 10.


TM 1-1520-237-23 0085 00

0085 00-43

CHIP MAIN MDL SUMP CAPSULE IS ON

SYMPTOMCHIP MAIN MDL SUMP capsule is on.

MALFUNCTIONCHIP MAIN MDL SUMP capsule is on.

CORRECTIVE ACTION


2. Remove chip detector from main module sump (WP 0646 00). Go to 2.



b. If chips are found, do a particle inspection of main module (WP 0617 00). Go to 9.



5. Check that CHIP MAIN MDL SUMP capsule or legend goes off.




a. EMEP , go to 6.






9. Repair/replace wiring between P117-30 and right accessory chip detector(WP 1747 00). Go to 9.


TM 1-1520-237-23 0085 00

0085 00-44

CHIP DETECTOR DOES NOT BURN OFF FUZZ

SYMPTOMChip detector does not burn off fuzz.

MALFUNCTIONChip detector does not burn off fuzz.

CORRECTIVE ACTION


a. W/O MWO 50-26 , go to 2.

b. MWO 50-26 , go to 11.

2. W/O MWO 50-26 Is right accessory module chip detector good?

a. If chip detector is good, go to 3.

b. If chip detector is not good, go to 10.

3. W/O MWO 50-26 Is left accessory module chip detector good?



4. W/O MWO 50-26 Is left input module chip detector good?



5. W/O MWO 50-26 Is right input module chip detector good?



6. W/O MWO 50-26 Check for minimum of 18 vdc between P125-H and ground.

a. If voltage is as specified, replace main module chip detector (WP 0646 00). Go to 20.

b. If voltage is not as specified, replace chip detector resistor unit (WP 0798 00). Go to 20.

7. W/O MWO 50-26 Check for minimum of 18 vdc between P125-G and ground.

a. If voltage is as specified, replace right input module chip detector (WP 0645 00). Go to 20.


8. W/O MWO 50-26 Check for minimum of 18 vdc between P125-F and ground.

a. If voltage is as specified, replace left input module chip detector (WP 0645 00). Go to 20.


9. W/O MWO 50-26 Check for minimum of 18 vdc between P125-D and ground.

a. If voltage is as specified, replace left accessory module chip detector (WP 0643 00). Go to20.


10. W/O MWO 50-26 Check for minimum of 18 vdc between P125-E and ground.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0085 00

0085 00-45

a. If voltage is as specified, replace right accessory module chip detector (WP 0643 00). Go to20.


11. MWO 50-26 Is right accessory module chip detector good?



12. MWO 50-26 Is left accessory module chip detector good?



13. MWO 50-26 Is left input module chip detector good?



14. MWO 50-26 Is right input module chip detector good?



15. MWO 50-26 Check for 28 vdc between P412-A and ground.

a. If voltage is as specified, replace main module chip detector (WP 0646 00). Go to 20.

b. If voltage is not as specified, replace caution/advisory panel (WP 0785 00) or MFD/caution/advisory warning system (WP 0799 00). Go to 20.


a. If voltage is as specified, replace right input module chip detector (WP 0645 00). Go to 20.



a. If voltage is as specified, replace left input module chip detector (WP 0645 00). Go to 20.



a. If voltage is as specified, replace left accessory module chip detector (WP 0643 00). Go to20.


19. MWO 50-26 Check for 28 vdc between P405-Aand ground.

a. If voltage is as specified, replace right accessory module chip detector (WP 0643 00). Go to20.


TM 1-1520-237-23 0085 00

CHIP DETECTOR DOES NOT BURN OFF FUZZ - Continued

0085 00-46


TM 1-1520-237-23 0085 00

CHIP DETECTOR DOES NOT BURN OFF FUZZ - Continued

0085 00-47

NOTES

TAILGEAR BOXP614

P600 /J600

P310 /J310

P401 /J401

P400 /J400

P217 /J217

P220 /J220

P110 /J110

P117P118

P111 /J111

CHIPDETECTORRESISTORUNITP125(SEE NOTE 1)

F





P125 CHIP DETECTOR RESISTORUNIT (SEE NOTE 1)

P126 / J126 COCKPIT CEILINGBL 28 RH, STA 243



NO. 2 SIGNALDATACONVERTERP137

P224 /J224

P225 /J225

P221 /J221

P230 /J230

P126 /J126

NO. 1 SIGNALDATACONVERTERP138

A

B

C

G

D

F

SAAA2637_1B

UH60Q

H

HH60L3.

1. W/O MWO 50-26

UH60A UH60L EH60A2.

INSTRUMENTPANELA

P1019R(SEE NOTE 3)

P1020R(SEE NOTE 3)

(SEE NOTE 3)



CONNECTION POINT

Figure 1. Transmission Chip Detector, Instruments, and Oil Warning Systems Location Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 5)

TM 1-1520-237-23 0085 00

LOCATION

0085 00-48

CHIP INPUTMDL−LH

CHIPINT XMSN

CHIPTAIL XMSN

CHIP INPUTMDL−RH

CHIP ACCESSMDL−RH

CHIP MAINMDL SUMP

CHIP ACCESSMDL−LH


P217 / J217 CABIN CEILING, BL 0, STA 284


P221 / J221 JUNCTION BOX MAIN ROTOR PYLON DECK

P224 / J224 JUNCTION BOX MAINROTOR PYLON DECK

P225 / J225





P403 / J403 CHIP DETECTOR LEFTINPUT MODULE

P404 / J404 CHIP DETECTOR RIGHTINPUT MODULE

P405 / J405 CHIP DETECTOR RIGHTACCESSORY MODULE

P406 / J406 CHIP DETECTOR LEFTACCESSORY MODULE

P408 / J408 MAIN TRANSMISSIONTEMPERATURE SWITCH

P409 / J409 MAIN TRANSMISSION LOWOIL PRESSURE SWITCH

P412 / J412 MAIN TRANSMISSION SUMPTEMPERATURE SENSOR

P443 / J443 Nr SPEED SENSOR

P444 / J444 MAIN TRANSMISSION OILPRESSURE SENSOR

P600 / J600 TAIL CONE, BL 0, STA 600

P613 CHIP DETECTORINTERMEDIATE GEAR BOX

P614 CHIP DETECTOR TAILGEAR BOX

MAIN XMSNOIL TEMP

INT XMSNOIL TEMP

TAIL XMSNOIL TEMP

MAIN XMSNOIL PRESS

BL 3 LH, STA 245.5

JUNCTION BOX MAIN ROTOR PYLON DECKBL 3 LH, STA 244


COMM NAV

BRT


(SEE NOTE 3)

DAY

NIGHT

OFF

CHIP #1 ENGINE

CHIP INPUT MDL−LH

CHIP ACCESS MDL−LH

CHIP INT XMSN

CHIP MAIN MDL SUMP

CHIP TAIL XMSN

CHIP #2 ENGINE

CHIP INPUT MDL−RH

CHIP ACCESS MDL−RH

A

NO. 2 ENGINE INTERFACEDISCONNECT (SEE NOTE 3)

NO. 1 ENGINE INTERFACEDISCONNECT (SEE NOTE 3)

P802

P803

P824 / J824 FIREWALL DISCONNECTBL 14RH, STA 338.25(SEE NOTE 3)

FIREWALL DISCONNECTBL 14LH, STA 358.25(SEE NOTE 3)

P825 / J825

SAAA2637_2A

P1019R COPILOT’S MULTIFUNCTIONDISPLAY (SEE NOTE 3)

P1020R PILOT’S MULTIFUNCTIONDISPLAY (SEE NOTE 3)

MULTIFUNCTION DISPLAY’SCAUTION/ADVISORY GRID(SEE NOTE 2)


RECEPTACLE



RECEPTACLE



TM 1-1520-237-23 0085 00


0085 00-49

SAAA2637_3

PNL

CHIP

DC ESNTL BUS

5

5

DET

CAUT /ADVSY

UPPER CONSOLE

MAIN TRANSMISSION

RIGHTACCESSORYMODULE CHIPDETECTOR

LEFTACCESSORYMODULE CHIPDETECTOR

P406 / J406

P405 / J405

E

NO. 2 DC PRI BUS

XMSNMAIN

5


CB

Nr SPEEDSENSORP443 / J443

TEMPERATURESWITCHP408 / J408

OIL TEMPERATURESENSORP444 / J444

LOW OILPRESSURE SWITCHP409 / J409

D


TM 1-1520-237-23 0085 00


0085 00-50

SAAA2637_4

LEFT INPUTMODULE CHIPDETECTOR

RIGHT INPUTMODULE CHIPDETECTOR

SUMP CHIPDETECTOR

FRONT

P404 / J404

P403 / J403

P412 / J412

E

MAIN MODULE SUMP(LOOKING UP)


TM 1-1520-237-23 0085 00


0085 00-51

SAAA2637_5

NO. 1 DC PRI BUS

LIGHTSCAUT

ADVSY

7.5


G

CHIP DETECTOR/TEMPERATURE SENSOR

1/8 INCHHOLE

SPRING

HOUSINGVALVE

CONNECTORP613 (INTERMEDIATE GEAR BOX)P614 (TAIL GEAR BOX)

F


TM 1-1520-237-23 0085 00


0085 00-52

UPPER CONSOLE

J230 P230

J118 P118

DCESNTL

BUS

28 VDC

2 15

AMP

CB317

CHIP DET

HH


CHIPACCESSMDL RH

CHIP INPUTMDL RH

CHIPACCESSMDL LH

CHIP INPUTMDL LH

CHIP MAINMDL SUMP

CHIP TAILXMSN

CHIP INTXMSN

DETECTORPOWER SOURCE

AND GROUNDSENSING


AND GROUNDSENSING


AND GROUNDSENSING


AND GROUNDSENSING


AND GROUNDSENSING

SENSORPOWER SOURCE

AND GROUNDSENSING

SENSORPOWER SOURCE

AND GROUNDSENSING

J117 P117

62

61

14

13

30

45

29

J110 P110

f X

T

R

U

S

P

V

h

J111 P111

L

J

M

K

H

Y

W

Z

X

V

P

b

c

J220 P220 J400 P400

J217 P217

J310 P310

SGP117−1

SGP117−5

SGP117−3

SGP117−6

SG

P11

7−4

P125

SG

P11

7−2

HFDGEJ

EFFECTIVITY

LEGEND

ELECTRICALOIL RETURN

OIL PRESSURE

P600

J600

NP

CHIP DETECTORRESISTOR UNIT

PF

AP

FA

(SEENOTE)

(SEENOTE)

NOTE

PIN FILTEREDADAPTER (PFA) IS NOT INSTALLED.W/O EMEP

W/O MWO 50−26

SAAB1445_1

Figure 2. Transmission Chip Detector System Schematic Diagram W/O MWO 50-26 . (Sheet 1 of 2)

TM 1-1520-237-23 0085 00

SCHEMATICS

0085 00-53

FUZZBURN−

OFFCIRCUIT

FUZZBURN−

OFFCIRCUIT

FUZZBURN−

OFFCIRCUIT

FUZZBURN−

OFFCIRCUIT

FUZZBURN−

OFFCIRCUIT

FUZZBURN−

OFFCIRCUIT

RIGHT ACCESSORY MODULE

LEFT ACCESSORY MODULE

LEFT INPUT MODULE

FROMTRANSMISSIONOIL COOLER

MANIFOLD

GENERATOR

CHIPDETECTOR

P405 J405

A

BT

J401 P401

GND401−2

GENERATOR

CHIPDETECTOR

P406 J406

A

B

P403 J403

A

BP412 J412

A

B

P404 J404

A

B

P401 J401

S

J401P401

GND401−2

CHIPDETECTOR

CHIPDETECTOR

J401 P401

GND 401−1

GND 614−1

TAIL GEAR BOX CHIP/TEMPERATURE SENSOR

FUZZBURN−

OFFCIRCUIT

P613 A BA B

GND 613−1

P614

P

R

MAIN MODULE

U

INTERMEDIATE GEAR BOXCHIP/TEMPERATURESENSOR

RIGHT INPUT MODULE

TOTRANSMISSION

OIL COOLER

TOTRANSMISSION

OIL COOLER

CHIPDETECTOR

MAIN MODULE SUMP

SAAB1445_2

Figure 2. Transmission Chip Detector System Schematic Diagram W/O MWO 50-26 . (Sheet 2 of 2)

TM 1-1520-237-23 0085 00


0085 00-54

UPPER CONSOLE

J230 P230

HH

CHIP DET

2 15

AMP

CB317DCESNTL

BUS

28 VDC

CHIPACCESSMDL RH


AND GROUNDSENSING


AND GROUNDSENSING


AND GROUNDSENSING


AND GROUNDSENSING


AND GROUNDSENSING

SENSORPOWER SOURCE

AND GROUNDSENSING

SENSORPOWER SOURCE

AND GROUNDSENSING

CHIP INPUTMDL RH

CHIPACCESSMDL LH

CHIP INPUTMDL LH

CHIP MAINMDL SUMP

CHIP TAILXMSN

CHIP INTXMSN

FUZZBURN−

OFFCIRCUIT


INTERMEDIATE GEAR BOX CHIP/TEMPERATURE SENSOR

J117 P117

J118 P118 J110 P110

J111 P111 J217 P217

J220 P220 J400 P400

J310 P310

P600J600

P613

f

62

61

14

13

30

45

29

X

T

R

U

S

P

V

h

L

J

M

K

H

Y

W

Z

X

V

P

b

c

NP

A B

LEGEND

ELECTRICAL

OIL RETURN

OIL PRESSURE

GND613−1

(SEE NOTE1)

PF

AP

FA

W/O EMEP

NOTES


2. UH60Q

(SEE NOTE1)

(SEE DETAIL A)

C

1

2

34567

SAAB2187_1

TOTRANSMISSIONOIL WARNING

SYSTEM

HH60L

EFFECTIVITY

MWO 50−26

UH60A 83−23895 − SUBQUH60L EH60A UH60Q HH60L

Figure 3. Transmission Chip Detector System Schematic Diagram

MWO 50-26 UH60A 83-23895-SUBQ UH60L EH60A UH60Q HH60L . (Sheet 1 of 3)

TM 1-1520-237-23 0085 00


0085 00-55

FUZZBURN−

OFFCIRCUIT

FUZZBURN−

OFFCIRCUIT

FUZZBURN−

OFFCIRCUIT

TO TRANSMISSIONOIL COOLER

TO TRANSMISSIONOIL COOLER

FUZZBURN−

OFFCIRCUIT

FUZZBURN−

OFFCIRCUIT

FUZZBURN−

OFFCIRCUIT

FROMTRANSMISSIONOIL COOLER

MANIFOLD

GENERATOR

CHIPDETECTOR

GENERATOR

CHIPDETECTOR

CHIPDETECTOR CHIP DETECTOR

GND 401−1

GND 401−1

GND401−2

CHIPDETECTOR

TAIL GEAR BOX CHIP/TEMPERATURE SENSOR


LEFT ACCESSORY MODULE

LEFT INPUT MODULE

P406 J406

P401 J401

P403 J403

J401 P401

P405 J405

P412 J412

P614

J401 P401

P401 J401

P404 J404

MAIN MODULE SUMP

MAIN MODULE

A

B

U

A B

B

A

S

P

R

A

B

B

A

T B

A

GND 401−1

GND614−1

GND401−2

RIGHT INPUTMODULE

C

D

C

TOTRANSMISSIONINSTRUMENT

SUSTEM

1

2

3

45

6

7

SAAB2187_2



TM 1-1520-237-23 0085 00


0085 00-56

COPILOTS MFD/CAUTION/ADVISORY PANEL

5

CHIP #2ENGINE

CHIP INTXMSN

CHIP MAINMDL SUMP

CHIP ACCESSMDL LH

CHIP ACCESSMDL RH

CHIP #1ENGINE

CHIP TAILXMSN

CHIP INPUTMDL RH

CHIP INPUTMDL RH

211107 4136

PILOTS MFD/CAUTION/ADVISORY PANEL

5211107 4136

CHIP #2ENGINE

CHIP INTXMSN

CHIP MAINMDL SUMP

CHIP ACCESSMDL LH

CHIP ACCESSMDL RH

CHIP #1ENGINE

CHIP TAILXMSN

CHIP INPUTMDL RH

CHIP INPUTMDL RH

SG

1020

−10

SG

1020

−11

SG

1020

−1 SG

1020

−2 SG

1020

−4 SG

1020

−5

#1 ENGINE

P80312 11

J221

P221

J825

P825

J111

P111

#2 ENGINE

P80212 11

J220

P220

J824

P824

J110

P110

8 7

L

S

N

N

78

SG

1020

−6

SG

1020

−3SG

1020

−7

P1019RPFA

PFA

P1020R

SAAB2187_3




TM 1-1520-237-23 0085 00


0085 00-57

LEGEND

ELECTRICAL WIRING

OIL PRESSURE

OIL RETURN

P137

P138P114 J114

J224 P224 J400 P400

RESET

OFF3

2

1

ROTOROVERSPEED

RESET

SWITCH S43

T T T T T

P P P P P

P P P P P

P P P

P



SHIELD GROUND

10 VAC 400 Hz EXCITATION (LO)

400 Hz EXCITATION (HI)

MAIN TRANSMISSION OILPRESSURE (−)

MAIN TRANSMISSION OILTEMPERATURE (+)

MAIN TRANSMISSION OILTEMPERATURE (−)

MAIN ROTOR SPEED (LO)

MAIN ROTOR SPEED (HI)

ROTOR OVERSPEED REST

SHIELD GROUND

MAIN ROTOR SPEED (LO)

MAIN ROTOR SPEED (HI)

ROTOR OVERSPEED RESET

w

j

W

T

J

K

B

A

p

E

F

G

H

J

K

L

M

P

R

F

G

S

w

B

A

p

E

F

G

H

J

K

L

M

SG

224−

2

SG224−1

SG138−8

SG137−3

PF

A(S

EE

NO

TE

)P

FA

(SE

E N

OT

E)

NOTE


PIN FILTERED

SAAB1490_1

Figure 4. Transmission Instrument System Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 2)

TM 1-1520-237-23 0085 00


0085 00-58

T

P

P

P412 J412

P444

P443

C

D

1

2

3

1

2

3


MAIN MODULE

PRESSUREREGULATINGVALVE

PRESSUREREGULATINGVALVE

SCAVENGESCAVENGE

LUBRICATIONPUMP

LUBRICATIONPUMP

TRANSMISSIONOIL PRESSURESENSOR

STRAINER (OIL)TEMPERATURESENSOR

Nr SPEEDSENSOR

TO INPUT ANDACCESSORY MODULES

FROM INPUT ANDACCESSORY MODULES

FROMTRANSMISSION

OIL COOLER

TOTRANSMISSION

OIL COOLER

SAAB1490_2

Figure 4. Transmission Instrument System Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 2)

TM 1-1520-237-23 0085 00


0085 00-59

SAAB2189_1

NOTES

1. SWITCH CLOSES WHEN TEMPERATUREIS ABOVE 134OC TO 146OC.

2. SWITCH CLOSES WHEN OIL PRESSUREIS BELOW 12 TO 16 PSI.

3. SWITCH CLOSES WHEN TEMPERATUREIS ABOVE 112OC TO 121OC.

NO. 2DC PRI

BUS

DCESNTL

BUS

MAIN XMSN

CHIP DET

5AMP

5AMP

2 1

CB211

2 1

CB317

P126 J126

J230 P230

J225 P225 J401 P401


UPPER CONSOLE

28 VDC

28 VDC

L F E

HH

J118 P118 J110 P110

J117 P117 J111 P111

J110 P110

f X

10

16

26

42

K

J

Z

Y

GROUND SENSING

GROUND SENSINGTAIL XMSN OIL TEMP

INT XMSN OIL TEMP

MAIN XMSN OIL PRESS

MAIN XMSN OIL TEMP


J221 P221

J310 P310

J401 P401

P600 J600

e

d

S

R

P614

TAIL GEAR BOX CHIPTEMPERATURE DETECTOR

P613

INTERMEDIATE GEARBOX CHIP/TEMPERATUREDETECTOR

C

B

GND614−1

GND613−1

(SEE NOTE 1)

(SEE NOTE 1)

C

B

H

G

G

F

SG409−1

LEGEND

ELECTRICAL WIRING

OIL PRESSURE

OIL RETURN

PF

AP

FA

(SEE NOTE 4)


4. W/O EMEP

5. UH60Q

(SEENOTE 4)

(SEE DETAIL A)

1

2

3

4

HH60L

Figure 5. Transmission Oil Warning System Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 2)

TM 1-1520-237-23 0085 00


0085 00-60

2

3

TRANSMISSION OILCOOLER

THERMOSTATICVALVE

MAIN MODULE

LEFT INPUTMODULE

LEFT ACCESSORYMODULE

LOW OILPRESSURE SWITCH(SEE NOTE 2)

P409

MANIFOLD

P408C A

TEMPERATURESWITCH(SEE NOTE 3)

SUMP

PUMP PUMP

FROMRIGHT INPUT

MODULE

1

2

3

4

COPILOTS MULTIFUNCTION DISPLAY

79

INT XMSNOIL TEMP

MAIN XMSNOIL TEMP

TAIL XMSNOIL TEMP

MAIN XMSNOIL PRESS

68 7869

PILOTS MULTIFUNCTION DISPLAY

7968 7869

INT XMSNOIL TEMP

MAIN XMSNOIL TEMP

TAIL XMSNOIL TEMP

MAIN XMSNOIL PRESS

SG1020−69

P1019RPFA

PFA

P1020R

SG1020−69

SG1020−69

SG1020−69


SAAB2189_2

Figure 5. Transmission Oil Warning System Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 2)

TM 1-1520-237-23 0085 00


END OF WORK PACKAGE

0085 00-61/62 Blank

UNIT LEVEL

PNEUDRAULIC SYSTEM

HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS

INITIAL SETUP:


Tools and Special ToolsAircraft Mechanic’s Toolkit, SC 5180-99-B01Aviation Ground Power Unit (AGPU), 83-36AElectrical Repairer Toolkit, SC 5180-99-B06Extractor Tool, M81939/14-02Insulated Jumper Wire (2-inch long, 2 required)Locally-Made Drag Beam Wedge, Figure 167,

WP 1805 00


ReferencesTM 1-1520-237-10TM 11-1520-237-23TM 11-1520-249-23-2WP 0090 00WP 0100 00WP 0101 00WP 0102 00WP 0104 00WP 0120 00WP 0136 00WP 0443 00WP 0706 00WP 0707 00WP 0708 00WP 0718 00WP 0719 00WP 0720 00WP 0721 00WP 0724 00WP 0725 00WP 0726 00WP 0728 00

WP 0733 00WP 0734 00WP 0742 00WP 0748 00WP 0824 00WP 0825 00WP 0828 00WP 0830 00WP 0870 00WP 0873 00WP 0925 00WP 1061 00WP 1092 00WP 1148 00WP 1149 00WP 1399 00WP 1400 00WP 1603 00WP 1605 00WP 1606 00WP 1684 00WP 1685 00WP 1747 00WP 1805 00

Equipment ConditionAPU Accumulator, Properly Serviced, WP 1605 00Backup Pump Module Reservoir, Properly Serviced,

WP 1603 00External Electrical Power Available, WP 1685 00and APU Operational, TM 1-1520-237-10No. 1 Pump Module Reservoir, Properly Serviced,

WP 1603 00No. 2 Pump Module Reservoir, Properly Serviced,

WP 1603 00Winterization Kit Accumulator, if installed, Properly

Serviced, WP 1606 00

TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00

0086 00-1


NOTE

See Figure 1 for component location diagram and Figure 2, Figure 3, and Figure 4for schematic diagrams as an aid in operational/troubleshooting.

An individual procedure is to be done after a particular component change. All procedures are to be done if a completecheckout of the hydraulic system is required.

The hydraulic system operational/troubleshooting procedure is subdivided as follows:

+ Backup Pump Operation-General Information

+ Switch And Circuit Breaker Setup

+ APU Accumulator-Recharge Using APU

+ APU Accumulator-Recharge Using External Power

+ Hydraulic Leak Test

+ No. 1 Hydraulic System (first stage of primary and tail rotor servos)

+ No. 2 Hydraulic System (second stage of primary servos and pilot assist module and servos)

+ Backup Hydraulics System (No. 1 & No. 2 systems and second stage of tail rotor servo)

+ Hydraulic Logic Module Test

+ Shutdown

CAUTION

To prevent overheating backup pump hydraulic system, use Table 1 for limits whenrunning backup pump.

Table 1. Temperature Requirements.

FAT F° (C°)OPERATING TIME

(MINUTES)COOLDOWN TIME, (PUMP OFF)

(MINUTES)

90° (32°) max Unlimited -

91° (33°) to 100° (38°) 24 72

101° (39°) to 125° (52°) 16 48

TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00

0086 00-2

BACKUP PUMP OPERATION-GENERAL INFORMATION OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTINGPROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step

CAUTION

c In the following operational/troubleshooting procedures, to prevent overheating backuppump hydraulic system, use Table 1 for limits when running backup pump.

c If external hydraulic pressure is applied to backup pump, pull BACKUP PUMP PWRcircuit breaker (upper console circuit breaker panel).

1. Whenever the backup pump is turned on, either by placing the BACKUP HYD PUMP switch to ON or by simulat-ing a failure, the depressurization valve in the backup pump module is energized, allowing the pump to go intobypass (low pressure output) while the pump motor is accelerating to rated speed. If APU GEN is supplyinghelicopter power, there is a 4 second delay after the pump is turned on. If main GEN is supplying helicopter power,there is a 0.5 second delay after the pump is turned on, the depressurization valve is deenergized and the backuppump strokes up to rated pressure (3000 psig), causing the BACK-UP PUMP ON capsule on the caution/advisorypanel or UH-60Q HH-60L legend on the MFD/caution/advisory panel to go on.

2. Whenever the backup pump is turned on by a simulated failure (when BACKUP HYD PUMP switch is placed toAUTO), the backup pump will continue to operate for approximately 90 seconds (180 seconds when winterizationkit is installed), even if the failure input is removed.


Backup pump shall operate for approximately 90 seconds (180 seconds when winterization kit is installed) whenBACKUP HYD PUMP switch is placed to AUTO.

Corrective Action

None Required

TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00

0086 00-3

SWITCH AND CIRCUIT BREAKER SETUP OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step

CAUTION



NOTE

c Before starting operational/troubleshooting procedure, make sure all tubes, hoses, andcomponents are correctly installed and connected. Check quick-disconnects forsecurity.

c To prevent air in hydraulic cart from going into helicopter hydraulic system, loop pres-sure and return hoses over a high point on the helicopter, such as the engine cowlingor main gear box fairing.

c Whenever ground return lines from aviation ground power unit are connected tohelicopter, the reservoir of the pump module will deplete, causing its respective RSVR

LOW capsule on the caution/advisory panel or UH-60Q HH-60L legend on the MFD/

caution/advisory panel to go on.

c With none of the hydraulic systems pressurized and external hydraulic power con-nected to No. 1 and No. 2 pump modules, these capsules on the caution/advisory panel

UH-60Q HH-60L legends on the MFD/caution/advisory panel shall be on:

#1 HYD PUMP

#2 HYD PUMP

#1 PRI SERVO PRESS

#2 PRI SERVO PRESS

#1 TAIL RTR SERVO

SAS OFF

BOOST SERVO OFF

#1 RSVR LOW

#2 RSVR LOW

c Ignore TRIM FAIL and FLT PATH STAB capsules or legends.

c These capsules on the caution/advisory panel or UH-60Q HH-60L legends on the

MFD/caution/advisory panel shall be off:

BACK-UP PUMP ON

TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00

0086 00-4

BACK-UP RSVR LOW

#2 TAIL RTR SERVO ON

APU ACCUM LOW

1. Make sure switches are placed as indicated:

SWITCH LOCATION POSITION

TAIL SERVO Lower Console NORMAL

BACKUP HYD PUMP Upper Console OFF

HYD LEAK TEST Upper Console NORM

SVO OFF Pilot’s and Copilot’s Collective StickGrip

Centered



AC ESNTL BUS WARN Pilot’s

BACKUP HYD CONTR Upper Console

BACKUP PUMP PWR Copilot’s

BATT & ESNTL DC WARN EXT PWR CONTR Lower Console

BATT BUS CONTR Lower Console

BATT BUS SPLY Upper Console

BATT CHGR Pilot’s AC

BATT CHGR Pilot’s DC


CMPTR TRIM Copilot’s

CMPTR TRIM Pilot’s

DC ESNTL BUS SPLY Copilot’s

ESNTL BUS AC & CONV WARN Lower Console

ESNTL BUS SENSE Upper Console

TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00

SWITCH AND CIRCUIT BREAKER SETUP OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0086 00-5


NO. 1 AC INST Copilot’s

NO. 1 CONVERTER Copilot’s

NO. 1 DC INST Copilot’s

NO. 1 SERVO CONTR Copilot’s

NO. 1 SERVO WARN Copilot’s

NO. 2 AC INST Pilot’s

NO. 2 CONVERTER CMPTR Pilot’s

NO. 2 DC INST Pilot’s

NO. 2 SERVO CONTR Pilot’s

NO. 2 SERVO WARN Pilot’s

SAS AMPL Pilot’s

SAS BOOST Upper Console

T RTR SERVO WARN Copilot’s



UH-60Q HH-60L PILOT CDU Aux Circuit Breaker Panel

UH-60Q HH-60L COPILOT CDU Aux Circuit Breaker Panel

UH-60Q HH-60L CDU BACKUP Aux Circuit Breaker Panel


All circuit breakers listed above shall be pushed in.

Corrective Action

None Required

TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00

SWITCH AND CIRCUIT BREAKER SETUP OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0086 00-6

APU ACCUMULATOR-RECHARGE USING APU OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step

CAUTION



NOTE







or UH-60Q HH-60L legends on the MFD/caution/advisory panel shall be on:

#1 HYD PUMP

#2 HYD PUMP

#1 PRI SERVO PRESS

#2 PRI SERVO PRESS

#1 TAIL RTR SERVO

SAS OFF

BOOST SERVO OFF

#1 RSVR LOW

#2 RSVR LOW




BACK-UP PUMP ON

TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00

0086 00-7

BACK-UP RSVR LOW


APU ACCUM LOW

1. Do SETUP, in this work package, if not already done.

2. Place upper console BATT switch to ON and start APU (TM 1-1520-237-10).

3. Place upper console GENERATORS APU switch to ON. UH-60Q HH-60L Turn pilot’s or copilot’s multifunctiondisplay (MFD) switch ON and press T6 switch (illuminates all MFD legends for 10 seconds, then only the activecaution and advisory legends will be displayed).


a. APU ACCUM LOW capsule shall go on.

b. After 4 seconds, backup pump shall operate.

c. BACK-UP PUMP ON capsule or legend goes on.

d. After 90 seconds (180 seconds if winterization kit is installed), backup pump shall shut down.

e. BACK-UP PUMP ON capsule or legend shall go off.

f. APU ACCUM LOW capsule or legend shall go off.

g. APU piston position indicator (tape) shall indicate from 63% to 85% (from 126% to 170%, the sum of the twoaccumulator tapes when the winterization kit is installed).

h. APU pressure gage shall indicate from 2700 to 3100 psig.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Conditions a. and b. are not as specified, replace accumulator pressure switch (WP 0748 00).

2. If Indication/Condition a. is not as specified, go to APU ACCUM LOW CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOESNOT GO ON, in this work package.

3. If Indication/Conditions b. and c. are not as specified, go to BACKUP PUMP DOES NOT OPERATE, inthis work package.

4. If Indication/Condition b. occurs, but Indication/Condition c. is not as specified, go to BACKUP PUMPOPERATES BUT BACK-UP PUMP ON CAPSULE DOES NOT GO ON, in this work package.

5. If Indication/Conditions d., e., and f. are not as specified, go to BACKUP PUMP DOES NOT SHUT OFFAND APU ACCUM LOW CAPSULE OR LEGEND IS ON, in this work package.

6. If Indication/Condition d. is not as specified, but Indication/Condition f. occurs, replace right relay panelWP 0825 00).

7. If Indication/Condition d. is not as specified, check if copilot’s BACKUP PUMP PWR circuit breaker orupper console BACKUP HYD CONTR circuit breaker has popped.

a. If either one has popped, troubleshoot system circuit breakers (WP 0104 00).

b. If circuit breakers are engaged, go to BACKUP PUMP OPERATES THEN SHUTS DOWN, in this workpackage.

8. If APU tape indicates 0 and APU pressure gage reads 1450 psig, check backup pump module lines for leak-age.

a. If leaks are found, repair/replace components as required (WP 0734 00).

TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00

APU ACCUMULATOR-RECHARGE USING APU OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE -Continued

0086 00-8

9. If Indication/Condition g. is not as specified, service accumulator(s) (WP 1605 00).

a. If accumulator(s) does not hold pressure, replace accumulator(s) (WP 0742 00).

(1) If trouble remains, disconnect P423 from backup pump and check for 115 vac between pins A, B,or C, and ground.

(a) If 115 vac is present at any pin, replace relay K19, NO. 3 HYD PWR PUMP relay(WP 0873 00).

Step

4. Place upper console GENERATORS APU switch to OFF/RESET.

5. Shut down APU (TM 1-1520-237-10).


7. Place BATT switch to OFF.




Corrective Action

None Required

TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00

APU ACCUMULATOR-RECHARGE USING APU OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE -Continued

0086 00-9

APU ACCUMULATOR-RECHARGE USING EXTERNAL POWER OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTINGPROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step

CAUTION



NOTE








#1 HYD PUMP

#2 HYD PUMP

#1 PRI SERVO PRESS

#2 PRI SERVO PRESS

#1 TAIL RTR SERVO

SAS OFF

BOOST SERVO OFF

#1 RSVR LOW

#2 RSVR LOW




BACK-UP PUMP ON

TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00

0086 00-10

BACK-UP RSVR LOW


APU ACCUM LOW


2. Connect external electrical power to helicopter.


4. Pull up manual lever of APU start valve solenoid for 30 seconds to discharge APU accumulator, and then pushlever down.


NOTE

APU start motor will spin and APU compressor will rotate until hydraulic pressure isdischarged.

a. APU ACCUM LOW capsule or legend shall go on.

b. After 4 seconds, backup pump shall operate.

c. BACK-UP PUMP ON capsule or legend goes on.

d. After 90 seconds (180 seconds, if winterization kit is installed), backup pump shall shut down.

e. BACK-UP PUMP ON capsule or legend shall go off.

f. APU ACCUM LOW capsule or legend shall go off.

g. APU position indicator (tape) shall indicate from 63% to 85% (from 126% to 170%, the sum of the two ac-cumulator tapes when the winterization kit is installed).

h. APU pressure gage shall indicate from 2700 to 3100 psig.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Conditions a. and b. are not as specified, replace accumulator pressure switch (WP 0748 00).

2. If Indication/Condition a. is not as specified, go to APU ACCUM LOW CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOESNOT GO ON, in this work package.

3. If Indication/Conditions b. and c. are not as specified, go to BACKUP PUMP DOES NOT OPERATE, inthis work package.

4. If Indication/Condition b. occurs, but Indication/Condition c. is not as specified, go to BACKUP PUMPOPERATES BUT BACK-UP PUMP ON CAPSULE DOES NOT GO ON, in this work package.

5. If Indication/Conditions d., e., and f. are not as specified, go to BACKUP PUMP DOES NOT SHUT OFFAND APU ACCUM LOW CAPSULE OR LEGEND IS ON, in this work package.

6. If Indication/Condition d. is not as specified, but Indication/Condition f. occurs, replace right relay panelWP 0825 00).

7. If Indication/Condition d. is not as specified, check if copilot’s BACKUP PUMP PWR circuit breaker orupper console BACKUP HYD CONTR circuit breaker has popped.

a. If either one has popped, troubleshoot system circuit breakers (WP 0104 00).

TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00

APU ACCUMULATOR-RECHARGE USING EXTERNAL POWER OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTINGPROCEDURE - Continued

0086 00-11

b. If circuit breakers are engaged, go to BACKUP PUMP OPERATES THEN SHUTS DOWN, in this workpackage.

8. If APU tape indicates 0 and APU pressure gage reads 1450 psig, check backup pump module lines for leak-age.

a. If leaks are found, repair/replace components as required (WP 0734 00).

9. If Indication/Condition g. is not as specified, service accumulator(s) (WP 1605 00).

a. If accumulator(s) does not hold pressure, replace accumulator(s) (WP 0742 00).

(1) If trouble remains, disconnect P423 from backup pump and check for 115 vac between pins A, B,or C and ground.

(a) If 115 vac is present at any pin, replace relay K19, NO. 3 HYD PWR PUMP relay(WP 0873 00).

Step





Corrective Action

None Required

TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00

APU ACCUMULATOR-RECHARGE USING EXTERNAL POWER OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTINGPROCEDURE - Continued

0086 00-12

HYDRAULIC LEAK TEST OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step

CAUTION



NOTE








#1 HYD PUMP

#2 HYD PUMP

#1 PRI SERVO PRESS

#2 PRI SERVO PRESS

#1 TAIL RTR SERVO

SAS OFF

BOOST SERVO OFF

#1 RSVR LOW

#2 RSVR LOW




BACK-UP PUMP ON

TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00

0086 00-13

BACK-UP RSVR LOW


APU ACCUM LOW

1. Do APU ACCUMULATOR RECHARGE USING APU, in this work package, if not already done.

2. If necessary, service No. 1, No. 2, and backup pump modules until reservoirs are full (indicator in green area ofdecal) (WP 1603 00).

3. Pull out BACKUP HYD CONTR circuit breaker (upper console circuit breaker panel).


5. Place upper console HYD LEAK TEST switch to TEST.


#1 RSVR LOW, #2 RSVR LOW, and BACK-UP RSVR LOW capsules or legends shall go on.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, place and hold caution/advisory panelUH-60Q HH-60L INDICATOR LTS BRT/DIM-TEST switch to TEST.

a. If capsules or legends do not go on, troubleshoot caution/advisory warning system (WP 0090 00) orMFD/caution/advisory warning system (WP 0100 00).

b. If any capsule or legend does not go on, go to CAUTION/ADVISORY CAPSULES OR MFD/CAUTION ADVISORY LEGENDS DO NOT GO ON, in this work package.

Step

NOTE

The #1 HYD PUMP, #2 HYD PUMP, #1 PRI SERVO PRESS, or #2 PRI SERVOPRESS capsules or legends may flicker when the HYD LEAK TEST switch is movedfrom TEST to RESET, and then to NORM. This is considered normal.

6. Place upper console HYD LEAK TEST switch to RESET and then to NORM.


a. #1 RSVR LOW capsule or legend shall go off.

b. #2 RSVR LOW and BACK-UP RSVR LOW capsules or legends shall go off.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition a. is not as specified, replace left relay panel (WP 0825 00).

2. If Indication/Condition b. is not as specified, replace right relay panel (WP 0825 00).

Step

7. Push in upper console BACKUP HYD CONTR circuit breaker and place upper console BACKUP HYD PUMPswitch to AUTO.


TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00

HYDRAULIC LEAK TEST OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0086 00-14


a. #1 RSVR LOW, #2 RSVR LOW, and BACK-UP RSVR LOW capsules or legends shall go on.

b. Backup hydraulic pump shall run.

c. BACK-UP PUMP ON capsule or legend shall go on.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition a. is not as specified, go to CAUTION/ADVISORY CAPSULES OR MFD/CAUTION ADVISORY LEGENDS DO NOT GO ON, in this work package.

2. If Indication/Condition b. is not as specified, check for 28 vdc between P244-H and ground.

a. If voltage is as specified, replace right relay panel (WP 0825 00).

b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring (WP 1747 00).

3. If Indication/Condition c. is not as specified, go to BACKUP PUMP OPERATES BUT BACK-UP PUMPON CAPSULE DOES NOT GO ON, in this work package.

Step

9. Place MISC SW panel TAIL SERVO switch to BACKUP.


a. #1 TAIL RTR SERVO capsule or legend shall go on.

b. #2 TAIL RTR SERVO ON capsule or legend shall go on.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition a. is not as specified, go to #1 TAIL RTR SERVO CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOESNOT GO ON WHEN TAIL SERVO SWITCH IS PLACED TO BACKUP, in this work package.

2. If Indication/Condition b. is not as specified, go to #2 TAIL RTR SERVO ON CAPSULE OR LEGENDDOES NOT GO ON, in this work package.

Step

10. Place MISC SW panel TAIL SERVO switch to normal.


a. #1 TAIL RTR SERVO capsule or legend shall go off.

b. #2 TAIL RTR SERVO capsule or legend shall go off.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition a. is not as specified, go to #1 TAIL RTR SERVO CAPSULE OR LEGENDREMAINS ON WHEN NO. 1 PUMP MODULE IS PRESSURIZED, in this work package.

2. If Indication/Condition b. is not as specified, go to #2 TAIL RTR SERVO ON CAPSULE OR LEGENDREMAINS ON WHEN NO. 1 PUMP MODULE IS PRESSURIZED, in this work package.

Step

11. Place upper console HYD LEAK TEST switch to RESET and then back to NORM, and place BACKUP HYDPUMP switch to OFF.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00


0086 00-15


a. Backup pump shall shut down.

b. BACK-UP PUMP ON capsule or legend shall go off.

c. #1 RSVR LOW, #2 RSVR LOW, and BACK-UP RSVR LOW capsules or legend shall go off.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition a. is not as specified, check for 28 vdc between P244-D and ground with HYDLEAK TEST switch in RESET position.

a. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between P244-D and HYD LEAK TEST switch(WP 1747 00).

2. If Indication/Condition b. is not as specified, check continuity between J445-1 and J445-3.

a. If continuity is present, replace backup pump pressure switch (WP 0748 00).

Step

12. Insert locally-made drag beam wedge (WP 1805 00) in left drag beam switch to simulate flight condition.



a. #1 RSVR LOW capsule or legend shall not go on.

b. #2 RSVR LOW capsule or legend shall not go on.

c. BACK-UP RSVR LOW capsule or legend shall go on.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition a. is not as specified, check No. 1 pump module sight glass window.

a. If indicator is in red area of decal, service the pump reservoir (WP 1603 00).

b. If indicator is in green area of decal, replace left relay panel WP 0825 00).

2. If Indication/Condition b. is not as specified, check No. 2 pump module sight glass window.

a. If indicator is in red area of decal, service the respective pump reservoir (WP 1603 00).

b. If indicator is in green area, replace right relay panel (WP 0825 00).

Step

14. Place upper console HYD LEAK TEST switch to RESET and then to NORM, and remove locally-made wedge.

15. Pull out upper console BACKUP HYD CONTR circuit breaker, place upper console BACKUP HYD PUMP switchto OFF.

16. Connect external hydraulic power to No. 1, No. 2, and backup pump modules, but do not pressurize (WP 1684 00).

17. Increase hydraulic power to No. 1, No. 2, and backup systems to between 3000 and 3100 psig.


Hydraulic fluid shall not leak from No. 1, No. 2, or backup pump module reservoir relief valve.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace pump module (WP 0706 00).

TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00


0086 00-16

Step

18. Decrease hydraulic pressure to No. 1, No. 2, and backup pump to 0 psig.

19. Disconnect external hydraulic power from backup pump.

20. Turn MFDs switches to OFF.




Corrective Action

None Required

TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00


0086 00-17

NO. 1 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step

CAUTION



NOTE








#1 HYD PUMP

#2 HYD PUMP

#1 PRI SERVO PRESS

#2 PRI SERVO PRESS

#1 TAIL RTR SERVO

SAS OFF

BOOST SERVO OFF

#1 RSVR LOW

#2 RSVR LOW




BACK-UP PUMP ON

TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00

0086 00-18

BACK-UP RSVR LOW


APU ACCUM LOW

1. Do HYDRAULIC LEAK TEST, in this work package, if not already done.

2. Slowly increase No. 2 hydraulic pressure to between 3000 and 3100 psig, make sure MISC SW panel TAIL SERVOswitch is in NORMAL, and place upper console EXT PWR switch first to RESET and then to ON.


a. #1 HYD PUMP capsule or legend on caution/advisory panel UH-60Q HH-60L MFD/caution/advisory panelshall go on.

b. #1 PRI SERVO PRESS capsule or legend on caution/advisory panel UH-60Q HH-60L MFD/caution/advisorypanel shall go on.

c. #1 TAIL RTR SERVO capsule or legend on caution/advisory panel UH-60Q HH-60L MFD/caution/advisorypanel shall go on.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition a. is not as specified, go to # 1 HYD PUMP CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOES NOTGO ON, in this work package.

2. If Indication/Condition b. is not as specified, go to #1 PRI SERVO PRESS CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOESNOT GO ON, in this work package.

3. If Indication/Condition c. is not as specified, go to #1 TAIL RTR SERVO CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOESNOT GO ON, in this work package.

Step

3. Slowly increase No. 1 hydraulic pressure to between 3000 and 3100 psig.


NOTE

The #1 HYD PUMP and #2 PRI SERVO PRESS capsules or legends may flicker when#1 TAIL RTR SERVO capsule goes off (No. 1 tail rotor servo pressurized). This isconsidered normal.

a. #1 HYD PUMP capsule or legend shall go off.

b. #1 PRI SERVO PRESS capsule or legend shall go off.

c. #1 TAIL RTR SERVO capsule or legend shall go off.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition a. is not as specified, check for popped pressure filter.

a. If filter is popped, replace filter (WP 0708 00).

b. If filter is not popped, replace pump pressure switch (WP 0721 00).

2. If Indication/Condition b. is not as specified, go to #1 PRI SERVO PRESS CAPSULE OR LEGENDREMAINS ON WHEN NO. 1 SYSTEM IS PRESSURIZED, in this work package.

3. If Indication/Condition c. is not as specified, go to #1 TAIL RTR SERVO CAPSULE OR LEGENDREMAINS ON WHEN NO. 1 PUMP MODULE IS PRESSURIZED, in this work package.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00

NO. 1 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0086 00-19

Step

4. Place either pilot’s or copilot’s collective stick SVO OFF switch to 1ST STG.


#1 PRI SERVO PRESS capsule or legend shall go on.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to #1 PRI SERVO PRESS CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOES NOT GOON WHEN 1ST STAGE IS SHUT OFF, in this work package.

Step

5. Place pilot’s or copilot’s collective stick SVO OFF switch to center position.


#1 PRI SERVO PRESS capsule or legend shall go off.

Corrective Action

1. If capsule or legend does not go off, perform the following steps:

a. Interchange first and second stage servo pressure switches (WP 1092 00).

b. Retest No. 1 hydraulic system.

(1) If trouble remains, replace malfunctioning pressure switch (WP 1092 00).

(2) If trouble still remains, replace malfunctioning servo cylinder (WP 0719 00).

Step



#1 TAIL RTR SERVO capsule or legend shall go on.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to #1 TAIL RTR SERVO CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOES NOT GOON WHEN TAIL SERVO SWITCH IS PLACED TO BACKUP, in this work package.

Step

7. Decrease No. 1 and No. 2 hydraulic pressure to zero.




Corrective Action

None Required

TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00


0086 00-20

NO. 2 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step

CAUTION



NOTE








#1 HYD PUMP

#2 HYD PUMP

#1 PRI SERVO PRESS

#2 PRI SERVO PRESS

#1 TAIL RTR SERVO

SAS OFF

BOOST SERVO OFF

#1 RSVR LOW

#2 RSVR LOW




BACK-UP PUMP ON

TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00

0086 00-21

BACK-UP RSVR LOW


APU ACCUM LOW


2. Slowly increase No. 1 hydraulic pressure to between 3000 and 3100 psig and place upper console EXT PWR switchfirst to RESET, and then to ON.


a. #2 HYD PUMP capsule or legend on caution/advisory panel UH-60Q HH-60L MFD/caution/advisory panelshall go on.

b. #2 PRI SERVO PRESS capsule or legend on caution/advisory panel UH-60Q HH-60L MFD/caution/advisorypanel shall go on.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition a. is not as specified, go to #2 HYD PUMP CAPSULE DOES NOT GO ON, in thiswork package.

2. If Indication/Condition b. is not as specified, go to #2 PRI SERVO PRESS CAPSULE DOES NOT GO ON,in this work package.

Step

3. Check pilot assist module pressure reducer for popped indicator button.


Pressure reducer indicator button shall not be popped.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to PILOT ASSIST MODULE PRESSURE REDUCER INDICATORBUTTON IS POPPED, in this work package.

Step

4. Slowly increase No. 2 hydraulic pressure to between 3000 and 3100 psig.


a. #2 HYD PUMP capsule or legend shall go off.

b. #2 PRI SERVO PRESS capsule or legend shall go off.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition a. is not as specified, check for popped pressure filter.

a. If filter is popped, replace filter (WP 0708 00).

b. If filter is not popped, replace pump pressure switch (WP 0726 00).

2. If Indication/Condition b. is not as specified, go to #2 PRI SERVO PRESS CAPSULE REMAINS ONWHEN NO. 2 SYSTEM IS PRESSURIZED, in this work package.

Step

5. Place either pilot’s or copilot’s collective stick SVO OFF switch to 2ND STG.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00


0086 00-22


#2 PRI SERVO PRESS capsule or legend shall go on.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to #2 PRI SERVO PRESS CAPSULE DOES NOT GO ON WHEN2ND STAGE IS SHUT OFF, in this work package.

Step

6. Place either pilot’s or copilot’s collective stick SVO OFF switch to center position.


#2 PRI SERVO PRESS capsule or legend shall go off.

Corrective Action

1. If capsule or legend does not go off, perform the following steps:

a. Interchange first and second stage servo pressure switches (WP 0726 00).

b. Retest No. 2 hydraulic system.

(1) If trouble remains, replace malfunctioning pressure switch (WP 0726 00).

(a) If trouble still remains, replace malfunctioning servo cylinder (WP 0724 00).

Step

NOTE

c The following steps check out the pilot assist servos.

c When both SAS 1 and SAS 2 are disengaged, the MASTER CAUTION capsule orlegend may go on when the TRIM switch on the stabilator control/auto flight controlpanel or either of the TRIM REL switches on the cyclic sticks is pressed. If this oc-curs, press to reset the MASTER CAUTION capsule.

7. Make sure all pilot-assist servos BOOST, SAS 1, SAS 2, TRIM, and FPS switches on the stabilator control/autoflight control panel are disengaged.


a. BOOST, SAS 1, SAS 2, TRIM, and FPS legends on stabilator control/auto flight control panel shall be off.

b. SAS OFF and BOOST SERVO OFF capsules or legends on caution/advisory panelUH-60Q HH-60L MFD/caution/advisory panel shall be on.

c. TRIM FAIL and FLT PATH STAB caution advisories shall be off.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Conditions a. and b. are not as specified, troubleshoot digital AFCS (TM 11-1520-237-23 orTM 11-1520-249-23-2).

2. If Indication/Conditions c. and d. are not as specified, simultaneously press and release both fail advisoryreset pushbuttons on the stabilator control/auto flight control panel to reset.

Step

8. Press face of stabilator control/auto flight control panel TRIM switch on.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00


0086 00-23


a. TRIM button light shall go on.

b. TRIM FAIL and FLT PATH STAB caution advisories shall be off.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition a. is not as specified, troubleshoot digital AFCS (TM 11-1520-237-23 orTM 11-1520-249-23-2).

2. If Indication/Condition b. is not as specified, simultaneously press and release both fail advisory reset push-buttons on the stabilator control/auto flight control panel to reset.

Step

9. Move cyclic stick back and forth.


Stick shall be hard to move.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, troubleshoot digital AFCS (TM 11-1520-237-23 orTM 11-1520-249-23-2).

Step

NOTE

Do not try to oppose stick movement. If hand is held on stick, follow stick movement.

10. Move cyclic stick STICK TRIM switch FWD and AFT.


a. TRIM FAIL capsule or legend shall not go on.

b. Stick shall move slowly by itself.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition a. or b. is not as specified, troubleshoot digital AFCS (TM 11-1520-237-23 orTM 11-1520-249-23-2).

Step

11. Turn boost servo on and then off, by pressing stabilator control/auto flight control panel BOOST switch.


BOOST SERVO OFF capsule or legend shall go off and then on.

Corrective Action


TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00


0086 00-24

Step

NOTE

The #2 HYD PUMP, #2 PRI SERVO OFF, and BOOST SERVO OFF capsules orlegends may flicker when either SAS 1 or SAS 2 is turned on after both have been off.This is considered normal.

12. Turn SAS actuators on, and then off, by pressing stabilator control/auto flight control panel SAS 1 and SAS 2switches, one at a time. Observe SAS OFF capsule or legend.


SAS OFF capsule or legend shall go off when either switch is engaged (lit), and shall go on only if both switchesare disengaged (not lit).

Corrective Action


Step

13. Slowly decrease hydraulic pressure to zero.

14. Place upper console EXT PWR switch to OFF.




Corrective Action

None Required

TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00


0086 00-25

BACKUP HYDRAULICS SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step

CAUTION



NOTE








#1 HYD PUMP

#2 HYD PUMP

#1 PRI SERVO PRESS

#2 PRI SERVO PRESS

#1 TAIL RTR SERVO

SAS OFF

BOOST SERVO OFF

#1 RSVR LOW

#2 RSVR LOW




BACK-UP PUMP ON

TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00

0086 00-26

BACK-UP RSVR LOW


APU ACCUM LOW


2. On hydraulic cart, turn off hydraulic pressure to first and second stage (No. 1 and No. 2) hydraulics.

3. Place upper console BACKUP HYD PUMP switch to OFF and MISC SW panel TAIL SERVO switch to BACKUP.

4. Make sure BACKUP PUMP PWR circuit breaker (copilot’s circuit breaker panel) is engaged and BACKUP HYDCONTR circuit breaker (upper console circuit breaker panel) is pulled out.

5. Place upper console EXT PWR switch first to RESET and then to ON.


#1 HYD PUMP AND #2 HYD PUMP capsules or legends shall go on.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, do NO. 1 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM or the NO. 2 HYDRAULICSYSTEM in this work package, as required.

Step

6. Check pilot assist module pressure reducer for popped indicator button.


Pressure reducer indicator shall not be popped.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to PILOT ASSIST MODULE PRESSURE REDUCER INDICATORBUTTON IS POPPED, in this work package.

Step

7. Pressurize hydraulic cart backup hydraulic system to between 3000 and 3100 psig.


a. #1 PRI SERVO PRESS capsule or legend shall go off.

b. #1 TAIL RTR SERVO capsule or legend shall go on.

c. #2 PRI SERVO PRESS capsule or legend shall go off.

d. #2 TAIL RTR SERVO ON capsule or legend shall go on.

e. BACK-UP PUMP ON capsule or legend shall go on.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition a. is not as specified, go to #1 PRI SERVO PRESS CAPSULE OR LEGENDREMAINS ON WHEN NO. 1 SYSTEM IS PRESSURIZED, in this work package.

2. If Indication/Condition b. is not as specified, go to #1 TAIL RTR SERVO CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOESNOT GO ON WHEN TAIL SERVO SWITCH IS PLACED TO BACKUP, in this work package.

3. If Indication/Condition c. is not as specified, go to #2 PRI SERVO PRESS CAPSULE DOES NOT GO ONWHEN 2ND STAGE IS SHUT OFF, in this work package.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00

BACKUP HYDRAULICS SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0086 00-27

4. If Indication/Condition d. is not as specified, go to #2 TAIL RTR SERVO ON CAPSULE OR LEGENDDOES NOT GO ON, in this work package.

5. If Indication/Condition e. is not as specified, go to BACKUP PUMP OPERATES BUT BACK-UP PUMPON CAPSULE DOES NOT GO ON, in this work package.

Step

8. Decrease hydraulic pressure to approximately 1000 psig, and push in upper console BACKUP HYD CONTR circuitbreaker.

9. Place upper console BACKUP HYD PUMP switch to ON.


After 4 seconds, backup pump shall operate.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to BACKUP PUMP FAILS TO RUN WITH BACKUP HYD PUMPSWITCH PLACED ON, in this work package.

Step

10. Place upper console BACKUP HYD PUMP switch to AUTO.


Backup pump continues to operate.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace BACKUP HYD PUMP switch (WP 0828 00).

Step

11. Place upper console BACKUP HYD PUMP switch to OFF.


Backup pump shall shut down.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to BACKUP PUMP RUNS CONTINUOUSLY WITH NO FAULTDISPLAYED ON THE CAUTION/ADVISORY PANEL OR MFD/CAUTION/ADVISORY PANEL, in this workpackage.

Step

12. Insert locally-made wedge in left drag beam switch to simulate flight condition.


a. Backup pump shall operate.

b. BACK-UP PUMP ON capsule or legend shall go on.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition a. is not as specified, go to BACKUP PUMP DOES NOT OPERATE, in this workpackage.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00


0086 00-28

2. If Indication/Condition b. is not as specified, go to BACKUP PUMP OPERATES BUT BACK-UP PUMPON CAPSULE DOES NOT GO ON, in this work package.

Step

13. Remove locally-made wedge.




Corrective Action

None Required

TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00


0086 00-29

HYDRAULIC LOGIC MODULE TEST OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step

CAUTION



NOTE








#1 HYD PUMP

#2 HYD PUMP

#1 PRI SERVO PRESS

#2 PRI SERVO PRESS

#1 TAIL RTR SERVO

SAS OFF

BOOST SERVO OFF

#1 RSVR LOW

#2 RSVR LOW




BACK-UP PUMP ON

TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00

0086 00-30

BACK-UP RSVR LOW


APU ACCUM LOW

1. Do SWITCH AND CIRCUIT BREAKER SETUP, in this work package, if not already done.

2. Connect external electrical power to helicopter.

3. Place upper console BATT switch ON.


EXT PWR CONNECTED, #1 CONV, #2 CONV, and AC ESS BUS OFF capsules on the caution/advisory panelshall go on.

Corrective Action

None Required

Step

4. Place upper console EXT PWR switch first to RESET, and then to ON.


#1 CONV, #2 CONV, and AC ESS BUS OFF capsules on the caution/advisory panel shall go off.

Corrective Action

None Required

Step

5. UH-60Q HH-60L Turn pilot’s or copilot’s multifunction display (MFD) switch ON and press T6 switch (il-luminates all MFD legends for 10 seconds, then only the active caution and advisory legends will be displayed).

6. UH-60Q HH-60L Press C/A (caution/advisory) button on the right lower corner of the MFD display to view C/Apage.

7. Ensure the switches listed below are as indicated and the capsules on the caution/advisory panel orUH-60Q HH-60L the legends on the pilot’s or copilot’s inboard MFD are on.


SERVO OFF Collective grip CENTERED

TAIL ROTOR SERVO Miscellaneous switch panel NORMAL

BACKUP HYD PUMP Upper Console OFF

BOOST AFCS control panel ON

TRIM AFCS control panel OFF

SAS 1 AFCS control panel ON

TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00

HYDRAULIC LOGIC MODULE TEST OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0086 00-31


SAS 2 AFCS control panel ON

ROTARY SAS/FPS computer GND

8. Connect external hydraulic power to No. 1, No. 2, and backup pump modules, but do not pressurize (WP 1684 00).

9. Slowly increase hydraulic power to No. 1, No. 2, and backup pump systems to between 3000 and 3100 psig.


The following capsules on the caution/advisory panel or UH-60Q HH-60L legends on the pilot’s or copilot’s

inboard MFD shall not go on:

+ #1 PRI SERVO PRESS

+ #2 PRI SERVO PRESS

+ BOOST SERVO OFF

+ SAS or SAS OFF

+ TRIM FAIL

+ #1 TAIL RTR SERVO

Corrective Action

If any of the capsules on the caution/advisory panel or UH-60Q HH-60L legends on the pilot’s or copilot’s inboard

MFD go on, check both pilot’s and copilot’s collective grip SERVO OFF switches are in the center position, the

BOOST (or SAS/BOOST), TRIM, SAS 1, SAS 2, or SAS switches on the AFCS control panel are in the ON posi-

tion.

Step

NOTE

The aircraft must be powered on and the NO. 1 SERVO CONTR and NO. 2 SERVOCONTR circuit breakers pushed in for at least one hour prior to doing the followingsteps. If an output transistor in the hydraulic logic module in the left or right relaypanel has an excessive voltage leak, it may cause failure of the backup hydraulicsystem and loss of the second stage tail rotor. The procedure in the following steps isintended to verify operation of the logic modules and backup hydraulic system. Iftransistors in the logic modules are leaking output voltage, the leak may only appearafter an extended period of operation.

10. Pull out NO. 2 DC INST circuit breaker (pilot’s circuit breaker panel).

11. Place upper console BACKUP HYD PUMP switch to AUTO.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00


0086 00-32

NOTE

The stopwatch is used to measure the operating time of the backup pump from when itgoes on in step 12. until it goes off in step 14.

12. Simultaneously start stopwatch and place upper console HYD LEAK TEST switch to TEST.


a. The following capsules on the caution/advisory panel or UH-60Q HH-60L legends on the pilot’s or copilot’sinboard MFD shall go on:

+ SAS OFF

+ BOOST SERVO OFF

+ #1 RSVR LOW

+ #2 RSVR LOW

+ BACKUP RSVR LOW

+ #1 TAIL RTR SERVO

+ #2 TAIL RTR SERVO ON

+ BACKUP PUMP ON

b. Electric motor of backup pump shall start.

Corrective Action

If BACKUP PUMP ON capsule on the caution/advisory panel or UH-60Q HH-60L legend on the pilot’s or

copilot’s inboard MFD does not go on or #2 TAIL RTR SERVO ON capsule on the caution/advisory panel or

UH-60Q HH-60L legend on the pilot’s or copilot’s inboard MFD flickers or does not go on, replace right relay

panel (WP 0825 00).

Step

13. Place upper console HYD LEAK TEST switch to NORM.


There shall be no change in the caution/advisory panel capsules or UH-60Q HH-60L the pilot’s or copilot’s inboard

MFD legends .

Corrective Action

None Required

Step

14. Momentarily place upper console HYD LEAK TEST switch to RESET and then back to NORM.


a. The following capsules on the caution/advisory panel or UH-60Q HH-60L legends on the pilot’s or copilot’sinboard MFD shall go off immediately:

+ SAS OFF

TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00


0086 00-33

+ BOOST SERVO OFF

+ #1 RSVR LOW

+ #2 RSVR LOW

+ BACKUP RSVR LOW

+ #1 TAIL RTR SERVO

+ #2 TAIL RTR SERVO ON

+ BACKUP PUMP ON

b. BACKUP PUMP ON capsule on the caution/advisory panel or UH-60Q HH-60L legend on the pilot’s orcopilot’s inboard MFD shall go off and the pump motor shall stop after appproximately 80 to 100 seconds(170 to 190 seconds when winterization kit is installed).

Corrective Action

None Required

Step

15. Place upper console BACKUP HYD PUMP switch to OFF.

16. Push in NO. 2 DC INST circuit breaker (pilot’s circuit breaker panel).

17. Decrease hydraulic pressure to No. 1, No. 2, and backup hydraulic systems to 0 psig.

18. Disconnect external hydraulic power from backup pump.

19. UH-60Q HH-60L On pilot’s or copilot’s inboard MFD, turn OFF switch to OFF.




Corrective Action

None Required


PROCEDURE

Step

1. Turn off hydraulic power (WP 1684 00).




Corrective Action

None Required

TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00


0086 00-34

APU ACCUM LOW CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOES NOT GO ON

SYMPTOMAPU ACCUM LOW capsule or legend does not go on.

MALFUNCTIONAPU ACCUM LOW capsule or legend does not go on.

CORRECTIVE ACTION


a. EMEP , go to 2.






4. Check for 28 vdc between P118-C or UH-60Q HH-60L P1019R-16 or P1020R-16and

ground.






6. Check continuity between P118-C or UH-60Q HH-60L P1019R-16 or P1020R-16and P302-1.

a. If continuity is present, replace APU accumulator pressure switch (WP 0748 00). Go to 8.


7. Check for 28 vdc between BACKUP HYD CONTR circuit breaker terminal 1 andground.




TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00

0086 00-35

BACKUP PUMP DOES NOT OPERATE

SYMPTOMBackup pump does not operate.

MALFUNCTIONBackup pump does not operate.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Place BACKUP HYD PUMP switch to ON, and check that pump operates.

a. If pump operates, go to 2.

b. If pump does not operate, go to BACKUP PUMP FAILS TO RUN WITH BACKUP HYDPUMP SWITCH PLACED ON, in this work package.

2. Place BACKUP HYD PUMP switch to OFF. Go to 3.


a. W/O WINTER , go to 4.

b. WINTER , go to 5.

4. W/O WINTER Check for 28 vdc between P244-B and ground.


b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between P244-B and P302-1(WP 1747 00). Go to 9.

5. WINTER Check for 28 vdc between J244B-B and ground.



6. WINTER Check continuity between J244A-B and J244B-B.


b. If continuity is not present, replace WINTER (WP 1400 00). Go to 9.

7. Check for 28 vdc between BACKUP HYD PUMP switch terminal 3 and ground.



8. Check continuity between BACKUP HYD PUMP switch terminal 3 and P241-L.




TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00

0086 00-36

BACKUP PUMP OPERATES BUT BACK-UP PUMP ON CAPSULE DOES NOT GO ON

SYMPTOMBackup pump operates. BACK-UP PUMP ON capsule does not go on.

MALFUNCTIONBackup pump operates. BACK-UP PUMP ON capsule does not go on.

CORRECTIVE ACTION


a. EMEP , go to 2.


2. EMEP Remove and check pin filtered adapter P118-R or UH-60Q HH-60L P1019R orP1020R (WP 0925 00).




4. Check for 28 vdc between P118-R or UH-60Q HH-60L P1019R-51 or P1020R-51and ground.






6. Check continuity between P118-R or UH-60Q HH-60L P1019R-51 or P1020R-51and P445-1.

a. If continuity is present, replace backup pump pressure switch ( WP 0733 00). Go to 8.


7. Check for 28 vdc between NO. 2 SERVO WARN circuit breaker terminal 1 andground.




TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00

0086 00-37

BACKUP PUMP DOES NOT SHUT OFF AND APU ACCUM LOW CAPSULE OR LEGEND IS ON

SYMPTOMBackup pump does not shut off. APU ACCUM LOW capsule or legend is on.

MALFUNCTIONBackup pump does not shut off. APU ACCUM LOW capsule or legend is on.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Check APU accumulator pressure gage for proper charge.

a. If charge is correct, go to 2.

b. If charge is not correct, service APU accumulator (WP 1605 00). Go to 4.



b. W/O WINTER , replace APU accumulator pressure switch (WP 0748 00). Go to 4.

3. WINTER Check continuity between J302-1 and J302-3.

a. If continuity is present, replace APU accumulator pressure switch (WP 0748 00). Go to 4.

b. If continuity is not present, replace winterization kit relay (WP 1400 00). Go to 4.


BACKUP PUMP OPERATES THEN SHUTS DOWN

SYMPTOMBackup pump operates then shuts down.

MALFUNCTIONBackup pump operates then shuts down.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Allow pump to cool down. See equipment conditions. Go to 2.

2. Place locally-made wedge in left drag beam switch to simulate weight off wheels.Go to 3.

3. Check that backup pump starts and continues to run.

a. If backup pump starts and continues to run, remove locally-made wedge and replace thermalswitch (WP 0870 00). Go to 4.

b. If backup pump does not start, remove locally-made wedge and replace K19 NO. 3 HYDPWR PUMP relay (WP 0873 00). Go to 4.


TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00

0086 00-38

CAUTION/ADVISORY CAPSULES OR MFD/CAUTION/ADVISORY LEGENDS DO NOT GO ON

SYMPTOMCaution/advisory capsules or MFD/caution/advisory legends do not go on.

MALFUNCTIONCaution/advisory capsules or MFD/caution/advisory legends do not go on.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Does #1 RSVR LOW capsule or legend remain off?

a. If capsule or legend remains off, go to 2.

b. If capsule or legend goes on, go to 16.

2. Check sight glass window on No. 1 hydraulic pump for full indication.

a. If sight glass indication is full, go to 3.

b. If sight glass does not indicate full, service pump reservoir (WP 1603 00). Go to 41.


a. EMEP , go to 4.









7. Check for 28 vdc between P902-t and ground.



8. Check continuity between P117-32 or UH-60Q HH-60L P1019R-28 or P1020R-28and P902-y.

a. If continuity is present, replace left relay panel (WP 0825 00). Go to 41.


9. Check for 28 vdc between HYD LEAK TEST switch terminal 6 and ground.

a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between switch terminal 6 and P902-t(WP 1747 00). Go to 41.


TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00

0086 00-39







12. Check continuity between HYD LEAK TEST switch terminal 5 and P447-2.

a. If continuity is present, remove pump and send to AVIM (WP 0706 00). Go to 41.





14. WINTER Check continuity between J244B-X and P447-3.




15. Check continuity between P244-X and P447-3.



16. Check that #2 RSVR LOW capsule or legend remains off.

a. If capsule or legend remains off, go to 17.

b. If capsule or legend does not remain off, go to 28.

17. Check sight glass window on No. 2 hydraulic pump for full indication.

a. If pump indication is full, go to 18.

b. If pump indication is not full, service pump reservoir (WP 1603 00). Go to 41.




19. Check for 28 vdc between P900-a and ground.





TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00

CAUTION/ADVISORY CAPSULES OR MFD/CAUTION/ADVISORY LEGENDS DO NOT GO ON - Continued

0086 00-40


21. WINTER Check continuity between J244B-g and P117-48 orUH-60Q HH-60L P1019R-64 or P1020R-64 .




22. Check continuity between P117-48 or UH-60Q HH-60L P1019R-64 or P1020R-64and P244-g.




a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between switch terminal 12 and P900-a(WP 1747 00). Go to 41.








26. Check continuity between HYD LEAK TEST switch terminal 11 and P432-2.



27. Check for 28 vdc between NO. 2 SERVO CONTR circuit breaker terminal 1 andground.



28. BACK-UP PUMP RSVR LOW capsule or legend does not go on. Check sight glasswindow on back up hydraulic pump for full indication.

a. If pump shows full indications, go to 29.

b. If pump does not show full indication, service pump reservoir (WP 1603 00). Go to 41.




TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00


0086 00-41




31. WINTER Check for 28 vdc between J244B-f and ground.


b. If voltage is not as specified, replace WINTER (WP 1400 00). Go to 41.


32. WINTER Check continuity between J244B-f and P117-64 orUH-60Q HH-60L P1019R-50 or P1020R-50 .







34. Check continuity between P117-64 or UH-60Q HH-60L P1019R-50 or P1020R-50and P244-f.









37. WINTER Check continuity between J244B-e and P442-3.




38. Check continuity between P244-e and P442-3.




a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between switch terminal 9 and P442-2(WP 1747 00). Go to 41.


TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00


0086 00-42



b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between switch terminal 8 and P432-2(WP 1747 00). Go to 41.


#1 TAIL RTR SERVO CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOES NOT GO ON WHEN TAIL SERVO SWITCH IS PLACEDTO BACKUP

SYMPTOM#1 TAIL RTR SERVO capsule or legend does not go on.

MALFUNCTION#1 TAIL RTR SERVO capsule or legend does not go on when TAIL SERVO switch is placed to BACKUP.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Check for 28 vdc between P902-v and ground.

a. If voltage is as specified, replace left relay panel (WP 0825 00). Go to 4.


2. Check for 28 vdc between P135-S and ground.


b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between P135-S and NO. 1 SERVOCONTR circuit breaker terminal 1 (WP 1747 00). Go to 4.

3. Check continuity between P135-T and P902-v.

a. If continuity is present, replace miscellaneous switch panel (WP 0830 00). Go to 4.



#2 TAIL RTR SERVO ON CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOES NOT GO ON

SYMPTOM#2 TAIL RTR SERVO ON capsule or legend does not go on.

MALFUNCTION#2 TAIL RTR SERVO ON capsule or legend does not go on.

CORRECTIVE ACTION


a. EMEP , go to 2.




TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00


0086 00-43



4. Check for 28 vdc between P118-S or UH-60Q HH-60L P1019R-67 or P1020R-67and ground.






6. Check continuity between P118-S or UH-60Q HH-60L P1019R-67 or P1020R-67and P609-3.

a. If continuity is present, replace 2nd stage pressure switch (WP 0726 00). Go to 8.


7. Check for 28 vdc between T RTR SERVO WARN circuit breaker terminal 1 andground.




#1 TAIL RTR SERVO CAPSULE OR LEGEND REMAINS ON WHEN NO. 1 PUMP MODULE IS PRESSUR-IZED

SYMPTOM#1 TAIL RTR SERVO capsule or legend remains on.

MALFUNCTION#1 TAIL RTR SERVO capsule or legend remains on when No. 1 pump module is pressurized.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Disconnect P610. Go to 2.

2. Move pilot’s or copilot’s pedals.

a. If pedals move normally, replace 1st stage pressure switch (WP 1149 00). Go to 5.

b. If pedals do not move normally, go to 3.

3. Grasp 1st stage pressure line at tail rotor servo. Go to 4.

4. Cycle TAIL SERVO switch from NORMAL to BACKUP several times and check thata jump is felt in pressure line.

a. If jump is felt, replace tail rotor servo (WP 1148 00). Go to 5.

b. If jump is not felt, replace No. 1 transfer module (WP 0718 00). Go to 5.


TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00

#2 TAIL RTR SERVO ON CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOES NOT GO ON - Continued

0086 00-44

#2 TAIL RTR SERVO ON CAPSULE OR LEGEND REMAINS ON WHEN NO. 1 PUMP MODULE IS PRES-SURIZED

SYMPTOM#2 TAIL RTR SERVO ON capsule or legend remains on.

MALFUNCTION#2 TAIL RTR SERVO ON capsule or legend remains on when No. 1 pump module is pressurized.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Disconnect P609. Go to 2.

2. Move pilot’s or copilot’s pedals. Check that pedals move normally.

a. If pedals move normally, replace 2nd stage pressure switch (WP 1149 00). Go to 5.

b. If pedals do not move normally, go to 3.

3. Grasp 2nd stage pressure line at tail rotor servo. Go to 4.

4. Cycle TAIL SERVO switch from NORMAL to BACKUP several times and check thata jump is felt in pressure line.

a. If jump is felt, replace tail rotor servo (WP 1148 00). Go to 5.

b. If jump is not felt, replace backup pump module (WP 0725 00). Go to 5.


#1 HYD PUMP CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOES NOT GO ON

SYMPTOM#1 HYD PUMP capsule or legend does not go on.

MALFUNCTION#1 HYD PUMP capsule or legend does not go on.

CORRECTIVE ACTION








a. EMEP , go to 4.



TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00

0086 00-45





a. If continuity is present, replace pressure switch (WP 0721 00). Go to 8.






#1 PRI SERVO PRESS CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOES NOT GO ON

SYMPTOM#1 PRI SERVO PRESS capsule or legend does not go on.

MALFUNCTION#1 PRI SERVO PRESS capsule or legend does not go on.

CORRECTIVE ACTION


a. EMEP , go to 2.

b. EMEP , go to 2.

c. W/O EMEP , go to 4.









+ P117-8 and P424-1

+ P117-8 and P425-1

TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00

#1 HYD PUMP CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOES NOT GO ON - Continued

0086 00-46

+ P117-8 and P426-1

+ UH-60Q HH-60L P1019R-76 and P424-1

+ UH-60Q HH-60L P1019R-76 and P425-1

+ UH-60Q HH-60L P1019R-76 and P426-1

+ UH-60Q HH-60L P1020R-76 and P424-1

+ UH-60Q HH-60L P1020R-76 and P425-1

+ UH-60Q HH-60L P1020R-76 and P426-1




+ J424-1 and J424-6

+ J425-1 and J425-6

+ J426-1 and J426-6

a. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring between NO. 1 SERVO WARN circuit breaker asrequired (WP 1747 00), go to 7:

+ Terminal 1 and P424-6



b. If continuity is not present, replace 1st stage pressure switch as required (WP 0721 00). Go to7.


#1 TAIL RTR SERVO CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOES NOT GO ON

SYMPTOM#1 TAIL RTR SERVO capsule or legend does not go on.

MALFUNCTION#1 TAIL RTR SERVO capsule or legend does not go on.

CORRECTIVE ACTION


a. EMEP , go to 2.




TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00

#1 PRI SERVO PRESS CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOES NOT GO ON - Continued

0086 00-47






5. Check for 28 vdc between P243-M and ground.



6. Check continuity between P117-57 or UH-60Q HH-60L P1019R-66 or P1020R-66and P902-z.





b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between P610-7 and NO. 1 SERVOCONTR circuit breaker terminal 1 (WP 1747 00). Go to 9.

8. Check continuity between P243-M and P610-4.

a. If continuity is present, replace 1st stage pressure switch (WP 0721 00). Go to 9.



#1 PRI SERVO PRESS CAPSULE OR LEGEND REMAINS ON WHEN NO. 1 SYSTEM IS PRESSURIZED

SYMPTOM#1 PRI SERVO PRESS capsule or legend remains on.

MALFUNCTION# 1 PRI SERVO PRESS capsule or legend remains on when No. 1 system is pressurized.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Remove P424.

a. If capsule or legend goes off, replace lateral primary servo 1st stage pressure switch(WP 0721 00). Go to 3.

b. If capsule or legend does not go off, go to 2.

2. Remove P425.

a. If capsule or legend goes off, replace aft primary servo 1st stage pressure switch(WP 0721 00). Go to 3.

b. If capsule or legend does not go off, replace forward primary servo 1st stage pressure switch(WP 0721 00). Go to 3.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00

#1 TAIL RTR SERVO CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOES NOT GO ON - Continued

0086 00-48


#1 PRI SERVO PRESS CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOES NOT GO ON WHEN 1ST STAGE IS SHUT OFF

SYMPTOM#1 PRI SERVO PRESS capsule or legend does not go on.

MALFUNCTION#1 PRI SERVO PRESS capsule or legend does not go on when 1st stage is shut off.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. If pilot’s SVO OFF switch was used, place copilot’s SVO OFF switch to 1ST STG. Ifcopilot’s SVO OFF switch was used, place pilot’s SVO OFF switch to 1ST STG.Check that capsule or legend goes on.

a. If capsule or legend goes on, replace copilot’s or pilot’s collective stick as required(WP 1061 00). Go to 14.



a. If voltage is as specified, replace No. 1 transfer module (WP 0720 00). Go to 14.









a. If continuity is present, replace forward primary servo 2nd stage pressure switch(WP 0726 00). Go to 14.






a. If continuity is present, replace aft primary servo 2nd stage pressure switch (WP 0726 00).Go to 14.




TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00

#1 PRI SERVO PRESS CAPSULE OR LEGEND REMAINS ON WHEN NO. 1 SYSTEM IS PRESSURIZED -Continued

0086 00-49



a. If continuity is present, replace lateral primary servo 2nd stage pressure switch(WP 0726 00). Go to 14.


10. With pilot’s SVO OFF switch at 1ST STG, check for 28 vdc between:

+ J103-f and ground

+ J104-f and ground


b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between NO. 1 SERVO CONTR circuitbreaker as required (WP 1747 00). Go to 14.

+ terminal 1 and J103-f

+ terminal 1 and J104-f


a. UH60A 85-24415 - SUBQ MOD UH60L EH60A UH-60Q HH-60L , go to 12.

b. UH60A 77-22714 - 85-24414 W/O MOD , go to 13.

12. UH60A 85-24415 SUBQ, MOD, UH60L, EH60A, UH60-Q, AND HH-60L Check continuitybetween:

+ J103-J and P427-9

+ J104-J and P427-9

a. If continuity is present, troubleshoot pilot’s or copilot’s collective stick as required(WP 0136 00). Go to 14.


13. UH60A 77-22714 - 77-22723 W/O MOD Check continuity between:

+ J103-a and P427-9

+ J104-a and P427-9




TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00

#1 PRI SERVO PRESS CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOES NOT GO ON WHEN 1ST STAGE IS SHUT OFF -Continued

0086 00-50

#2 HYD PUMP CAPSULE DOES NOT GO ON

SYMPTOM#2 HYD PUMP capsule does not go on.

MALFUNCTION#2 HYD PUMP capsule does not go on.

CORRECTIVE ACTION


a. EMEP , go to 2.













a. If continuity is present, replace No. 2 hydraulic pump pressure switch (WP 0726 00). Go to8.






TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00

0086 00-51

#2 PRI SERVO PRESS CAPSULE DOES NOT GO ON

SYMPTOM#2 PRI SERVO PRESS capsule does not go on.

MALFUNCTION#2 PRI SERVO PRESS capsule does not go on.

CORRECTIVE ACTION


a. EMEP , go to 2.










+ P117-56 and P427-1

+ P117-56 and P428-1

+ P117-56 and P429-1

+ UH-60Q HH-60L P1019R-60 and P427-1

+ UH-60Q HH-60L P1019R-60 and P428-1

+ UH-60Q HH-60L P1019R-60 and P429-1

+ UH-60Q HH-60L P1020R-60 and P427-1

+ UH-60Q HH-60L P1020R-60 and P428-1

+ UH-60Q HH-60L P1020R-60 and P429-1




+ J427-1 and J427-6

+ J428-1 and J428-6

TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00

0086 00-52

+ J429-1 and J429-6

a. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring from NO. 2 SERVO WARN circuit breaker asrequired (WP 1747 00), go to 7:




b. If continuity is not present, replace 2nd stage pressure switch as required (WP 0726 00). Goto 7.


PILOT ASSIST MODULE PRESSURE REDUCER INDICATOR BUTTON IS POPPED

SYMPTOMPilot assist module pressure reducer indicator button is popped.

MALFUNCTIONPilot assist module pressure reducer indicator button is popped.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Turn on backup hydraulic system to reset button. Check that button resets.

a. If button resets, go to 2.

b. If button does not reset, replace pilot assist module (WP 0728 00). Go to 4.

2. Do not engage/disengage solenoids or run No. 1 or No. 2 hydraulic systems. Go to3.

3. Run backup hydraulic system for two (2) minutes.

a. If button is popped, replace pilot assist module (WP 0728 00). Go to 4.


#2 PRI SERVO PRESS CAPSULE REMAINS ON WHEN NO. 2 SYSTEM IS PRESSURIZED

SYMPTOM#2 PRI SERVO PRESS capsule remains on.

MALFUNCTION#2 PRI SERVO PRESS capsule remains on when No. 2 system is pressurized.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Remove P427.

a. If capsule or legend goes off, replace lateral primary servo 2nd stage pressure switch(WP 0726 00). Go to 3.

b. If capsule or legend does not go off, go to 2.

2. Remove P428.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00

#2 PRI SERVO PRESS CAPSULE DOES NOT GO ON - Continued

0086 00-53

a. If capsule or legend goes off, replace forward primary servo 2nd stage pressure switch(WP 0726 00). Go to 3.

b. If capsule or legend does not go off, replace aft primary servo 2nd stage pressure switch(WP 0726 00). Go to 3.


#2 PRI SERVO PRESS CAPSULE DOES NOT GO ON WHEN 2ND STAGE IS SHUT OFF

SYMPTOM#2 PRI SERVO PRESS capsule does not go on.

MALFUNCTION#2 PRI SERVO PRESS capsule does not go on when 2nd stage is shut off.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. If pilot’s SVO OFF switch was used, place copilot’s SVO OFF switch to 2ND STG. Ifcopilot’s SVO OFF switch was used, place pilot’s SVO OFF switch to 2ND STG. Goto 2.

2. Check that #2 PRI SERVO PRESS capsule or legend goes on.

a. If capsule or legend goes on, replace pilot’s or copilot’s collective stick as required(WP 1061 00). Go to 13.



a. If voltage is as specified, replace No. 2 transfer module (WP 0725 00). Go to 13.









a. If continuity is present, replace forward primary servo 1st stage pressure switch(WP 0721 00). Go to 13.






TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00

#2 PRI SERVO PRESS CAPSULE REMAINS ON WHEN NO. 2 SYSTEM IS PRESSURIZED - Continued

0086 00-54

a. If continuity is present, replace aft primary servo 1st stage pressure switch (WP 0721 00). Goto 13.






a. If continuity is present, replace lateral primary servo 1st stage pressure switch (WP 0721 00).Go to 13.


11. Check for 28 vdc between:

+ J103-c and ground

+ J104-c and ground


b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring from NO. 2 SERVO CONTR circuitbreaker as required (WP 1747 00), go to 13:

+ terminal 1 and J103-c

+ terminal 1 and J104-c


+ J103-d and P424-9

+ J104-d and P424-9




BACKUP PUMP FAILS TO RUN WITH BACKUP HYD PUMP SWITCH PLACED ON

SYMPTOMBackup pump fails to run.

MALFUNCTIONBackup pump fails to run with BACKUP HYD PUMP switch placed on.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Place locally-made wedge (Figure 167, WP 1805 00) in left drag beam switch tosimulate weight off wheels. Go to 2.

2. Check that backup pump runs.

a. If backup pump runs, go to 3.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00

#2 PRI SERVO PRESS CAPSULE DOES NOT GO ON WHEN 2ND STAGE IS SHUT OFF - Continued

0086 00-55

b. If backup pump does not run, go to 6.

3. Remove locally-made wedge. Go to 4.

4. Check continuity between NO. 3 HYD PUMP RELAY terminal X2 and P422-2.




a. If continuity is present, replace backup pump module (WP 0707 00). Go to 32.


6. Remove locally-made wedge. Go to 7.

7. Check for 115 vac between:

+ P423-A and P423-D

+ P423-B and P423-D

+ P423-C and P423-D

a. If voltage is as specified, replace backup pump (WP 0707 00). Go to 32.


8. Check continuity between P423-D and ground.



9. Check for 115 vac between K19 NO. 3 HYD PUMP RELAY:

+ Terminal A2 and ground

+ Terminal B2 and ground

+ Terminal C2 and ground

a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between relay and P423 as required(WP 1747 00). Go to 32.


10. Check for 115 vac between:

+ K19-A1 and ground

+ K19-B1 and ground

+ K19-C1 and ground



11. Check for 28 vdc between K19-X1 and K19-X2.

a. If voltage is as specified, replace relay K19 (WP 0873 00). Go to 32.


TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00

BACKUP PUMP FAILS TO RUN WITH BACKUP HYD PUMP SWITCH PLACED ON - Continued

0086 00-56

12. Check for 28 vdc between K19-X1 and ground.



13. Check for 28 vdc between P902-CC and ground.


b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between P902-CC and BACKUP HYDCONTR circuit breaker terminal 1 (WP 1747 00). Go to 32.

14. Check continuity between K19-X2 and P902-BB.




+ J163-A and ground

+ J163-C and P242-L



16. Check continuity between P163-A and P163-C.


b. If continuity is not present, replace left drag beam switch (WP 0443 00). Go to 32.




18. WINTER Check for 28 vdc between J244B-C and ground.


b. If voltage is not as specified, replace WINTER (WP 1400 00). Go to 32.


19. WINTER Check continuity between J244B-A and K19-X1.




20. Check for 28 vdc between P244-C and ground.



21. Check continuity between K19-X1 and P244-A.



TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00


0086 00-57

22. Check for 28 vdc between P241-p and ground.

a. If voltage is as specified, troubleshoot right relay panel (WP 0120 00). Go to 32.



+ P204-E and ground

+ P206-E and ground

+ P212-E and ground




+ P204-F and P241-p

+ P206-F and P241-p

+ P212-F and P241-p

a. If continuity is present, troubleshoot DC electrical system (WP 0102 00). Go to 32.



a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring from BACKUP HYD PUMP switch as required(WP 1747 00). Go to 32.

+ Terminal 3 and P204-E






b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between BACKUP HYD CONTR circuitbreaker terminal 1 and BACKUP HYD PUMP switch terminal 2 (WP 1747 00). Go to 32.




28. WINTER Check continuity between J244B-C and BACKUP HYD CONTR circuitbreaker terminal 1.




TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00


0086 00-58

29. Check continuity between P244-C and BACKUP HYD CONTR circuit breakerterminal 1.



30. Check for 115 vac between HYD PWR PUMP circuit breaker:




a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between circuit breaker and relay as required(WP 1747 00). Go to 32.


31. Check for 115 vac between HYD PWR PUMP circuit breaker:




a. If voltage is as specified, replace circuit breaker (WP 0824 00). Go to 32.

b. If voltage is not as specified, troubleshoot AC electrical system (WP 0101 00). Go to 32.


BACKUP PUMP RUNS CONTINUOUSLY WITH NO FAULT LIGHT DISPLAYED ON THE CAUTION/ADVISORY PANEL UH-60Q HH-60L MFD/CAUTION/ADVISORY PANEL

SYMPTOMBackup pump runs continuously.

MALFUNCTIONBackup pump runs continuously with no fault light displayed on the caution/advisory panel

UH-60Q HH-60L MFD/caution/advisory panel .

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Check continuity as indicated between:

+ P420-9 and P420-4 (open)

+ P420-7 and P420-4 (continuity)

+ P420-5 and P420-6 (open)


+ P421-9 and P421-4 (open)


+ P421-5 and P421-6 (open)

TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00


0086 00-59


a. If continuity is present, replace BACKUP HYD PUMP switch S31 (WP 0828 00). Go to 2.

b. If continuity is not present, replace applicable hydraulic pump pressure switch (WP 0721 00or WP 0726 00). Go to 2.


TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00

BACKUP PUMP RUNS CONTINUOUSLY WITH NO FAULT LIGHT DISPLAYED ON THE CAUTION/ADVISORY PANEL UH-60Q HH-60L MFD/CAUTION/ADVISORY PANEL - Continued

0086 00-60

P3R / J3R STABILATOR CONTROL /AUTO FLIGHT CONTROLPANEL

STABILATOR CONTROL /AUTO FLIGHT CONTROLPANEL

P4R / J4R

P103 / J103 COCKPIT TUB, BL 32 LH,STA 247

P104 / J104 COCKPIT TUB, BL 15 RH,STA 247

P110 / J110 COCKPIT, BL 7.5 RH, STA

COCKPIT, BL 7.5 LH, STAP111 / J111




CAUTION / ADVISORYPANEL (SEE NOTE 1)

P118 / J118

P126 / J126 COCKPIT CEILING, BL 28 RH,STA 243

197

197

P135 / J135 MISCELLANEOUS SWITCHPANEL

P163 / J163 LEFT DRAG BEAM SWITCH

P200 / J200 COCKPIT CEILING, BL 13 LH,STA 246

P127 / J127 COCKPIT CEILING, BL 28 LH,STA 243




SAAA2644_1A

HFE

B

A

R

SR

N

P

Q

P118(SEE NOTE 1)

P117(SEE NOTE 1)

P113 / J113

P200 /J200

P223 /J223

P222 /J222

P230 /J230

P236 /J236

P126 / J126

P219 /J219

P110 /J110

P136 / J136

P914 / J914

P249 / J249

C

NOTES1.

2. HH60L UH60QEH60A UH60A UH60L

INSTRUMENTPANELQ

P1019R(SEE NOTE 2)

P1020R(SEE NOTE 2)

(SEE NOTE 2)

(SEE NOTE 1)



CONNECTION POINT



CONNECTION POINT

Figure 1. Hydraulic Systems Location Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 13)

TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00

LOCATION

0086 00-61

SAAA2644_2

P600 / J600

M

P202 / J202 NO. 2 MAIN ELECTRICALJUNCTION BOX

NO. 2 MAIN ELECTRICALJUNCTION BOX

P203 / J203

P217 / J217 CABIN CEILING, BL 0, STA284

P219 / J219 CABIN FLOOR, BL 25 RH,STA 242

NO. 1 MAIN ELECTRICALJUNCTION BOX

P210 / J210




RECEPTACLELOCATION/

CONNECTION POINT


RECEPTACLELOCATION/

CONNECTION POINT


P222 / J222


P223 / J223


P224 / J224


P225 / J225


P236 / J236 BEHIND PILOT’S CIRCUITBREAKER PANEL, BL 23.0

P241 / J241 RIGHT RELAY PANELASSEMBLY


LEFT RELAY PANELASSEMBLY

P243 / J243

P244 / J244 RIGHT RELAY PANELASSEMBLY

RH

P244 / J244A WINTERIZATION KITHARNESS ASSEMBLYJ244B / J244


TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00


0086 00-62

SAAA2644_3

P114 / J114

P135 / J135

P104 / J104

P247 / J247

P221 / J221

P111 / J111

SASAMPLIFIERP423R

P224 / J224

P127 / J127

P220 / J220

NO. 2 MAINJUNCTION BOXP202 / J202P203 / J203

P225 /J225

RIGHT RELAYPANELP241 / J241P244 / J244P900 / J900

LEFT RELAYPANELP242 / J242P243 / J243P902 / J902

P217 / J217

P310 / J310 P316 / J316

P103 / J103

P248 / J248

WINTERIZATIONKIT HARNESSASSEMBLYP244 / J244AP244A / J244

NO. 1 MAINJUNCTION BOXP210 / J210

P922 / J922

P302 / J302

P417 / J417 1ST STAGE SERVOSHUTOFF VALVE


RECEPTACLELOCATION/

CONNECTION POINT

P247 / J247 CABIN, BL 40 RH, STA 248

P248 / J248 CABIN, BL 40 LH, STA 248

P249 / J249 BEHIND COPILOT’S CIRCUITBREAKER PANEL 23.0 LH

P302 / J302 APU ACCUMULATORPRESSURE SWITCH


CABIN CEILING, BL 17 RH,STA 387

P316 / J316

P416 / J416 2ND STAGE SERVOSHUTOFF VALVE

P420 / J420 NO. 2 HYDRAULIC PUMPPRESSURE SWITCH

P420R / J420R COCKPIT, BL 0, STA 191.5

P421 / J421 NO. 1 HYDRAULIC PUMPPRESSURE SWITCH

P422 / J422 BACKUP PUMP MOTORTHERMAL SWITCH

P422R SAS / FPS COMPUTER

P423 / J423 BACKUP PUMP MOTOR

P423R SAS AMPLIFIER

P424 / J424 1ST STAGE PRESSURESWITCH, LATERALPRIMARY SERVO

P425 / J425 1ST STAGE PRESSURESWITCH, AFT PRIMARYSERVO

P426 / J426 1ST STAGE PRESSURESWITCH, FORWARDPRIMARY SERVO


RECEPTACLELOCATION/

CONNECTION POINT



P142 / J142

NO. 3 RELAY PANELP723 / J723

P906 / J906

P733 / J733

P329 /J329

P916 / J916

P458R / J458R

P420R /J420R

P329 / J329 MAIN ROTOR BLADEDE−ICE JUNCTION BOX


TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00


0086 00-63

P464R / J464R PITCH TRIM ACTUATORASSEMBLY

P466R / J466R PITCH TRIM TURN−ON VALVE

P467R / J467R SAS PRESSURE SWITCH

P468R / J468R SAS SHUTOFF VALVE

P469R / J469R BOOST SHUTOFF VALVE

P470R / J470R YAW BOOST SERVOPRESSURE SWITCH

P600 / J600 TAIL CONE, BL 0, STA 650

P609 / J609 TAIL ROTOR SERVO, 2NDSTAGE PRESSURE SWITCH

P610 / J610 TAIL ROTOR SERVO, 1STSTAGE PRESSURE SWITCH

P733 / J733

RH RELAY PANELASSEMBLY

P902 / J902 LH RELAY PANELASSEMBLY


P916 / J916 CABIN TUB, BL 25 RH,STA 247

P922 / J922 CABIN CEILING, BL 10.7 LH,STA 380

P723 / J723 NO. 3 RELAY PANEL

P900 / J900

BL 24.71, STA 360, WL 265.30

P906 / J906 CABIN CEILING, BL 0, STA 284

P428 / J428 2ND STAGE PRESSURESWITCH, AFT PRIMARYSERVO

P428R / J11 SAS / FPS COMPUTER

P429 / J429 2ND STAGE PRESSURESWITCH, FORWARDPRIMARY SERVO

P432 / J432 NO. 2 HYDRAULIC PUMPMODULE, FLUID LEVELSWITCH

P433 2ND STAGE TAIL ROTORSHUTOFF VALVE

P441 / J441 1ST STAGE TAIL ROTORSHUTOFF VALVE

P445 / J445 BACKUP PUMP PRESSURESWITCH

P446 / J446 DEPRESSURIZATON VALVE

P447 / J447 NO.1 HYDRAULIC PUMPMODULE, FLUID LEVELSWITCH

P448 PILOT ASSIST SHUTOFFVALVE

P458R / J458R TOP DECK, BL 4 LH, STA 262

P460R / J460R PITCH TRIM SAS MODULE

P461R / J461R ROLL SAS MODULE

P462R / J462R YAW SAS MODULE

P463R / J463R COLLECTIVE BOOST SERVOPRESSURE SWITCH

P442 / J442 BACKUP PUMP MODULEFLUID LEVEL SWITCH

P427 / J427 2ND STAGE PRESSURESWITCH, LATERALPRIMARY SERVO

SAAA2644_4A

P1019R / J3 COPILOT’S MFD’S / CAUTIONADVISORY PANEL (SEENOTE 2)

P1020R / J3 PILOT’S MFD’S / CAUTIONADVISORY PANEL (SEENOTE 2)


RECEPTACLE



RECEPTACLE



TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00


0086 00-64

SAAA2644_5

CONTR

DC ESNTL BUS

5 5

DC ESNTL BUS

BACKUPHYD SAS

BOOST

HYDLEAK TEST

BACKUPHYD PUMP

RESET

TESTON

OFFNORM

AUTO


UPPER CONSOLE

NO. 2 DC PRI BUS

SERVONO. 2

WARN CONTR

5 5

B

A


TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00


0086 00-65

S T E PN O

SIGHT GAGE

HANDPUMPPUMP HANDLE

D

HYDRAULIC REFILL PUMPAND HYDRAULIC SELECTOR VALVE

C

OUT 1

SELECTORHANDLE OUT 2

OUT 3OUT 4(CAPPED OFF)

SELECTOR VALVE

SAS SHUTOFFVALVEP468R / J468R

PRESSUREREDUCER

PITCH TRIMTURN−ON VALVEP466R / J466R

BOOST SHUTOFFVALVEP469R / J469R

SAS PRESSURESWITCHP467R / J467R

PILOT ASSIST MODULE

PRESSUREREDUCERINDICATORBUTTON

SAAA2644_6

D

E


TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00


0086 00-66

SAAA2644_7

FLUID LEVELSWITCHP432 / J432

NO. 2 HYDRAULICPUMP MODULE

NO. 2 HYDRAULICPUMP PRESSURESWITCHP420 / J420

PILOT ASSISTSHUTOFF VALVEP448

2ND STAGETAIL ROTORSHUTOFF VALVEP433

NO. 2TRANSFERMODULE

2ND STAGE SERVOSHUTOFF VALVEP416 / J416

NO. 1 HYDRAULICPUMP PRESSURESWITCHP421 / J421

1ST STAGETAIL ROTORSHUTOFF VALVEP441 / J441



1ST STAGE SERVOSHUTOFF VALVEP417 / J417

NO. 1TRANSFERMODULE


MAIN ROTOR PYLON HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS

BACKUP PUMPPRESSURE SWITCHP445 / J445

DEPRESSURIZATIONVALVEP446 / J446

BACKUPPUMPMODULE

BACKUPPUMPMOTOR

UTILITYMODULE

P423 / J423

THERMAL SWITCHP422 / J422

F

FRONT


TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00


0086 00-67

1ST STAGEPRESSURE

P425 / J425SWITCH

2ND STAGEPRESSURE

P429 / J429SWITCH

2ND STAGEPRESSURE

P428 / J428SWITCH

1ST STAGEPRESSURE

P426 / J426SWITCH

2ND STAGEPRESSURE

P427 / J427SWITCH

1ST STAGEPRESSURE

P424 / J424SWITCH

FORWARD PRIMARY SERVO

AFT PRIMARY SERVO

LATERAL PRIMARY SERVO

FRONT

G

MAIN ROTOR PYLON HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS

SAAA2644_8

F


TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00


0086 00-68

SAAA2644_9

APU ACCUMULATOR(VIEW LOOKING UP)

(HELICOPTERS WITH WINTERIZATONKIT INSTALLED)

APU ACCUMULATOR(VIEW LOOKING UP)

(HELICOPTERS WITHOUT WINTERIZATION KIT)

PRIMARY SERVO(TYPICAL)

ACCUMULATORACCUMULATORHANDPUMP

TO STARTMOTOR

MANUALSTARTVALVE

ACCUMULATORPRESSURE GAGE

PRESSURESWITCH

APU ACCUMULATOR

G

J

H

FRONTFRONT


TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00


0086 00-69

100

VIEW A

TAIL ROTOR SERVO

2ND STAGEPRESSURE SWITCHP609 / J609

1ST STAGEPRESSURE SWITCHP610 / J610

SEE VIEW A

K

TAPE INDICATOR ASSEMBLY

J

APU ACCUMULATOR

K

M

100

95

90

85

80

75

70

−25 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE ( F)

TA

PE

IND

ICA

TO

R R

EA

DIN

G (

%)

65

60

55

50

45

SAAA2644_10A

FRONT

L

L


TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00


0086 00-70

PILOT ASSIST SERVOS

YAW BOOSTSERVO

YAW BOOSTPRESSURESWITCH

P470R / J470R

PITCH TRIMASSEMBLY

P463R / J463R

COLLECTIVE BOOSTPRESSURE SWITCH

P464R / J464R

P461R / J461R

P460R / J460R

P462R / J462R

SAS PITCHSERVO VALVE

SAS ROLLSERVO VALVE

SAS YAWSERVO VALVE

N

ROLL SASACTUATOR

SAAA2644_11


NO. 1 DC PRI BUSBACKUP

PUMP

PWRT RTR

SERVONO. 1

SERVO

555

WARN CONTR WARN

.5

P


TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00


0086 00-71

#2 OILFLTR BYPASS

#1 PRISERVO PRESS

#1 HYDPUMP

#2 HYDPUMP

#2 PRISERVO PRESS

TRIM FAILSAS OFFBOOST SERVOOFF

BACK−UPRSVR LOW

#2 RSVRLOW

#1 RSVRLOW

BACK−UPPUMP ON

#2 TAIL RTRSERVO ON

APU ACCUMLOW

FLT PATHSTAB

#1 TAIL RTRSERVO

SAAA2644_12A


(SEE NOTE 2)

MULTIFUNCTIONAL DISPLAY’SCAUTION/ADVISORY GRID

(SEE NOTE 1)


COMM NAV

BRT


#1 FUEL

#1 PRI SERVO PRESS

BOOST SERVO OFF

#1 HYD PUMP

FLT PATH STAB

#1 RSVR LOW

#2 HYD PUMP

SAS OFF

#2 RSVR LOW

#2 PRI SERVO PRESS

#1 TAIL RTR SERVO

TRIM FAIL

BACK−UP RSVR LOW

BACK−UP PUMP ON

#2 TL RTR SERVO ON

DAY

NIGHT

OFF

Q


TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00


0086 00-72

SAAA2644_13

SVO OFF1ST STG

2ND STG

TAIL SERVONORMAL

BACKUP

ON ON ON

ON

SAS 1 SAS 2 TRIM

AUTO FLT CONT

BOOST

TU

PILOT’S AND COPILOT’SCOLLECTIVE STICK

STABILATOR CONTROL/AUTO FLIGHT CONTROL PANEL

P422R

P428R / J11

P423R

P3R / J3R

P4R / J4R

U

LOWER CONSOLE

MISCELLANEOUSSWITCH PANEL

R S

MISC

SW

T

SAS / FPSCOMPUTER


TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00


0086 00-73


NO. 1 SERVOWARN

NO. 1 SERVOCONTR

TRTR SERVOWARN

BACKUPPUMP PWR

NO. 1DC PRI

BUS

5AMP2 1

CB127

5AMP2 1

CB128

5AMP2 1

CB129

0.5AMP2 1

CB153

P127 J127 J225 P225

R

J200 P200

L

J221 P221

HH

1

2

4567

8

NOTES 1. SWITCH S31 SHOWN IN THE OFF POSI−

TION. CONNECTIONS BETWEEN CON−TACTS 1 AND 2, AND 5 AND 6 AREMADE IN THE AUTO POSITION. CONNEC−TIONS BETWEEN CONTACTS 2 AND 3,AND 5 AND 6 ARE MADE WITH S31 ON.

2.

3. SWITCH SHOWN WITH WEIGHT ONWHEELS.

4. THIS VALVE (WHEN ENERGIZED)ALLOWS THE BACKUP PUMP TO BE INBYPASS UNTIL THE MOTOR IS ATRATED SPEED.

NO. 2 SERVOWARN

NO. 2 SERVOCONTR

NO. 2DC PRI

BUS

5AMP2 1

CB228

5AMP2 1

CB22728 VDC

28 VDC

J236 P236

J220 P220

MM

J225 P225

T

J222 P222

T

J445 P445

BACKUP PUMPPRESSURE SWITCH

P126 J126SG126−1

12

14

15

TO SHEET 8

TO SHEET 10

TO SHEET 7

TO SHEET 7

TO SHEET 9

TO SHEET 3

TO SHEET 11

11

910

13U

P

F

E

b

3

1

e

c

d

TO SHEET 10

TO SHEET 10

TO SHEET 8

TO SHEET 3

TO SHEET 3

TO SHEET 4

T

S

U

F

e

c

r

s

2


5. HELICOPTERS EQUIPPED WITH AUXCABIN HEATER.

J249 P249

ADAPTER (PFA) IS NOT INSTALLED.PIN FILTERED 6.

7.

NOTES8.

9. HH60L UH60QEH60A UH60A UH60L

SAAB2092_1

WINTER

W/O EMEP

UH60A 77−22714 − 85−24414

GND249−1

3

Figure 2. Hydraulic Systems Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 15)

TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00

SCHEMATICS

0086 00-74

SAS BOOST

5AMP2 1

CB313

BACKUPHYD CONTR

5AMP2 1

CB324

DCESNTL

BUS

28 VDC

J230 P230

T

J200 P200

M

TEST

NORM

RESET

HYDLEAKTEST

SWITCHS25

1

4

ON AUTO OFF

J222 P222

J230 P230

UPPER CONSOLE

J200 P200


J447

P447

REFILLFULL

2 3 1

FLUID LEVEL SWITCH

16

17

18

19

J200 P200

W

X

Y

Z

a

202122

2324 TO SHEET 10

TO SHEET 6

2526

27

28 TO SHEET 11

P223

J223

P225

J225

2930

TOSHEET

4

x w t

V

S

D

B

T

U

TOSHEET

4

2

5

3

6

BACKUPHYD PUMP

SWITCHS31

(SEE NOTE 1)

6

4

3

1

12

10

9

7

5

2

TOSHEET

3

TOSHEET

7

11

8

S

SG447−1

TO SHEET 3

TO SHEET 4

TO SHEET 3

SAAB2092_2

3


TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00


0086 00-75

NO

RM

AL

BA

CK

UP

TAIL SERVO

2

3 6

5

1 4

J135

P135

MISCELLANEOUSSWITCH PANEL

SWITCH

S V WT


J432

P432

REFILLFULL

2 3 1

FLUID LEVEL SWITCH

BACKUPPUMP MODULE

J442

P442 1 3 2

REFILL FULL

FLUID LEVEL SWITCH

18

5

12

14

21

23

P914

J914P219

J219

s q r k

P224 J224

P222 J222

P223 J223

v

yt

W

SG

432−

1

32

31

3435

17

SG244−2

SG200−1

SG249−1

TOSHEET

7

FF

TOSHEET

7

TOSHEET

10

J221 P221

2 1P448

VALVESHUTOFFPILOT ASSIST

VALVEROTOR SHUTOFF2ND STAGE TAIL

2 1P433

J224

P224 u

J220

P220 PP

GND433−1GND285−1

TO SHEET 1

TO SHEET 1

TO SHEET 2

TO SHEET 1

TO SHEET 2

TOSHEET

2

SAAB2092_3

33

36

37383940


TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00


0086 00-76

NO. 2 LOGIC MODULE U2

J900

P900

RIGHT RELAY PANEL

J241

P241

J244

P244

8 7 9 13 3 19 25 24 4 6 20 21 231 17 22 14 18 516 1215 11 27 26 2 10

b df a i h e c D L M k p K E X H a D e d Z f g Y b c h(SEE DETAIL A)

585960616263

TOSHEET

5

K21

X1X2

CR14

CR15

J220

P220D

53

57

46

474849

50

5152

56

TOSHEET

1029

30

2722

454425

26

10

9 SG236−2

SG230−8

SG922−1

SG223−1

5554

43 TOSHEET

9

4241 TO

SHEET7

TOSHEET

11

TOSHEET

7

TO SHEET 13

TO SHEET 12

TO SHEET 13

TO SHEET 1

TO SHEET 1

TO SHEET 2

TOSHEET

2

TO SHEET 7

TO SHEET 12

TO SHEET 10

TO SHEET 9

33

36

37383940

SAAB2092_4


TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00


0086 00-77

RIGHT RELAY PANEL

P244B

J244

A B C D E H X Y Z a b c d e f g h jRIGHT RELAY PANEL

P244

J244A

B C A D E H X Y Z a b c d e f g h j


K66

C1

J244

P244

636261605958

TOSHEET

4

Bj C A

K33 K32 K31

6665

67

64

TOSHEET

7

TO SHEET 11

TO SHEET 13

(SEE DETAIL A)

R2

R1

R3

CR11

CR12

CR13

A1 A2 A3 B1 B2 B3

X1 X2

B2 B3B1A3A2A1X2 X1B2 B3B1A3A2A1X2 X1B2 B3B1A3A2A1X2 X1

SAAB2092_5


TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00


0086 00-78

16TO SHEET 2

YAW BOOSTSERVOPRESSURESWITCH

1 2P470R

SAS PRESSURESWITCH

12P467R

J458R

P458R 12 11

12P463R

COLLECTIVEBOOST SERVOPRESSURESWITCH

SAS SHUTOFFVALVE

BOOST SHUTOFFVALVE

1 2P468R 1 2P469R

PITCH TRIMTURN−ON

12P466R

SG458R−1

BB yP220

J220

P117 11 43 59

BO

OS

T S

ER

VO

OF

F

SA

S O

FF

TR

IM F

AIL

FL

T P

AT

H S

TA

B

P223

J223


P3R

J3R

P4R

J4R

H

28 V

DC

SA

S /

BO

OS

T E

SN

TL

SA

S O

FF

VA

LV

E

BO

OS

T O

FF

VA

LV

E

TR

IM E

NG

AG

E

STABILATOR CONTROL/AUTO FLIGHT CONTROL SAS/FPS COMPUTER

P428R

J11

R

FP

S W

AR

N L

T

TR

IM W

AR

N L

T

TR

IM E

NG

AG

E

J142

P142

28

P113

J113

P110

J110

P420R

J420R

V F

P916

J916

GND260−1 GND260−1

SG

1105

−14

j c t

PIT

CH

TR

IM T

UR

N−O

NV

AL

VE

RT

N

K

U T

LL KK AAz

SG2108−1

SG230−6

k

x y

i

E

h c c

SG4R−2J117

J467R J463R J468R J469R J466RJ470R

PFA (SEE NOTE 6)

(SEE DETAIL B) (SEE NOTE 8)

SAAB2092_6

VALVE

PANEL


TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00


0086 00-79

1ST STAGETAIL ROTORSHUTOFF VALVE

NO. 1 LOGIC MODULE U1

J243

P243

LEFT RELAY PANEL

J902

P902

6566

345554

3150

PRESSURE SWITCHAPU ACCUMULATOR

J302

P302 2 1 3

BEAM SWITCHLEFT DRAG

P163

J163

C A B

(SEE NOTE 3)

1 2P441

GND299−1

J248

P248

J223

P223

GND163−1

SG163−1

DATA CONVERTERNO. 1 SIGNAL

DATA CONVERTERNO. 2 SIGNAL

28 VDC OUT WHENENGINE %Ng SPEED

BELOW 52%

28 VDC OUT WHENENGINE %Ng SPEED

BELOW 52%

354241

47

1920

68

P137 n

u V

P138 n

SG137−2 SG138−1

v r t s z y x w uEE AA DD

R1

K J M H

K46 GROUND SENSE

J242

P242BB CC M L

7473

17 2 15 16 5 8 3 7 10 14 1 13 12 11 9 6 4

SG

902−

3

7271

70

J221 P221

69JJ

SG

244−

1

SG302−2

SG302−1

A3 A2D1D2D3E1E2E3

X2X1

A1

3 1 2

TOSHEET

10

TOSHEET

10

TOSHEET

12

TOSHEET

9

TOSHEET

5

TOSHEET

4

TOSHEET

4

TOSHEET

1

TO SHEET 4

TO SHEET 3

TO SHEET 3

TO SHEET 3

TOSHEET

2

J1J1

J441

PFA (SEENOTE 6)

(SEENOTE 6)

PFA

SAAB2092_7


TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00


0086 00-80

2ND STAGESHUTOFFVALVE

1P416

J424

P424

1ST STAGEPRESSURE SWITCH

J427

P427

PRESSURE SWITCH2ND STAGE

1 6 4 9

1 6 4 9

J425

P425


J428

P428


1 6 4 9

1 6 4 9

J426

P426


J429

P429


1 6 4 9

1 6 4 9

VALVESHUTOFF1ST STAGE

1 2P417

P221 J221

1TO SHEET 1

7576

TO SHEET 12

13TO SHEET 1

77P224 J224

78

TO SHEET 10

TO SHEET 12D

LATERALPRIMARY

SERVO

AFTPRIMARY

SERVO

FORWARDPRIMARY

SERVO

KK

2

GND299−1

SG425−2

SG425−1

SG428−1

SG428−2 GND285−1

TO SHEET 10

J417

J416

SAAB2092_8


TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00


0086 00-81

P600

J600

C

TAIL ROTOR SERVO CYLINDER

2 3P609

J609

2ND STAGE TAIL ROTOR SERVO

2NDSTAGEPRESSURESWITCH

1

P316

J316

F

P922

J922

N r

E

D

70

6TO SHEET 1

494443

1ST STAGE TAIL ROTOR SERVO

1STSTAGEPRESSURESWITCH

9 74 5 16P610

J610

P310

J310

D Cs tN

q n k p J

TOSHEET

4

TO SHEET 7

SAAB2092_9

GND310−4

79


TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00


0086 00-82

P114

J114

Y


7271

24

4847

11

#1 H

YD

PU

MP

P117

J117

32 57

J113

P113 M

J111

P111

J110

P110 D

#2 H

YD

PU

MP

J113

P113

#1 P

RI

SE

RV

O P

RE

SS

J118

P118

J111

P111

#2 T

AIL

RT

R S

ER

VO

ON

AP

U A

CC

UM

LO

W

BA

CK

−UP

PU

MP

ON

#2 P

RI

SE

RV

O P

RE

SS

BA

CK

−UP

RS

VR

LO

W

#2 R

SV

R L

OW

#1 T

AIL

RT

R S

ER

VO

#1 R

SV

R L

OW

48 64 24 40 56 8

C Dz x y u

J221

P221GG

P114

J114

Z

AA

J220

P220 NN

J224

P224

J223

P223 NO. 2 HYDRAULICPUMP PRESSURESWITCH

P420 J420

9

4

7

5

6

1

NO. 1 HYDRAULICPUMP PRESSURESWITCH

P421 J421

5

6

1

9

4

7

2TO SHEET 1

45TO SHEET 4

32TO SHEET 3

69TO SHEET 7

s s

J221

P221DD

v w

S C R

7677

15

68

TOSHEET

4

TOSHEET

7

TOSHEET

1

TOSHEET

8

TO SHEET 2

TO SHEET 7

PFA (SEE NOTE 6)PFA (SEE NOTE 6)

(SEE DETAIL C) (SEE NOTE 8)

SAAB2092_10

79


TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00


0086 00-83

A1 A2

CB404

40AMP

B1 B2

C1 C2

A1

B1

C1

HYD PWRPUMP

LOGICCONTROL

3 5A

A3

B3

C3

J210

P210

J210

P210

GND27−1

GR

OM

ME

T

P906 J906J329 P329BACKUP PUMPINTERLOCKRELAY

MAIN ROTOR BLADEDE−ICE JUNCTION BOX

K19NO. 3

HYD PWRPUMP

RELAY

K19115 VACFROM NO. 1GENERATOR

NO. 1 GEN CNTOR

K1

C2

B2

A2

P212

NO. 1 GENERATORCONTACTOR

K1

F E DG

RO

MM

ET

J210

P210

NO. 1 JUNCTION BOX

288

82

J217

P217

K

B

5152

TOSHEET

4

67TO SHEET 5

80

81

TOSHEET

13

D d g e

a

f c

115 VACFROM EITHERNO. 2 OR APUGENERATOROR EXTERNALPOWER

i

SG200−2

SA1000−1

SG203−1

X1X2

FT2

12 11

A1

B1

C1

A2

B2

C2

X2 X1

TO SHEET 2

TO SHEET 183848586

87

SAAB2092_11


TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00


0086 00-84

2NDSTG

SVOOFF

1STSTG

NO. 3 RELAY PANEL

P723 J723J733 P733BACKUPPUMPONRELAY

X1

X2E

L

A

K101

PILOT’S COLLECTIVESTICK GRIP

P104

J104

SWITCH

d c f J

2NDSTG

SVOOFF

1STSTG

COPILOT’S COLLECTIVESTICK GRIP

P103

J103

SWITCH

d c f J

BACKUP PUMP MODULE

1 2P422 CP423

J422 J423

D B A 1 2P446

J446

DEPRESSURIZATIONVALVE

(SEE NOTE 4)

P221

J221

CC

GND446−1

GND423−1

P221

J221

BB

GND299−1

P248

J248

P247

J247

G C Ya

787375

4656

74TO SHEET 7

SG104−9

SG104−7

SG104−8 SG104−10

SG210−2

SG723−2

TOSHEET

4

TO SHEET 8

TO SHEET 7

TO SHEET 8

(SEE NOTE 5)

(SEEDETAIL E)

(SEEDETAIL D)

87

SAAB2092_12A

83848586


TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00


0086 00-85

K4 AC BUS TIE CNTOR

P206

X1X2

K4

D E F J H G P

NO. 2 JUNCTION BOX

J202

P202 T R S P

P204

K2

D E F

NO. 2 GEN CNTOR

K3

P205 H G

K3 APU / EXT PWR CNTOR

J203

P203

J202

P202D U

28 VDCSG26−11

SG26−8

SG26−9

82TO SHEET 11

5753

64

8180

TOSHEET

4

TOSHEET

11

TO SHEET 5

PILOT’S COLLECTIVESTICK GRIP

P104

J104a

DETAIL D(SEE NOTE 7)

COPILOT’S COLLECTIVESTICK GRIP

P103

J103a

DETAIL E(SEE NOTE 7)

SAAB2092_13


TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00


0086 00-86

SAAB2092_14

80 38 47B

OO

ST

SE

RV

O O

FF

SA

S O

FF

TR

IM F

AIL

FL

T P

AT

H S

TA

B

26P1019R

J3

COPILOT’S MFD’S/CAUTION ADVISORY PANEL

BO

OS

T S

ER

VO

OF

F

SA

S O

FF

TR

IM F

AIL

FL

T P

AT

H S

TA

B

PILOT’S MFD’S/CAUTION ADVISORY PANEL

80 38 47 26P1020R

J3

SG

1019

−80

SG

1019

−38

SG

1019

−47

SG

1019

−26



TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00


0086 00-87

SAAB2092_15

PILOT’S MFD’S/CAUTION/ADVISORY PANEL

#1 H

YD

PU

MP

28 66

#2 H

YD

PU

MP

#1 P

RI

SE

RV

O P

RE

SS

#2 T

AIL

RT

R S

ER

VO

ON

AP

U A

CC

UM

LO

W

BA

CK

−UP

PU

MP

ON

#2 P

RI

SE

RV

O P

RE

SS

BA

CK

−UP

RS

VR

LO

W

#2 R

SV

R L

OW

#1 T

AIL

RT

R S

ER

VO

#1 R

SV

R L

OW

64 50 23 53 76 60 67 16 51

J3

P10320R

COPILOT’S MFD’S/CAUTION/ADVISORY PANEL

28 66 64 50 23 53 76 60 67 16 51P1019R

J3

#1 H

YD

PU

MP

#2 H

YD

PU

MP

#1 P

RI

SE

RV

O P

RE

SS

#2 T

AIL

RT

R S

ER

VO

ON

AP

U A

CC

UM

LO

W

BA

CK

−UP

PU

MP

ON

#2 P

RI

SE

RV

O P

RE

SS

BA

CK

−UP

RS

VR

LO

W

#2 R

SV

R L

OW

#1 T

AIL

RT

R S

ER

VO

#1 R

SV

R L

OW

(SEE NOTE 9)DETAIL C

SG

1020

−28

SG

1020

−66

SG

1020

−64

SG

1020

−50

SG

1020

−23

SG

1020

−53

SG

1020

−76

SG

1020

−60

SG

1020

−67

SG

1020

−16

SG1020−51


TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00


0086 00-88

FILTER

FLUIDLEVELSWITCHHIGH−

PRESSURERELIEFVALVE

RESERVOIR FILTER

FILTERBYPASSVALVE

RESERVOIRBLEEDVALVE PUMP

OVERBOARDDRAIN

HIGH−PRESSUREGROUNDTEST

HYDRAULICREFILLHANDPUMP

MAINTRANSMISSION

GROUND TESTRETURN

NOTES

1. SHUTOFF VALVES SHOWN INNORMALLY OPEN POSITION.

2.

PRESSURE

RETURN

1000 PSI

SERVICING

PUMP SUCTION

SYSTEM BLEED

SEAL DRAIN

CASE DRAIN

LEGEND

FILTERFLUIDLEVELSWITCHHIGH−

PRESSURERELIEFVALVE

RESERVOIR

RESERVOIRBLEEDVALVE

PUMP

OVERBOARDDRAIN

HIGH−PRESSUREGROUND TEST

NO. 1 PUMP MODULE

NO. 2 PUMP MODULE

HYDRAULICREFILLSELECTORVALVE

SAAA2647_1

FILTER

FILTERBYPASSVALVE

MAINTRANSMISSION

GROUND TESTRETURN

WINTER

Figure 3. Hydraulic Systems Power Schematic. (Sheet 1 of 8)

TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00


0086 00-89

NO. 1HYDRAULICPUMPPRESSURESWITCH

TRANSFERSHUTTLEVALVE

NO. 2HYDRAULICPUMPPRESSURESWITCH

TRANSFERSHUTTLEVALVE

2ND STAGESERVOSHUTOFFVALVE(SEE NOTE 1)

PILOT−ASSISTMODULESHUTOFFVALVE(SEE NOTE 1)

NO. 1 TRANSFER MODULE

NO. 2 TRANSFER MODULE

H

J

K

L

TOSHEET

7

TOSHEET

5

E

FG

MN

TOSHEET

3SA

AA2647_2

1ST STAGESERVOSHUTOFFVALVE(SEE NOTE 1)

1ST STAGETAIL ROTORSHUTOFFVALVE

A

B

C

D

TOSHEET

5

TOSHEET

3


TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00


0086 00-90

SAAA2647_3

FILTER

FLUIDLEVELSWITCHHIGH−

PRESSURERELIEFVALVE

RESERVOIR

FILTER

FILTERBYPASSVALVE

RESERVOIRBLEEDVALVE

PUMP

HIGH−PRESSUREGROUNDTEST

BACKUP PUMP MODULE

170o

THERMALSWITCH

MOTORDEPRESSURIZER

E

F

C

D

G

TOSHEET

2

M

N

TOSHEET

2


TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00


0086 00-91

SAAA2647_4

2ND STAGETAIL ROTORSHUTOFFVALVE(SEE NOTE 1)

TESTRETURN

GROUND

1ST STAGE TAILROTOR SERVOPRESSURE SWITCH

2ND STAGE TAILROTOR SERVOPRESSURE SWITCH

1ST STAGE TAIL ROTORSERVO

2ND STAGE TAIL ROTORSERVO

BACKUP PUMPPRESSURE SWITCH

FROM HYDRAULICREFILL SYSTEM

VELOCITYFUSE

UTILITY MODULE

QTO

SHEET5

PTO

SHEET5


TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00


0086 00-92

SAAA2647_5

FILTER

MANUALOVERRIDE

APUACCUMULATORPRESSURESWITCH

APUACCUMULATORHANDPUMP

APUSTARTMOTOR

PRESSUREGAGE

NITROGENSERVICINGVALVE

APUACCUMULATOR

APU STARTER

APU STARTVALVEMANIFOLD

AUXILIARY POWERUNIT SYSTEM (APU) (SEE DETAIL A)

A

B

J

H

TOSHEET

2

M

PTO

SHEET4

QTO

SHEET4


TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00


0086 00-93

SAAA2647_6

PRIMARY SERVOMANIFOLDS

1ST STAGEPRESSURESWITCH

1STSTAGESERVO

2NDSTAGESERVO

1STSTAGESERVO

2NDSTAGESERVO

1STSTAGESERVO

2NDSTAGESERVO

2ND STAGEPRESSURESWITCH





FORWARD PRIMARY SERVO

AFT PRIMARY SERVO

LATERAL PRIMARY SERVO


TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00


0086 00-94

SAS PRESSURESWITCH(SEE NOTE 1)SAS SHUTOFF

VALVE(SEE NOTE 1)

BOOSTSHUTOFFVALVE(SEE NOTE 1)

PITCH TRIMTURN−ONVALVE(SEE NOTE 1)

COLLECTIVEBOOSTASSEMBLY

COLLECTIVEBOOST SERVOPRESSURE SWITCH

YAWBOOSTASSEMBLY

YAW BOOST SERVOPRESSURE SWITCH

SASACTUATOR

PITCHTRIMASSEMBLY

SASACTUATOR

ROLLTRIMASSEMBLY

SASACTUATOR

PILOT−ASSIST MODULE

K

L

TOSHEET

2

THERMALRELIEFVALVE

PILOT−ASSISTMANIFOLD

1000 PSI

PRESSUREREDUCERVALVE

1000PSI

SAAA2647_7


TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00


0086 00-95

SAAA2647_8

FILTER

MANUALOVERRIDE

APUACCUMULATORPRESSURESWITCH

APUACCUMULATORHANDPUMP

APUSTARTMOTOR

PRESSUREGAGE

NITROGENSERVICINGVALVE

APUACCUMULATOR

APU STARTER

APU STARTVALVEMANIFOLD

AUXILIARY POWERUNIT (APU) SYSTEM

WINTERIZATIONKITACCUMULATOR

(SEE NOTE 2)DETAIL A

M


TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00


0086 00-96

NOTES 1. #1 AND #2 PRI SERVO CAUTION

CAPSULES GO ON WHEN RESPECTIVEHYDRAULIC STAGE IS OFF.

2. PIN J ISIDENTIFIED AS PIN a ON PILOT’S ANDCOPILOT’S COLLECTIVE STICKCONNECTORS.

LEGEND

PRESSURE (1000 PSI)

PRESSURE (3050 PSI)

RETURN

ELECTRICAL

MECHANICAL

NO. 2 SERVOCONTR

NO. 2DC PRI

BUS

28 VDC

5AMP 12

CB228J236 P236 J247 P247

SG236−2

NO. 2 SERVOWARN

5AMP 12

CB227J222 P222

SG126−1

P126 J126


NO. 1 SERVOCONTR

NO. 1DC PRI

BUS

28 VDC

5AMP 12

CB128J249 P249 J248 P248

SG249−1

NO. 1 SERVOWARN

5AMP 12

CB127J225 P225P127 J127


SG902−3

#2 PRI SERVO PRESS

#1 PRI SERVO PRESS

BOOST SERVO OFF

SAS OFF


J117 P117 J113 P113

J223 P223

P114 J114 J224 P224

J458R P458R

J110 P110 J220 P220

sY

s

h

11

BBi

C

D

E

56

8

11

43

SG458R−1

C

RU

r

e T

qF

2

4

5

6

7

8

9

TOSHEET

7

TOSHEET

5

TO SHEET 7

TO SHEET 4

(SEE NOTE 1)

W/O MOD

(SE

E N

OT

E 3

)P

FA


PIN FILTERED 3.

4. UH60L UH60A EH60A

5. UH60Q HH60L

(SEE DETAIL A) (SEE NOTE 4)

SAAB2208_1

1

3

Figure 4. Hydraulic Systems Primary and Pilot Assist Servos Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 9)

TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00


0086 00-97

1STSTG

SVOOFF

2NDSTG

SWITCH

P103

J103

COPILOT’S COLLECTIVE STICK GRIP

2NDSTG

SVOOFF

1STSTG

SWITCH

P104

J104

PILOT’S COLLECTIVE STICK GRIP

P247 J247

P248 J248

J224 P224

J221 P221

11

12

TOTRANSFERVALVE

A

B

C

D

TO TAILROTORSERVO (SEEFIGURE 10−3)

10

1ST STAGETAIL ROTORSHUTOFFVALVE

1ST STAGESERVOSHUTOFFVALVE

GND285−1

NO. 1 TRANSFER MODULE P417 2 1

J f c d d c f J

Y D

KKG

SG104−10

SG104−9SG104−8

SG104−7

(SEE NOTE 2) (SEE NOTE 2)

1

3

SAAB2208_2

TO SHEET 8

TOSHEET

7

TOSHEET

7


TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00


0086 00-98

TOTRANSFERVALVE

E

F

13

PILOT−ASSISTSHUTOFFVALVE

2ND STAGESERVOSHUTOFFVALVE

GND299−1

NO. 2 TRANSFER MODULE P416 2 1

P468R J468R

2

1

SAS SHUTOFFVALVE

THERMALRELIEFVALVE

PILOT−ASSIST MODULE

TO SAS AMPLIFIER ANDSTABILATOR CONTROL /AUTO FLIGHT CONTROL PANEL

TO STABILATOR CONTROL /AUTO FLIGHT CONTROL PANEL

PILOT−ASSIST MANIFOLDASSEMBLY

14

15

SAAB2208_3

G

H

J

TO SHEET 8

TOSHEET

7


TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00


0086 00-99

P466R J466R

2

1

PITCH TRIMTURN−ON VALVE

P469R J469R

2

1

BOOSTSHUTOFF VALVE

P467R J467R

SAS PRESSURESWITCH

1

2

K

L

M

N

1000 PSI

TO SAS / FPS COMPUTERAND STABILATOR CONTROL /AUTO FLIGHT CONTROL PANEL

TO SAS / FPS COMPUTER

PRESSUREREDUCER VALVE

BOOST PRESSURE 3000 PSI

RETURN

SAS PRESSURE 3000 PSI

TOSHEET

5

14

9

15

SAAB2208_4

TO SHEET 1

G

H

J


TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00


0086 00-100

K

L

M

N

P463R J463R

COLLECTIVEBOOST SERVOPRESSURE SWITCH

8

7

TOSHEET

1 OUTPUTLEVER

INPUT

COLLECTIVESERVOASSEMBLY

TO SAS AMPLIFIER ANDSTABILATOR CONTROL /AUTO FLIGHT CONTROL PANEL

LEVER

1000 PSI

3000 PSI

3000 PSI

P470R J470R

YAW BOOSTSERVO PRESSURESWITCH

INPUT

YAWBOOST SERVOASSEMBLY

LEVER

1

2

1

2

J462R P462R

YAWSAS MODULE

1

2

3

4

OUTPUTLEVER

SASACTUATORLINK

TO SAS / FPSCOMPUTER

TO SASAMPLIFIER

TOSHEET

4

PILOT−ASSIST MANIFOLD ASSEMBLYSA

AB2208_5

P

Q

R


TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00


0086 00-101

P464R J464R

INPUT

PITCHTRIMASSEMBLY

LEVER

J460R P460R

1

2

3

4

PITCH TRIMSAS MODULE

OUTPUTLEVER

SASACTUATORLINK

7

4

2

3

6

9

5

8

SG

464R

−1

14 VDC

PITCHTRIM (H)PITCHTRIM (L)

LONG POSN

PITCHTRIM POSN

−14 VDC

PITCH TRIMACTUATORASSEMBLY

INPUT

ROLL SASASSEMBLY

LEVER

J461R P461R

ROLLSAS MODULE

1

2

3

4

OUTPUTLEVER SAS

ACTUATORLINK

TO SAS AMPLIFIER


SG464R−2


PILOT−ASSIST MANIFOLD ASSEMBLYSA

AB2208_6

P

Q

R


TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00


0086 00-102

2

5

11

PRIMARY SERVO MANIFOLD

9

4

6

1

1STSTAGESERVO

2NDSTAGESERVO


9

4

6

1


LATERALPRIMARYSERVO

9

4

6

1


12

TOSHEET

3

TOSHEET

1

4

6

SG428−2

SG428−1

P424 J424

F

E

D

C

SG425−2

SG425−1

J427 P427 P425 J425

TOSHEET

2

TOSHEET

1

TO SHEET 2

SAAB2208_7

1617

1819

20

21

22

23

TO SHEET 2

T

U

V

W

S


TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00


0086 00-103

1STSTAGESERVO

2NDSTAGESERVO

9

4

6

1


AFTPRIMARYSERVO

9

4

6

1

1STSTAGESERVO

2NDSTAGESERVO


9

4

6

1


FORWARDPRIMARYSERVO

J428 P428 P426 J426 J429 P429

PRIMARY SERVO MANIFOLD

SAAB2208_8

1617

1819

10

20

21

22

2313

TO SHEET 2

TO SHEET 3

T

U

V

W

S


TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00


0086 00-104

SAAB2208_9

#2 PRI SERVO PRESS

#1 PRI SERVO PRESS

BOOST SERVO OFF

SAS OFF

J3 P1019R

60

76

80

38

PF

A

#2 PRI SERVO PRESS

#1 PRI SERVO PRESS

BOOST SERVO OFF

SAS OFF

J3 P1020R

60

76

80

38

PF

A

SG1020−60

SG1020−76

SG1019−80

SG1019−38

(SEE NOTE 5)DETAIL A



(SE

E N

OT

E 3

)(S

EE

NO

TE

3)


TM 1-1520-237-23 0086 00


END OF WORK PACKAGE

0086 00-105/106 Blank

UNIT LEVEL

INSTRUMENT SYSTEMS

PITOT-STATIC SYSTEM

INITIAL SETUP:

Test EquipmentMultimeter, AN/PSM-45APitot and Static System Test Set, 7365

Tools and Special ToolsElectrical Repairer Toolkit, SC 5180-99-B06Locally-Made Pitot-Static Test Set Power Cable As-

sembly, Figure 49, WP 1805 00, Sheet 1Locally-Made Pitot-Static Test Set Tee Air Hose As-

sembly, Figure 49, WP 1805 00, Sheet 3Pitot-Static Head Adapters, (2 Required)

Material/PartsEthylene Glycol, Technical, Item 123, WP 1803 00


ReferencesTM 1-1520-237-10WP 0105 00

WP 0110 00WP 0767 00WP 0769 00WP 0770 00WP 0771 00WP 0772 00WP 0824 00WP 1685 00WP 1747 00WP 1803 00WP 1805 00



NOTE

See Figure 1 for component location diagram,

UH60A UH60L UH60Q HH60L Figure 2 and EH60A Figure 3 for altimeter schematic diagrams,

and MWO 50-42 UH60A 82-23748-SUBQ UH60L EH60A UH60Q HH60L Figure 4 and

UH60A 77-22714 - 82-23747 Figure 5 for Pitot-Static system test setup diagrams as an aid in

operational/troubleshooting.

The Pitot-Static operational/troubleshooting procedure is subdivided as follows:

+ Setup

+ Altimeter/Vertical Speed Indicator

+ Airspeed Indicator

+ Barometric Altimeter Lighted Bezel Assembly

+ Shutdown

TM 1-1520-237-23 0087 00

0087 00-1

SETUP OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step

CAUTION

Damage could occur to Pitot-Static components if reverse pressure is applied to Pitot-Static heads during operational/troubleshooting procedure. Make sure test set and con-nections are properly set up before applying power to the test set. Use extreme cautionwhen removing the Pitot-Static test set and adapters. Slowly return Pitot and staticpressure to 0. Do not pull Pitot-Static adapters off Pitot heads until all readings are at0, since this could cause damage to components.

NOTE


1. Connect electrical power.



PILOT ALTM Pilot’s

CPLT ALTM Copilot’s

3. Make sure upper console PITOT HEAT switch is placed OFF.

4. Remove covers from Pitot tubes.

5. Bleed Pitot-Static lines (WP 0769 00).

6. Attach locally-made tee air hoses to test set (WP 1805 00).

7. Attach P2 of locally-made power cable to power connector at rear of test set.

8. Attach P1 of power cable to 28 vdc cabin utility receptacle.

NOTE

Qualified personnel may use external power or power test set using vac or vdc power.

9. Cap all tee air hoses.

10. Do a leak check of test set and tee air hoses.

11. Attach tee air hoses to Pitot-Static head adapters, making sure Pitot and static lines are not crossed.

12. UH60A 82-23748 - SUBQ UH60L EH60A MWO 50-42 UH-60Q HH-60L Attach static tee air hoses to pilot’s andcopilot’s vertical speed indicators.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0087 00

0087 00-2

CAUTION

To prevent damage to Pitot-Static heads, use only pure technical ethylene glycol Item117, WP 1803 00, (ethylene glycol) and not antifreeze.

NOTE

Make sure that vent holes on Pitot-Static head adapters are not plugged.

13. Wet inside surface of Pitot-Static head adapters with water to permit easier installation and prevent wear of sealingrings. In freezing temperatures, use mixture of one-half water and one-half ethylene glycol.

WARNING

To prevent injury to personnel, make sure Pitot heaters are off (PITOT HEAT switchon upper console panel is OFF), and Pitot heads are cool.

14. Using twisting motion, slide Pitot-Static head adapter connected to test set over pilot’s (right) Pitot head until fullyseated.

15. Using twisting motion, slide other Pitot-Static head adapter over copilot’s (left) Pitot head until fully seated.



Power shall be off.

Corrective Action

None Required

ALTIMETER/VERTICAL SPEED INDICATOR OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step

NOTE

On the following steps, altimeter/vertical speed indicator readings shall not exceedtolerance ratings specified on test set calibration sticker.


2. Set pilot’s and copilot’s vertical speed indicator pointers to indicate 0 fpm with zero adjust screw (lower left side ofinstrument).

3. Set test set and pilot’s and copilot’s altimeters to scale reading of 29.92 in. hg.

4. Listen to pilot’s and copilot’s altimeters to make sure internal vibrator is working.


a. Pilot’s altimeter vibrator shall be working.

b. Copilot’s altimeter vibrator shall be working.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition a. is not as specified, go to PILOT’S ALIMETER VIBRATOR DOES NOT WORK,in this work package.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0087 00

SETUP OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0087 00-3

2. If Indication/Condition b. is not as specified, go to COPILOT’S ALTIMETER VIBRATOR DOES NOTWORK, in this work package.

Step

5. Set test set altitude indicator to 0 feet.

6. While monitoring pilot’s altimeter footage needle, turn pilot’s altimeter barometric pressure knob from fullyclockwise to fully counterclockwise.


a. Pilot’s altimeter footage indication shall change about 2500 feet.

b. Pilot’s altimeter footage needle shall not bind or skip.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, replace malfunctioning altimeter (WP 0772 00).

Step

7. Set pilot’s altimeter barometric scale to 29.92.


Pilot’s altimeter shall indicate between -50 and 50 feet.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace pilot’s altimeter (WP 0772 00).

Step

8. Repeat steps 6. and 7. for copilot’s altimeter.

9. Set test set altimeter indicator to 500 feet.


Pilot’s and copilot’s altimeters shall indicate 470 to 530 feet.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace malfunctioning altimeter (WP 0772 00).

Step

CAUTION

To prevent damage to equipment, do not exceed 5,000 fpm climb or descent on Pitot-Static test set.

10. Set test set altitude indicator to 1,000 feet, and allow readings to stabilize.


a. Pilot’s and copilot’s altimeters shall indicate from 965 to 1,035 feet.

b. UH60A 82-23748 - SUBQ UH60L EH60A MWO 50-42 UH-60Q HH-60L Pilot’s and copilot’s vertical speedindicators shall indicate UP within 250 fpm of test set vertical speed indicator.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0087 00

ALTIMETER/VERTICAL SPEED INDICATOR OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE -Continued

0087 00-4

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Conditions a. and b. are not as specified, check for leaky adapter sealing rings and loose tee airhose connections to pilot’s and copilot’s vertical speed indicators and altimeters.

a. If leaky seals are present, replace seals.

b. If loose fittings are present, tighten fittings.

(1) If trouble remains, replace pilot’s or copilot’s altimeter or vertical speed indicator, as required(WP 0772 00) or (WP 0770 00).

2. If Indication/Condition a. is not as specified, replace pilot’s or copilot’s altimeter, as required(WP 0772 00).

3. If Indication/Condition b. is not as specified, replace pilot’s or copilot’s vertical speed indicator, as required(WP 0770 00).

Step

11. Set test set altimeter indicator to 2,500 feet.


Pilot’s and copilot’s altimeters indicate 2,430 to 2,570 feet.

Corrective Action


Step



Pilot’s and copilot’s altimeters shall indicate 4,920 to 5,080 feet.

Corrective Action


Step



Pilot’s and copilot’s altimeters shall indicate 9,900 to 10,100 feet.

Corrective Action


Step

14. Set test set altitude indicator to 15,500 feet.

15. Close off vacuum source from test set.

16. Using helicopter’s clock or a watch, check pilot’s and copilot’s altimeter indications for 2 minutes, at 1-minuteperiods.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0087 00


0087 00-5


Pilot’s and copilot’s altimeters indications shall not change by more than 150 fpm.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to PILOT’S AND COPILOT’S ALTIMETERS CHANGE MORETHAN 150 FPM, in this work package.

Step

CAUTION

Use extreme caution when removing the Pitot-Static test set and adapters. Do not ex-ceed the maximum allowable feet per minute descent on Pitot-Static test set. Slowlyreturn Pitot and static pressure to 0. Do not pull Pitot-Static adapters off Pitot headsuntil all readings are at 0, since this could cause damage to components.

17. Open Pitot-Static test set pressure release valves and return pressure to 0 psi.




Corrective Action

None Required

AIRSPEED INDICATOR OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step

1. Do Setup, in this work package, if not already done.

2. Set test set airspeed indicator to 200 knots and allow readings to stabilize.


Pilot’s and copilot’s airspeed indicators shall indicate from 196.5 to 203.5 knots.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, check for leaky adapter sealing rings, and loose tee air hose con-nections to pilot’s and copilot’s airspeed indicators.

a. If leaky seals are present, replace seals.

b. If loose fittings are present, tighten fittings.

(1) If trouble remains, replace pilot’s or copilot’s airspeed indicator, as required (WP 0771 00).

Step

3. Using helicopter’s clock or a watch, check pilot’s airspeed indicator indication for 2 minutes.


Pilot’s airspeed indicator shall indicate 196.5 to 203.5 knots.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0087 00


0087 00-6

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, visually check for damaged Pitot-Static head.

a. If Pitot-Static head is damaged, replace Pitot-Static head (WP 0767 00).

b. If Pitot-Static is not damaged, replace airspeed indicator (WP 0771 00).

Step

4. Slowly decrease test set pressure until test set airspeed indicator indicates 100 knots.


Pilot’s airspeed indicator shall indicate 98 to 102 knots.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace airspeed indicator (WP 0771 00).

Step

5. Set test set airspeed indicator to 0 knots.




Corrective Action

None Required

BAROMETRIC ALTIMETER LIGHTED BEZEL ASSEMBLY OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTINGPROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step

1. Turn INST LT PILOT FLT control from OFF to BRT.


Pilot’s barometric altimeter lighted bezel assembly shall increase in brilliance.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to PILOT’S BAROMETRIC ALTIMETER LIGHTED BEZEL DOESNOT WORK, in this work package.

Step

2. Turn INST LT PILOT FLT control from BRT to OFF.


Pilot’s barometric altimeter lighted bezel assembly shall decrease in brilliance and go off.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, troubleshoot instrument panel and consoles indicator lights dimming(WP 0110 00).

TM 1-1520-237-23 0087 00

AIRSPEED INDICATOR OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0087 00-7

Step

3. Turn CPLT FLT INST LTS control from OFF to BRT.


Copilot’s barometric altimeter lighted bezel assembly shall increase in brilliance.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to COPILOT’S BAROMETRIC ALTIMETER LIGHTED BEZELDOES NOT WORK, in this work package.

Step

4. Turn CPLT FLT INST LTS control from BRT to OFF.


Copilot’s barometric altimeter lighted bezel assembly shall decrease in brilliance and go off.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, troubleshoot instrument panel and console lights dimming(WP 0110 00).

Step

5. If no other tests are to be done, go to SHUTDOWN, in this work package.



Corrective Action

None Required


PROCEDURE

Step

CAUTION

Damage could occur to Pitot-Static components if reverse pressure is applied to Pitot-Static heads during operational/troubleshooting procedure. Make sure test set and con-nections are properly set up before applying power to the test set. Use extreme cautionwhen removing the Pitot-Static test set and adapters. Slowly return Pitot and staticpressure to 0. Do not pull Pitot-Static adapters off Pitot heads until all readings are at0, since this could cause damage to components.

1. Turn off and disconnect external electrical power.

2. Disconnect test setup.

3. If ethylene glycol was used to install Pitot-Static head adapters, wipe off Pitot heads with soft rag after removingadapters.

4. Install covers on Pitot tubes.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0087 00

BAROMETRIC ALTIMETER LIGHTED BEZEL ASSEMBLY OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTINGPROCEDURE - Continued

0087 00-8


Covers shall be installed on Pitot tubes.

Corrective Action

None Required

PILOT’S ALTIMETER VIBRATOR DOES NOT WORK

SYMPTOMPilot’s altimeter vibrator shall be working.

MALFUNCTIONPilot’s altimeter vibrator does not work.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Check for 28 vdc between P306R-M and P306R-P.

a. If voltage is as specified, replace altimeter (WP 0772 00). Go to 4.


2. Check continuity between P306R-M and ground.



3. Check continuity between P306R-P and PILOT ALTM circuit breaker terminal 1.




COPILOT’S ALTIMETER VIBRATOR DOES NOT WORK

SYMPTOMCopilot’s altimeter vibrator shall be working.

MALFUNCTIONCopilot’s altimeter vibrator does not work.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Check for 28 vdc between P1-M and P1-P.

a. If voltage is as specified, replace altimeter (WP 0772 00). Go to 4.


2. Check continuity between P1-M and ground.



3. Check continuity between P1-P and COPILOT ALTM circuit breaker terminal 1.


TM 1-1520-237-23 0087 00

SHUTDOWN OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0087 00-9



PILOT’S AND COPILOT’S ALTIMETERS CHANGE MORE THAN 150 FPM

SYMPTOMPilot’s and copilot’s altimeters indications shall not change by more than 150 FPM.

MALFUNCTIONPilot’s and copilot’s altimeters change more than 150 FPM.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Check that static line connections are tight.

a. If connections are tight, go to 2.

b. If connections are not tight, tighten static line connections (WP 0769 00). Go to 4.

2. Visually check for damaged static lines.

a. If damaged lines are present, replace static tubing (WP 0769 00). Go to 4.

b. If damaged lines are not present, go to 3.

3. Visually check for damaged Pitot-Static heads.

a. If damaged heads are present, replace Pitot-Static head assembly, as required (WP 0767 00).Go to 4.

b. If damaged heads are not present, replace pilot’s or copilot’s altimeter, as required(WP 0772 00). Go to 4.


PILOT’S BAROMETRIC ALTIMETER LIGHTED BEZEL DOES NOT WORK

SYMPTOMPilot’s barometric altimeter lighted bezel shall increase in brilliance.

MALFUNCTIONPilot’s barometric altimeter lighted bezel does not work.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Turn INST LT PILOT FLT control to BRT. Go to 2.


a. If voltage is not as specified, troubleshoot instrument panel and consoles indicator lights dim-ming (WP 0110 00). Go to 4.

b. If voltage is as specified, go to 3.

3. Check continuity between P183-B and ground.

a. If continuity is present, replace lighted bezel assembly (WP 0772 00). Go to 4.



TM 1-1520-237-23 0087 00

COPILOT’S ALTIMETER VIBRATOR DOES NOT WORK - Continued

0087 00-10

COPILOT’S BAROMETRIC ALTIMETER LIGHTED BEZEL DOES NOT WORK

SYMPTOMCopilot’s barometric altimeter lighted bezel shall increase in brilliance.

MALFUNCTIONCopilot’s barometric altimeter lighted bezel does not work.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Turn CPLT FLT INST LTS control to BRT. Go to 2.


a. If voltage is not as specified, troubleshoot instrument panel and consoles indicator lights dim-ming (WP 0110 00). Go to 4.

b. If voltage is as specified, go to 3.

3. Check continuity between P193-B and ground.

a. If continuity is present, replace lighted bezel assembly (WP 0772 00). Go to 4.



TM 1-1520-237-23 0087 00

0087 00-11

AIR DATATRANSDUCER

AIRSPEEDTRANSDUCER

P1R / J1R

P112 / J112

P111 / J111

P113 / J113

LOWERCONSOLE

CPITOTDRAIN

STATICDRAIN

PITOT STATICHEAD

P266 / J266

P20R / J20R

E

D

B

C

P306R

INSTRUMENTPANEL

P246 / J246

P280 / J280

F

P249 / J249

PITOT STATICHEAD

RADAR RECEIVERTRANSMITTERCONTROL PANELP664R

STATICDRAIN

PITOTDRAIN

BALANCECHAMBER

RESTRICTORASSEMBLY

RESTRICTORTEE

BALANCECHAMBER

RESTRICTORASSEMBLY

AP1

A

1.

2. PILOT’S AND COPILOT’SBAROMETRIC ALTIMETER ENCODER.

3.

PITOT

STATIC (1)

STATIC (2)

B

P183

P193

4.UH60A 82-23748 - SUBQMWO 50-42

UH60L EH60A UH60Q HH60LEH60A

EH60A

UH60A

UH60A 82-23748 - SUBQMWO 50-42

UH60L EH60A UH60Q HH60L

SAAA2606_1A

PILOT’S AND COPILOT’S VERTICALSPEED INDICATORS ARE VENTED TOCABIN PRESSURE, NOT STATIC SYSTEMPRESSURE.

NOTES

LEGEND

EFFECTIVITY

UH60L UH60Q HH60LPILOT’S BAROMETRIC ALTIMETERENCODER.

Figure 1. Pitot-Static System Location Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 5)

TM 1-1520-237-23 0087 00

LOCATION

0087 00-12

AIR DATATRANSDUCER

AIRSPEEDTRANSDUCER

P1R / J1R

P112 / J112

P111 / J111

P113 / J113

LOWERCONSOLE

CPITOTDRAIN

STATICDRAIN

PITOT STATICHEADP266 / J266

P20R / J20R

E

D

B

C

P360R

INSTRUMENTPANEL

P246 / J246

P280 / J280

F

P249 / J249

PITOT STATICHEAD

RADAR RECEIVERTRANSMITTERCONTROL PANELP664R

STATICDRAIN

PITOTDRAIN

BALANCECHAMBER

RESTRICTORASSEMBLY

RESTRICTORTEE

BALANCECHAMBER

RESTRICTORASSEMBLY

AP1

A

SAAA2606_2A

EFFECTIVITYUH60A 77-22714-82-23747



CONNECTION POINT

P1 COPILOT’S BAROMETRICALTIMETER ENCODER

P1R / J1R COCKPIT BL 6 LH, STA 210

P20R / J20R CABIN BL 40 RH, STA 248

P111 / J111 COCKPIT BL 7.5 LH, STA 197


COCKPIT BL 6 RH, STA 197P113 / J113

P183 PILOT’S BAROMETRICALTIMETER LIGHTED,BEZEL ASSEMBLY

B


TM 1-1520-237-23 0087 00


0087 00-13

SAAA2606_3A

COPILOT’S BAROMETRICALTIMETER LIGHTED,BEZEL ASSEMBLY

P193

P246 / J246 CABIN CEILING BL 5 RH,STA 247


BEHIND PILOT’SCIRCUIT BREAKER PANELBL 25 RH

P266 / J266

P280 / J280 CABIN CEILING BL 6 LH,STA 247

P306R PILOT’S BAROMETRICALTIMETER

P664R RADARRECEIVER TRANSMITTERCONTROL PANEL

VERTICAL SPEED

1000 FT PERMIN

DOWN

UP

.5

.5

12 4

6

421

0

0 123

4567

89

ALT

1000 FT100 FT

IN. HG

1

2

2 9 9 0

PILOT’S AND COPILOT’SVERTICAL SPEED INDICATOR

PILOT’S AND COPILOT’SBAROMETRIC ALTIMETER

ZERO ADJUST

(SEE NOTE 3) B

CODEOFF

100150

200

25020

50

KNOTS

PILOT’S AND COPILOT’SAIRSPEED INDICATOR

A

C

P992R / J992R COCKPIT BL 19.5 RH,STA 187 (SEE NOTE 4)

SEE NOTES1 AND 2


RECEPTACLE



TM 1-1520-237-23 0087 00


0087 00-14

SAAA2606_4A

UPPER CONSOLE

PILOT FLT

INST LT

CPLT FLTINST LTS

BRTOFF

BRTOFF

D


TM 1-1520-237-23 0087 00


0087 00-15

SAAA2606_5

NO. 2 DC PRI BUS

PILOTALTM

2

NO. 1 DC PRI BUS

5

CPLTALTM

F



E


TM 1-1520-237-23 0087 00


0087 00-16

NO. 1DC PRI

BUS

CPLT ALTM

5AMP2 1

CB108

28 VDC


J249 P249

E

CPLT FLTINST LTS

UPPER CONSOLE

J280 P280

K

P111 J111

F

GND113−1

P113 J113

H

rSGS33−1

SGF33−1

SGG33−1

SGT33−1SGB33−1

SG280−1

P193

A

B

COPILOT’S BAROMETRICALTIMETER LIGHTEDBEZEL ASSEMBLY

SGP1−1

GG33−4

P1

a

P

M

X

COPILOT’S ALTIMETER ENCODER

PITOT−STATICSYSTEM

PITOT−STATIC LINES

EFFECTIVITY

BRT

OFF

T5HV

G

LV

TODIGITALCLOCKSYSTEM

SGP1−2

UH60L UH60Q HH60LSA

AB2190_1 UH60A

A

Figure 2. Altimeter Schematic Diagram UH60A UH60L UH60Q HH60L . (Sheet 1 of 2)

TM 1-1520-237-23 0087 00

SCHEMATICS

0087 00-17

NO. 2DC PRI

BUS2

AMP2 1 CB204

28 VDC


J266 P266

R

PILOT ALTMJ20R P20R

L

P664R

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

39

IFF RECEIVER TRANSMITTERCONTROL PANEL

J1R P1R

t

a

c

d

e

f

g

h

i

j

b

GG13−1

SGR306−3

SGR306−2

GG33−11

GG33−1

P306R

a

b

M

A

K

J

H

G

F

E

D

C

B

L

P306R

P

cJ1R P1R

z

INSTR LTPILOT FLT

J246 P246

nSG246−1

P112 J112

r

L

SG33G−1 SG33N−1

SGH33−2

SGH33−1 SGH33−3

P183

A

B

PILOT’S BAROMETRICALTIMETER LIGHTEDBEZEL ASSEMBLY

UPPER CONSOLE

SGR306−1

GROUND

SIGNAL GROUND

MC.A1

MC.A2

MC.A4

MC.B1

MC.B2

MC.B4

MC.C1

MC.C2

MC.C4

MC.D4

GROUND

28 VDC IN


GND112−2

PILOT’S ALTIMETERENCODER

BRT

OFF

T6HV

G

LV

TODIGITALCLOCKSYSTEM

SAAB2190_2

A

Figure 2. Altimeter Schematic Diagram UH60A UH60L UH60Q HH60L . (Sheet 2 of 2)

TM 1-1520-237-23 0087 00


0087 00-18

NO. 1DC PRI

BUS

CPLT ALTM

5AMP

2 1 CB108

28 VDC


J249 P249

E

UPPER CONSOLE

J280 P280

K

P111 J111

F

GND113−1

P113 J113

H

rSGS33−1

SGF33−1

SGG33−1

SGT33−1SGB33−1

SG280−1

P193

A

B

COPILOT’S BAROMETRICALTIMETER LIGHTEDBEZEL ASSEMBLY

NO. 2DC PRI

BUS2

AMP2 1 CB204

28 VDC


J266 P266

R

PILOT ALTMJ20R P20R

L

PITOT−STATICSYSTEM

EFFECTIVITY

P992R J992R

EE

DD

CC

BB

AA

u

v

w

x

y

z

P938R J209

15

14

23

20

12

13

11

24

31

46

10

CONTROL DISPLAY UNIT

P1

c

a

P

K

J

H

G

F

E

D

C

B

L

A

28 VDC HI

28 VDC LO

A1

A2

A4

B1

B2

B4

C1

C2

C4

D4

COM

COPILOT’S ALTIMETER ENCODER


GG33−4

SGP1−2

SGP−1

CPLT FLTINST LTS

BRT

OFF

T5HV

G

LV

EH60ASA

AB2328_1

A

1

Figure 3. Altimeter Schematic Diagram EH60A . (Sheet 1 of 2)

TM 1-1520-237-23 0087 00


0087 00-19

P664R

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

39

IFF RECEIVER TRANSMITTERCONTROL PANEL

J1R P1R

t

a

c

d

e

f

g

h

i

j

b

GG13−1

SGR306−3

SGR306−2

GG33−11

GG33−1

P306R

a

b

M

A

K

J

H

G

F

E

D

C

B

L

P306R

P

cJ1R P1R

z

INSTR LTPILOT FLT

J246 P246

nSG246−1

P112 J112

r

L

SG33G−1 SG33N−1

SGH33−2

SGH33−1 SGH33−3

P183

A

B

UPPER CONSOLE

SGR306−1

GROUND

SIGNAL GROUND

MC.A1

MC.A2

MC.A4

MC.B1

MC.B2

MC.B4

MC.C1

MC.C2

MC.C4

MC.D4

GROUND

28 VDC IN

PILOT’S ALTIMETER ENCODER


GND112−2

BRT

OFF

T6HV

G

LV

PILOT’S ALTIMETERENCODER LIGHTEDBEZEL ASSEMBLY

SAAB2328_2

A

1

Figure 3. Altimeter Schematic Diagram EH60A . (Sheet 2 of 2)

TM 1-1520-237-23 0087 00


0087 00-20

PITOT−STATICHEAD ADAPTER

COPILOT’S PITOTHEAD (LH)


S1 S2PS1 S2P

PITOT−STATIC TEST SET

PILOT’SVERTICAL SPEED

INDICATOR

COPILOT’SVERTICAL SPEED

INDICATOR

STATICLINE

PITOTLINE

LEGEND

STATIC LINES

PITOT LINES

PILOT’S PITOTHEAD (RH)

FRONTFRONT

EFFECTIVITY

UH60A 82−23748 − SUBQMWO 50−42

UH60L EH60A UH60Q HH60LSA

AB2298

Figure 4. Pitot-Static System Test Setup Diagram MWO 50-42 UH60A 82-23748-SUBQ UH60L EH60A UH60Q HH60L .

TM 1-1520-237-23 0087 00

TEST SETUP

0087 00-21

LEGEND

STATIC LINES

PITOT LINES


COPILOT’S PITOTHEAD (LH)


S1 S2PS1 S2P

PITOT−STATIC TEST SET

STATICLINE

PITOTLINE

PITOTFITTING

STATICFITTING

PILOT’S PITOTHEAD (RH)

FRONTFRONT

SAAB2299

EFFECTIVITY UH60A 77−22714 − 82−23747

Figure 5. Pitot-Static System Test Setup Diagram UH60A 77-22714 - 82-23747 .

TM 1-1520-237-23 0087 00

TEST SETUP - Continued

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0087 00-22

UNIT LEVEL

INSTRUMENT SYSTEMS

PITOT HEATER

INITIAL SETUP:



Personnel RequiredAircraft Electrician MOS 15F (1)Tactical Transport Helicopter Repairer MOS 15T (1)

ReferencesTM 1-1520-237-10WP 0104 00

WP 0120 00WP 0121 00WP 0769 00WP 0824 00WP 0828 00WP 1685 00WP 1747 00

Equipment ConditionExternal Electrical Power Connected, WP 1685 00or APU Operational, TM 1-1520-237-10

PITOT HEATER OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step

NOTE





UH60L

LEFT PITOT HEAT Copilot’s

NO. 1 ENG ANTI ICE Copilot’s

RT PITOT HEAT Pilot’s

EH60A

TM 1-1520-237-23 0088 00

0088 00-1


LEFT PITOT HEAT Copilot’s

NO. 1 ENG ANTI ICE Copilot’s

RIGHT PITOT HEAT Pilot’s



2. Make sure upper console PITOT HEAT switch is placed OFF.

3. Remove covers from Pitot tubes.


WARNING

To avoid skin burn, carefully feel for heat at Pitot tubes.

5. Carefully feel for heat at left and right Pitot tubes.


No heat shall be felt.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace PITOT HEAT switch S30 (WP 0828 00).

PROCEDURE

Step

6. Place upper console PITOT HEAT switch to ON and carefully feel for heat at Pitot tubes.


a. Heat shall be felt at left Pitot tube.

b. LFT PITOT HEAT capsule or legend shall be off.

c. Heat shall be felt at right Pitot tube.

d. RT PITOT HEAT capsule or legend shall be off.

Corrective Action

1. If all Indication/Conditions are not as specified, replace PITOT HEAT switch S30 (WP 0828 00).

2. If Indication/Conditions a. and b. are not as specified, go to NO HEAT AT LEFT PITOT TUBE AND LFTPITOT HEAT CAPSULE OR LEGEND IS ON, in this work package.

3. If Indication/Conditions c. and d. are not as specified, go to NO HEAT AT RIGHT PITOT TUBE AND RTPITOT HEAT CAPSULE OR LEGEND IS ON, in this work package.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0088 00

PITOT HEATER OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0088 00-2

Step

7. Place upper console PITOT HEAT switch to OFF.


9. Turn pilot’s or copilot’s MFD switch OFF.

10. After Pitot tubes have cooled, install covers.


Covers shall be installed.

Corrective Action

None Required

NO HEAT AT LEFT PITOT TUBE AND LFT PITOT HEAT CAPSULE OR LEGEND IS ON

SYMPTOMHeat shall be felt at right pitot tube and LFT PITOT HEAT capsule or legend shall be off.

MALFUNCTIONNo heat at left pitot tube and LFT PITOT HEAT capsule or legend is on.

CORRECTIVE ACTION


+ J269-A and J269-D (9 to 29 ohms)

+ J269-B and J269-C (45 to 55 ohms)


b. If resistance is not as specified, replace left Pitot-static tube assembly (WP 0769 00). Go to 9.


+ P269-C and ground

+ P269-D and ground



3. Check for 9 to 29 ohms between P242-K and ground.


b. If resistance is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between P242-K and P269-A(WP 1747 00). Go to 9.

4. Check for 45 to 55 ohms between P242-m and ground.


b. If resistance is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between P242-m and P269-B(WP 1747 00). Go to 9.

5. Check for 115 vac between P242-r and ground.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0088 00

PITOT HEATER OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0088 00-3

a. If voltage is as specified, troubleshoot left relay panel (WP 0121 00). Go to 9.


6. Check for 115 vac between PITOT HEAT switch terminal 6 and ground.

a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between switch terminal 6 and P242-r(WP 1747 00). Go to 9.



a. If voltage is as specified, replace switch S30 (WP 0828 00). Go to 9.


8. Check for 115 vac between LEFT PITOT HEAT circuit breaker terminal 1 andground.

a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between circuit breaker terminal 1 and switchterminal 5 (WP 1747 00). Go to 9.



NO HEAT AT RIGHT PITOT TUBE AND RT PITOT HEAT CAPSULE OR LEGEND IS ON

SYMPTOMHeat shall be felt at right pitot tube and RT PITOT HEAT capsule or legend shall be off.

MALFUNCTIONNo heat at right pitot tube and RT PITOT HEAT capsule or legend is on.

CORRECTIVE ACTION


+ J268-A and J268-D (9 to 29 ohms)

+ J268-B and J268-C (45 to 55 ohms)


b. If resistance is not as specified, replace right Pitot-static tube assembly (WP 0769 00). Go to9.


+ P268-C and ground

+ P268-D and ground



3. Check for 9 to 29 ohms between P241-c and ground.


b. If resistance is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between P241-c and P268-A(WP 1747 00). Go to 9.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0088 00

NO HEAT AT LEFT PITOT TUBE AND LFT PITOT HEAT CAPSULE OR LEGEND IS ON - Continued

0088 00-4

4. Check for 45 to 55 ohms between P241-r and ground.


b. If resistance is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between P241-r and P268-B(WP 1747 00). Go to 9.




6. Check continuity between PITOT HEAT switch terminal 3 and P241-m.

a. If continuity is present, troubleshoot right relay panel (WP 0120 00). Go to 9.





8. Check continuity between RT PITOT HEAT circuit breaker terminal 1 and PITOTHEAT switch terminal 2.




TM 1-1520-237-23 0088 00

NO HEAT AT RIGHT PITOT TUBE AND RT PITOT HEAT CAPSULE OR LEGEND IS ON - Continued

0088 00-5

1.




P126 / J126 BEHIND PILOT’S CIRCUITBREAKER PANELBL 28 RH, STA 243

P127 / J127 BEHIND COPILOT’SCIRCUIT BREAKER PANELBL 28 LH, STA 243



P241 / J241 RIGHT RELAY PANEL




P268 / J268 RIGHT PITOT TUBE

P269 / J269 LEFT PITOT TUBE

P230 / J230

P111 / J111

P110 / J110

P126 / J126

PITOTTUBEP268 / J268

RIGHT RELAYPANELP241 / J241

LEFT RELAYPANELP242 / J242P243 / J243

P231 / J231

LEFT PITOTTUBEP269 / J269

P127 / J127

P117

P246 / J246

A

D

B

C

RIGHT

2.

UH60A UH60L



3.

UH60A

EH60A

P1019R(SEE NOTE 4)

P1020R(SEE NOTE 4)

D

D

(SEE NOTE 4)

(SEE NOTE 4)

SAAB3683_1

(SEE NOTE 3)

(SEE NOTE 3)

NOTESUH60L UH60Q

HH60L

EH60AUH60Q HH60L 4.



CONNECTION POINT

Figure 1. Pitot Heater System Location Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 3)

TM 1-1520-237-23 0088 00

LOCATION

0088 00-6

SAAA2680_2

NO. 2 AC PRI BUS

RTPITOT

HEAT

10

NO. 2 AC PRI BUS

RTPITOT

HEAT

10

(SEE NOTE 2)(SEE NOTE 1)


UPPER CONSOLE

A

PITOTHEAT

ON

OFF

B


TM 1-1520-237-23 0088 00


0088 00-7

NO. 1 AC PRI BUS

NO. 1 DC PRI BUS

LEFTPITOT

HEAT

10

NO. 1 ENGANTI−ICE

5

LFT PITOTHEAT

RT PITOTHEAT

C


SAAA2680_3A


COMM NAV

BRT


RT PITOT HEAT

(SEE NOTE 4)

DAY

NIGHT

OFF

LFT PITOT HEAT

D




TM 1-1520-237-23 0088 00


0088 00-8

NO. 2AC PRI

BUS

NO. 1DC PRI

BUS

NO. 1AC PRI

BUS

RTPITOT HEAT

NO. 1 ENGANTI−ICE

LEFT PITOTHEAT

PITOT HEAT

OFF

ON

10AMP

5AMP

10AMP

2 1 CB241

2 1

2 1

CB135

CB122

P126 J126

28 VDC

115 VACφ A

P127 J127

2

8

5

3

9

6

SWITCHS30

m

m

R

UPPER CONSOLE

(SEE DETAIL A)

φ A115 VAC


J246 P246

J230 P230

J231 P231

(SEE DETAIL B)

M

u

m

NOTES

RT PITOT HEAT

LFT PITOT HEAT

J117 P117


J110 P110

J111 P111

60

12

r

c

J268 P268

HEAT

MAST

GND268−1

RIGHT PITOT TUBE HEATER

A

B

C

D

J269 P269

HEAT

MAST

GND268−1

LEFT PITOT TUBE HEATER

A

B

C

D


2.

1.

PF

A(S

EE

NO

TE

2)


EH60A

W/O EMEP

SAAB2118_1

(SEE DETAIL C)

3. UH60Q

PITOT HEAT RH

J110

J111

48

81

P1019R

PITOT HEAT LH

COPILOT’S MFDCAUTION/ADVISORYPANEL

PITOT HEAT RH 48

81

P1019R

PITOT HEAT LH

COPILOT’S MFDCAUTION/ADVISORYPANEL

SG1019−48

SG1019−81

DETAIL C (SEE NOTE 3)

HH60L

PF

AP

FA

1

2

3

45

6

7

89

Figure 2. Pitot Heater System Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 2)

TM 1-1520-237-23 0088 00

SCHEMATICS

0088 00-9

CURRENTSENSOR

T1

ELECTRONICSWITCH

P241 J241

RIGHT RELAY PANEL

CURRENTSENSOR

T1

ELECTRONICSWITCH

P242 J242

LEFT RELAY PANEL

P243 J243

m

c

r

d

f

r

K

m

b

X

SG241−1

RTPITOT HEAT

10AMP

CB218



J246 P246

t

2 1

SAAB2118_2

1

2

3

45

6

7

8

9

Figure 2. Pitot Heater System Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 2)

TM 1-1520-237-23 0088 00


END OF WORK PACKAGE

0088 00-10

UNIT LEVEL

INSTRUMENT SYSTEMS

INSTRUMENT DISPLAY SYSTEM

INITIAL SETUP:


Tools and Special ToolsElectrical Repairer Toolkit, SC 5180-99-B06Line Test Set, Instrument Display, 245-476853-000

Personnel RequiredAircraft Electrician MOS 15F (One)

ReferencesTM 1-1520-237-10WP 0073 00WP 0074 00WP 0085 00WP 0104 00WP 0105 00WP 0132 00WP 0776 00WP 0778 00WP 0779 00

WP 0780 00WP 0781 00WP 0782 00WP 0783 00WP 0784 00WP 0785 00WP 0786 00WP 0790 00WP 0791 00WP 0797 00WP 0824 00WP 0881 00WP 0925 00WP 1685 00WP 1747 00



NOTE

See Figure 1 for component location diagram and Figure 2 for schematic diagram asan aid in operational/troubleshooting.

The instrument display system (IDS) operational/troubleshooting procedure is subdivided as follows:

+ Setup

+ % RPM R (main rotor speed)

+ FUEL QTY

+ ENG OIL PRESS

+ ENG OIL TEMP

+ Ng SPEED (engine gas generator tachometer)

+ % TRQ (engine torque)

+ XMSN PRESS (main transmission oil pressure)

TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00

0089 00-1

+ XMSN TEMP (main transmission oil temperature)

+ % RPM 1-2 (engine power turbine tachometer)

+ TGT TEMP (turbine gas temperature)

+ Lamp Power Supply

+ Faceplate Lighting

+ Shutdown


PROCEDURE

Step

NOTE



2. Place central display unit (CDU) DIGITS switch to ON and DIM control to about midposition.

3. Connect line test set (LTS) 28 vdc cable between utility receptacle J258 in upper cabin area behind pilot’s seat andLTS.

4. Connect LTS 115 vac cable between utility receptacle J257 in upper cabin area behind pilot’s seat and LTS.

5. Disconnect cable assemblies from J1 on No. 1 signal data converter (No. 1 SDC) and J1 on No. 2 signal dataconverter (No. 2 SDC).

6. Position LTS switches as follows:

INPUT POWER OFF

All CAL-NOR switches NOR

All HI-LO switches HI

All NOR controls Fully counterclockwise

7. Connect LTS cable assembly 419-741 between NO. 1 SIGNAL DATA CONVERTER on LTS and J1 on No. 1 SDC.

8. Connect second LTS cable assembly 419-741 between NO. 2 SIGNAL DATA CONVERTER on LTS and J1 on No.2 SDC.


10. Place LTS - INPUT POWER switch to SIM ONLY.


a. All CDU and PDU (pilot’s and copilot’s) vertical displays shall be at zero, digital readouts shall indicate aboutzero, and the following LTS lights shall go on:

+ LOW ROTOR SPD

TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00

SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS - Continued

0089 00-2

+ NO. 1 ENGINE OUT

+ NO. 2 ENGINE OUT

+ NO. 1 LOW OIL PRESS


b. Ng SPEED 1 or 2 vertical display or digital readout shall indicate between 0 and 0.5%.

Corrective Action

1. If LOW ROTOR SPD light on LTS is off, check RTR SPD fuse.

a. If fuse is good, replace CDU (WP 0776 00).

b. If fuse is not good, replace fuse (WP 0779 00).

2. If NO. 1 or NO. 2 ENGINE OUT light on LTS is off, go to NO. 1 ENGINE OUT AND/OR NO. 2 ENGINEOUT LIGHTS ARE OFF, in this work package.

3. If NO. 1 or NO. 2 LOW OIL PRESS light on LTS is off, go to NO. 1 LOW OIL PRESS AND/OR NO. 2LOW OIL PRESS LIGHTS ARE OFF, in this work package.

4. If Ng SPEED readout is not as specified, do an Ng SPEED check, in this work package.

a. If trouble remains, troubleshoot No. 1 or No. 2 engine instruments and warning lights system, as ap-plicable (WP 0073 00 or WP 0074 00).

5. If ENG OIL PRESS 1 or 2 display does not indicate zero, do ENG OIL PRESS, in this work package.


6. If XMSN PRESS display does not indicate zero, do XMSN PRESS, in this work package.

a. If trouble remains, troubleshoot transmission chip detector, instruments, and oil warning system(WP 0085 00).

7. If % RPM 1 or 2 display does not indicate zero, do % RPM 1-2, in this work package.


8. If % RPM R display does not indicate zero, do % RPM R, in this work package.

a. If trouble remains, troubleshoot transmission chip detector, instruments, and oil warning system(WP 0085 00).

9. If % TRQ vertical displays or digital readouts do not indicate zero, do % TRQ, in this work package.


Step

11. Momentarily press LTS-LOW ROTOR SPD reset button.


a. RTR OVERSPEED lights on PDUs (pilot’s and copilot’s) shall be off.

b. CHAN 1 warning light on CDU shall be off.

c. CHAN 2 warning light on CDU shall be off.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00


0089 00-3

d. ENG OIL PRESS, XMSN PRESS, and Ng SPEED vertical displays, plus the associated Ng digital displays onCDU shall all indicate zero.

e. The % RPM and % TRQ vertical displays, and the associated digital readouts on PDUs (pilot’s and copilot’s)shall indicate zero.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition a. is not as specified, go to RTR OVERSPEED LIGHT IS ON, in this work package.

2. If Indication/Condition b. is not as specified, go to CHAN 1 LIGHT IS ON, in this work package.

3. If Indication/Condition c. is not as specified, go to CHAN 2 LIGHT IS ON, in this work package.

4. If Indication/Condition d. or e. is not as specified, note trouble and continue operational/troubleshootingprocedure.

5. If Indication/Conditions d. and e. are not as specified, replace the CDU (WP 0776 00).

Step

12. Press and hold CDU PUSH TO TEST switch and turn DIM control fully counterclockwise, then fully clockwise.Next, adjust DIM control for normal display.


a. All CDU vertical scale lamps shall go on.

b. All CDU digital readouts shall indicate 888, except for TOTAL FUEL, which shall indicate 8888.

c. Three RTR OVERSPEED lights on PDUs (pilot’s and copilot’s) shall go on.

d. CHAN 1 and CHAN 2 warning lights on CDU shall go on.

e. CDU display lighting shall vary with CDU’s DIM control setting, except CHAN 1 and CHAN 2 warninglights.

Corrective Action

1. If any two or more adjacent lamps on one vertical scale are off, or if one lamp between the green andamber, amber and red, or green and red ranges on a scale is off, go to WITH CDU PUSH TO TESTSWITCH PRESSED, SCALES OR RANGES ARE OFF , in this work package.

2. If alternate vertical scale lamps are off, note trouble and continue with steps 13. and 14.

3. EMEP If Indication/Condition b. is not as specified, replace direct view filament (DVF) module(WP 0778 00).

a. If trouble remains, replace CDU (WP 0776 00).

4. W/O EMEP If Indication/Condition b. is not as specified, replace CDU (WP 0776 00).

5. If Indication/Condition c. is not as specified, go to WITH CDU PUSH TO TEST SWITCH PRESSED, ONEOR MORE RTR OVERSPEED LIGHTS ARE OFF, in this work package.

6. If Indication/Condition d. or e. is not as specified, replace CDU (WP 0776 00).

7. If DIM control varies alternate display lamps only, go to CDU DIM CONTROL VARIES PDU DISPLAYLIGHTING, in this work package.

Step

13. Release CDU PUSH TO TEST switch.

14. Press and hold pilot’s PDU LT switch.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00


0089 00-4


a. All PDU (pilot’s) vertical scale lamps, except the top segments (130% RPM), shall go on.

b. All PDU (pilot’s) digital readouts shall indicate 188.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition a. is not as specified and alternate CDU scale lamps were off in step 12., replace No.2 SDC (WP 0781 00).

2. EMEP If any two or more adjacent lamps on one vertical scale are off, or if one lamp between the greenand amber, amber and red, or green and red ranges on a scale is off, replace bar graph filaments (BGF) lamp(WP 0784 00).

a. If trouble remains, replace pilot’s PDU (WP 0782 00).

3. W/O EMEP If any two or more adjacent lamps on one vertical scale are off, or if one lamp between thegreen and amber, amber and red, or green and red ranges on a scale is off, replace pilot’s PDU(WP 0782 00).

4. EMEP If Indication/Condition b. is not as specified, replace direct view filament (DVF) module(WP 0778 00).

a. If trouble remains, replace pilot’s PDU (WP 0782 00).

5. W/O EMEP If Indication/Condition b. is not as specified, replace pilot’s PDU (WP 0782 00).

Step

15. Release pilot’s PDU LT switch.

16. Press and hold copilot’s PDU LT switch.


a. All PDU (copilot’s) vertical scale lamps, except the top segments (130% RPM), shall go on.

b. All PDU (copilot’s) digital readouts shall indicate 188.

Corrective Action

1. If all vertical scale lamps are off and alternate CDU scale lamps were off in step 12., replace No. 1 SDC(WP 0781 00).

2. EMEP If any two or more adjacent lamps on one vertical scale are off, or if one lamp between the greenand amber, amber and red, or green and red ranges on a scale is off, replace BGF lamp.

a. If trouble remains, replace copilot’s PDU (WP 0782 00).

3. W/O EMEP If any two or more adjacent lamps on one vertical scale are off, or if one lamp between thegreen and amber, amber and red, or green and red ranges on a scale is off, replace copilot’s PDU(WP 0782 00).

4. EMEP If Indication/Condition b. is not as specified, replace DVF module.

a. If trouble remains, replace copilot’s PDU (WP 0782 00).

5. W/O EMEP If Indication/Condition b. is not as specified, replace copilot’s PDU (WP 0782 00).

Step

17. Release copilot’s PDU LT switch.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00


0089 00-5

NOTE

Make sure the CDU DIM control is at midtravel.

18. Using a flashlight, position light beam on PDUs (pilot’s and copilot’s) and CDU faceplates separately.


All displays shall increase in brightness as light beam is positioned on each unit.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified for PDUs (pilot’s and copilot’s), interchange PDU’s.

a. If trouble remains on same PDU, replace display unit (WP 0782 00).

b. If trouble does not remain on same PDU, repair/replace wiring between P153-4 and P157-30, or betweenP156-4 and P158-30 as required (WP 1747 00).

2. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace CDU (WP 0776 00).

Step

19. Press CDU PUSH TO TEST switch and adjust DIM control to get a normal viewing brightness.


Switch shall be pressed and adjusted to get normal viewing brightness.

Corrective Action

None Required

% RPM R OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step


NOTE

With line test set connected, RTR OVERSPEED lamps on PDUs (pilot’s and copilot’s)are reset by ROTOR OVERSPD RESET switch on line test set.

2. Slowly turn LTS - ROTOR SPEED variable control fully clockwise.


a. % RPM R vertical scale indication on PDUs (pilot’s and copilot’s) shall advance smoothly to full scale.

b. At 96% indication, lower red and amber scale segments shall go off.

c. LOW ROTOR SPD light on LTS shall go off.

d. Left RTR OVERSPEED light (indicating about 127%) on PDUs (pilot’s and copilot’s) shall go on.

e. Center RTR OVERSPEED light (indicating about 137%) shall go on.

f. Right RTR OVERSPEED light (indicating about 142%) shall go on.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00


0089 00-6

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition a. is not as specified, go to PILOT’S OR COPILOT’S PDU %RPM DISPLAY ISINOPERATIVE, in this work package.

2. If Indication/Condition b. is not as specified, replace malfunctioning PDU (WP 0782 00).

3. If Indication/Condition c. is not as specified, replace CDU (WP 0776 00).

4. If Indication/Conditions d., e., and f. are not as specified, go to ONE OR MORE RTR OVERSPEEDLIGHTS ARE OFF, in this work package.

Step

3. Slowly turn LTS - ROTOR SPEED variable control fully counterclockwise.


a. % RPM R vertical scale indications on PDUs (pilot’s and copilot’s) shall decrease smoothly.

b. At 95% indication, lower red and amber scale segments shall go on.

c. LOW ROTOR SPD light on LTS shall go on.

d. All three RTR OVERSPEED lights on PDUs (pilot’s and copilot’s) shall remain ON.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition a. or b. is not as specified, replace malfunctioning display unit (WP 0782 00).

2. If Indication/Condition c. is not as specified, check RTR SPD fuse.

a. If fuse is good, replace CDU (WP 0776 00).


3. If Indication/Condition d. is not as specified, replace CDU (WP 0776 00).

Step

4. Press and release LTS - ROTOR OVER SPD RESET switch.


Three RTR OVERSPEED lights on PDUs (pilot’s and copilot’s) shall go off.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace CDU (WP 0776 00).

Step

5. Place LTS - ROTOR SPEED CAL-NOR switch to CAL.


a. % RPM R (pilot’s PDU) scale shall indicate 101% or 102%.

b. % RPM R (copilot’s PDU) scale shall indicate 101% or 102%.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition a. is not as specified, replace No. 2 SDC (WP 0781 00).

2. If Indication/Condition b. is not as specified, replace No. 1 SDC (WP 0781 00).

TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00

% RPM R OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0089 00-7

Step

6. Place LTS - ROTOR SPEED HI-LO switch to LO. LTS LOW ROTOR SPD lamp shall go on.


a. % RPM R (pilot’s PDU) scales shall be completely blank (0%).

b. % RPM R (copilot’s PDU) scales shall be completely blank (0%).

Corrective Action



Step

7. Place LTS - ROTOR SPEED CAL-NOR switch to NOR.




Corrective Action

None Required

FUEL QTY OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step


2. Slowly turn LTS - FUEL QUANTITY NO. 1 variable control fully clockwise.


a. FUEL QTY 1 vertical scale indication on CDU shall advance smoothly to full scale.

b. TOTAL FUEL digital readout on CDU shall advance to about 1500.

c. At about 250 pounds indication, amber scale segment shall go off.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition a. or b. is not as specified, go to FUEL QTY 1, FUEL QTY 2, AND/OR TOTALFUEL DISPLAY INOPERATIVE, in this work package.


Step

3. Slowly turn LTS - FUEL QUANTITY NO. 1 variable control fully counterclockwise.


a. FUEL QTY 1 vertical scale indication on CDU shall decrease smoothly to zero.

b. TOTAL FUEL digital readout on CDU shall decrease to zero.

c. At about 200 pounds indication, amber scale segment shall go on.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00

% RPM R OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0089 00-8

Corrective Action

If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, replace CDU (WP 0776 00).

Step

4. Place LTS - FUEL QUANTITY NO. 1 CAL-NOR switch to CAL.


a. FUEL QTY 1 vertical scale on CDU shall indicate 1200 pounds.

b. TOTAL FUEL digital readout on CDU shall indicate between 1210 and 1230 pounds.

Corrective Action


Step

5. Place LTS - FUEL QUANTITY NO. 1 CAL-NOR switch to NOR.

6. Slowly turn LTS - FUEL QUANTITY NO. 2 variable control fully clockwise.


a. FUEL QTY 2 vertical scale indication on CDU shall advance smoothly to full scale.

b. TOTAL FUEL digital readout on CDU shall advance to about 1500.

c. At about 250 pounds indication, amber scale segment shall go off.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Conditions a. and b. are not as specified, go to FUEL QTY 1, FUEL QTY 2, AND/OR TOTALFUEL DISPLAY INOPERATIVE, in this work package.


Step

7. Slowly turn LTS - FUEL QUANTITY NO. 2 variable control fully counterclockwise.


a. FUEL QTY 2 scale on CDU shall decrease smoothly to zero.

b. TOTAL FUEL digital readout on CDU shall decrease to zero.

c. At about 200 pounds indication, amber scale segment shall go on.

Corrective Action


Step

8. Place LTS - FUEL QUANTITY NO. 1 CAL-NOR switch to CAL, FUEL QUANTITY NO. 2 CAL-NOR switch toCAL, and NO. 2 HI-LO switch to LO.


a. FUEL QTY 2 vertical scale on CDU shall be completely blank.


TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00

FUEL QTY OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0089 00-9

Corrective Action


Step

9. Place LTS - FUEL QUANTITY NO. 1 HI-LO switch to LO.


a. FUEL QTY 1 vertical scale on CDU shall be completely blank.


Corrective Action


Step

10. Place LTS - FUEL QUANTITY NO. 2 HI-LO switch to HI.


a. FUEL QTY 2 vertical scale on CDU shall indicate 1200 pounds.


Corrective Action


Step

11. Place LTS - FUEL QUANTITY NO. 1 HI-LO switch to HI.


TOTAL FUEL digital readout on CDU shall indicate between 2420 and 2460 pounds.

Corrective Action


Step

12. Place LTS - FUEL QUANTITY NO. 1 and NO. 2 CAL-NOR switches to NORM.




Corrective Action

None Required

TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00

FUEL QTY OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0089 00-10

ENG OIL PRESS OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step


2. Slowly turn LTS - ENGINE OIL PRESS NO. 1 variable control fully clockwise.


a. ENG OIL PRESS 1 vertical scale indication on CDU shall advance smoothly to full scale.

b. UH60L HH-60L At 22 psi indication, NO. 1 LOW OIL PRESS light on LTS shall go off.

c. EH60A UH60A UH-60Q At 25 psi indication, NO. 1 LOW OIL PRESS light on LTS shall go off.

d. UH60L HH-60L At 26 psi indication, lower red and amber scale segments shall go off.

e. EH60A UH60A UH-60Q At 47.5 psi indication, lower red and amber scale segments shall go off.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition a. is not as specified, go to ENG OIL PRESS 1 AND/OR ENG OIL PRESS 2 DIS-PLAY INOPERATIVE, in this work package.

2. If Indication/Condition b., c., d., or e. is not as specified, replace CDU (WP 0776 00).

Step

3. Slowly turn LTS - ENGINE OIL PRESS NO. 1 variable control fully counterclockwise.


a. ENG OIL PRESS 1 vertical scale indication shall decrease smoothly.

b. UH60L HH-60L At 26 psi indication, lower red and amber scale segments shall go on.

c. EH60A UH60A UH-60Q At 45 psi indication, lower red and amber scale segments shall go on.

d. UH60L HH-60L At 22 psi indication, NO. 1 LOW OIL PRESS light on LTS shall go on.

e. EH60A UH60A UH-60Q At 20 psi indication, NO. 1 LOW OIL PRESS light on LTS shall go on.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition a., b., or c. is not as specified, replace CDU (WP 0776 00).

2. If Indication/Condition d. or e. is not as specified, go to WITH CDU PUSH TO TEST SWITCH PRESSED,ONE OR MORE RTR OVERSPEED LIGHTS ARE OFF, in this work package.

Step

4. Place LTS - ENGINE OIL PRESS NO. 1 CAL-NOR switch to CAL.


ENG OIL PRESS 1 scale on CDU shall indicate 110 psi or 120 psi.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace No. 1 SDC (WP 0781 00).

TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00

0089 00-11

Step

5. Place LTS - ENGINE OIL PRESSURE NO. 1 HI-LO switch to LO.


ENG OIL PRESS 1 scale on CDU shall be completely blank.

Corrective Action


Step

6. Place LTS - ENGINE OIL PRESS NO. 1 CAL-NOR switch to NOR.

7. Slowly turn LTS - ENGINE OIL PRESS NO. 2 variable control fully clockwise.


a. ENG OIL PRESS 2 vertical scale indications on CDU shall advance smoothly to full scale.

b. UH60L HH-60L At 22 psi indication, NO. 2 LOW OIL PRESS light on LTS shall go off.

c. EH60A UH60A UH-60Q At 25 psi indication, NO. 2 LOW OIL PRESS light on LTS shall go off.

d. UH60L HH-60L At 26 psi indication, lower red and amber scale segments shall go off.

e. EH60A UH60A UH-60Q At 47.5 psi indication, lower red and amber scale segments shall go off.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition a. is not as specified, go to ENG OIL PRESS 1 AND/OR ENG OIL PRESS 2 DIS-PLAY INOPERATIVE, in this work package.

2. If Indication/Condition b., c., d., or e. is not as specified, replace CDU (WP 0776 00).

Step

8. Slowly turn LTS - ENGINE OIL PRESS NO. 2 variable control fully counterclockwise.


a. ENG OIL PRESS 2 vertical scale indication on CDU shall decrease smoothly.

b. UH60L HH-60L At 26 psi indication, lower red and amber scale segments shall go on.

c. EH60A UH60A UH-60Q At 45 psi indication, lower red and amber scale segments shall go on.

d. UH60L HH-60L At 22 psi indication, NO. 2 LOW OIL PRESS light on LTS shall go on.

e. EH60A UH60A UH-60Q At 20 psi indication, NO. 2 LOW OIL PRESS light on LTS shall go on.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition a., b., or c. is not as specified, replace CDU (WP 0776 00).

2. If Indication/Condition d. or e. is not as specified, go to WITH CDU PUSH TO TEST SWITCH PRESSED,ONE OR MORE RTR OVERSPEED LIGHTS ARE OFF, in this work package.

Step

9. Place LTS - ENGINE OIL PRESS NO. 2 CAL-NOR switch to CAL.


ENG OIL PRESS 2 scale on CDU shall indicate 110 or 120 psi.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00

ENG OIL PRESS OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0089 00-12

Corrective Action


Step

10. Place LTS - ENG OIL PRESS NO. 2 HI-LO switch to LO.


ENG OIL PRESS 2 scale on CDU shall be completely blank.

Corrective Action


Step

11. Place LTS - ENGINE OIL PRESS NO. 2 CAL-NOR switch to NOR.




Corrective Action

None Required

ENG OIL TEMP OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step


2. Slowly turn LTS - ENGINE OIL TEMP NO. 1 variable control fully clockwise.


a. ENG OIL TEMP 1 vertical scale indication on CDU shall advance smoothly to full scale.

b. At 302°F (150°C) indication, NO. 1 OIL TEMP light on LTS shall go on.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition a. is not as specified, go to ENG OIL TEMP 1 AND/OR ENG OIL TEMP 2 DIS-PLAY INOPERATIVE, in this work package.

2. If Indication/Condition b. is not as specified, go to NO. 1 HIGH OIL TEMP AND/OR NO. 2 HIGH OILTEMP LIGHT IS OFF, in this work package.

Step

3. Slowly turn LTS - ENGINE OIL TEMP NO. 1 variable control full counterclockwise.


a. ENG OIL TEMP 1 vertical scale indication on CDU shall decrease smoothly.

b. At 284°F (140°C) indication, NO. 1 HIGH OIL TEMP light on LTS shall go off.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00

ENG OIL PRESS OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0089 00-13

Corrective Action


Step

4. Place LTS - ENGINE OIL TEMP NO. 1 CAL-NOR switch to CAL.


ENG OIL TEMP 1 scale on CDU shall indicate 284°F (140°C).

Corrective Action


Step

5. Place LTS - NO. 1 ENGINE OIL TEMP HI-LO switch to LO.


a. UH60L HH-60L ENG OIL TEMP 1 scale on CDU shall be completely blank.

b. EH60A UH60A UH-60Q ENG OIL TEMP 1 scale on CDU shall be blank.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition a. or b. is not as specified, replace No. 1 SDC (WP 0781 00).

Step

6. Place LTS - NO. 1 ENGINE OIL TEMP CAL-NOR switch to NOR.

7. Slowly turn LTS - ENGINE OIL TEMP NO. 2 variable control fully clockwise.


a. ENG OIL TEMP 2 vertical scale indication on CDU shall advance smoothly to full scale.

b. At 302°F (150°C) indication, NO. 2 HIGH OIL TEMP light on LTS shall go on.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition a. is not as specified, go to ENG OIL TEMP 1 AND/OR ENG OIL TEMP 2 DIS-PLAY INOPERATIVE, in this work package.

2. If Indication/Condition b. is not as specified, go to NO. 1 HIGH OIL TEMP AND/OR NO. 2 HIGH OILTEMP LIGHT IS OFF, in this work package.

Step

8. Slowly turn LTS - ENGINE OIL TEMP NO. 2 variable control fully counterclockwise.


a. ENG OIL TEMP 2 vertical scale indication on CDU shall decrease smoothly.

b. At 284°F (140°C) indication, NO. 2 HIGH OIL TEMP light on LTS shall go off.

Corrective Action


TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00

ENG OIL TEMP OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0089 00-14

Step

9. Place LTS - ENGINE OIL TEMP NO. 2 CAL-NOR switch to CAL.


ENG OIL TEMP 2 scale on CDU shall indicate 284°F (140°C).

Corrective Action


Step

10. Place LTS - NO. 2 ENGINE OIL TEMP HI-LO switch to LO.


a. UH60L HH-60L ENG OIL TEMP 2 scale on CDU shall be completely blank.

b. EH60A UH60A UH-60Q ENG OIL TEMP 2 scale on CDU shall be blank.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition a. or b. is not as specified, replace No. 2 SDC (WP 0781 00).

Step

11. Place LTS - ENGINE OIL TEMP NO. 2 CAL-NOR switch to NOR.




Corrective Action

None Required

NG SPEED OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step


2. Slowly turn LTS - GAS GEN SPEED NO. 1 variable control fully clockwise.


a. Ng SPEED 1 vertical scale on CDU shall advance smoothly to full scale.

b. Ng SPEED digital readout indications on CDU shall advance smoothly to full scale.

c. At about 55% indication, NO. 1 ENGINE OUT light on LTS shall go off.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition a. is not as specified, go to NG SPEED 1 AND/OR NG SPEED 2 VERTICAL DIS-PLAY INOPERATIVE, in this work package.

2. If Indication/Condition b. is not as specified, go to NG SPEED 1 AND/OR NG SPEED 2 DIGITAL DIS-PLAY INOPERATIVE, in this work package.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00

ENG OIL TEMP OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0089 00-15


Step

3. Slowly turn LTS - GAS GEN SPEED NO. 1 variable control fully counterclockwise.


a. Ng SPEED 1 vertical scale and digital readout indications on CDU shall decrease smoothly.

b. At about 55% indication, NO. 1 ENGINE OUT light on LTS shall go on.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition a. is not as specified, replace CDU (WP 0776 00).

2. If Indication/Condition b. is not as specified, go to WITH CDU PUSH TO TEST SWITCH PRESSED,SCALES OR RANGES ARE OFF , in this work package.

Step

4. Place LTS - GAS GEN SPEED NO. 1 CAL-NOR switch to CAL.


a. Ng SPEED 1 vertical scale shall indicate 98% or 100%.

b. Ng SPEED 1 digital readout shall indicate between 99.5% and 100.5%.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, replace No. 1 SDC (WP 0781 00).

Step

5. Place LTS - GAS GEN SPEED NO. 1 HI-LO switch to LO.


a. Ng SPEED 1 vertical scale on CDU shall be completely blank.

b. Ng SPEED 1 digital readout on CDU shall indicate between 0 and 0.5%.

Corrective Action


Step

6. Place LTS - GAS GEN SPEED NO. 1 CAL-NOR switch to NOR.

7. Slowly turn LTS - GAS GEN SPEED NO. 2 variable control fully clockwise.


a. Ng SPEED 2 vertical scale indication on CDU shall advance smoothly to full scale.

b. Ng SPEED 2 digital readout indication on CDU shall advance smoothly to full scale.

c. At about 55% indication, NO. 2 ENGINE OUT light on LTS shall go off.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition a. is not as specified, go to NG SPEED 1 AND/OR NG SPEED 2 VERTICAL DIS-PLAY INOPERATIVE, in this work package.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00

NG SPEED OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0089 00-16

2. If Indication/Condition b. is not as specified, go to NG SPEED 1 AND/OR NG SPEED 2 DIGITAL DIS-PLAY INOPERATIVE, in this work package.


Step

8. Slowly turn LTS - GAS GEN SPEED NO. 2 variable control fully counterclockwise.


a. Ng SPEED 2 vertical scale and digital readout indications on CDU shall decrease smoothly.

b. At about 55% indication, NO. 2 ENGINE OUT light on LTS shall go on.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition a. is not as specified, replace CDU (WP 0776 00).

2. If Indication/Condition b. is not as specified, go to WITH CDU PUSH TO TEST SWITCH PRESSED,SCALES OR RANGES ARE OFF , in this work package.

Step

9. Place LTS - GAS GEN SPEED NO. 2 CAL-NOR switch to CAL.


a. Ng SPEED 2 vertical scale on CDU shall indicate 98% or 100%.

b. Ng SPEED 2 digital readout on CDU shall indicate between 99.5% and 100.5%.

Corrective Action


Step

10. Place LTS - GAS GEN SPEED NO. 2 HI/LO switch to LO.


a. Ng SPEED 2 vertical scale on CDU shall be completely blank.

b. Ng SPEED 2 digital readout on CDU shall indicate between 0 and 0.5%.

Corrective Action


Step

11. Place LTS - GAS GEN SPEED NO. 2 CAL-NOR switch to NOR.




Corrective Action

None Required

TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00

NG SPEED OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0089 00-17

% TRQ OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step


2. Slowly turn LTS - TORQUE NO. 1 variable control fully clockwise.


% TRQ 1 (pilot’s and copilot’s PDU) vertical scale and digital readout indications shall advance smoothly to fullscale.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to % TRQ 1 AND/OR % TRQ 2 VERTICAL DISPLAY OR % TRQDIGITAL READOUT INOPERATIVE, in this work package.

Step

3. Slowly turn LTS - TORQUE NO. 1 variable control fully counterclockwise.


a. % TRQ 1 (pilot’s PDU) vertical scale and digital readout indications shall decrease smoothly.

b. % TRQ 1 (copilot’s PDU) vertical scale and digital readout indications shall decrease smoothly.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition a. is not as specified, replace pilot’s PDU (WP 0782 00).

2. If Indication/Condition b. is not as specified, replace copilot’s PDU (WP 0782 00).

Step

4. Place LTS - TORQUE NO. 1 CAL-NOR switch to CAL.


a. % TRQ 1 (pilot’s PDU) vertical scales shall indicate 100% or 105%.

b. % TRQ 1 (pilot’s PDU) UH60A UH-60Q digital readouts (T-700 engine) shall indicate between 104% and106%, UH60L HH-60L digital readouts (T-701C engine) shall indicate between 103% and 105% .

c. % TRQ 1 (copilot’s PDU) vertical scales shall indicate 100% or 105%.

d. % TRQ 1 (copilot’s PDU) UH60A UH-60Q digital readouts (T-700 engine) shall indicate between 104% and106%, UH60L HH-60L digital readouts (T-701C engine) shall indicate between 103% and 105% .

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition a. or b. is not as specified, replace No. 2 SDC (WP 0781 00).

2. If Indication/Condition c. or d. is not as specified, replace No. 1 SDC (WP 0781 00).

Step

5. Place LTS - TORQUE NO. 1 HI-LO switch to LO.


a. % TRQ 1 (pilot’s PDU) digital readouts shall be 0 or 1%.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00

0089 00-18

b. % TRQ 1 (pilot’s PDU) vertical scales shall be completely blank.

c. % TRQ 1 (copilot’s PDU) digital readouts shall be 0 or 1%.

d. % TRQ 1 (copilot’s PDU) vertical scales shall be completely blank.

Corrective Action



Step

6. Place LTS - TORQUE NO. 1 CAL-NOR switch to NOR.

7. Slowly turn LTS - TORQUE NO. 2 variable control fully clockwise.


% TRQ 2 (pilot’s and copilot’s PDU) vertical scale and digital readout indications shall advance smoothly to fullscale.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to % TRQ 1 AND/OR % TRQ 2 VERTICAL DISPLAY OR % TRQDIGITAL READOUT INOPERATIVE, in this work package.

Step

8. Slowly turn LTS - TORQUE NO. 2 variable control fully counterclockwise.


a. % TRQ 2 (pilot’s PDU) vertical scale and digital readout indication shall decrease smoothly.

b. % TRQ 2 (copilot’s PDU) vertical scale and digital readout indication shall decrease smoothly.

Corrective Action


2. If Indication/Condition b. is not as specified, replace copilot’s PDU (WP 0782 00).

Step

9. Place LTS - TORQUE NO. 2 CAL-NOR switch to CAL.


a. % TRQ 2 (pilot’s PDU) vertical scales shall indicate 100% or 105%.

b. % TRQ 2 (pilot’s PDU) UH60A UH-60Q digital readouts (T-700 engine) shall indicate between 104% and106%, UH60L HH-60L digital readouts (T-701C engine) shall indicate between 103% and 105% .

c. % TRQ 2 (copilot’s PDU) vertical scales shall indicate 100% or 105%.

d. % TRQ 2 (copilot’s PDU) UH60A UH-60Q digital readouts (T-700 engine) shall indicate between 104% and106%, UH60L HH-60L digital readouts (T-701C engine) shall indicate between 103% and 105% .

Corrective Action



TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00

% TRQ OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0089 00-19

Step

10. Place LTS - TORQUE NO. 2 HI-LO switch to LO.


a. % TRQ 2 (pilot’s PDU) digital readout shall be 0 or 1%.

b. % TRQ 2 (pilot’s PDU) vertical scales shall be completely blank.

c. % TRQ 2 (copilot’s PDU) digital readout shall be 0 or 1%.

d. % TRQ 2 (copilot’s PDU) vertical scales shall be completely blank.

Corrective Action



Step

11. Place LTS - TORQUE NO. 2 CAL-NOR switch to NOR.




Corrective Action

None Required

XMSN PRESS OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step


2. Slowly turn LTS - XMSN OIL PRESS variable control fully clockwise.


a. XMSN PRESS vertical scale indication on CDU shall advance smoothly to full scale.

b. At 32.5 psi indication, lower red and amber scale segments shall go off.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition a. is not as specified, go to XMSN PRESS DISPLAY INOPERATIVE, in this workpackage.

2. If Indication/Condition b. is not as specified, replace CDU (WP 0776 00).

Step

3. Slowly turn LTS - XMSN OIL PRESS variable control fully counterclockwise.


a. XMSN PRESS vertical scale indication on CDU shall decrease smoothly.

b. At 30 psi indication, lower red and amber scale segments shall go on.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00

% TRQ OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0089 00-20

Corrective Action


Step

4. Place LTS - XMSN OIL PRESS CAL-NOR switch to CAL.


XMSN PRESS vertical scale shall indicate 130 psi.

Corrective Action


Step

5. Place LTS - XMSN OIL PRESS HI-LO switch to LO.


XMSN PRESS vertical scale shall be completely blank.

Corrective Action


Step

6. Place LTS - XMSN OIL PRESS CAL-NOR switch to NOR.




Corrective Action

None Required

XMSN TEMP OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step


2. Slowly turn LTS - XMSN OIL TEMP variable control fully clockwise.


XMSN TEMP vertical scale indication on CDU shall advance smoothly to full scale.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to XMSN TEMP DISPLAY INOPERATIVE, in this work package.

Step

3. Slowly turn LTS - XMSN OIL TEMP variable control fully counterclockwise.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00

XMSN PRESS OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0089 00-21


XMSN TEMP vertical scale indication on CDU shall decrease smoothly.

Corrective Action


Step

4. Place LTS - XMSN OIL TEMP CAL-NOR switch to CAL.


XMSN TEMP vertical scale on CDU shall indicate 266°F (130°C).

Corrective Action


Step

5. Place LTS - XMSN OIL TEMP HI-LO switch to LO.


a. UH-60L HH-60L XMSN TEMP vertical scale on CDU shall be completely blank.

b. EH-60A UH-60A UH-60Q XMSN TEMP vertical scale on CDU shall be blank.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition a. or b. is not as specified, replace CDU (WP 0776 00).

Step

6. Place LTS - XMSN OIL TEMP CAL-NOR switch to NOR.




Corrective Action

None Required

% RPM 1-2 OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step


2. Slowly turn LTS - ENGINE % RPM NO. 1 variable control fully clockwise.


a. % RPM 1 (pilot’s and copilot’s PDU) vertical scale indications shall advance smoothly to full scale.

b. UH-60L HH-60L At 96% indication, pilot’s PDU lower red and amber scale segments shall go off.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00

XMSN TEMP OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0089 00-22

c. EH-60A UH-60A UH-60Q At 96% indication, pilot’s PDU lower red and amber scale segments shall go off.

d. UH-60L HH-60L At 96% indication, copilot’s PDU lower red and amber scale segments shall go off.

e. EH-60A UH-60A UH-60Q At 96% indication, copilot’s PDU lower red and amber scale segments shall gooff.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition a. is not as specified, go to PDU’S % RPM 1 OR % RPM 2 DISPLAY INOPERA-TIVE, in this work package.

2. If Indication/Condition b. or c. is not as specified, replace pilot’s PDU (WP 0782 00).

3. If Indication/Condition d. or e. is not as specified, replace copilot’s PDU (WP 0782 00).

Step

3. Slowly turn LTS - ENGINE % RPM NO. 1 variable control fully counterclockwise.


a. % RPM 1 (pilot’s PDU) vertical scale indications shall decrease smoothly.

b. UH-60L HH-60L At 95% indication, pilot’s PDU lower red and amber scale segments shall go on.

c. EH-60A UH-60A UH-60Q At 95% indication, pilot’s PDU lower red and amber scale segments shall go on.

d. % RPM 1 (copilot’s PDU) vertical scale indications shall decrease smoothly.

e. UH-60L HH-60L At 95% indication, copilot’s PDU lower red and amber scale segments shall go on.

f. EH-60A UH-60A UH-60Q At 95% indication, copilot’s PDU lower red and amber scale segments shall goon.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition a., b., or c. is not as specified, replace pilot’s PDU (WP 0782 00).

2. If Indication/Condition d., e., or f. is not as specified, replace copilot’s PDU (WP 0782 00).

Step

4. Place LTS - ENGINE % RPM NO. 1 CAL-NOR switch to CAL.


a. % RPM 1 (pilot’s PDU) vertical scales shall indicate 95% or 96%.

b. % RPM 1 (copilot’s PDU) vertical scales shall indicate 95% or 96%.

Corrective Action



Step

5. Place LTS - ENGINE % RPM NO. 1 HI-LO switch to LO.


a. % RPM 1 (pilot’s PDU) vertical scales shall be completely blank.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00

% RPM 1-2 OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0089 00-23

b. % RPM 1 (copilot’s PDU) vertical scales shall be completely blank.

Corrective Action



Step

6. Place LTS - ENGINE % RPM NO. 1 CAL-NOR switch to NOR.

7. Slowly turn LTS - ENGINE % RPM NO. 2 variable control fully clockwise.


a. PDUs (pilot’s and copilot’s) % RPM 2 vertical scale indications shall advance smoothly to full scale.

b. UH-60L HH-60L At 96% indication, pilot’s PDU lower red and amber scale segments shall go off.

c. EH-60A UH-60A UH-60Q At 96% indication, pilot’s PDU lower red and amber scale segments shall go off.

d. UH-60L HH-60L At 96% indication, copilot’s PDU lower red and amber scale segments shall go off.

e. EH-60A UH-60A UH-60Q At 96% indication, copilot’s PDU lower red and amber scale segments shall gooff.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition a. is not as specified, go to PDU’S % RPM 1 OR % RPM 2 DISPLAY INOPERA-TIVE, in this work package.

2. If Indication/Condition b. or c. is not as specified, replace pilot’s PDU (WP 0782 00).

3. If Indication/Condition d. or e. is not as specified, replace copilot’s PDU (WP 0782 00).

Step

8. Slowly turn LTS - ENGINE % RPM NO. 2 variable control fully counterclockwise.


a. % RPM 2 (pilot’s PDU) vertical scale indications shall decrease smoothly.

b. UH60L At 95% indication, pilot’s PDU lower red and amber scale segments shall go on.

c. EH60A UH60A UH-60Q At 95% indication, pilot’s PDU lower red and amber scale segments shall go on.

d. % RPM 2 (copilot’s PDU) vertical scale indications shall decrease smoothly.

e. UH60L HH-60L At 95% indication, copilot’s PDU lower red and amber scale segments shall go on.

f. EH60A UH60A UH-60Q At 95% indication, copilot’s PDU lower red and amber scale segments shall go on.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition a., b., or c. is not as specified, replace pilot’s PDU (WP 0782 00).

2. If Indication/Condition d., e., or f. is not as specified, replace copilot’s PDU (WP 0782 00).

Step

9. Place LTS - ENGINE % RPM NO. 2 CAL-NOR switch to CAL, and HI-LO switch to HI.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00


0089 00-24


a. % RPM 2 (pilot’s PDU) vertical scales shall indicate 95% or 96%.

b. % RPM 2 (copilot’s PDU) vertical scales shall indicate 95% or 96%.

Corrective Action



Step

10. Place LTS - ENGINE % RPM NO. 2 HI-LO switch to LO.


a. % RPM 2 (pilot’s PDU) vertical scales shall be completely blank.

b. % RPM 2 (copilot’s PDU) vertical scales shall be completely blank.

Corrective Action



Step

11. Place LTS - ENGINE % RPM NO. 2 CAL-NOR switch to NOR.




Corrective Action

None Required

TGT TEMP OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step


2. Slowly turn LTS - TURBINE GAS TEMP NO. 1 variable control fully clockwise.


a. TGT TEMP 1 vertical scale indication on CDU shall advance smoothly to full scale.

b. TGT TEMP 1 digital readout indication on CDU shall advance smoothly.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition a. is not as specified, go to TGT TEMP 1 OR TGT TEMP 2 VERTICAL DISPLAYINOPERATIVE, in this work package.

2. If Indication/Condition b. is not as specified, go to TGT TEMP 1 AND/OR TGT TEMP 2 DIGITAL DIS-PLAY INOPERATIVE, in this work package.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00


0089 00-25

Step

3. Slowly turn LTS - TURBINE GAS TEMP NO. 1 variable control fully counterclockwise.


TGT TEMP 1 vertical scale and digital readout indications on CDU shall decrease smoothly.

Corrective Action


Step

4. Place LTS - TURBINE GAS TEMP NO. 1 CAL-NOR switch to CAL, and TURBINE GAS TEMP NO. 1 HI-LOswitch to HI.


a. TGT TEMP 1 vertical scale on CDU shall indicate 1472°F (800°C).

b. TGT TEMP 1 digital readout on CDU shall indicate between 1482° and 1504°F (806° and 818°C).

Corrective Action


Step

5. Place LTS - TURBINE GAS TEMP NO. 1 HI-LO switch to LO.


a. TGT TEMP 1 vertical scale on CDU shall be completely blank.

b. TGT TEMP 1 digital readout on CDU shall indicate 32° to 46°F (0° to 8°C).

Corrective Action


Step

6. Place LTS - TURBINE GAS TEMP NO. 1 CAL-NOR switch to NOR.

7. Slowly turn LTS - TURBINE GAS TEMP NO. 2 variable control fully clockwise.


a. TGT TEMP 2 vertical scale indication on CDU shall advance smoothly to full scale.

b. TGT TEMP 2 digital readout indication on CDU shall advance smoothly.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition a. is not as specified, go to TGT TEMP 1 OR TGT TEMP 2 VERTICAL DISPLAYINOPERATIVE, in this work package.

2. If Indication/Condition b. is not as specified, go to TGT TEMP 1 AND/OR TGT TEMP 2 DIGITAL DIS-PLAY INOPERATIVE, in this work package.

Step

8. Slowly turn LTS - TURBINE GAS TEMP NO. 2 variable control fully counterclockwise.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00

TGT TEMP OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0089 00-26


TGT TEMP 2 vertical scale and digital readout indications on CDU shall decrease smoothly.

Corrective Action


Step

9. Place LTS - TURBINE GAS TEMP NO. 2 CAL-NOR switch to CAL and HI-LO switch to HI.


a. TGT TEMP 2 vertical scale on CDU shall indicate 1472°F (800°C).

b. TGT TEMP 2 digital readout on CDU shall indicate between 1482° to 1504°F (806° and 818°C).

Corrective Action


Step

10. Place LTS - TURBINE GAS TEMP NO. 2 HI-LO switch to LO.


a. TGT TEMP 2 vertical scale on CDU shall be completely blank.

b. TGT TEMP 2 digital readout on CDU shall indicate 32° to 46°F (0° to 8°C).

Corrective Action


Step

11. Place LTS - TURBINE GAS TEMP NO. 2 CAL-NOR switch to NOR.




Corrective Action

None Required

LAMP POWER SUPPLY OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step


2. Turn all LTS variable controls fully clockwise.

3. Place and hold LTS - LAMP SUPPLY OVERLOAD switch to NO. 1.


a. All lamps on copilot’s PDU shall be off, except RTR OVERSPEED lamps.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00

TGT TEMP OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0089 00-27

b. Alternate lamps on CDU shall be off.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Conditions a. and b. are not as specified, replace No. 1 SDC (WP 0781 00).

2. If Indication/Condition a. is not as specified, replace copilot’s PDU (WP 0782 00).


Step

4. Release LTS - LAMP SUPPLY OVERLOAD switch.


All PDU (pilot’s and copilot’s) and CDU lamps shall go on.

Corrective Action


Step

5. Place and hold LTS - LAMP SUPPLY OVERLOAD switch to NO. 2.


a. All lamps on pilot’s PDU shall be off, except RTR OVERSPEED lamps.

b. Alternate lamps on CDU shall be off.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Conditions a. and b. are not as specified, replace No. 2 SDC (WP 0781 00).



Step

6. Release LTS - LAMP SUPPLY OVERLOAD switch.


All PDU (pilot’s and copilot’s) and CDU lamps shall go on.

Corrective Action


Step

7. Press LTS ROTOR OVERSPD RESET switch (located in helicopter’s nose) to reset RTR OVERSPEED lights iflights remain lit.

8. Position LTS switches as follows:

INPUT POWER OFF


All HI-LO switches HI

TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00

LAMP POWER SUPPLY OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0089 00-28



10. Disconnect LTS setup from helicopter.


LTS setup shall be disconnected from helicopter.

Corrective Action

None Required

FACEPLATE LIGHTING OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step

NOTE

Ensure Shutdown has been performed before proceeding to step 1.


2. UH-60Q HH-60L Turn pilot’s or copilot’s multifunction display (MFD) switch ON and press T6 switch (il-luminates all MFD legends for 10 seconds, then only the active caution and advisory legends will be displayed).

3. Turn upper console INST LT NON FLT control to BRT.


CDU faceplate lights shall go on bright.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to CDU FACEPLATE LIGHTING INOPERATIVE, in this work pack-age.

Step

4. Turn upper console INST LT PLT FLT control to BRT.


PDU (pilot’s) faceplate lights shall go on bright.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to PDU FACEPLATE LIGHTING INOPERATIVE, in this work pack-age.

Step

5. Turn upper console CPLT FLT INST LTS control to BRT.


PDU (copilot’s) faceplate lights shall go on bright.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00


0089 00-29

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to COPILOT’S PDU FACEPLATE LIGHTING INOPERATIVE, inthis work package.

Step

6. Turn upper console INST LT NON FLT, INST LT PLT FLT, and CPLT FLT INST LTS controls to comfortableviewing level.


a. TGT TEMP vertical displays and associated TGT digital readouts on CDU shall indicate approximate ambienttemperature of helicopter (assuming cooldown has occurred).

b. ENG OIL TEMP vertical displays on CDU shall indicate approximate ambient temperature of helicopter (as-suming cooldown has occurred).

c. XMSN TEMP vertical displays on CDU shall indicate approximate ambient temperature of helicopter (assum-ing cooldown has occurred).

d. FUEL QTY vertical displays on CDU shall indicate actual fuel on helicopter and associated TOTAL FUELdigital readout shall indicate sum of two vertical scale readings.

e. #1 ENG OUT, #2 ENG OUT, and LOW ROTOR RPM capsules on pilot’s and copilot’s master warning panelsshall go on (LOW ROTOR RPM capsule flashes, others are on steady).

f. #1 ENGINE OIL PRESS and #2 ENGINE OIL PRESS capsules or legends shall go on.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition a. is not as specified, do TGT TEMP using line test set.

a. If trouble remains, troubleshoot No. 1 or No. 2 engine instruments and warning lights system, as required(WP 0073 00 or WP 0074 00).

2. If Indication/Condition b. is not as specified, do ENG OIL TEMP using line test set.

a. If trouble remains, troubleshoot No. 1 or No. 2 engine instruments and warning lights system, as required(WP 0073 00 or WP 0074 00).

3. If Indication/Condition c. is not as specified, do XMSN TEMP using line test set.

4. If Indication/Condition d. is not as specified, do FUEL QTY using line test set.

a. If trouble remains, troubleshoot fuel quantity system (WP 0132 00).

5. If Indication/Condition e. is not as specified, go to MASTER WARNING PANEL LOW ROTOR RPM, #1ENG OUT, OR #2 ENG OUT CAPSULE IS OFF, in this work package.

6. If Indication/Condition f. is not as specified, go to #1 ENGINE OIL PRESS OR #2 ENGINE OIL PRESSCAPSULE OR LEGENDS DO NOT GO ON, in this work package.

Step

7. UH-60Q HH-60L Turn pilot’s or copilot’s multifunction display (MFD) switch OFF.



Power shall be off.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00

FACEPLATE LIGHTING OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0089 00-30

Corrective Action

None Required


PROCEDURE

Step


2. Disconnect LTS setup from helicopter.


LTS setup shall be disconnected from helicopter.

Corrective Action

None Required

MASTER WARNING PANEL LOW ROTOR RPM, #1 ENG OUT, OR #2 ENG OUT CAPSULE IS OFF

SYMPTOMMaster warning panel LOW ROTOR RPM, #1 ENG OUT, or #2 ENG OUT capsule is off.

MALFUNCTIONMaster warning panel LOW ROTOR RPM, #1 ENG OUT, or #2 ENG OUT capsule is off.

CORRECTIVE ACTION


a. EMEP , go to 2.


2. EMEP Remove and check pin filtered adapters P117 or UH-60Q HH-60L P1019R orP1020R , P137, and P138 (WP 0925 00).


b. If pin filtered adapters are not good, replace pin filtered adapters as required (WP 0925 00).Go to 13.


4. EMEP Disconnect P130, P131, P137, P138, P242, and P902. Go to 5.

5. EMEP Check continuity between:

+ P130-3 and P138-n

+ P130-3 and P242-a

+ P130-3 and P902-u

+ P130-9 and P137-u

+ P130-9 and P138-u

+ P130-9 and P243-h

TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00

FACEPLATE LIGHTING OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0089 00-31

+ P130-10 and P137-n

+ P130-10 and P243-a

+ P130-10 and P243-J


b. If continuity is not present, replace pin filtered connector P130 (WP 0925 00). Go to 13.

6. EMEP Check continuity between each pin of P130 and shell.

a. If continuity is present, replace pin filtered connector P130 (WP 0925 00). Go to 13.


7. EMEP Check continuity between:

+ P130-3 and P131-3

+ P130-9 and P131-9

+ P130-10 and P131-10



8. EMEP Check continuity between each pin of P131 and shell.

a. If continuity is present, replace pin filtered connector P131 (WP 0925 00). Go to 13.


9. EMEP Connect P130, P131, P137, P138, P242, and P902 to their respective units.Go to 10.

10. Hold caution/advisory panel BRT/DIM-TEST UH-60Q HH-60L instrument panelINDICATOR LTS switch to TEST. Go to 11.

11. Check that all master warning panel capsules go on.

a. If capsules go on, repair/replace wiring, as required, between (WP 1747 00), then go to 13:

+ P130-3 and P138-n

+ P130-9 and P137-u

+ P130-9 and P138-u

+ P130-10 and P137-n

+ P131-3 and P138-n

+ P131-9 and P137-u

+ P131-9 and P138-u

+ P131-10 and P137-n

b. If capsules do not go on, go to 12.

12. Check capsule lamps.

a. If lamps are good, replace master warning panel (WP 0790 00). Go to 13.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00

MASTER WARNING PANEL LOW ROTOR RPM, #1 ENG OUT, OR #2 ENG OUT CAPSULE IS OFF -Continued

0089 00-32

b. If lamps are not good, replace lamps as required (WP 0791 00). Go to 13.


NO. 1 ENGINE OUT AND/OR NO. 2 ENGINE OUT LIGHTS ARE OFF

SYMPTOMNO. 1 ENGINE OUT and/or NO. 2 ENGINE OUT lights are off.

MALFUNCTIONNO. 1 ENGINE OUT and/or NO. 2 ENGINE OUT lights are off.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Are both lights off?

a. If both lights are off, replace CDU (WP 0776 00). Go to 7.

b. If both lights are not off, go to 2.

2. Is NO. 1 ENGINE OUT light off?

a. If light is off, go to 3.

b. If light is on, go to 5.

3. Check if Ng 1 fuse is good.

a. If fuse is good, go to 4.

b. If fuse is not good, replace fuse (WP 0779 00). Go to 7.


a. If continuity is present, replace No. 1 SDC (WP 0781 00). Go to 7.

b. If trouble remains, replace CDU (WP 0776 00). Go to 7.

c. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1747 00). Go to 7.

5. Check if Ng 2 fuse is good.








TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00

MASTER WARNING PANEL LOW ROTOR RPM, #1 ENG OUT, OR #2 ENG OUT CAPSULE IS OFF -Continued

0089 00-33

NO. 1 LOW OIL PRESS AND/OR NO. 2 LOW OIL PRESS LIGHTS ARE OFF

SYMPTOMNO. 1 LOW OIL PRESS and/or NO. 2 LOW OIL PRESS lights are off.

MALFUNCTIONNO. 1 LOW OIL PRESS and/or NO. 2 LOW OIL PRESS lights are off.

CORRECTIVE ACTION



b. If both lights are not off, go to 2.

2. Check if NO. 1 LOW OIL PRESS light is off.

a. If light is off, go to 3.

b. If light is on, go to 5.

3. Check if NO. 1 OIL PRESS fuse is good.







5. Check if No. 2 OIL PRESS fuse is good.








#1 ENGINE OIL PRESS OR #2 ENGINE OIL PRESS CAPSULE OR LEGENDS DO NOT GO ON

SYMPTOM#1 ENGINE OIL PRESS or #2 ENGINE OIL PRESS capsule or legends do not go on.

MALFUNCTION#1 ENGINE OIL PRESS or #2 ENGINE OIL PRESS capsule or legends do not go on.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Hold caution/advisory panel BRT/DIM-TEST or UH-60Q HH-60L instrument panelINDICATOR LTS switch to TEST. Go to 2.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00

0089 00-34

2. Check that capsules or legends go on.

a. If capsules or legends go on, go to 3.

b. If capsules or legends do not go on, go to 7.


a. EMEP , go to 4.


4. EMEP Remove and check pin filtered adapters P117 or UH-60Q HH-60L P1019R orP1020R , P137, and P138 (WP 0925 00).


b. If pin filtered adapters are not good, replace pin filtered adapter (WP 0925 00). Go to 8.



+ P117-3 and P138-X

+ P117-51 and P137-X

+ UH-60Q HH-60L P1019R-56 and P138-X

+ UH-60Q HH-60L P1020R-56 and P138-X

+ UH-60Q HH-60L P1019R-73 and P137-X

+ UH-60Q HH-60L P1020R-73 and P137-X

a. If continuity is present, system is operational. Go to 8.


7. Check capsule for burnt out lamps.

a. If lamps are burnt out, replace lamps (WP 0786 00). Go to 8.

b. If lamps are not burnt out, replace caution/advisory panel (WP 0785 00). Go to 8.


RTR OVERSPEED LIGHT IS ON

SYMPTOMRTR OVERSPEED light is on.

MALFUNCTIONRTR OVERSPEED light is on.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Place and hold rotor overspeed reset switch to RESET. Go to 2.

2. Check that lights go off.

a. If lights go off, system is operational. Go to 9.

b. If lights do not go off, go to 3.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00

#1 ENGINE OIL PRESS OR #2 ENGINE OIL PRESS CAPSULE OR LEGENDS DO NOT GO ON - Continued

0089 00-35

3. With switch held in RESET position, check continuity between rotor overspeedreset switch terminals 1 and 2.


b. If continuity is not present, replace switch (WP 0797 00). Go to 9.

4. Check continuity between rotor overspeed reset switch terminal 1 and ground.




a. EMEP , go to 6.


6. EMEP Remove and check pin filtered adapters P137 and P138 (WP 0925 00).


b. If pin filtered adapters are not good, replace as required (WP 0925 00). Go to 9.


8. Check continuity between rotor overspeed reset switch terminal 2 and P137-p andP138-p.

a. If continuity is present, replace CDU (WP 0776 00). Go to 9.



CHAN 1 LIGHT IS ON

SYMPTOMCHAN 1 light is on.

MALFUNCTIONCHAN 1 light is on.

CORRECTIVE ACTION


a. EMEP , go to 2.






4. Check for 115 vac between P138-CC and P138-DD.



TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00

RTR OVERSPEED LIGHT IS ON - Continued

0089 00-36

5. Check for 28 vdc between P138-AA and P138-DD.

a. If voltage is as specified, replace No. 1 SDC (WP 0781 00). Go to 9.


c. If trouble still remains, replace PDU (WP 0782 00). Go to 9.

d. If voltage is not as specified, go to 6.

6. Check for 28 vdc between NO. 1 DC INST circuit breaker terminal 1 and ground.

a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between circuit breaker terminal 1 andP138-AA (WP 1747 00). Go to 9.


7. Check continuity between P138-DD and ground.



8. Check for 115 vac between NO. 1 AC INST circuit breaker terminal 1 and ground.




CHAN 2 LIGHT IS ON

SYMPTOMCHAN 2 light is on.

MALFUNCTIONCHAN 2 light is on.

CORRECTIVE ACTION


a. EMEP , go to 2.






4. Check for 115 vac between P137-CC and P137-DD.



5. Check for 28 vdc between P137-AA and P137-DD.


TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00

CHAN 1 LIGHT IS ON - Continued

0089 00-37


c. If trouble still remains, replace PDU (WP 0782 00). Go to 9.

d. If voltage is not as specified, go to 6.

6. Check for 28 vdc between NO. 2 DC INST circuit breaker terminal 1 and ground.



7. Check continuity between P137-DD and ground.



8. Check for 115 vac between NO. 2 AC INST circuit breaker terminal 1 and ground.

a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between circuit breaker terminal 1 andP137-CC (WP 1747 00). Go to 9.



TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00

CHAN 2 LIGHT IS ON - Continued

0089 00-38

WITH CDU PUSH TO TEST SWITCH PRESSED, SCALES OR RANGES ARE OFF

SYMPTOMWith CDU PUSH TO TEST switch pressed, two or more adjacent lamps on one scale are off, or one lamp betweengreen and amber, amber and red, or green and red ranges on a scale is off.

MALFUNCTIONWith CDU PUSH TO TEST switch pressed, two or more adjacent lamps on one scale are off, or one lampbetween green and amber, amber and red, or green and red ranges on a scale is off.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

NOTE

These modules are interchangeable:

Transmission Oil Temp (A5)

No. 1 Engine Oil Temp (A7)

No. 2 Engine Oil Temp (A8)

No. 1 TGT (A11)

No. 2 TGT (A12)

No. 1 Ng Speed (A13)

No. 2 Ng Speed (A14)

No. 1 Fuel Quantity (A3)

No. 2 Fuel Quantity (A4)

No. 1 Engine Oil Press (A9)

No. 2 Engine Oil Press (A10)

1. Interchange modules in accordance with above. Does problem follow modules?

a. If problem follows module, go to 2.

b. If problem does not follow module, replace CDU (WP 0776 00). Go to 5.


a. EMEP , go to 3.


3. EMEP Replace malfunctioning BGF lamp (WP 0778 00).

a. If trouble remains, replace CDU (WP 0776 00). Go to 5.

4. W/O EMEP Replace display lamp assembly (WP 0780 00).

a. If trouble remains, replace CDU (WP 0776 00). Go to 5.


TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00

0089 00-39

WITH CDU PUSH TO TEST SWITCH PRESSED, ONE OR MORE RTR OVERSPEED LIGHTS ARE OFF

SYMPTOMWith CDU PUSH TO TEST switch pressed, one or more RTR OVERSPEED lights are off.

MALFUNCTIONWith CDU PUSH TO TEST switch pressed, one or more RTR OVERSPEED lights are off.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Is same light off on both PDU’s?

a. If the same light is off, replace CDU (WP 0776 00). Go to 4.

b. If different lights are off, go to 2.

2. Interchange PDU’s. Go to 3.

3. Is trouble on same PDU?

a. If trouble is on same display unit, replace malfunctioning PDU or CDU (WP 0776 00). Go to4.

b. If trouble is on different display unit, repair/replace wiring, as required, between(WP 1747 00), then go to 4:

+ P153-5 and P157-31

+ P153-6 and P157-32

+ P153-7 and P157-33

+ P156-5 and P158-31

+ P156-6 and P158-32

+ P156-7 and P158-33


CDU DIM CONTROL VARIES PDU DISPLAY LIGHTING

SYMPTOMCDU DIM control varies PDU display lighting.

MALFUNCTIONCDU DIM control varies PDU display lighting.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Check that CDU DIM control varies PDU display lighting.

a. If PDU display lighting varies, go to 2.

b. If PDU display lighting does not vary, go to 3.


a. If continuity is present, replace No 1. SDC (WP 0781 00). Go to 4.


TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00

0089 00-40





PILOT’S OR COPILOT’S PDU % RPM DISPLAY IS INOPERATIVE

SYMPTOMPilot’s or copilot’s PDU % RPM display is inoperative.

MALFUNCTIONPilot’s or copilot’s PDU % RPM display is inoperative.

CORRECTIVE ACTION



a. If trouble is on same PDU, replace malfunctioning PDU (WP 0782 00). Go to 4.

b. If trouble is on different PDU, go to 3.

3. Check continuity between P149-18 and P157-18 (copilot’s PDU), or betweenP150-18 and P158-18 (pilot’s PDU).

a. If continuity is present, replace No. 1 SDC or No. 2 SDC as required (WP 0781 00). Go to4.



ONE OR MORE RTR OVERSPEED LIGHTS ARE OFF

SYMPTOMOne or more RTR OVERSPEED lights are off.

MALFUNCTIONOne or more RTR OVERSPEED lights are off.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Is same light off on pilot’s and copilot’s PDU?

a. If the same light is off, replace CDU (WP 0776 00). Go to 4.

b. If different light is off, go to 2.



a. If trouble is still on same display unit, replace malfunctioning PDU (WP 0782 00). Go to 4.


+ P153-5 and P157-31

TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00

CDU DIM CONTROL VARIES PDU DISPLAY LIGHTING - Continued

0089 00-41

+ P153-6 and P157-32

+ P153-7 and P157-33

+ P156-5 and P158-31

+ P156-6 and P158-32

+ P156-7 and P158-33


FUEL QTY 1, FUEL QTY 2, AND/OR TOTAL FUEL DISPLAY INOPERATIVE

SYMPTOMFUEL QTY 1, FUEL QTY 2, and/or TOTAL FUEL display inoperative.

MALFUNCTIONFUEL QTY 1, FUEL QTY 2, and/or TOTAL FUEL display inoperative.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Are all three displays inoperative?

a. If all three displays are inoperative, replace CDU (WP 0776 00). Go to 7.

b. If only 1 or 2 displays are inoperative, go to 2.

2. Is FUEL QTY 1 inoperative?

a. If FUEL QTY 1 is inoperative, go to 3.

b. If FUEL QTY 1 is operating, go to 4.





4. Is FUEL QTY 2 inoperative?

a. If FUEL QTY 2 is inoperative, go to 5.

b. If FUEL QTY 2 is operative, go to 6.




c. If trouble remains, replace CDU (WP 0776 00). Go to 7.






TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00

ONE OR MORE RTR OVERSPEED LIGHTS ARE OFF - Continued

0089 00-42

ENG OIL PRESS 1 AND/OR ENG OIL PRESS 2 DISPLAY INOPERATIVE

SYMPTOMENG OIL PRESS 1 and/or ENG OIL PRESS 2 display inoperative.

MALFUNCTIONENG OIL PRESS 1 and/or ENG OIL PRESS 2 display inoperative.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Are both displays inoperative?

a. If both displays are inoperative, replace CDU (WP 0776 00). Go to 5.

b. If only one display is inoperative, go to 2.

2. Is ENG OIL PRESS 1 inoperative?

a. If ENG OIL PRESS 1 is inoperative, go to 3.

b. If ENG OIL PRESS 1 is operative, go to 4.










ENG OIL TEMP 1 AND/OR ENG OIL TEMP 2 DISPLAY INOPERATIVE

SYMPTOMENG OIL TEMP 1 and/or ENG OIL TEMP 2 display inoperative.

MALFUNCTIONENG OIL TEMP 1 and/or ENG OIL TEMP 2 display inoperative.

CORRECTIVE ACTION




2. Is ENG OIL PRESS 1 inoperative?

a. If ENG OIL PRESS 1 is inoperative, go to 3.

b. If ENG OIL PRESS 1 is operative, go to 4.


TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00

0089 00-43









NO. 1 HIGH OIL TEMP AND/OR NO. 2 HIGH OIL TEMP LIGHT IS OFF

SYMPTOMNO. 1 HIGH OIL TEMP and/or NO. 2 HIGH OIL TEMP light is off.

MALFUNCTIONNO. 1 HIGH OIL TEMP and/or NO. 2 HIGH OIL TEMP light is off.

CORRECTIVE ACTION



b. If only one light is off, go to 2.

2. Is NO. 1 HIGH OIL TEMP light off?

a. If NO. 1 HIGH OIL TEMP light is off, go to 3.

b. If NO. 1 HIGH OIL TEMP light is on, go to 5.

3. Check if OIL TEMP 1 fuse is good.







5. Check if OIL TEMP 2 fuse is good.







TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00

ENG OIL TEMP 1 AND/OR ENG OIL TEMP 2 DISPLAY INOPERATIVE - Continued

0089 00-44


NG SPEED 1 AND/OR NG SPEED 2 VERTICAL DISPLAY INOPERATIVE

SYMPTOMNg SPEED 1 and/or Ng SPEED 2 vertical display inoperative.

MALFUNCTIONNg SPEED 1 and/or Ng SPEED 2 vertical display inoperative.

CORRECTIVE ACTION



b. If only 1 display is inoperative, go to 2.

2. Is Ng SPEED 1 vertical display inoperative?

a. If Ng SPEED 1 vertical display is inoperative, go to 3.

b. If Ng SPEED 1 display is operative, go to 4.










NG SPEED 1 AND/OR NG SPEED 2 DIGITAL DISPLAY INOPERATIVE

SYMPTOMNg SPEED 1 and/or Ng SPEED 2 digital display inoperative.

MALFUNCTIONNg SPEED 1 and/or Ng SPEED 2 digital display inoperative.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Are both digital displays inoperative?



2. Is Ng SPEED 1 digital display inoperative?

a. If Ng SPEED 1 display is inoperative, go to 3.

b. If Ng SPEED 1 display is operating, go to 4.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00

NO. 1 HIGH OIL TEMP AND/OR NO. 2 HIGH OIL TEMP LIGHT IS OFF - Continued

0089 00-45










% TRQ 1 AND/OR % TRQ 2 VERTICAL DISPLAY OR % TRQ DIGITAL READOUT INOPERATIVE

SYMPTOM% TRQ 1 and/or % TRQ 2 vertical display or % TRQ digital readout inoperative.

MALFUNCTION% TRQ 1 and/or % TRQ 2 vertical display or % TRQ digital readout inoperative.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Are both vertical displays inoperative?

a. If both displays are inoperative, replace PDU (WP 0782 00). Go to 6.


2. Is CHAN 1 light on?

a. If CHAN 1 light is on, replace No. 2 SDC (WP 0781 00). Go to 6.

b. If CHAN 1 light is off, go to 3.






a. If trouble is on same PDU, replace PDU (WP 0782 00). Go to 6.

b. If trouble is on different PDU, repair/replace wiring, as required, between (WP 1747 00), thengo to 6:

+ P149-20 and P157-20

+ P149-21 and P157-21

+ P149-22 and P157-22

+ P149-23 and P157-23

+ P150-20 and P158-20

TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00

NG SPEED 1 AND/OR NG SPEED 2 DIGITAL DISPLAY INOPERATIVE - Continued

0089 00-46

+ P150-21 and P158-21

+ P150-22 and P158-22

+ P150-23 and P158-23


XMSN PRESS DISPLAY INOPERATIVE

SYMPTOMXMSN PRESS display inoperative.

MALFUNCTIONXMSN PRESS display inoperative.

CORRECTIVE ACTION






XMSN TEMP DISPLAY INOPERATIVE

SYMPTOMXMSN TEMP display inoperative.

MALFUNCTIONXMSN TEMP display inoperative.

CORRECTIVE ACTION


+ P152-22 and P155-22

+ P152-23 and P155-23





TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00

% TRQ 1 AND/OR % TRQ 2 VERTICAL DISPLAY OR % TRQ DIGITAL READOUT INOPERATIVE - Continued

0089 00-47

PDU’S % RPM 1 OR % RPM 2 DISPLAY INOPERATIVE

SYMPTOMPDU’s % RPM 1 or % RPM 2 display inoperative.

MALFUNCTIONPDU’s % RPM 1 or % RPM 2 display inoperative.

CORRECTIVE ACTION



b. If CHAN 1 light is not on, go to 2.






a. If trouble is on same display unit, replace malfunctioning display unit (WP 0782 00). Go to5.


+ P149-17 and P157-17

+ P149-19 and P157-19

+ P150-17 and P158-17

+ P150-19 and P158-19


TGT TEMP 1 OR TGT TEMP 2 VERTICAL DISPLAY INOPERATIVE

SYMPTOMTGT TEMP 1 or TGT TEMP 2 vertical display inoperative.

MALFUNCTIONTGT TEMP 1 or TGT TEMP 2 vertical display inoperative.

CORRECTIVE ACTION




c. If CHAN 1 light is not on, go to 2.



TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00

0089 00-48



+ P151-46 and P154-46

+ P152-46 and P155-46




TGT TEMP 1 AND/OR TGT TEMP 2 DIGITAL DISPLAY INOPERATIVE

SYMPTOMTGT TEMP 1 and/or TGT TEMP 2 digital display inoperative.

MALFUNCTIONTGT TEMP 1 and/or TGT TEMP 2 digital display inoperative.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Are both digital displays inoperative?




a. If CHAN 1 light is on, replace No. 1 or No. 2 SDC as applicable (WP 0781 00). Go to 7.


c. If CHAN 1 light is off, go to 3.




c. If CHAN 2 light is off, go to 4.

4. Is TGT TEMP 1 digital display inoperative?

a. If display is inoperative, go to 5.

b. If display is operating, go to 6.








TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00

TGT TEMP 1 OR TGT TEMP 2 VERTICAL DISPLAY INOPERATIVE - Continued

0089 00-49

CDU FACEPLATE LIGHTING INOPERATIVE

SYMPTOMCDU faceplate lighting inoperative.

MALFUNCTIONCDU faceplate lighting inoperative.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Turn upper console INST LTS NON FLT control to BRT. Go to 2.

2. Remove CDU faceplate and check for 115 vac at faceplate lighting connector.

a. If voltage is as specified, replace CDU faceplate (WP 0776 00). Go to 9.


3. Check for 115 vac between P154-128 and ground.

a. If voltage is as specified, replace CDU (WP 0776 00). Go to 9.






a. EMEP , go to 6.






8. Check for 5 vac between P138-GG and ground.


b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between P280-L and P138-GG(WP 1747 00).

c. If trouble remains, troubleshoot instrument panel lights (WP 0105 00). Go to 9.


TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00

0089 00-50

PDU FACEPLATE LIGHTING INOPERATIVE

SYMPTOMPDU faceplate lighting inoperative.

MALFUNCTIONPDU faceplate lighting inoperative.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Interchange pilot’s PDU and copilot’s PDU, and check that faceplate on PDU lights.

a. If faceplate lights, replace malfunctioning PDU faceplate (WP 0783 00). Go to 10.

b. If faceplate does not light, go to 2.

2. Check for 115 vac between P158-99 and P158-100.

a. If voltage is as specified, replace PDU (WP 0782 00). Go to 10.





4. Check for 115 vac between P386-C and ground.



5. Check for 5 vac between P386-A and ground.


b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between P246-a and P386-A(WP 1747 00). Go to 10.

c. If trouble remains, troubleshoot instrument panel lights (WP 0105 00). Go to 10.


a. EMEP , go to 7.






9. Repair/replace wiring between P137-FF and P386-C (WP 1747 00).

a. If trouble remains, replace pilots flight instruments 5v/115v transformer (WP 0881 00). Go to10.


TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00

0089 00-51

COPILOT’S PDU FACEPLATE LIGHTING INOPERATIVE

SYMPTOMCopilot’s PDU faceplate lighting inoperative.

MALFUNCTIONCopilot’s PDU faceplate lighting inoperative.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Interchange copilot’s and pilot’s PDU, and check that faceplate on copilot’s PDUlights.

a. If faceplate lights, replace malfunctioning PDU faceplate (WP 0783 00). Go to 9.

b. If faceplate does not light, go to 2.

2. Check for 115 vac between P157-99 and P157-100.

a. If voltage is as specified, replace PDU (WP 0782 00). Go to 9.



+ P149-99 and P157-99

+ P149-100 and P157-100




a. EMEP , go to 5.






7. Check for 115 vac between P138-FF and ground.



8. Check for 5 vac between P387-A and ground.

a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between P138-FF and P387-C (WP 1747 00).Go to 9.

b. If trouble remains, replace pilots flight instrument 5v/115v transformer (WP 0881 00). Go to9.

c. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between P246-g and P387-A(WP 1747 00). Go to 9.


TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00

0089 00-52

F

LEFT RELAYPANELP242 /J242P243 /J243P902 / J902

E

D

C

A

B

H

G

BPILOT’S MASTERWARNING PANEL

COPILOT’SDISPLAY UNIT

COPILOT’S MASTERWARNING PANEL

NOTES

1.

2.

P110 / J110 COCKPIT BL 7.5 RH, STA197

COCKPIT BL 7.5 LH, STA197

P111 / J111



P130 PILOT’S MASTER WARNINGPANEL

P131 COPILOT’S MASTERWARNING PANEL




P149 / J2


P150 / J2



P153 / J1 CENTRAL DISPLAY UNIT

CENTRAL DISPLAY UNITP154 / J2

A

P130

P131

P117

PILOT’SDISPLAYUNIT

P160/ J2

P158/ J1

P156/ J4

P155/ J3 P154

/ J2P153/ J1

P157/ J1

P159/ J2

3.

P1019R(SEE NOTE 4)

P1020R(SEE NOTE 4)

D

D

(SEE NOTE 4)

(SEE NOTE 4)

SAAA2669_1A

P1019R / J3 COPILOT MULTIFUNCTIONDISPLAY (SEE NOTE 4)

P1020R / J3 PILOT MULTIFUNCTIONDISPLAY (SEE NOTE 4)

(SEE NOTE 3)

(SEE NOTE 3)

EH60AUH60A UH60L UH60QHH60LUH60A UH60L EH60A

HH60L UH60Q 4.



CONNECTION POINT

Figure 1. Instrument Display System Location Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 6)

TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00

LOCATION

0089 00-53

SAAA2669_2

P266 / J266

P246 / J246

P249 / J249

P280 / J280

ENGINE SPEEDCONTROLP901

P401 / J401

P801

P803

P815 / J815

P800P814 / J814

P802

P223 / J223

P400 / J400

FUEL QUANTITYSIGNALCONDITIONERP905

P224 / J224



P157 / J1 COPILOT’S DISPLAY UNIT


RECEPTACLELOCATION/

CONNECTION POINT

P158 / J1 PILOT’S DISPLAY UNIT

P159 / J2 COPILOT’S DISPLAY UNIT

P160 / J2 PILOT’S DISPLAY UNIT

P223 / J223 COCKPIT CEILING BL 3 LH,STA 243

P224 / J224 COCKPIT CEILING BL 3 RH,STA 245


LEFT RELAY PANELP243 / J243


P249 / J249 BEHIND COPILOT’SCIRCUIT BREAKER PANELBL 23 LH, STA 247

P266 / J266 BEHIND PILOT’S CIRCUITBREAKER PANEL BL 25 RH,STA 247


P386 PILOT’S FLIGHTINSTRUMENT LIGHTS 5V /115V TRANSFORMER

P387 COPILOT’S FLIGHTINSTRUMENT LIGHTS 5V /115V TRANSFORMER



RECEPTACLELOCATION/

CONNECTION POINT


P412 MAIN XMSN OILTEMPERATURE SENSOR

P443 MAIN ROTOR SPEEDSENSOR

P444 MAIN XMSN OIL PRESSURESENSOR

P800 NO. 2 ENGINE

P801 NO. 1 ENGINE

P802 NO. 2 ENGINE

P803 NO. 1 ENGINE

P814 / J814 ENGINE FIREWALL BL 14RH, STA 373

P815 / J815 ENGINE FIREWALL BL 14LH, STA 373

P901 ENGINE SPEED CONTROL


P905 FUEL QUANTITY SIGNALCONDITIONER

PILOT’S FLIGHTINSTRUMENT LIGHTS5V / 115V TRANSFORMERP386

COPILOT’S FLIGHTINSTRUMENT LIGHTS5V / 115V TRANSFORMERP387

NO. 2 SIGNALDATA CONVERTERP137 / J1P150 / J2P152 / J3

NO. 1 SIGNALDATA CONVERTERP138 / J1P149 / J2P151 / J3

P110 / J110

P114 / J114

P111 / J111


TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00


0089 00-54

SAAA2669_3A

LOW ROTORRPM

#2 ENGOUT

#1 ENGOUT

LT RTROVERSPEED

1 R 2 1 2

0

70

30

90

95

100

105

110

120

130

0

70

30

90

95

100

105

110

120

130

1 R 2

1 20

20

40

60

80

100

120

140 140

120

100

80

60

40

20

0

% RPM % TRQ

(TYPICAL)

B

A

SPARE

OILPRESS

OILTEMP

Ng RTRSPD

2 2 2

1 1 1

J3

J4

J2

J1

0

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

1 2

TOTAL FUEL

PUSH

TO TEST OFF

DIGITS1 − CHAN − 2

DIM ON

QTYLB X 100

TEMPC X 10

PRESSPSI X 10

TEMPC X 10

PRESSPSI X 10

TEMPC X 100

SPEED% X 10

FUEL XMSN ENG OIL TGT Ng

TGT Ng

−4

0

4

6

8

10

12

16

0

3

4

5

6

7

11

19

−4

0

4

8

10

12

14

18

1 2 1 2 1 20

2

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

4

7

8

9

10

11

12

34

5

6

7

8

91113

ELECTRICALCONNECTORJ2

ELECTRICALCONNECTOR J3


ELECTRICALCONNECTOR J4

FUSE PANELSHOWN WITHCOVER REMOVED

+

LIGHTINGCONNECTION

PILOT’S DISPLAY UNIT

PILOT’S AND COPILOT’SMASTER WARNING PANEL

C


TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00


0089 00-55

NO. 2 DC PRI BUS

NO. 2 AC PRI BUS

DCNO. 2

INST

5

ACNO. 2

INST

5

NO. 2 DC PRI BUS

NO. 2 AC PRI BUS

DCNO. 2

ACNO. 2

INST INST

5 5

(SEE NOTE 2)

(SEE NOTE 1)


E

SAAA2669_4A

COMM NAV


#1 ENG OIL PRESS

DAY

NIGHT

OFF

#1 ENGINE OIL TEMP

#2 ENG OIL PRESS

#2 ENGINE OIL TEMP

(SEE NOTE 4)

#1 ENGINEOIL PRESS

#2 ENGINEOIL PRESS

#2 ENGINEOIL TEMP

#1 ENGINEOIL TEMP

D



(SEE NOTE 3)


TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00


0089 00-56

SAAA2669_5A

ROTORNr SPEEDSENSOR

P443

TRANSMISSIONOIL TEMPERATURESENSOR

P412

TRANSMISSIONOIL PRESSURESENSOR

P444

MAIN TRANSMISSION

F


TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00


0089 00-57

SAAA2669_6A

NON FLT PLT FLT

INST LT

CPLT FLTINST LTS

BRTOFF

BRTOFF BRTOFF

UPPER CONSOLE

NO. 1 AC PRI BUS

NO. 1 DC PRI BUS

15

NO. 1AC

INST

5

NO. 1DC

555

INST


G

H


TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00


0089 00-58

UPPER CONSOLE

COPILOT’S FLIGHTINSTRUMENT LIGHTS5V/115V TRANSFORMER

P387

P138 J1


P114

J114

PF

A

J246 P246

g

FF

GG

e

A

C

SG

280−

2

SG387−1



J249 P249

J266 P266

NO. 1 DC INST

NO. 1 AC INST

NO. 1DC PRI

BUS

NO. 1AC PRI

BUS

5AMP2 1

CB132

CB1245AMP2 1

M

n

p

NO. 2 AC INST

NO. 2 DC INST

5AMP2 1

5AMP2 1

NO. 2AC PRI

BUS

NO. 2DC PRI

BUS

CB243

CB229

J

K

L

P

P

P138

PFA

P223

J223

P815

J815

NO. 1 ENGINE

P803

J1

AA DD CC g h c d k i j

PP

P P

P P T

T

T

E F G H J K L

141312111098

10 9 20 21 5 6 7

OIL

TE

MP

SE

NS

OR

GA

S G

EN

TA

CH

OIL

PR

ES

S S

EN

SO

R

28 V

DC

IN

GR

OU

ND

115

VA

C 4

00 H

z (H

I)

(+)

(−)

(HI)

(LO

)

NO

. 1 E

NG

OIL

PR

ES

S (

HI)

(HI)

(LO

)

NO

. 1 E

NG

OIL

TE

MP

NO

. 1 E

NG

GA

S G

EN

TA

CH

10 V

AC

400

Hz

EX

CIT

AT

ION

AA

P138 PFA J1

(SEE NOTES 2 AND 3)DETAIL A

NOTES

2. PIN FILTERED ADAPTERS ARE NOT INSTALLED.

3. P138−AA SHOWS TYPICAL CON−FIGURATION FOR ALL PIN FILTEREDADAPTERS.

1. CIRCUIT BREAKER IS RE−LOCATED AND IDENTIFIED AS CB220.

12

3

TOSHEET

5

CPDU 115 VACLTG INCPDU 5 VACLTG IN

(SEEDETAIL A)

(SEENOTE 1)

G

T5HV BRT

OFF

LV

CPLT FLTINST LTS

T7HV BRT

OFF

LV

INST LTNON FLT

G

J280 P280

L

EH60A

W/O EMEP

SAAB2147_1 4. HH60L UH60Q

4

5

6

Figure 2. Instrument Display System Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 22)

TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00

SCHEMATICS

0089 00-59

J400

P400

P401

J401

P801

EE HH e f E F C D a b w

PPP

PP

PPPP

PPP

P

P

P

P

GND138−1

SG138−2

SG

138−

3

SG

138−

4

SG

138−

5

SG138−6

SG

138−

7

P

U m r M N P R

18171615232119

17 16 10 11 8 9

S T

L M N

S T U

TU

RB

GA

S T

EM

PS

EN

SO

R

TO

RQ

UE

SE

NS

OR

PW

R T

UR

B T

AC

H

(+)

(−)

(+)

(−)

(+)

(−)

(HI)

(LO

)

CH

AS

SIS

GR

OU

ND

PD

U 5

VA

C L

TG

RE

TU

RN

NO

. 1 E

NG

TU

RB

GA

S T

EM

P

NO

. 1 E

NG

TO

RQ

UE

NO

. 1 E

NG

PW

R T

UR

B T

AC

H

NO

. 2 E

NG

TO

RQ

UE

SH

IEL

D

1415

TOSHEET

5

NO. 1 ENGINE

89

1011

1213

TOSHEET

6

P138

J1

7 TO SHEET 3

PFA

P815

J815

P223

J223

SAAB2147_2

4

5

6



TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00


0089 00-60

J114

P114

P224

J224

J400 P400

P443

MAIN ROTOR SPEEDSENSOR

B A Z Y G

P P P

H p

P

P

PP

P

P

SG138−8

F G P R T U V S

P R

3

2

1

M

L

(HI)

(LO)

CASE GROUND

(HI)

(LO

)

(HI)

(LO

)

(+)

(−)

RO

TO

R O

VE

RS

PE

ED

RE

SE

T

MA

IN R

OT

OR

SP

EE

D

NO

. 2 E

NG

PW

R T

UR

B T

AC

H

FU

EL

QT

YT

AN

K N

O. 1

16

1718

1920

TO SHEET 6

TOSHEET

6


P138

PFA

FUEL QUANTITY SIGNALCONDITIONER

P905

J111

P111

SG905−3 SG905−1

PP

SG

905−

2

SG

905−

4

NO

. 1 T

AN

K F

UE

LQ

UA

NT

ITY

OU

T

NO

. 2 T

AN

K F

UE

LQ

UA

NT

ITY

OU

T

GND138−1

SG138−1

GR

OU

ND

NO

. 1 G

AS

GE

NL

OW

SP

EE

D W

ING

SIG

LO

W R

OT

OR

SP

EE

DW

ING

SIG

EN

G O

IL T

EM

P W

ING

SIG

EN

G O

IL P

RE

SS

WIN

G S

IGN

O. 1

EN

G S

PE

ED

TR

IM(C

OM

)

J1

BB n u m X N

L K U V

M L T U

TOSHEET

6

23

24

TOSHEET

5

MAINROTORSPEED

TOSHEET

27

SG224−2

SG224−1

SAAB2147_3

2122

2526

27282930


TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00


0089 00-61

ROTOR OVERSPEEDRESET SWITCH

PILOT’S MASTER WARNINGPANEL

COPILOT’S MASTER WARNINGPANEL

P130 P131

P114 J114

P901

SG130−2

SG130−3

SG130−4

#2 E

NG

OU

T

LO

W R

OT

OR

RP

M

#1 E

NG

OU

T

#2 E

NG

OU

T

LO

W R

OT

OR

RP

M

#1 E

NG

OU

T

NO

. 1 E

NG

SP

EE

D T

RIM

(CO

M)

NO

. 2 E

NG

SP

EE

D T

RIM

(CO

M)

SG901−1

RESET

OFF

2

S431

3

10 9 3 10 9 3

D H

W

UPPER CONSOLE

P386

J246 P246

a

A

C

ENGINESPEED CONTROL

SG901−2

3536

TOSHEET

6323029

31

TOSHEET

6

PILOT’S FLIGHT INSTRUMENTLIGHTS 5V/115V TRANSFORMER

SG386−1

TOSHEET

5

33

34

G

T6HV BRT

OFF

LV

INSTR LTPILOT FLT

SAAB2147_4

2122

2526

27282930


P117

#1 E

NG

INE

OIL

TE

MP

4

#1 E

NG

INE

OIL

PR

ES

S

3

#2 E

NG

INE

OIL

TE

MP

52

#2 E

NG

INE

OIL

PR

ES

S

51

(SEE NOTE 2) PFA

(SEE DETAIL B)


TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00


0089 00-62


P137

PFA

P814

J814

NO. 2 ENGINE

P802 P800

J1

CC DD AA g h c d k i j e f Y Z

P

PP

PPP

SG

137−

4

SG

137−

5

P P

P P T

T

14151312232119111098765

10 9 20 21 5 6 7 17 16 8 9 10 11

OIL

TE

MP

SE

NS

OR

GA

S G

EN

TA

CH

OIL

PR

ES

S S

EN

SO

R

TU

RB

GA

S T

EM

PS

EN

SO

R

TO

RQ

UE

SE

NS

OR

PW

R T

UR

B T

AC

H

115

VA

C 4

00 H

z (H

I)

GR

OU

ND

28 V

DC

IN

(+)

(−)

(HI)

(LO

)

NO

. 2 E

NG

OIL

PR

ES

S (

HI)

(HI)

(LO

)

(+)

(−)

(HI)

(LO

)

NO

. 2 E

NG

OIL

TE

MP

NO

. 2 E

NG

GA

S G

EN

TA

CH

10 V

AC

400

Hz

EX

CIT

AT

ION

NO

. 2 E

NG

TU

RB

GA

S T

EM

P

NO

. 2 E

NG

PW

R T

UR

B T

AC

H

N

NO

. 2 E

NG

SP

EE

DT

RIM

(C

OM

)

P224

J224

P P T P P

S T U V W X Y b m r Z a

GN

D13

7−1

BBG

RO

UN

D

123

1817

1415

TOSHEET

1

w

SH

IEL

D

FF

PD

U 1

15 V

AC

LT

G IN

TOSHEET

3TO

SHEET2

TOSHEET

4

33

34

P

SAAB2147_5

37

38


TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00


0089 00-63


P137

PFA

J1

P114

J114

P224

J224

J110 P110J110 P110

MAIN XMSN OILTEMP SENSOR

XMSN OIL PRESSURE SENSOR

LEFT RELAY PANEL

P902 P243

P400

J400

P412 P444

P242

(+)

(−)

(HI)

(LO

)

(HI)

(LO

)

(+)

(−)

(+)

(−)

(+)

(−)

NO

. 1 E

NG

TO

RQ

UE

NO

. 1 E

NG

P

WR

TU

RB

TA

CH

NO

. 2 E

NG

TO

RQ

UE

MA

IN R

OT

OR

S

PE

ED

MA

IN X

MS

NO

IL T

EM

P

MA

IN X

MS

N O

IL P

RE

SS

(HI)

10 V

AC

400

Hz

EX

CIT

AT

ION

(H

I)

CH

AS

SIS

GR

OU

ND

CD

U L

TG

RT

N P

DU

LT

G R

TN

FU

EL

QT

YT

AN

K N

O. 2

RO

TO

R O

VE

RS

PE

ED

RE

SE

TE

NG

OIL

TE

MP

28 V

DC

WN

G S

IG E

NG

OIL

PR

ES

S28

VD

C W

NG

SIG

NO

. 2 E

NG

GA

S G

EN

LO

W S

PE

ED

WN

G S

IG

LO

W R

OT

OR

SP

EE

DW

NG

SIG

(−)

(+)

(HI)

(HI)

(LO

)

MA

IN X

MS

NO

IL T

EM

P

TA

P V

OL

TA

GE

10 V

AC

EX

CIT

AT

ION

NO

. 1 G

AS

GE

N L

O S

PE

ED

WN

G S

IG IN

NO

. 1 G

AS

GE

N L

O S

PE

ED

WN

G S

IG IN

NO

. 2 E

NG

GA

S G

EN

LO

SP

EE

D W

NG

SIG

IN

LO

W R

OT

OR

SP

EE

D W

NG

SIG

IN

u a J a h

123CD

P

P PPPP

P P P P P T

T

J K L M NH M L K J H G F E

E F C D a b A B K J T W EE GG HH G H p m X n u

T

SG

137−

2

SG

137−

1

c

b

J

K

K J H G F E

P

3536

3231

2324

16

3029

89

101112132019

GND137−1

TOSHEET

4

TOSHEET

3

TOSHEET

4

TOSHEET

3

TOSHEET

2

TOSHEET

3

J902 J242 J243

SAAB2147_6

37

38


TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00


0089 00-64

P149

J2

34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73

A1

B1

C1

D1

A2

B2

C2

D2

A3

5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 65 70 7555 80 85 90 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100

101

102

104

105

DIG

ITA

L D

AT

A

SH

IFT

RE

GIS

TE

RO

UT

PU

T T

AP


COPILOT DISPLAY UNIT

J1

P157 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73

DIG

ITA

L D

AT

A

SH

IFT

RE

GIS

TE

RIN

PU

T T

AP

A1

B1

C1

D1

A2

B2

C2

D2

A3 5 10 20 2515 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100

101

102

104

105

SAAB2147_7


TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00


0089 00-65

P149

J2S

HIF

T R

EG

IST

ER

OU

TP

UT

TA

P



J1

P157

SH

IFT

RE

GIS

TE

RIN

PU

T T

AP

74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

TE

ST

FR

EQ

UE

NC

Y A

NA

LO

G

TE

ST

FR

EQ

UE

NC

Y D

IGIT

AL

FA

ILU

RE

WA

RN

ING

NO

. 1 E

NG

Np

UP

DA

TE

RO

TO

R S

PE

ED

UP

DA

TE

NO

. 2 E

NG

INE

Np

UP

DA

TE

NO

. 1 T

OR

QU

E A

NA

LO

G U

PD

AT

E

NO

. 2 T

OR

QU

E A

NA

LO

G U

PD

AT

E

NO

. 1 T

OR

QU

E D

IGIT

AL

UP

DA

TE

NO

. 2 T

OR

QU

E D

IGIT

AL

UP

DA

TE

CL

OC

K IN

HIB

IT−A

NA

LO

G

CL

OC

K IN

HIB

IT−D

IGIT

AL

106

108

110

112

114

115

116

120

125

126

128

130

135

140

145

150

91 103

107

109

118

122

124

74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

106

108

110

112

114

115

116

120

125

126

128

130

135

140

145

150 91

103

107

109

118

122

124

TE

ST

FR

EQ

UE

NC

Y A

NA

LO

G

TE

ST

FR

EQ

UE

NC

Y D

IGIT

AL

FA

ILU

RE

WA

RN

ING

NO

. 1 E

NG

Np

UP

DA

TE

RO

TO

R S

PE

ED

UP

DA

TE

NO

. 2 E

NG

INE

Np

UP

DA

TE

NO

. 1 T

OR

QU

E A

NA

LO

G U

PD

AT

E

NO

. 2 T

OR

QU

E A

NA

LO

G U

PD

AT

E

NO

. 1 T

OR

QU

E D

IGIT

AL

UP

DA

TE

NO

. 2 T

OR

QU

E D

IGIT

AL

UP

DA

TE

CL

OC

K IN

HIB

IT−A

NA

LO

G

CL

OC

K IN

HIB

IT−D

IGIT

AL

SAAB2147_8


TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00


0089 00-66

P149

J2

LA

MP

SU

PP

LY



J1

P157

26 27 1 2 3 4 5 6 10 11 99 100 7 9

+10

VD

C

−10

VD

C

(HI)

(HI)

(HI)

RE

TU

RN

RE

TU

RN

RE

TU

RN

+8 V

DC

LO

GIC

SU

PP

LY

GR

OU

ND

(HI)

(LO

)IN

TE

GR

AL

LIG

HT

ING

PD

U C

HA

SS

IS G

RO

UN

D

DE

DIC

AT

ED

SP

AR

E

P153

J1

CENTRAL DISPLAY UNIT

3 4 5 6 7 1 2 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

DIG

ITS

ON

−OF

F

LA

MP

SU

PP

LY

RE

F

RO

TO

R O

VE

RS

PE

ED

−127

%

RO

TO

R O

VE

RS

PE

ED

−137

%

RO

TO

R O

VE

RS

PE

ED

−142

%

A1

B1

C1

D1

A2

B2

C2

D2

A3

5 10 15 20

DIG

ITA

L D

AT

A

SH

IFT

RE

GIS

TE

RO

UT

PU

T T

AP

26 27 1 2 3 4 5 6 10 11 99 100 8 9 2997 98 30 31 32 33

J2

P159 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

LA

MP

SU

PP

LY

INT

EG

RA

L L

IGH

TIN

G

DIG

ITA

L D

AT

A

SH

IFT

RE

GIS

TE

RIN

PU

T T

AP

+10

VD

C

−10

VD

C

(HI)

RE

TU

RN

(HI)

RE

TU

RN

(HI)

RE

TU

RN

+8 V

DC

LO

GIC

SU

PP

LY

GR

OU

ND

(HI)

(LO

)

CH

AS

SIS

GR

OU

ND

DE

DIC

AT

ED

SP

AR

E

DIG

ITS

ON

−OF

F

LA

MP

SU

PP

LY

RE

F

RO

TO

R O

VE

RS

PE

ED

−127

%

RO

TO

R O

VE

RS

PE

ED

−137

%

RO

TO

R O

VE

RS

PE

ED

−142

% A1

B1

C1

D1

A2

B2

C2

D2

A3 5 10 15 20

P

P

SAAB2147_9


TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00


0089 00-67


J2

P159

P153

J1


SH

IFT

RE

GIS

TE

RO

UT

PU

T T

AP

SH

IFT

RE

GIS

TE

RIN

PU

T T

AP

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 30 31 32 34 35 36 38 39 40 41 42 43 45 46 48 49 52 53 54 55 56 47 50

23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 39 40 41 43 44 45 47 48 49 50 51 52 54 55 57 58 61 62 63 64 65 56 59

25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 92 94 95 96 98 99 100

102

104

105

106

108

110

114

115

120

125

130

135

140

145

150

DE

DIC

AT

ED

SP

AR

E

DE

DIC

AT

ED

SP

AR

E

25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 92 94 95 96 98 99 100

102

104

105

106

108

110

114

115

120

125

130

135

140

145

150

DE

DIC

AT

ED

SP

AR

E

DE

DIC

AT

ED

SP

AR

E

SAAB2147_10


TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00


0089 00-68

PILOT DISPLAY UNIT

P156

J4


SH

IFT

RE

GIS

TE

RO

UT

PU

T T

AP

SH

IFT

RE

GIS

TE

RIN

PU

T T

AP

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32

J2

P160 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40

DIG

ITA

L D

AT

AD

IGIT

AL

DA

TA

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49

A1

B1

C1

D1

A2

B2

C2

D2

A3

5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100

101

102

104

105

A1

B1

C1

D1

A2

B2

C2

D2

A3 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100

101

102

104

105

SAAB2147_11


TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00


0089 00-69

PILOT DISPLAY UNIT

P156

J4


SH

IFT

RE

GIS

TE

RO

UT

PU

T T

AP

SH

IFT

RE

GIS

TE

RIN

PU

T T

AP

J2

P160

DIG

ITA

L D

AT

AD

IGIT

AL

DA

TA

50 51 52 53 54 55 57 58 60 61 62 63 64 65 56 59

41 42 43 44 45 46 48 49 51 52 53 54 55 56 47 50

J1

P158

3 4 5 6 7


P150

J2

34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46

SH

IFT

RE

GIS

TE

RO

UT

PU

T T

AP

106

108

110

112

114

115

120

125

128

130

135

140

145

150

DE

DIC

AT

ED

SP

AR

E

DE

DIC

AT

ED

SP

AR

E

DIG

ITS

ON

−OF

F

LA

MP

SU

PP

LY

RE

F

RO

TO

R O

VE

RS

PE

ED

−127

%

RO

TO

R O

VE

RS

PE

ED

−142

%

RO

TO

R O

VE

RS

PE

ED

−137

%

A1

B1

C1

D1

A2

B2

C2

D2

A3

5 10 15 2029 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46

106

108

110

112

114

115

120

125

128

130

135

140

145

150

DE

DIC

AT

ED

SP

AR

E

DE

DIC

AT

ED

SP

AR

E

DIG

ITS

ON

−OF

F

LA

MP

SU

PP

LY

RE

F

RO

TO

R O

VE

RS

PE

ED

−127

%

RO

TO

R O

VE

RS

PE

ED

−137

%

SH

IFT

RE

GIS

TE

RIN

PU

T T

AP

A1

B1

C1

D1

A2

B2

C2

D2

A3 5 10 15 20

RO

TO

R O

VE

RS

PE

ED

−142

%

SAAB2147_12


TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00


0089 00-70

PILOT DISPLAY UNIT


SH

IFT

RE

GIS

TE

RO

UT

PU

T T

AP

SH

IFT

RE

GIS

TE

RIN

PU

T T

AP

P150

J2

47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86

25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100

101

102

104

105

106

108

110

112

114

115

116

120

125

126

128

130

135

J1

P158 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86

25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100

101

102

104

105

106

108

110

112

114

115

116

120

125

126

128

130

135

87

140

87

140

SAAB2147_13


TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00


0089 00-71

PILOT DISPLAY UNIT


SH

IFT

RE

GIS

TE

RO

UT

PU

T T

AP

P150

J2

J1

P158

88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 1 2 3 4 5 6 10 11 99 100 7 9

145

150

91 103

107

109

118

122

124

TE

ST

FR

EQ

UE

NC

Y A

NA

LO

G

TE

ST

FR

EQ

UE

NC

Y D

IGIT

AL

FA

ILU

RE

WA

RN

ING

NO

. 1 E

NG

INE

Np

UP

DA

TE

RO

TO

R S

PE

ED

UP

DA

TE

NO

. 2 E

NG

INE

Np

UP

DA

TE

NO

. 1 T

OR

QU

E A

NA

LO

G U

PD

AT

E

NO

. 2 T

OR

QU

E A

NA

LO

G U

PD

AT

E

NO

. 1 T

OR

QU

E D

IGIT

AL

UP

DA

TE

NO

. 2 T

OR

QU

E D

IGIT

AL

UP

DA

TE

CL

OC

K IN

HIB

IT−A

NA

LO

G

CL

OC

K IN

HIB

IT−D

IGIT

AL

+10

VD

C

−10

VD

C

LA

MP

SU

PP

LY

(H

I)

LA

MP

SU

PP

LY

RE

TU

RN

+8 V

DC

LO

GIC

SU

PP

LY

GR

OU

ND

(HI)

(LO

)

PD

U C

HA

SS

IS G

RO

UN

D

DE

DIC

AT

ED

SP

AR

E

INT

EG

RA

L L

IGH

TIN

G

SH

IFT

RE

GIS

TE

RIN

PU

T T

AP

LA

MP

SU

PP

LY

(H

I)

LA

MP

SU

PP

LY

RE

TU

RN

INT

EG

RA

L L

IGH

TIN

G

88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 1 2 3 4 5 6 10 11 99 100 8 9 97 98

145

150 91

103

107

109

118

122

124

TE

ST

FR

EQ

UE

NC

Y A

NA

LO

G

TE

ST

FR

EQ

UE

NC

Y D

IGIT

AL

FA

ILU

RE

WA

RN

ING

NO

. 1 E

NG

INE

Np

UP

DA

TE

NO

. 2 E

NG

INE

Np

UP

DA

TE

RO

TO

R S

PE

ED

UP

DA

TE

NO

. 1 T

OR

QU

E A

NA

LO

G U

PD

AT

E

NO

. 2 T

OR

QU

E A

NA

LO

G U

PD

AT

E

NO

. 1 T

OR

QU

E D

IGIT

AL

UP

DA

TE

NO

. 2 T

OR

QU

E D

IGIT

AL

UP

DA

TE

CL

OC

K IN

HIB

IT−A

NA

LO

G

CL

OC

K IN

HIB

IT−D

IGIT

AL

+10

VD

C

−10

VD

C

+8 V

DC

LO

GIC

SU

PP

LY

GR

OU

ND

(HI)

(LO

)

CH

AS

SIS

GR

OU

ND

DE

DIC

AT

ED

SP

AR

E

P

P

SAAB2147_14


TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00


0089 00-72


LO

GIC

SU

PP

LY

RE

TU

RN

(HI)

(LO

)L

AM

P S

EN

SE

P

P152

J3

+15

VD

C L

OG

IC

−15

VD

C L

OG

IC

+8 V

DC

LA

MP

SU

PP

LY

CO

NT

RO

L

+5 V

DC

LA

MP

SU

PP

LY

(H

I)

LA

MP

SU

PP

LY

RE

TU

RN

(HI)

(LO

)X

MS

N O

IL T

EM

P S

IGN

AL

(HI)

(LO

)F

UE

L Q

TY

SIG

NA

L

XM

SN

OIL

PR

ES

S S

EN

SO

RE

XC

IT (

HI)

XM

SN

OIL

PR

ES

S S

IGN

AL

(H

I)

LO

W R

OT

OR

SP

EE

D W

AR

NIN

G

LO

W O

IL P

RE

SS

UR

E W

AR

NIN

G

LO

W N

g W

AR

NIN

G

HIG

H O

IL T

EM

P W

AR

NIN

G

RO

TO

R O

VE

RS

PE

ED

WA

RN

RE

SE

T

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 28 29 30 31 32 33


J3

P155 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 28 29 30 31 32 33

LO

GIC

SU

PP

LY

RE

TU

RN

(HI)

(LO

)L

AM

P S

EN

SE

+15

VD

C L

OG

IC

−15

VD

C L

OG

IC

+8 V

DC

LA

MP

SU

PP

LY

CO

NT

RO

L

+5 V

DC

LA

MP

SU

PP

LY

(H

I)

LA

MP

SU

PP

LY

RE

TU

RN

(HI)

(LO

)X

MS

N O

IL T

EM

P S

IGN

AL

(HI)

(LO

)F

UE

L Q

TY

SIG

NA

L

XM

SN

OIL

PR

ES

S S

EN

SO

RE

XC

IT (

HI)

XM

SN

OIL

PR

ES

S S

IGN

AL

(H

I)

LO

W R

OT

OR

SP

EE

D W

AR

NIN

G

LO

W O

IL P

RE

SS

UR

E W

AR

NIN

G

LO

W N

g W

AR

NIN

G

HIG

H O

IL T

EM

P W

AR

NIN

G

RO

TO

R O

VE

RS

PE

ED

WA

RN

RE

SE

T

P

SAAB2147_15


TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00


0089 00-73


P152

J3

DIG

ITA

L D

AT

A


J3

P155

28 V

DC

RE

LA

Y S

UP

PL

Y

INT

EG

RA

L L

IGH

TIN

G

FA

ILU

RE

WA

RN

ING

DIG

ITA

L C

LO

CK

INH

IBIT

AN

AL

OG

CL

OC

K IN

HIB

IT

AN

AL

OG

RE

SE

T

DIG

ITA

L R

ES

ET

XM

SN

OIL

PR

ES

S A

NA

LO

G M

UX

FU

EL

QT

Y A

NA

LO

G M

UX

XM

SN

OIL

TE

MP

AN

AL

OG

MU

X

EN

G O

IL T

EM

P A

NA

LO

G U

PD

AT

E

EN

G O

IL P

RE

SS

AN

AL

OG

UP

DA

TE

TG

T A

NA

LO

G U

PD

AT

E

Ng

AN

AL

OG

UP

DA

TE

TG

T D

IGIT

AL

UP

DA

TE

Ng

DIG

ITA

L U

PD

AT

E

RO

TO

R S

PE

ED

UP

DA

TE

AN

AL

OG

TE

ST

FR

EQ

UE

NC

Y

DIG

ITA

L T

ES

T F

RE

QU

EN

CY

A0

B0

C0

D0

B3

4 6 8 12 16

SH

IFT

RE

GIS

TE

RIN

PU

T T

AP

18 21 23 24 26 27 28 31 32

34 128 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78

DIG

ITA

L D

AT

A

28 V

DC

RE

LA

Y S

UP

PL

Y

INT

EG

RA

L L

IGH

TIN

G

FA

ILU

RE

WA

RN

ING

DIG

ITA

L C

LO

CK

INH

IBIT

AN

AL

OG

CL

OC

K IN

HIB

IT

AN

AL

OG

RE

SE

T

DIG

ITA

L R

ES

ET

XM

SN

OIL

PR

ES

S A

NA

LO

G M

UX

FU

EL

QT

Y A

NA

LO

G M

UX

XM

SN

OIL

TE

MP

AN

AL

OG

MU

X

EN

G O

IL T

EM

P A

NA

LO

G U

PD

AT

E

EN

G O

IL P

RE

SS

AN

AL

OG

UP

DA

TE

TG

T A

NA

LO

G U

PD

AT

E

Ng

AN

AL

OG

UP

DA

TE

TG

T D

IGIT

AL

UP

DA

TE

Ng

DIG

ITA

L U

PD

AT

E

RO

TO

R S

PE

ED

UP

DA

TE

AN

AL

OG

TE

ST

FR

EQ

UE

NC

Y

DIG

ITA

L T

ES

T F

RE

QU

EN

CY A0

B0

C0

D0

B3 4 6 8 12 16

SH

IFT

RE

GIS

TE

RIN

PU

T T

AP

18 21 23 24 26 27 28 31 32

34 128 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78

SAAB2147_16


TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00


0089 00-74


P152

J3


J3

P155

DE

DIC

AT

ED

SP

AR

E

SH

IFT

RE

GIS

TE

RIN

PU

T T

AP

34 36 38 42 44 46 48 7 52 54 56 58 9 62

SH

IFT

RE

GIS

TE

RO

UT

PU

T T

AP

SH

IFT

RE

GIS

TE

RO

UT

PU

T T

AP

64 66 68 69 72 74 76 78 79 82 83 84 86 13 14 88 113

117

79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 104 105 106 107 108 110 109 111 112

DE

DIC

AT

ED

SP

AR

E

SH

IFT

RE

GIS

TE

RIN

PU

T T

AP

34 36 38 42 44 46 48 7 52 54 56 58 9 62

SH

IFT

RE

GIS

TE

RIN

PU

T T

AP

64 66 68 69 72 74 76 78 79 82 83 84 86 13 14 88 113

117

79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 104 105 106 107 108 110 109 111 112

SAAB2147_17


TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00


0089 00-75


P152

J3


J3

P155

DE

DIC

AT

ED

SP

AR

E

SH

IFT

RE

GIS

TE

RO

UT

PU

T T

AP

+15

VD

C L

OG

IC

113 114 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 103 123 124 126 125

121

129

132

133

136

137

141

142

144

11 127

148

152

DE

DIC

AT

ED

SP

AR

E

SH

IFT

RE

GIS

TE

RIN

PU

T T

AP

121

129

132

133

136

137

141

142

144 11

127

148

152

113 114 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 103 123 124 126 125


P151

J3

−15

VD

C L

OG

IC

+8 V

DC

LO

GIC

SU

PP

LY

RE

TU

RN

5 V

DC

LA

MP

SU

PP

LY

(H

I)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

+15

VD

C L

OG

IC

−15

VD

C L

OG

IC

+8 V

DC

LO

GIC

SU

PP

LY

RE

TU

RN

5 V

DC

LA

MP

SU

PP

LY

(H

I)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

J2

P154

SAAB2147_18


TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00


0089 00-76


P151

J3

DIG

ITA

L D

AT

A


J2

P154

HIG

H O

IL T

EM

P W

AR

NIN

G

INT

EG

RA

L L

IGH

TIN

G

DIG

ITA

L C

LO

CK

INH

IBIT

AN

AL

OG

CL

OC

K IN

HIB

IT

AN

AL

OG

RE

SE

T

DIG

ITA

L R

ES

ET

FU

EL

QU

AN

TIT

Y A

NA

LO

G M

UX

TO

TA

L F

UE

L D

IGIT

AL

MU

X

EN

G O

IL T

EM

P A

NA

LO

G U

PD

AT

E

EN

G O

IL P

RE

SS

AN

AL

OG

UP

DA

TE

TG

T A

NA

LO

G U

PD

AT

E

Ng

AN

AL

OG

UP

DA

TE

TG

T D

IGIT

AL

UP

DA

TE

Ng

DIG

ITA

L U

PD

AT

E

RO

TO

R S

PE

ED

UP

DA

TE

AN

AL

OG

TE

ST

FR

EQ

UE

NC

Y

DIG

ITA

L T

ES

T F

RE

QU

EN

CY

A0

B0

C0

D0

B3

128 36 37 38 39 41 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 60 61 62 63 64

LA

MP

SE

NS

E(H

I)

(LO

)LA

MP

SU

PP

LY

RE

TU

RN

LA

MP

SU

PP

LY

CO

NT

RO

L

FU

EL

QT

Y S

IGN

AL

(HI)

(LO

)

LO

W R

OT

OR

SP

EE

D W

AR

NIN

G

LO

W O

IL P

RE

SS

UR

E W

AR

NIN

G

LO

W N

g W

AR

NIN

G

RO

TO

R O

VE

RS

PE

ED

WA

RN

ING

RE

SE

T

CA

SE

GR

OU

ND

5915 16 17 18 19 20 21 24 25 29 30 31 32 33

DIG

ITA

L D

AT

A

HIG

H O

IL T

EM

P W

AR

NIN

G

INT

EG

RA

L L

IGH

TIN

G

DIG

ITA

L C

LO

CK

INH

IBIT

AN

AL

OG

CL

OC

K IN

HIB

IT

AN

AL

OG

RE

SE

T

DIG

ITA

L R

ES

ET

FU

EL

QU

AN

TIT

Y A

NA

LO

G M

UX

TO

TA

L F

UE

L D

IGIT

AL

MU

X

EN

G O

IL T

EM

P A

NA

LO

G U

PD

AT

E

EN

G O

IL P

RE

SS

AN

AL

OG

UP

DA

TE

TG

T A

NA

LO

G U

PD

AT

E

Ng

AN

AL

OG

UP

DA

TE

TG

T D

IGIT

AL

UP

DA

TE

Ng

DIG

ITA

L U

PD

AT

E

RO

TO

R S

PE

ED

UP

DA

TE

AN

AL

OG

TE

ST

FR

EQ

UE

NC

Y

DIG

ITA

L T

ES

T F

RE

QU

EN

CY A0

B0

C0

D0

B3

LA

MP

SE

NS

E(H

I)

(LO

)

LA

MP

SU

PP

LY

RE

TU

RN

LA

MP

SU

PP

LY

CO

NT

RO

L

FU

EL

QT

Y S

IGN

AL

(HI)

(LO

)

LO

W R

OT

OR

SP

EE

D W

AR

NIN

G

LO

W O

IL P

RE

SS

UR

E W

AR

NIN

G

LO

W N

g W

AR

NIN

G

RO

TO

R O

VE

RS

PE

ED

WA

RN

ING

RE

SE

T

CA

SE

GR

OU

ND

128 36 37 38 39 41 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 60 61 62 63 645915 16 17 18 19 20 21 24 25 29 30 31 32 33

RO

TO

R O

VE

RS

PE

ED

WA

RN

ING

LA

MP

SU

PP

LY

(H

I)+5

VD

C L

OG

IC S

UP

PL

Y

56 57

P

P

SAAB2147_19


TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00


0089 00-77


P151

J3


J2

P154

18 8 12 16 21LO

GIC

PO

WE

R S

UP

PL

Y G

RO

UN

D(E

XT

ER

NA

L D

IMM

ING

)

FA

ILU

RE

WA

RN

ING

23 24

SH

IFT

RE

GIS

TE

RO

UT

PU

T T

AP

35 58 70 67 68 69 71 72 73 75 76 77 78 79 80 82 83 84 85 87 88 89 90 92 91 94 95 96 98 99 100 101 104 106 107 109

27 28 31 32 34 36 42 44 46 48 52 54 56 58 62 9 64 66 68 72 74 76 78 82 84 86 88

18 8 12 16 21

LO

GIC

PO

WE

R S

UP

PL

Y G

RO

UN

D(E

XT

ER

NA

L D

IMM

ING

)

FA

ILU

RE

WA

RN

ING 23 24

SH

IFT

RE

GIS

TE

RIN

PU

T T

AP

27 28 31 32 34 36 42 44 46 48 52 54 56 58 62 9 64 66 68 72 74 76 78 82 84 86 8835 58 70 67 68 69 71 72 73 75 76 77 78 79 80 82 83 84 85 87 88 89 90 92 91 94 95 96 98 99 100 101 104 106 107 109

SAAB2147_20


TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00


0089 00-78


P151

J3


J2

P154

DE

DIC

AT

ED

SP

AR

E

SH

IFT

RE

GIS

TE

RO

UT

PU

T T

AP

DE

DIC

AT

ED

SP

AR

E

111 86 103 108 110 112 113 114 116 117 119 120 121 122 123 124 81 125 93

113

7 11 13 14 117

121

129

132

133

137

141

142

144

127

148

38

DE

DIC

AT

ED

SP

AR

E

SH

IFT

RE

GIS

TE

RIN

PU

T T

AP

DE

DIC

AT

ED

SP

AR

E

113 7 11 13 14 117

121

129

132

133

137

141

142

144

127

148 38

111 86 103 108 110 112 113 114 116 117 119 120 121 122 123 124 81 125 93

SAAB2147_21


TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00


0089 00-79

SAAB2147_22

#1 ENG OIL PRESS

#2 ENG OIL PRESS

#1 ENGINE OIL TEMP

#2 ENGINE OIL TEMP

72

56

73

57

PFA P1020R

PILOT’S MULTIFUNCTION

#1 ENG OIL PRESS

#2 ENG OIL PRESS

#1 ENGINE OIL TEMP

#2 ENGINE OIL TEMP

72

56

73

57

PFA P1019R

COPILOT’S MULTIFUNCTIONDISPLAY SG1020−72

SG

1020

−56

SG

1020

−73

SG

1020

−57


DISPLAY


TM 1-1520-237-23 0089 00


END OF WORK PACKAGE

0089 00-80

UNIT LEVEL

INSTRUMENT SYSTEMS

CAUTION/ADVISORY WARNING SYSTEM

INITIAL SETUP:

Test EquipmentHeadset - Microphone, H-101A-UMultimeter, AN/PSM-45A

Tools and Special ToolsAircraft Mechanic’s Toolkit, SC 5180-99-B01Electrical Repairer Toolkit, SC 5180-99-B06Locally-Made Drag Beam Wedge, Figure 167,

WP 1805 00Locally-Made Infrared Light, Test Set, Figure 149,

WP 1805 00


ReferencesTM 1-1520-237-10TM 11-1520-237-23TM 11-1520-249-23-2WP 0089 00

WP 0101 00WP 0104 00WP 0785 00WP 0786 00WP 0788 00WP 0789 00WP 0790 00WP 0798 00WP 0824 00WP 0825 00WP 0925 00WP 1050 00WP 1685 00WP 1747 00WP 1805 00


CAUTION/ADVISORY WARNING SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step

NOTE

c Step 1. must be performed when a system malfunction has been reported; otherwise,continue to step 2.

c W/O NVG II , represents UH-60A helicopters and UH-60L helicopters prior to serial

No. 96-26723, not modified by MWO 55-1520-237-50-20.

c A momentary flicker of some caution/advisory panel capsules is normal and requiresno corrective action.



1. EMEP Perform pin filtered connector check of P130 and P131. Refer to PIN FILTERED CONNECTOR CHECK,in this work package.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0090 00

0090 00-1





LIGHTS LWR CSL Copilot’s

CPLT MODE SELECT Copilot’s

PILOT’S MODE SELECT Pilot’s

CHIP DET Upper console

FIRE DET NO. 1 ENG Upper console

3. Pull out the following circuit breakers:


BACKUP HYD CONTR Upper console

ICS PILOT Upper console

NO. 1 GEN WARN Copilot’s

NO. 2 GEN WARN Pilot’s

NO. 2 AC INST Pilot’s

NO. 2 DC INST Pilot’s


5. Turn upper console INST LTS PILOT FLT control to OFF, then turn slightly clockwise to get out of OFF detent.

6. Momentarily press copilot’s master warning panel MASTER CAUTION PRESS TO RESET capsule.


If pilot’s and copilot’s MASTER CAUTION PRESS TO RESET capsules were on, they shall go off.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to MASTER CAUTION PRESS TO RESET CAPSULES DO NOTGO OFF WHEN RESET, in this work package.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0090 00

CAUTION/ADVISORY WARNING SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0090 00-2

PROCEDURE

Step

NOTE

If caution/advisory capsules do not go on, press and release copilot’s cyclic stick PNLLTS switch. The dimming mode of the caution/advisory panel may get out ofsynchronization with the other panel lights; that is, when the PNL LTS button ispressed, the caution/advisory panel capsules may go on bright when the other lights gooff. To correct this condition, place the caution/advisory panel capsules at highintensity, using the PNL LTS switch. Remove power from the helicopter and then reap-ply power.

7. Place caution/advisory panel BRT/DIM-TEST switch to BRT/DIM.

NOTE

In step 8. start with CAUT/ADVSY NVG DIMMING control in fullycounterclockwise position.

8. Turn instrument panel CAUT/ADVSY NVG DIMMING control fully clockwise, then counterclockwise.


Caution/advisory capsules shall increase and then decrease in brightness.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace CAUT/ADVSY NVG DIMMING control (WP 0788 00).

2. If no caution/advisory capsules are on, go to NO CAPSULES ARE ON, in this work package.

Step

9. Place power switch of locally-made infrared light test set (WP 1805 00) to ON.


POWER ON lamp (green) on locally-made infrared light test set shall go on.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace locally-made infrared light test set, locally-made infrared lighttest set lamp, or locally-made infrared light test set battery, as required.

Step

10. Place locally-made infrared light test set IR detector lead over test set’s POWER ON lamp (green).


Locally-made infrared light test set IR LAMP ON lamp (amber) shall go on.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace locally-made infrared light test set.

Step

11. Turn CAUT/ADVSY NVG DIMMING and MA WRN NVG DIMMING controls fully clockwise.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0090 00


0090 00-3

12. W/O NVG II While holding down the caution/advisory panel BRT/DIM-TEST switch, place locally-made infraredlight test set IR detector lead over each caution/advisory panel and master warning capsules that are not flashing.


a. Locally-made infrared light test set IR LIGHT ON lamp shall go on each time detector lead is placed overcapsules that are not flashing.

b. Master warning capsules will not illuminate if NVG is installed.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to CAUTION/ADVISORY CAPSULES DO NOT DIM FOR NIGHTVISION GOGGLE VIEWING, in this work package.

Step

NOTE

Make sure instrument panel MA WRN NVG DIMMING and CAUT/ADVSY NVGDIMMING controls are rotated fully clockwise.

13. Push in NO. 1 GEN WARN circuit breaker (copilot’s circuit breaker panel).


Pilot’s and copilot’s MASTER CAUTION PRESS TO RESET capsules shall go on and #1 GEN caution capsuleshall go on.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, troubleshoot AC electrical system (WP 0101 00).

Step

14. Momentarily press copilot’s master warning panel MASTER CAUTION PRESS TO RESET capsule.


Both MASTER CAUTION PRESS TO RESET capsules shall go off.

Corrective Action


Step

15. Push in NO. 2 GEN WARN circuit breaker (pilot’s circuit breaker panel).


a. Both MASTER CAUTION PRESS TO RESET capsules shall go on.

b. #2 GEN caution capsule shall go on.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition a. is not as specified, check if lamps are good.

a. If lamps are good, replace caution advisory or master caution panel (WP 0785 00).

b. If lamps are not good, replace lamps (WP 0786 00).

TM 1-1520-237-23 0090 00


0090 00-4

2. If Indication/Condition b. is not as specified, troubleshoot AC electrical system (WP 0101 00).

Step

16. Turn instrument panel MA WRN NVG DIMMING control fully counterclockwise then fully clockwise.


All master warning panel capsules which are on shall decrease in brilliance then increase in brilliance.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to WARNING CAPSULES DO NOT DIM FOR NIGHT VISIONGOGGLE VIEWING, in this work package.

Step

17. Momentarily press pilot’s master warning panel MASTER CAUTION PRESS TO RESET capsule.


Both MASTER CAUTION PRESS TO RESET capsules shall go off.

Corrective Action


Step

18. Connect headset to pilot’s ICS.

19. Push in ICS PILOT circuit breaker (upper console circuit breaker panel).

WARNING

To prevent injury to personnel, make sure area around the helicopter’s stabilator isclear of personnel and equipment.

NOTE

Make sure landing gear drag beam switch is in ground position and stabilator control/auto flight control panel AUTO CONTROL ON legend is on.

20. Place stabilator control/auto flight control panel MAN SLEW switch DOWN or UP depending on the stabilator’sposition.


Beeping tone shall be heard in headset.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to NO STABILATOR WARNING TONE HEARD IN HEADSET, inthis work package.

Step

21. Press MASTER CAUTION PRESS TO RESET capsule located on the pilot’s master warning panel.

22. Push in NO. 2 DC INST and NO. 2 AC INST circuit breakers (pilot’s circuit breaker panel).

TM 1-1520-237-23 0090 00


0090 00-5


a. NO. 1 ENG OUT and NO. 2 ENG OUT master warning capsules shall go on.

b. LOW ROTOR RPM capsules shall flash (master warning panels).

c. MASTER CAUTION capsules shall go on.

d. A steady tone shall be heard in headset.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, troubleshoot instrument display system (IDS) (WP 0089 00).

Step

23. Press pilot’s master warning panel MASTER CAUTION PRESS TO RESET capsule and check for tone in headset.


No tone shall be heard.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace left relay panel (WP 0825 00).

Step

24. Push in BACKUP HYD CONTR circuit breaker (upper console circuit breaker panel).

25. Insert locally-made wedge in left drag beam switch to simulate inflight (weight-off-wheels) condition.


Steady tone shall be heard in headset.

Corrective Action


Step

26. Press pilot’s master warning panel MASTER CAUTION PRESS TO RESET capsule and check for tone in headset.



Corrective Action


Step

27. Remove locally-made wedge (WP 1805 00) from left drag beam switch.



TM 1-1520-237-23 0090 00


0090 00-6

Corrective Action


Step

WARNING

To prevent injury to personnel, make sure area around the helicopter’s stabilator isclear of personnel and equipment.

NOTE

In the following step, disregard vertical instrument display indications.

28. Reset aircraft power by using the EXT PWR RESET switch (center of the upper console), and then turn on.


a. NO. 1 ENG OUT and NO. 2 ENG OUT caution capsules shall go on.

b. LOW ROTOR RPM capsules shall flash and MASTER CAUTION PRESS TO RESET capsules shall go on.

c. A steady tone shall be heard in headset.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, troubleshoot instrument display system (IDS) (WP 0089 00).

Step

29. Make sure stabilator control/auto flight control panel AUTO CONTROL ON legend is on.

30. Place stabilator control/auto flight control panel MAN SLEW switch to the DOWN position.


a. Caution/advisory panel STABILATOR capsule shall go on.

b. Tone shall change from steady to beeping.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition a. is not as specified, troubleshoot stabilator unit (TM 11-1520-237-23 orTM 11-1520-249-23-2).

2. If Indication/Condition b. is not as specified, replace audible warning unit (WP 0789 00).

a. If trouble remains, replace left relay panel (WP 0825 00).

Step

31. Momentarily press either master warning panel MASTER CAUTION PRESS TO RESET capsule.


a. Tone shall change from beeping to steady.

b. MASTER CAUTION PRESS TO RESET capsules shall go off.

Corrective Action


TM 1-1520-237-23 0090 00


0090 00-7

2. If Indication/Condition a. is not as specified, go to MASTER CAUTION PRESS TO RESET CAPSULESDO NOT GO OFF WHEN RESET, in this work package.

Step



Tone shall not be heard in headset.

Corrective Action


Step

33. Insert locally-made wedge in left drag beam switch to simulate inflight (weight-off-wheels) condition.



Corrective Action


Step

34. Momentarily press stabilator control/auto flight control panel AUTO CONTROL RESET switch.


a. Caution/advisory panel STABILATOR capsule shall go off.

b. Stabilator control/auto flight control panel AUTO CONTROL switch ON legend shall go on.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, troubleshoot stabilator unit (TM 11-1520-237-23 orTM 11-1520-249-23-2).

Step

35. Press and hold stabilator control/auto flight control panel TEST switch.


a. Caution/advisory panel STABILATOR capsule shall go on.

b. MASTER CAUTION PRESS TO RESET capsules shall go on.

c. Stabilator control/auto flight control panel AUTO CONTROL switch ON legend shall go off.

d. Beeping tone shall be heard in headset.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition a. is not as specified, troubleshoot stabilator unit (TM 11-1520-237-23 orTM 11-1520-249-23-2).

TM 1-1520-237-23 0090 00


0090 00-8

2. If Indication/Conditions b., c., or d. are not as specified, troubleshoot digital AFCS (TM 11-1520-237-23 orTM 11-1520-249-23-2).

Step



a. Tone shall change from beeping to steady.

b. MASTER CAUTION PRESS TO RESET capsules shall go off.

Corrective Action


2. If Indication/Condition b. is not as specified, go to MASTER CAUTION PRESS TO RESET CAPSULESDO NOT GO OFF WHEN RESET, in this work package.

Step

37. Remove locally-made wedge from left drag beam switch.


No tone shall be heard in headset.

Corrective Action


Step



Power shall be off.

Corrective Action

None Required

PIN FILTERED CONNECTOR CHECK

SYMPTOMPerform pin filtered connector check.

MALFUNCTIONPin filtered connector check.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Disconnect P118, P130, P131, P137, P243, and P902. Go to 2.

2. Make sure INST LT PILOT FLT switch is OFF. Go to 3.

3. Remove and check pin filtered adapter from P118 (WP 0925 00).


TM 1-1520-237-23 0090 00


0090 00-9


4. Install pin filtered adapter to P118 (WP 0925 00). Go to 5.

5. Check continuity between each pin of P130 and connector shell.

a. If continuity is present, replace pin filtered connector (WP 0925 00). Go to 9.



+ P118-a and P130-6

+ P118-e and P130-2

+ P118-i and P130-8

+ P118-j and P130-1

+ P118-W and P130-7

+ P118-X and P130-5

+ P130-3 and P138-n

+ P130-3 and P242-a

+ P130-4 and P130-5

+ P130-4 and P243-G

+ P130-6 and P243-U

+ P130-7 and INST LT PILOT FLT switch terminal A

+ P130-9 and P138-u

+ P130-9 and P243-h

+ P130-10 and P137-n

+ P130-10 and P243-a

+ P130-11 and GG33-5

+ P131-4 and P902-H



7. Check continuity between each pin of P131 and connector shell.

a. If continuity is present, replace pin filtered connector (WP 0925 00). Go to 9.



+ P130-1 and P131-1

+ P130-2 and P131-2

+ P130-3 and P131-3

TM 1-1520-237-23 0090 00

PIN FILTERED CONNECTOR CHECK - Continued

0090 00-10

+ P130-5 and P131-5

+ P130-6 and P131-6

+ P130-7 and P131-7

+ P130-8 and P131-8

+ P130-9 and P131-9

+ P130-10 and P131-10



9. Connect P118, P130, P131, P137, P243, and P902. Go to 10.

10. Procedure completed. Go to CAUTION/ADVISORY WARNING SYSTEM, step 2 ofOperational/Troubleshooting Procedure, in this work package.

MASTER CAUTION PRESS TO RESET CAPSULES DO NOT GO OFF WHEN RESET

SYMPTOMMASTER CAUTION PRESS TO RESET capsules shall either go on or off.

MALFUNCTIONMASTER CAUTION PRESS TO RESET capsules do not go off when reset.

CORRECTIVE ACTION


a. EMEP , go to 2.


2. EMEP Remove and check pin filtered adapter from P118 (WP 0925 00).




4. Press pilot’s capsule and check that both capsules go off.

a. If both capsules go off, go to 5.

b. If both capsules do not off, go to 6.


+ P118-a and P130-6

+ P118-W and P130-7

a. If continuity is present, replace copilot’s master warning panel (WP 0790 00). Go to 16.


6. Press copilot’s capsule and check that both capsules go off.

a. If both capsules go off, go to 7.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0090 00

PIN FILTERED CONNECTOR CHECK - Continued

0090 00-11

b. If both capsules do not go off, go to 8.


+ P118-a and P131-6

+ P118-W and P131-7

a. If continuity is present, replace pilot’s master warning panel (WP 0790 00). Go to 16.



+ P130-7 and P130-11

+ P131-7 and P131-11




a. W/O MWO 50-26 , go to 10.

b. MWO 50-26 , go to 13.

10. W/O MWO 50-26 Check for 28 vdc between P125-B and ground while pressingpilot’s MASTER CAUTION PRESS TO RESET capsule.


b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between P125-B and P130-6(WP 1747 00). Go to 16.

11. W/O MWO 50-26 Turn off electrical power, check for diode front to back resistanceratio of more than 10 to 1 between pins B and C of the chip detector resistor unitconnector.

a. If resistance is more than 10 to 1, go to 12.

b. If resistance is not more than 10 to 1, replace chip detector resistor unit (WP 0798 00). Go to16.

12. W/O MWO 50-26 Check continuity between P118-a and P125-C.

a. If continuity is present, replace caution/advisory panel (WP 0785 00). Go to 16.


13. MWO 50-26 Check for 28 vdc between P118-a and ground while pressing pilot’sMASTER CAUTION PRESS TO RESET capsule.


b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring, as required, between (WP 1747 00), thengo to 16:

+ P118-a and P130-6

+ P118-a and P131-6


TM 1-1520-237-23 0090 00

MASTER CAUTION PRESS TO RESET CAPSULES DO NOT GO OFF WHEN RESET - Continued

0090 00-12

+ GG33-2 and P131-11

+ GG33-5 and P130-11



15. W/O EMEP Check for 28 vdc between CAUT/ADVSY PNL circuit breaker terminal 1and ground.

a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring, as required, between (WP 1747 00), then goto 16:

+ Terminal 1 of circuit breaker and P130-7

+ Terminal 1 of circuit breaker and P131-7



NO CAPSULES ARE ON

SYMPTOMCaution/advisory capsules shall increase and then decrease in brightness.

MALFUNCTIONNo capsules are on.

CORRECTIVE ACTION


a. EMEP , go to 2.


2. EMEP Remove and check pin filtered adapter from P118.




4. Check that master warning panel capsules, stabilator control/auto flight controlpanel capsules, and HSI/VSI mode select panel switch legends are off.

a. If all legends are off, go to 5.

b. If all legends are not off, go to 6.


+ P118-e and P130-2

+ P118-e and P131-2



6. Check that HSI/VSI mode select panel switch legends are off.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0090 00

MASTER CAUTION PRESS TO RESET CAPSULES DO NOT GO OFF WHEN RESET - Continued

0090 00-13

a. If select panel switch legends are off, repair/replace wiring, as required, between(WP 1747 00), then go to 11:

+ P118-e and P300R-27

+ P118-e and P317R-27

b. If select panel switch legends are not off, go to 7.

7. Check that stabilator control/auto flight control panel capsules are off.

a. If capsules are off, repair/replace wiring between P4R-D and P118-e (WP 1747 00). Go to11.

b. If capsules are not off, go to 8.

8. Check that capsules on both master warning panels are off.

a. If master warning panels are off, go to 9.

b. If master warning panels are not off, go to 10.


+ P118-e and P130-2

+ P118-e and P131-2




+ P118-e and P130-2

+ P118-e and P131-2

a. If continuity is present, replace malfunctioning master warning panel (WP 0790 00). Go to11.



CAUTION/ADVISORY CAPSULES DO NOT DIM FOR NIGHT VISION GOGGLE VIEWING

SYMPTOMLocally-made infrared light test set IR LIGHT ON lamp shall go on.

MALFUNCTIONCaution/advisory capsules do not dim for night vision goggle viewing.

CORRECTIVE ACTION


a. EMEP , go to 2.




TM 1-1520-237-23 0090 00

NO CAPSULES ARE ON - Continued

0090 00-14



4. Check that lower console panel lights can be turned off by pressing cyclic stickPNL LTS switch.

a. If lower console panel lights can be turned off, go to 5.

b. If lower console panel lights can not be turned off, go to 7.

5. Check for resistance of 0 to 1.5 K ohms between P118-n and P118-r.

a. If resistance is as specified, replace caution/advisory panel (WP 0785 00). Go to 14.



+ P118-n and R3-2

+ P118-r and R3-1

a. If continuity is present, replace CAUT/ADVSY NVG DIMMING control R3 (WP 0788 00).Go to 14.



+ J120-a and ground

+ J120-N and ground


b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring, as required, between (WP 1747 00), thengo to 14:

+ J120-a and P902-j

+ J120-N and P902-j

8. Check for 28 vdc between J119-N and ground.



9. While pressing pilot’s cyclic stick PNL LTS switch, check for 28 vdc betweenJ119-a and ground.



10. While pressing pilot’s cyclic stick PNL LTS switch, check for 28 vdc betweenP118-p and ground.




+ J119-b and P118-p

TM 1-1520-237-23 0090 00

CAUTION/ADVISORY CAPSULES DO NOT DIM FOR NIGHT VISION GOGGLE VIEWING - Continued

0090 00-15

+ J119-P and P118-p

a. If continuity is present, replace copilot’s cyclic stick (WP 1050 00). Go to 14.



+ J119-a and J120-b

+ J119-N and J120-P

a. If continuity is present, replace pilot’s cyclic stick (WP 1050 00). Go to 14.


13. Check continuity between J119-N and J120-P.

a. If continuity is present, replace pilot’s cyclic stick (WP 1050 00). Go to 14.



WARNING CAPSULES DO NOT DIM FOR NIGHT VISION GOGGLE VIEWING

SYMPTOMAll master warning panel capsules which are on shall decrease in brilliance then increase in brilliance.

MALFUNCTIONWarning capsules do not dim for night vision goggle viewing.

CORRECTIVE ACTION


a. EMEP , go to 2.






4. Check for resistance of 0 to 1.5 K ohms between P118-k and P118-m.

a. If resistance is as specified, replace caution/advisory panel (WP 0785 00). Go to 6.



+ P118-k and R2-1

+ P118-m and R2-2

a. If continuity is present, replace MA WRN NVG DIMMING control R2 (WP 0788 00). Go to6.


TM 1-1520-237-23 0090 00

CAUTION/ADVISORY CAPSULES DO NOT DIM FOR NIGHT VISION GOGGLE VIEWING - Continued

0090 00-16


NO STABILATOR WARNING TONE HEARD IN HEADSET

SYMPTOMBeeping tone shall be heard in headset.

MALFUNCTIONNo stabilator warning tone heard in headset.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Is steady tone heard in headset?

a. If tone is steady in headset, go to 2.

b. If tone is not steady in headset, go to 7.

2. Check for 28 vdc between P243-S and ground.

a. If voltage is as specified, replace left relay panel (WP 0825 00). Go to 12.



a. EMEP , go to 4.






6. Repair/replace wiring between P117-27 and P243-S (WP 1747 00). Go to 12.

7. Press pilot’s master warning panel MASTER CAUTION PRESS TO RESET capsule,and listen for a steady tone in headset.

a. If steady tone is heard in headset, go to 8.

b. If steady tone is not heard in headset, go to 9.

8. Check continuity between P242-G and P961-D.



9. Check for 28 vdc between P961-A and P961-B.




+ GND961-1 and P961-B

+ P242-E and P656R-M

a. If continuity is present, replace audible warning unit (WP 0789 00). Go to 12.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0090 00

WARNING CAPSULES DO NOT DIM FOR NIGHT VISION GOGGLE VIEWING - Continued

0090 00-17

b. If trouble remains, troubleshoot intercommunication system (TM 11-1520-237-23). Go to 12.

c. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring as required (WP 1747 00). Go to 12.


+ P242-H and P961-A

+ P961-B and ground




TM 1-1520-237-23 0090 00

NO STABILATOR WARNING TONE HEARD IN HEADSET - Continued

0090 00-18

LEFT RELAY PANELP242 / J242P243 / J243P902 / J902

INSTRUMENTPANEL

P130 / J130

LEFT DRAGBEAM SWITCHP163 / J163

LOWERCONSOLE

NO. 1SIGNAL DATACONVERTERP138 / J1


AUDIBLEWARNINGUNITP961 / J961

INDICATORLIGHTSDIMMERP393 / J393

G

CP118 / J118

P117 / J117

E

F

D

B AP131 /J131

D

C

P4R / J4R STABILATOR CONTROL /AUTO FLIGHT CONTROLPANEL

P110 / J110 COCKPIT, BL 7.5 RH, STA 197

P111 / J111 COCKPIT, BL 7.5 LH, STA 197




P117 / J117 CAUTION / ADVISORYPANEL

P118 / J118 CAUTION / ADVISORYPANEL

P119 / J119 COCKPIT TUB, BL 30 LH,STA 220

P120 / J120 COCKPIT TUB, BL 30 RH,STA 220


P130 / J130 PILOT’S MASTER WARNINGPANEL

NOTES

1.CARGO HOOK OPEN CAPSULE IS AIRCOND ON CAPSULE.

2.CAPSULE IS ANTENNA EXTENDED.

3.

4.CAPSULE IS ANTENNA RETRACTED.

5.CAPSULE IS CABIN HEAT ON.

6.

7.

EH60A

EH60A

ESSSEH60A

EH60A

UH60A UH60L77-27714 - 96-26723

SAAA2602_1A



CONNECTION POINT

Figure 1. Caution/Advisory Warning System Location Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 7)

TM 1-1520-237-23 0090 00

LOCATION

0090 00-19

SAAA2602_2

COPILOT’S HSI / VSIMODE SEL PANELP300R / J300R

P248 / J248

P914 / J914

P119 / J119

P247 / J247

P230 / J230

P200 / J200

P249 / J249

P237 / J237

PILOT’S HSI / VSIMODE SEL PANELP317R / J317R

P121 / J121

P112 / J112

P110 / J110

P113 / J113

P120 / J120

P111 / J111

P142 / J142

P115 / J115

STABILATORCONTROL /AUTO FLIGHTCONTROL PANELP4R / J4R

P131 / J131 COPILOT’S MASTERWARNING PANEL





RECEPTACLELOCATION/

CONNECTION POINT







RECEPTACLELOCATION/

CONNECTION POINT

P247 / J247 CABIN, BL 40 RH, STA 248

P248 / J248 CABIN, BL 40 LH, STA 248


P300R / J300R COPILOT’S HSI / VSI MODESELECT PANEL

P317R / J317R PILOT’S HSI / VSI MODESELECT PANEL

P393 / J393 INDICATOR LIGHTSDIMMER

P656R / J656R JUNCTION BOX ASSEMBLY


P914 / J914 COCKPIT, BL 24 LH, STA247

P961 / J961 AUDIBLE WARNING UNIT

AUDIOJUNCTION BOXASSEMBLYP656R / J656R



TM 1-1520-237-23 0090 00


0090 00-20

SAAA2602_3BCAUTION/ADVISORY PANEL

#1 FUEL LOW #1 GEN #2 GEN #2 FUEL LOW

#2 GEN BRG#1 GEN BRG

#1 ENGINEOIL PRESS

#1 CONV #2 CONV #2 ENGINEOIL PRESS

#2 ENGINEOIL TEMP

DC ESSBUS OFF

AC ESSBUS OFF

#1 ENGINEOIL TEMP

CHIP#1 ENGINE

BATT LOWCHARGE

BATTERYFAULT

CHIP#2 ENGINE

#2 FUELFLTR BYPASS

#1 FUELFLTR BYPASS

#1 OILFLTR BYPASS

#2 OILFLTR BYPASS

#1 PRISERVO PRESS

#1 HYDPUMP

#2 HYDPUMP

#2 PRISERVO PRESS

IRCMINOP

TAIL ROTORQUADRANT

MAIN XMSNOIL TEMP

INT XMSNOIL TEMP

TAIL XMSNOIL TEMP

APU OILTEMP HI

TRIM FAILSAS OFFSTABILATORBOOST SERVOOFF

LFT PITOTHEAT IFF RT PITOT

HEAT

CHIP INPUTMDL−LH

CHIPINT XMSN

CHIPTAIL XMSN

CHIP INPUTMDL−RH

CHIP ACCESSMDL−RH

APUFAIL

CHIP MAINMDL SUMP

CHIP ACCESSMDL−LH

MR DE−ICEFAIL

MR DE−ICEFAULT

TR DE−ICEFAIL

ICEDETECTED

BACK−UPRSVR LOW

#2 RSVRLOW

#1 RSVRLOW

MAIN XMSNOIL PRESS

#2 ENGANTI−ICE ON

BACK−UPPUMP ON

#2 TAIL RTRSERVO ON


PRIME BOOSTPUMP ON

LDG LT ON

HOOK ARMED

EXT PWRCONNECTED


APU GEN ON

CARGOHOOK OPEN

PARKINGBRAKE ON

APU ACCUMLOW

APU ON

#1 ENGANTI−ICE ON

BRT / DIM

TEST

#2 ENGINESTARTER

FLT PATHSTAB

SEARCHLT ON

#1 FUELPRESS

#2 FUELPRESS

#1 ENGINESTARTER

GUSTLOCK

#1 TAIL RTRSERVO

AUX FUEL

ANTENNARETRACTED

SEE NOTE 3

SEE NOTE 2

SEE NOTE 4

SEE NOTE 5SEE NOTE 1

A

GPS POSALERT

SEE NOTE 6

SEE NOTE 7


TM 1-1520-237-23 0090 00


0090 00-21

SAAA2602_4

#1 ENGOUT

#2 ENGOUT

LOW ROTORRPM

MASTER CAUTIONPRESS TO RESET

FIRE


D

PNLLTS

PILOT’S AND COPILOT’SCYCLIC STICK GRIP

CNVG DIMMING

MA WRN CAUT/ADVSY

INSTRUMENT PANEL

B


TM 1-1520-237-23 0090 00


0090 00-22

SAAA2602_5A

PNL CONTR

DC ESNTL BUS

2

5

DC ESNTL BUS

5

ICS

PILOT

CAUT /ADVSY

BACKUPHYD

PILOT FLT

INST LT

BRTOFF

UPPER CONSOLE

E

DET

5

CHIP

5

ENG

FIRE DETNO. 2


TM 1-1520-237-23 0090 00


0090 00-23

SAAA2602_6

NO. 1 AC PRI BUS

NO. 1 DC PRI BUS

5

LIGHTSADVSY CAUT

ADVSYCPLT

MODE

2

SEL


7.5

F

NO. 1GEN

5

WARNCSL

5

LIGHTSLWR


TM 1-1520-237-23 0090 00


0090 00-24

SAAA2602_7

NO. 2 DC PRI BUS

NO. 2 AC PRI BUS

DCNO. 2

INSTPILOT

5

NO. 2 DC PRI BUS

NO. 2 AC PRI BUS

DCNO. 2

ACNO. 2

INSTPILOT

MODE

SELECT

INST

5 5

2


(SEE NOTE 4)

G

MODE

2

SELECT

AC

INST

5

NO. 2

GEN

WARN

5

GEN

WARN

5


TM 1-1520-237-23 0090 00


0090 00-25

BRT

OFFBT6A

CAUT / ADVSYPNL

BACKUPHYD CONTR

DCESNTL

BUS

28 VDC

5AMP

5AMP

CB325

CB324

J200 P200

J230 P230 P112 J112

LIGHTS CAUT ADVSY

LIGHTS ADVSY

7.5AMP

5AMP

J237 P237

J249 P249

P113 J113

NO. 1DC PRI

BUS

28 VDCP

E

M

i

j

k

SG230−1

SG200−1

F

E

F

G

GND113−1

UPPER CONSOLE


INSTR LTPILOT FLT

CB139

CB140

2 1

2 1

2 1

2 1

P137

J1

PFA


J110

P110

n u

J

J300R

P300R

J317R

P317R

COPILOT’SHSI/VSI MODESELECT PANEL

PILOT’SHSI/VSI MODESELECT PANEL

P142

J142

P4R

J4R

STABILATOR CONTROL/

PANEL

2727

SG33T−1

d

D

2

3

4

1

TO SHEET 3

TO SHEET 4

SG137−2

SG130−4

11 10

GR

OU

ND

#2 E

NG

OU

T

GG33−2

NOTES

4.

5.

1.SPLICE GROUP IS SGJ914−1.

2. PIN FILTERED ADAPTERS (PFA) ARE NOT INSTALLED.

J131

P131

COPILOT’S MASTERWARNING PANEL

3. P118−V SHOWS TYPICALCONFIGURATION FOR ALL PINFILTERED ADAPTERS.

TO SHEET 4

TO SHEET 3

AUTO FLIGHT CONTROL

6.

EH60A

EH60A

W/O EMEP

UH60A UH60L

ESSS

7. 77−27714 − 96−26723

8. W/O MOD 50−26

SAAB1467_1

Figure 2. Caution/Advisory Warning System Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 10)

TM 1-1520-237-23 0090 00

SCHEMATICS

0090 00-26

P138

J1

PFA


J130

P130

PILOT’S MASTER WARNING PANEL

J110 P110

J111 P111

J121 P121

J111

P111 M L

n u

K

F

E

SG138−1

SG137−1

a

SG130−6

SG130−3

SG130−1

SG118−2

SG118−3

SG130−7

SG130−5

GG33−5

1187 51269 4 3 10

SG

33B

−1

85729 4 3 6 1

LO

W R

OT

OR

RP

M

FIR

E

#1 E

NG

OU

T

MA

ST

ER

CA

UT

ION

PR

ES

S T

O R

ES

ET

MA

ST

ER

WA

RN

ING

DIM

MIN

G C

ON

TR

OL

LA

MP

TE

ST

IN

28 V

DC

FA

UL

T IN

PU

T

MA

ST

ER

CA

UT

ION

DIM

MIN

G C

ON

TR

OL

MA

ST

ER

CA

UT

ION

PR

ES

S T

O R

ES

ET

#1 E

NG

OU

T

FIR

E

LO

W R

OT

OR

RP

M

#2 E

NG

OU

T GR

OU

ND

MA

ST

ER

WA

RN

ING

DIM

MIN

G C

ON

TR

OL

LA

MP

TE

ST

IN

28 V

DC

FA

UL

T IN

PU

T

MA

ST

ER

CA

UT

ION

DIM

MIN

G C

ON

TR

OL

5

6

78

9

10

11

121314

1516

SG130−2

J131

P131

COPILOT’S MASTER WARNING PANEL

TOSHEET

5

TOSHEET

4

TOSHEET

5

TOSHEET

3

TOSHEET

4

(SEE DETAIL D)

SAAB1467_2


TM 1-1520-237-23 0090 00


0090 00-27

P902

J902

LEFT RELAY PANEL

P119 J119

P247 J247

PNL LTS

COPILOT’S CYCLIC STICK GRIP

a

N

b

P

P120 J120

PILOT’S CYCLIC STICK GRIP

P110 J110

P248 J248

F

k W

PNL LTS

N

a

b

P

J914 P914

J115 P115

J393 P393

INDICATOR LIGHTS DIMMER

V

K

C

SGJ914−6(SEE NOTE 1)

K43 X1

X2 K40X2 X1

D1

D3

D2

SG1−1(J243−G)

V HCCq j

SG302−2

SG902−542

9

SG120−3

SG119−1

TOSHEET

1

TO SHEET 2

J118 P118PFA

V

DETAIL A(SEE NOTES 2 AND 3)

SAAB1467_3


TM 1-1520-237-23 0090 00


0090 00-28

P242

J242

P118

J118

PFA

INSTRUMENT PANEL

MA WRN

CAUT / ADVSY

NVG DIMMING

1

R32

1

2

K46

C1

C2

C3

R8

R7

A1

A2

A3

CR17

CR3

L F G E H a

A2 X2

K48

X1

A3 A1


GG33−2SG118−1

LA

MP

TE

ST

PW

R

DIM

MIN

G E

NA

BL

E

NV

G D

IMM

ING

SIG

NA

L

28 V

DC

IN

MA

ST

ER

CA

UT

ION

RE

SE

T IN

PU

T

MA

ST

ER

WA

RN

DIM

CO

NT

RO

LM

AS

TE

RC

AU

TIO

N O

UT

PU

TM

AS

TE

R C

AU

TIO

ND

IM C

ON

TR

OL

GR

OU

ND

CA

UT

ION

/ A

DV

ISO

RY

LE

VE

L D

IM C

ON

TR

OL

MA

ST

ER

WA

RN

LE

VE

L D

IM C

ON

TR

OL

LA

MP

TE

ST

OU

TP

UT

EX

T D

IMM

ING

CO

NT

RO

L

XM

SN

CH

IP W

AR

N28

VD

C P

WR

NO

. 1 E

NG

CH

IP W

AR

N28

VD

C P

WR

NO

. 2 E

NG

CH

IP W

AR

N28

VD

C P

WR

hgfm knr

161512131114

13

pV U d W a e j X i T b c

X1 X2 K44

R2

1718

1920

2122

232425

TOSHEET

5

TOSHEET

5

TO SHEET 2

TOSHEET

5

TOSHEET

2

TOSHEET

1

P961 J961

AUDIBLE WARNING UNIT

A

D

F

B

GND961−1

POSITIVE

13 TO 19 DB PULSATING TONE

16 TO 22 DB STEADY TONE

NEGATIVE

5

SEE DETAIL A

LEFT RELAY PANEL

SAAB1467_4


TM 1-1520-237-23 0090 00


0090 00-29

P243

J243a h U G S

B3 B1

K44B2

CR13

CR14CR4

SG1−1(J902−H) CR15

CR16

B2B1

B3K49A2

A1

A3

X2 X1K49

K44

X2 X1

J117

P117

PFA

TRANSMISSION CHIP DETECTOR

CH

IP A

CC

ES

S M

DL

−RH

CH

IP IN

PU

T M

DL

−RH

CH

IP T

AIL

XM

SN

CH

IP M

AIN

MD

L S

UM

P

CH

IP IN

T X

MS

N

CH

IP A

CC

ES

S M

DL

−LH

CH

IP IN

PU

T M

DL

−LH

62 61 45 30 29 14 13

26 TO SHEET 8

8

67

10

P121 J121

Z

CAUTION LIGHTS (YELLOW)

TOSHEET

2

2019

1817

232425

TOSHEET

4

TOSHEET

4

52 51 50 4 3 2

ENGINE WARNING LIGHTS SYSTEM

#2 E

NG

INE

OIL

TE

MP

#2 E

NG

INE

OIL

PR

ES

S

#2 F

UE

L P

RE

SS

#1 E

NG

INE

OIL

TE

MP

#1 E

NG

INE

OIL

PR

ES

S

#1 F

UE

L P

RE

SS

J163

P163

P656R

J656R

P914

J914

J248

P248

SG163−1GND163−1

V

F

M

(SEE DETAIL B)

(WEIGHT−ON−WHEELS)

AU

DIB

LE

WA

RN

ING

B A C

2 1 3

ASSEMBLYJUNCTION BOX

BEAM SWITCHLEFT DRAG


LEFT RELAY PANEL

2122

TOSHEET

4

SAAB1467_5


TM 1-1520-237-23 0090 00


0090 00-30

J117

P117

PFA

42 26 16 10

TRANSMISSIONINSTRUMENTS AND

OIL WARNINGSYSTEM

63 47 31 15

P118

J118


PFA

64 57 56 48 40 32 24 8

TA

IL X

MS

N O

IL T

EM

P

INT

XM

SN

OIL

TE

MP

MA

IN X

MS

N O

IL P

RE

SS

MA

IN X

MS

N O

IL T

EM

P

ICE

DE

TE

CT

ED

TR

DE

−IC

E F

AIL

MR

DE

−IC

E F

AU

LT

MR

DE

−IC

E F

AIL

BA

CK

−UP

RS

VR

LO

W

#1 T

AIL

RT

R S

ER

VO

#2 P

RI S

ER

VO

PR

ES

S

#2 R

SV

R L

OW

#2 H

YD

PU

MP

#1 R

SV

R L

OW

#1 E

NG

AN

TI−

ICE

ON

#1 E

NG

INL

ET

AN

TI−

ICE

ON

#2 E

NG

INL

ET

AN

TI−

ICE

ON

#2 E

NG

AN

TI−

ICE

ON

AIR

CO

ND

ON

(SE

E N

OT

E 4

)

CA

BIN

HE

AT

ON

(SE

E N

OT

E 4

)

PA

RK

ING

BR

AK

E O

N

CA

RG

O H

OO

K O

PE

N

(SE

E N

OT

E 5

)

HO

OK

AR

ME

D

(SE

E N

OT

E 5

)

AP

U A

CC

UM

LO

W

BA

CK

−UP

PU

MP

ON

#2 T

AIL

RT

R S

ER

VO

ON

ENVIRONMENTALCONTROLSYSTEM

(SEE NOTE 4)

PARKINGBRAKE

SYSTEM

CARGOHOOK

SYSTEM(SEE NOTE 5)

SRCMGHMGPJDA

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM



ADVISORY LIGHTS (GREEN)

#1 H

YD

PU

MP

#1 P

RI S

ER

VO

PR

ES

S

ENGINEANTI−ICESYSTEM

BLADEDE−ICE

KIT

SAAB1467_6


TM 1-1520-237-23 0090 00


0090 00-31

J117

P117

PFA

53 5

ENGINECHIP

DETECTORSYSTEM

44

P118

J118


PFA

41

CH

IP #

2 E

NG

INE

CH

IP #

1 E

NG

INE

IFF

LD

G L

T O

N

PR

IME

BO

OS

T P

UM

P O

N

RETRACTABLELANDING

LIGHTSYSTEM

AN

TE

NN

A R

ET

RA

CT

ED

(SE

E N

OT

E 4

)

ECM SYSTEM(ALQ−151(V) 2)(SEE NOTE 4)

YKL

IFFSYSTEM

EXTERNALSTORES

SUPPORTSYSTEM (ESSSPROVISIONS)

38

AN

TE

NN

A E

XT

EN

DE

D(S

EE

NO

TE

4)

AU

X F

UE

L(S

EE

NO

TE

6)

58 46

AP

U O

IL T

EM

P H

I

AP

U F

AIL

AUXILIARYPOWER

UNITSYSTEM

SE

AR

CH

LT

ON

F

(SE

E N

OT

E 5

)

CONTROLLABLESEARCHLIGHT

SYSTEM(SEE NOTE 5)



ADVISORY LIGHTS (GREEN)

AP

U O

NB

66 65 34 33 20 18

NE

AP

U G

EN

ON

EX

T P

WR

CO

NN

EC

TE

D

AC ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

17

#2 G

EN

BR

G

#2 G

EN

AC

ES

S B

US

OF

F

#1 G

EN

BR

G

#1 G

EN

#1 G

EN

BR

G W

AR

N 2

8 V

DC

PW

R

#2 G

EN

BR

G W

AR

N 2

8 V

DC

PW

R

FUELPRIMEBOOSTSYSTEM

SAAB1467_7


TM 1-1520-237-23 0090 00


0090 00-32

J117

P117

PFA

37 36 35 21 19

DC ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

#1 C

ON

V

BA

TT

ER

Y F

AU

LT

DC

ES

S B

US

OF

F

#2 C

ON

V

BA

TT

LO

W C

HA

RG

E


59 43 28 27 11 54 39 23 6

AUTOMATICFLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM

(AFCS)

FUEL / OIL FILTERBYPASS SYSTEM

TR

IM F

AIL

SA

S O

FF

FL

T P

AT

H S

TA

B

ST

AB

ILA

TO

R

BO

OS

T S

ER

VO

OF

F

#2 F

UE

L F

LT

R B

YP

AS

S

#2 O

IL F

LT

R B

YP

AS

S

#1 O

IL F

LT

R B

YP

AS

S

#1 F

UE

L F

LT

R B

YP

AS

S

26TO SHEET 5


SG

RH

S−1

7

J163

P163

P656R

J656R

P914

J914

J248

P248

SG163−1GND163−1

V

F

M


AU

DIB

LE

WA

RN

ING

B A C

DETAIL B

N

M

GG

CH

AF

F D

ISP

EN

SE

RIN

TE

RL

OC

K

2 1 3

(SEE NOTE 4)

JUNCTION BOXASSEMBLY

LEFT DRAGBEAM SWITCH

SAAB1467_8


TM 1-1520-237-23 0090 00


0090 00-33

55 7 49 1 22 60 12 25 9

ENGINE STARTAND IGNITION

SYSTEM

FUEL LOWWARNINGSYSTEM

GUSTLOCK

SYSTEM

PITOTTUBE

ELECTRONICCOUNTERMEASURES

SYSTEM

TAIL ROTORQUADRANTWARNINGSYSTEM

#2 E

NG

INE

ST

AR

TE

R

#1 E

NG

INE

ST

AR

TE

R

#2 F

UE

L L

OW

#1 F

UE

L L

OW

GU

ST

LO

CK

RT

PIT

OT

HE

AT

LF

T P

ITO

T H

EA

T

IRC

M IN

OP

TA

IL R

OT

OR

QU

AD

RA

NT

J117

P117

PFA



SAAB1467_9


TM 1-1520-237-23 0090 00


0090 00-34

GP

S P

OS

AL

ER

T

(SE

E N

OT

E 5

)

Y

DOPPLERGPS

NAVIGATIONSYSTEM

(SEE NOTE 5)

DETAIL C

SAAB1467_10


TM 1-1520-237-23 0090 00


END OF WORK PACKAGE

0090 00-35/36 Blank

UNIT LEVEL

INSTRUMENT SYSTEMS

DIGITAL CLOCK

INITIAL SETUP:

Tools and Special ToolsElectrical Repairer Toolkit, SC 5180-99-B06Multimeter, AN/PSM-45A

Personnel RequiredAvionics Mechanic MOS 15N (1)

ReferencesTM 1-1520-237-10WP 0104 00

WP 0794 00WP 0824 00WP 0875 00WP 1685 00WP 1747 00



NOTE


The digital clock operational/troubleshooting procedure is subdivided as follows:

+ Digital Clock

+ LC-6 Digital Clock

DIGITAL CLOCK OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step

NOTE



2. Make sure all circuit breakers are pushed in except those noted as being pulled for maintenance or safety.

3. Digital clock shall go on and automatically execute a segment test during the first 5 seconds of operation.


Verify segments illuminate.

Corrective Action

1. If only some segments illuminate, replace digital clock (WP 0794 00).

TM 1-1520-237-23 0091 00

0091 00-1

2. If no segments illuminate, go to SEGMENTS DO NOT ILLUMINATE, in this work package.

Step

4. Turn INST LT PILOT FLT and/or CPLT FLT INST LTS control to BRT.


Clock integral lighting shall go bright.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to INTEGRAL LIGHTING DOES NOT GO ON, in this work pack-age.

Step

5. Turn INST LT PILOT FLT and/or CPLT FLT INST LTS control to OFF.


Clock integral lighting shall go off.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace INST LT PILOT FLT and/or CPLT FLT INST LTS dimmercontrol (WP 0875 00).

Step

6. Depress SEL and CTRL buttons simultaneously. When both hour digits flash, hold down CTRL button until desiredhour is reached.

7. Press SEL button. When both minute digits are flashing, hold down CTRL button until desired minutes are reached.

8. Press SEL button. When both second digits are flashing, hold down CTRL button until desired seconds are reached.

9. Press SEL button.


Selected time shall be displayed and clock timer will begin.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace digital clock (WP 0794 00).

Step

10. With digital clock in clock mode, press SEL to initiate elapsed time mode.

11. Press CTRL button.


Elapsed timer shall begin.

Corrective Action


Step

12. Press CTRL button.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0091 00

DIGITAL CLOCK OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0091 00-2


Elapsed timer shall stop.

Corrective Action


Step

13. Press CTRL button again.


Elapsed timer shall reset.

Corrective Action


Step

14. Press CTRL button again.


Elapsed timer shall begin at 0.0 seconds.

Corrective Action


Step



Power shall be off.

Corrective Action

None Required

LC-6 DIGITAL CLOCK OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step

NOTE



2. Make sure all circuit breakers are pushed in except those noted as being pulled for maintenance or safety.

3. Digital clock shall turn on and display either the current local time, if previously set, or 12:00:00, if not.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0091 00

DIGITAL CLOCK OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0091 00-3


Verify LCD display illuminates.

Corrective Action

1. If only some segments illuminate, replace digital clock (WP 0794 00).

2. If no segments illuminate, go to SEGMENTS DO NOT ILLUMINATE, in this work package.

Step

4. Turn INST LT PILOT FLT and/or CPLT FLT INST LTS control to BRT.


Clock integral lighting shall go bright.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to INTEGRAL LIGHTING DOES NOT GO ON, in this work pack-age.

Step

5. Turn INST LT PILOT FLT and/or CPLT FLT INST LTS control to OFF.


Clock integral lighting shall go off.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace INST LT PILOT FLT and/or CPLT FLT INST LTS dimmercontrol (WP 0875 00).

Step

6. Press the MODE button until LT is displayed under the time.

7. To set the hour, press the SET button once, then press the ADV button and hold until correct hour is displayed.

8. To set the minutes, press the SET button once, so that minutes and seconds are displayed. Press the ADV button,until the desired minute is displayed, then press the SET button to hold the time.

9. When the time standard shows the exact time displayed on the LC-6, press the ST/SP button to activate time start.


Correct local time is displayed, and seconds count up.

Corrective Action


Step

10. Press the MODE button until UTC is displayed under the time.

11. To set the hour, press the SET button once, then press the ADV button and hold until correct hour is displayed.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0091 00

LC-6 DIGITAL CLOCK OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0091 00-4


Corrective Action

Step

12. Minutes and seconds do not need to be set if local time is correctly set.

13. Press SET button to display minutes and seconds, then press SET again to activate the complete display.


Correct UTC time is displayed, and seconds count up.

Corrective Action


Step

NOTE

Flight mode is not functional.

14. Press the MODE button until SW is displayed under the time.


Corrective Action

Step

15. Press RST button to set time at zero (0). Press ST/SP button to start the timer. To stop, press the ST/SP buttonagain. Press the RST button to clear the timer.


NOTE

If the RST button is pressed when the timer is counting, timer will continue countingto zero.

RST sets timer to zero, and ST/SP starts and stops the timer.

Corrective Action


Step

16. Press the MODE button until DC is displayed under the time.

17. Press SET button twice. Hour display will show zero. Press ADV button and hold until the desired hour isdisplayed.

18. Press SET button again, and press the ADV button until correct minutes are displayed.

19. Press the SET button again, so that zeros show in the seconds display. Press SET button.

20. Press the ST/SP button to start counting down.

21. When the Down Counter reaches zero, the display will flash. Press the ST/SP button to stop flashing.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0091 00


0091 00-5


Counter counts down, and ST/SP starts and stops the timer.

Corrective Action


Step



Power shall be off.

Corrective Action

None Required

SEGMENTS DO NOT ILLUMINATE

SYMPTOMVerify segments illuminate.

MALFUNCTIONSegments do not illuminate.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Check that segments on pilot’s clock illuminate.

a. If segments illuminate, go to 5.

b. If segments do not illuminate, go to 2.





+ GG33-8 and P186-2

+ GG33-8 and P186-5

a. If continuity is present, replace digital clock (WP 0794 00). Go to 9.


4. Check for 28 vdc between PILOT ALTM circuit breaker terminal 1 and ground.

a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between P186-1 and circuit breaker(WP 1747 00). Go to 9.


5. Check that segments on copilot’s clock illuminate.

a. If segments illuminate, continue operational/troubleshooting procedure.

b. If segments do not illuminate, go to 6.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0091 00


0091 00-6





+ GG33-1 and P195-2

+ GG33-1 and P195-5



8. Check for 28 vdc between CPLT ALTM circuit breaker terminal 1 and ground.

a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between circuit breaker and P195-1(WP 1747 00). Go to 9.



INTEGRAL LIGHTING DOES NOT GO ON

SYMPTOMClock integral lighting shall go bright.

MALFUNCTIONIntegral lighting does not go on.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Check that pilot’s digital clock integral lighting goes on.

a. If pilot’s digital clock integral lighting goes on, go to 7.

b. If pilot’s digital clock integral lighting does not go on, go to 2.







4. Check for 5 vac between INST LT PILOT FLT control terminal LV and ground.

a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between control and P186-3 (WP 1747 00).Go to 13.


5. Check for 115 vac between HV terminal of INST LT PILOT FLT control and ground.

a. If voltage is as specified, replace control (WP 0875 00). Go to 13.


TM 1-1520-237-23 0091 00

SEGMENTS DO NOT ILLUMINATE - Continued

0091 00-7

6. Check for 115 vac between LIGHTS PLT FLT circuit breaker terminal 1 and ground.

a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between circuit breaker and HV terminal ofINST LT PILOT FLT control (WP 1747 00). Go to 13.


7. Check that copilot’s digital clock integral lighting goes on.

a. If copilot’s digital clock integral lighting goes on, continue operational/troubleshootingprocedure.

b. If copilot’s digital clock integral lighting does not go on, go to 8.







10. Check for 5 vac between CPLT FLT INST LTS control terminal LV and ground.

a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between control and P195-3 (WP 1747 00).Go to 13.


11. Check for 115 vac between HV terminal of CPLT FLT INST LTS control and ground.

a. If voltage is as specified, replace CPLT FLT INST LTS control (WP 0875 00). Go to 13.


12. Check for 115 vac between LIGHTS CPLT FLT circuit breaker terminal 1 andground.

a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between circuit breaker and control(WP 1747 00). Go to 13.



TM 1-1520-237-23 0091 00

INTEGRAL LIGHTING DOES NOT GO ON - Continued

0091 00-8

B

C

D

INSTRUMENTPANEL

PILOT’SCLOCKP186

COPILOT’SCLOCKP195

A

A


RECEPTACLELOCATION/

CONNECTION POINT

P1R / J1R INSTRUMENT PANEL /AVIONIC NOSEDISCONNECT

P111 / J111 INSTRUMENT PANELDISCONNECT

P112 / J112 INSTRUMENT PANELDISCONNECT

INSTRUMENT PANELDISCONNECT

P113 / J113

P126 / J126 PILOT’S CIRCUIT BREAKERPANEL DISCONNECT

P127 / J127 COPILOT’S CIRCUITBREAKER PANELDISCONNECT

P20R / J20R AVIONICS NOSEDISCONNECT


RECEPTACLELOCATION/

CONNECTION POINT

P186 / J186 PILOT’S DIGITAL CLOCKDISCONNECT (SEE NOTE)

P195 / J195 COPILOT’S DIGITAL CLOCKDISCONNECT (SEE NOTE)

P246 / J246 UPPER CONSOLEDISCONNECT

P249 / J249 COPILOT’S CIRCUITBREAKER PANELDISCONNECT

P266 / J266 PILOT’S CIRCUIT BREAKERPANEL DISCONNECT

P280 / J280 UPPER CONSOLEDISCONNECT

SAAA8920_1B

NOTE

DIGITAL OR LC−6 DIGITAL MAY BEINSTALLED.

(SEE NOTE)

(SEE NOTE)

Figure 1. Digital Clock Location Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 3)

TM 1-1520-237-23 0091 00

LOCATION

0091 00-9

6055

50

5

10

45

40

3530

15

20

25ET

SEL CTRL

DIGITAL CLOCK

NO. 2 DC PRI BUS

NO. 2 AC PRI BUS

PLTLIGHTS

PILOTALTM

FLT

5

2


B

SAAA8920_2B

LC−6 DIGITAL CLOCK

MODE

RST ST/SP

SET ADV

LT

CHONOMETER

A

(SEE NOTE) (SEE NOTE)


TM 1-1520-237-23 0091 00


0091 00-10

SAAA8920_3

PILOT FLT

INST LT

CPLT FLTINST LTS

BRTOFF

BRTOFF

UPPER CONSOLE

C

D

NO. 1 AC PRI BUS

NO. 1 DC PRI BUS

LIGHTSCPTL

5

FLT

5

CPLTALTM

COPILOT CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL


TM 1-1520-237-23 0091 00


0091 00-11


J266 P266

P126 J126

2AMP

5AMP 1

1CB204

CB2482

2R

h

28 VDC

115 VAC B


5AMP

5AMP 1

1CB150

CB1082

2

P127 J127

J249 P249

V

E

UPPER CONSOLE

G

OFF

BRT

LV

J280 P280

K

T5HV

G

INST LTPILOT FLT

LV

J246 P246

n

T6HV

CPLT FLTINST LTS

P111 J111

F

OFF

BRT

J1R P1RJ20R P20R

zL

PILOTALTM

NO. 2DC PRI

BUS

NO. 2AC PRI

BUS

LIGHTSPLT FLT

28 VDC

NO. 2DC PRI

BUS

115 VAC B

NO. 2AC PRI

BUS

LIGHTSCPLT FLT

CPLTALTM

SAAB1540_1

Figure 2. Digital Clock Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 2)

TM 1-1520-237-23 0091 00

SCHEMATICS

0091 00-12

P186 J186

PILOT’S DIGITAL CLOCK

P112 J112

SGH33−1

SGJ33−1SG246−1

GND112−2

m

L 4

3

5

2

1 28 VDC

28 VDC RTN

SAFETY GND

0−5 VAC LIGHTING

LIGHTING RTN

COPILOT’S DIGITAL CLOCK

P195 J195

GG33−8

P113 J113

SGB33−1

SGS33−1

SGF33−1

SG280−1

SGF33−3 SGF33−4

SG33−1

SGP1−2

GND113−1

r

H

3

4

1

2

5 SAFETY GND

28 VDC RTN

28 VDC

LIGHTING RTN

0−5 VAC LIGHTING

SGR306−1

GG33−1

SAAB1540_2

Figure 2. Digital Clock Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 2)

TM 1-1520-237-23 0091 00


END OF WORK PACKAGE

0091 00-13/14 Blank

UNIT LEVEL

INSTRUMENT SYSTEMS

CENTRAL DISPLAY UNIT (70450-01043-122) (AVIM)

INITIAL SETUP:

Test EquipmentBench Test Set, 245-476854-000Multimeter, AN/PSM-45A


ReferencesTM 11-1520-253-13&PWP 0777 00

WP 0779 00WP 0780 00WP 0802 00WP 0803 00WP 0804 00

Equipment ConditionBench Power Available, 28 vdc, 115 vac, 400 Hz,

Single-Phase


NOTE

See Figure 1 for component location diagram and Figure 2 for central display unit testsetup.

The central display unit (CDU) operational/troubleshooting procedure is subdivided as follows:

+ Setup/Power On

+ Digital and Analog Update

+ CDU Push To Test

+ Display Auto-Dim

+ Logic Power Supply Redundancy

+ Regulator Voltage And Single SDC

+ Analog Parameter Indication

+ Digital Parameter Indication

+ No. 1 Fuel Quantity (analog)


+ Main Transmission Oil Temperature (analog)

+ Main Transmission Oil Pressure (analog)

+ Parameter Measurement (digital)

+ Failure Mode

TM 1-1520-237-23 0092 00

0092 00-1

+ Shutdown

SETUP/POWER ON OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step

1. Make sure simulator tester INPUT POWER switch is OFF.

2. Connect cable assembly, P/N 217-419742-000, between simulator tester INTERCONNECT connector and unit testerJ5.

3. Connect simulator tester dc power connector to 28 vdc bench power.

4. Connect simulator tester ac power connector to 115 vac, 400 Hz, single-phase bench power.

5. Place simulator tester INPUT POWER switch to ON.


Simulator tester INPUT POWER 115 VAC and 28 VDC lamps shall go on.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, troubleshoot bench test set (TM 55-4920-412-13&P).

Step

6. Momentarily press simulator tester LAMP TEST switch.


a. All simulator tester lamps shall go on when LAMP TEST switch is pressed.

b. All UNIT tester lamps shall go on when LAMP TEST switch is pressed.

Corrective Action


Step

7. Place simulator tester INPUT POWER switch to OFF.

8. Connect cable assembly, P/N 217-419744-000, between unit tester J1 and CDU J1.




12. Place simulator tester switches as follows:

SWITCH/CONTROL POSITION


All HI-LO switches LO

TM 1-1520-237-23 0092 00


0092 00-2



INTEGRAL LIGHTING INT

13. Place unit tester DISPLAY CONTROLS section switches and controls as follows:


DIGITAL SET 0

DIGITS ON

DISPLAY UPDATE ON

ANALOG SET STOP

ROTOR OVER-SPEED 127% Off (down)



14. Place unit tester SIGNAL DATA CONVERTER CONVERSION switch to 1.

15. Place unit tester CENTRAL DISPLAY UNIT section switches and controls as follows:


PILOTS Fully counterclockwise

COPILOTS Fully counterclockwise

P/S CONT NORMAL

SDC FAIL Off (center)

16. Position unit tester INTER CAL SELECT switch to OFF.

17. Place CDU - DIGITS switch to ON and turn DIM control fully clockwise.



a. Simulator tester INPUT POWER 115 VAC and 28 VDC lamps shall go on.

b. After about 3 seconds, CENTRAL DISPLAY UNIT SENSING A and B lamps on unit tester shall be on.

c. CDU integral panel lighting shall go on without any dark spots.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0092 00

SETUP/POWER ON OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0092 00-3

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition b. is not as specified, CDU chassis assembly is malfunctioning.

2. If Indication/Condition c. is not as specified, replace CDU faceplate (WP 0777 00).

a. If trouble remains, the CDU chassis assembly is malfunctioning.

Step




Corrective Action

None Required

DIGITAL AND ANALOG UPDATE OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step

1. Do SETUP/POWER ON, in this work package, if not already done.

2. Place unit tester switches as follows:

SWITCH POSITION

INTER CAL SELECT 21

DISPLAY UPDATE ON

DIGITAL SET 5

DIGITS ON

ANALOG SET FAST


a. All CDU vertical scales shall continually cycle from minimum to maximum.

b. TGT 1, TGT 2, Ng SPEED 1, and Ng SPEED 2 digital readouts shall indicate 555.

c. TOTAL FUEL digital readout shall indicate 1550.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, record result obtained and continue with operational/troubleshooting procedure.

Step


TM 1-1520-237-23 0092 00


0092 00-4



Corrective Action

None Required

CDU PUSH TO TEST OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step


2. Press, then release CDU - PUSH TO TEST switch.


With PUSH TO TEST switch pressed:

+ All CDU vertical scale lamps shall go on.

+ TGT 1, TGT 2, Ng SPEED 1, and Ng SPEED 2 digital readouts shall indicate 888.

+ TOTAL FUEL digital readout shall indicate 8888.

+ CHAN 1 and CHAN 2 lamps shall go on.

+ Unit tester 127%, 137%, and 142% ROTOR OVERSPEED lamps shall be on.

Corrective Action

1. If none of the Indication/Conditions are as specified, replace voltage regulator module A17 (WP 0803 00).


2. If any vertical scale lamps do not go on, replace display lamp assembly (WP 0780 00).


3. If CHAN 1 and CHAN 2 lamps do not go on, replace digital readout module A18 (WP 0804 00).


4. If any digital readout is not as specified, replace digital readout module A18 (WP 0804 00).


5. If ROTOR OVERSPEED lamps do not go on, replace voltage regulator module A17 (WP 0803 00).


Step




Corrective Action

None Required

TM 1-1520-237-23 0092 00

DIGITAL AND ANALOG UPDATE OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0092 00-5

DISPLAY AUTO-DIM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step


NOTE

Make sure unit tester INTER CAL SELECT switch is placed to 21.

2. Turn CDU - DIM control fully counterclockwise.


CDU display lighting shall go off.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace interface 1 module A15 (WP 0803 00).


Step

NOTE

Opaque object must remain in place for steps 3. through 13.

3. Cover light sensor, located between CHAN lamps on CDU, with an opaque object.

4. Set multimeter to indicate dc voltage and connect leads between PDU AD/O and SDC COM test jacks on unittester.


Multimeter shall indicate less than 0.5 vdc.

Corrective Action



Step

5. Turn CDU - DIM control clockwise, but not enough to activate the auto-dim override switch.



Corrective Action



Step

6. Connect voltmeter between CDU AD/P and SDC COM test jacks on unit tester.

7. Adjust unit tester PILOTS control to obtain between 1.95 and 2.05 vdc on voltmeter.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0092 00

0092 00-6


CDU display lighting shall go on.

Corrective Action



Step

8. Connect multimeter between PDU AD/O and SDC COM test jacks on unit tester.


Multimeter shall indicate between 3.3 and 4.1 vdc.

Corrective Action



Step

9. Turn unit tester COPILOTS control fully clockwise.



Corrective Action



Step

10. Slowly turn CDU - DIM control fully counterclockwise.


CDU display lighting intensity shall gradually dim.

Corrective Action



Step

11. Turn unit tester PILOTS and COPILOTS controls fully counterclockwise.

12. Position CDU - DIM control to mid-position.

13. Remove opaque object from light sensor.




TM 1-1520-237-23 0092 00

DISPLAY AUTO-DIM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0092 00-7

Corrective Action

None Required

LOGIC POWER SUPPLY REDUNDANCY OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step


2. Place unit tester LOGIC P/S switch to 1.

3. Connect multimeter between SDC +15.5V and COM test jacks on unit tester.


Multimeter shall indicate between 14 and 21 vdc.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace voltage regulator module A17 (WP 0803 00).


Step

4. Connect multimeter between SDC -15.5V and COM test jacks on unit tester.


Multimeter shall indicate between -21 and -14 vdc.

Corrective Action



Step

5. Connect multimeter between SDC 8V and COM test jacks on unit tester.



Corrective Action



Step


7. Repeat steps 3. through 5.




TM 1-1520-237-23 0092 00


0092 00-8

Corrective Action

None Required

REGULATOR VOLTAGE AND SINGLE SDC OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step



3. Connect multimeter between CDU 5V and SDC COM test jacks on unit tester.



Corrective Action



Step

4. Connect multimeter between CDU +10 and SDC COM test jacks on unit tester.



Corrective Action



Step

5. Connect multimeter between CDU -10 and SDC COM test jacks on unit tester.


Multimeter shall indicate between -10.5 and -9.5 vdc.

Corrective Action



Step

6. Disconnect multimeter.




TM 1-1520-237-23 0092 00

LOGIC POWER SUPPLY REDUNDANCY OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0092 00-9

Corrective Action

None Required

ANALOG PARAMETER INDICATION OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step



NOTE

Cycling rate of vertical scales is controlled by unit tester ANALOG SET switch.

3. Place unit tester ANALOG SET switch to SLOW.


a. FUEL QTY 1 vertical scale on CDU shall continually cycle from 0 to full scale.

b. At about 250 lbs indication, FUEL QTY 1 lower amber scale segment on CDU shall go off.

c. FUEL QTY 2 vertical scale on CDU shall continually cycle from 0 to full scale.

d. At about 250 lbs indication, FUEL QTY 2 lower amber scale segment on CDU shall go off.

e. XMSN TEMP vertical scale on CDU shall continually cycle from -58°F (-50°C) to full scale.

f. XMSN PRESS vertical scale on CDU shall continually cycle from 0 to full scale.

g. At about 37.5 psi, XMSN PRESS lower red and amber scale segments on CDU shall go off.

h. ENG OIL TEMP 1 vertical scale on CDU shall continually cycle from -58°F (-50°C) to full scale.

i. Unit tester HIGH OIL 1 TEMP lamp shall go on whenever scale indication is greater than 302°F (150°C).

j. ENG OIL TEMP 2 vertical scale on CDU shall continually cycle from -58°F (-50°C) to full scale.

k. Unit tester HIGH OIL 2 TEMP lamp shall go on when scale indication is greater than 302°F (150°C).

l. ENG OIL PRESS 1 vertical scale on CDU shall continually cycle from 10 psi to full scale.

m. At about 47.5 psi indication, ENG OIL PRESS 1 lower red and amber scale segments on CDU shall go off.

n. Unit tester LOW OIL 1 PRESS lamp shall be on when scale indication is less than 25 psi.

o. ENG OIL PRESS 2 vertical scale on CDU shall continually cycle from 10 psi to full scale.

p. At about 47.5 psi indication, ENG OIL PRESS 2 lower red and amber scale segments on CDU shall go off.

q. Unit tester LOW OIL 2 PRESS lamp shall be on when scale indication is less than 25 psi.

r. TGT TEMP 1 vertical scale on CDU shall continually cycle from 0 to full scale.

s. TGT TEMP 2 vertical scale on CDU shall continually cycle from 0 to full scale.

t. Ng SPEED 1 vertical scale on CDU shall continually cycle from 0 to full scale.

u. Unit tester LOW ENG 1 OUT lamp shall be on when scale indication is less than 55%.

v. Ng SPEED 2 vertical scale on CDU shall continually cycle from 0 to full scale.

w. Unit tester LOW ENG 2 OUT lamp shall be on when scale indication is less than 55%.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0092 00

REGULATOR VOLTAGE AND SINGLE SDC OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0092 00-10

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition a. is not as specified, replace display driver module A3 (WP 0802 00).


2. If Indication/Condition b. is not as specified, replace display driver module A3 (WP 0802 00).


3. If Indication/Condition c. is not as specified, replace display driver module A4 (WP 0802 00).


4. If Indication/Condition d. is not as specified, replace display driver module A4 (WP 0802 00).


5. If Indication/Condition e. is not as specified, replace display driver module A5 (WP 0802 00).


6. If Indication/Condition f. is not as specified, replace display driver module A6 (WP 0802 00).


7. If Indication/Condition g. is not as specified, replace display driver module A6 (WP 0802 00).


8. If Indication/Condition h. is not as specified, replace display driver module A7 (WP 0802 00).


9. If Indication/Condition i. is not as specified, check CDU OIL TEMP 1 fuse.

a. If fuse is not good, replace fuse (WP 0779 00).

b. If fuse is good, replace voltage regulator module A17 (WP 0803 00).

c. If trouble remains, the CDU chassis assembly is malfunctioning.

10. If HIGH OIL 1 TEMP lamp does not go off when scale indication is less than 302°F (150°C), replace volt-age regulator module A17 (WP 0803 00).


11. If Indication/Condition j. is not as specified, replace display driver module A8 (WP 0802 00).


12. If Indication/Condition k. is not as specified, check CDU OIL TEMP 2 fuse.



(1) If trouble remains, the CDU chassis assembly is malfunctioning.



14. If Indication/Condition l. is not as specified, replace display driver module A9 (WP 0802 00).


TM 1-1520-237-23 0092 00

ANALOG PARAMETER INDICATION OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0092 00-11

15. If Indication/Condition m. is not as specified, replace display driver module A9 (WP 0802 00).


16. If Indication/Condition n. is not as specified, check CDU OIL PRESS 1 fuse.




17. If LOW OIL 1 PRESS lamp does not go off when scale indication is more than 25 psi, replace voltageregulator module A17 (WP 0803 00).


18. If Indication/Condition o. is not as specified, replace display driver module A10 (WP 0802 00).


19. If Indication/Condition p. is not as specified, replace display driver module A10 (WP 0802 00).


20. If Indication/Condition q. is not as specified, check CDU OIL PRESS 2 fuse.






22. If Indication/Condition r. is not as specified, replace display driver module A11 (WP 0802 00).


23. If Indication/Condition s. is not as specified, replace display driver module A12 (WP 0802 00).


24. If Indication/Condition t. is not as specified, replace display driver module A13 (WP 0802 00).


25. If Indication/Condition u. is not as specified, check CDU Ng 1 fuse.




26. If LOW ENG 1 OUT lamp does not go off when scale indication is more than 55%, replace voltage regula-tor module A17 (WP 0803 00).


27. If Indication/Condition v. is not as specified, replace display driver module A14 (WP 0802 00).


28. If Indication/Condition w. is not as specified, check CDU Ng 2 fuse.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0092 00


0092 00-12






Step

4. Place unit tester ANALOG SET switch to STOP when unit tester INTERFACE MONITOR indicates less than 700.

5. Momentarily press unit tester RESET switch.


a. Unit tester LOW ROTOR SPEED lamp shall be on.

b. Unit tester 127%, 137%, and 142% ROTOR OVERSPEED lamps shall go off.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition a. is not as specified, check CDU RTR SP fuse.




2. If Indication/Condition b. is not as specified, replace voltage regulator module A17 (WP 0803 00).


Step



a. Unit tester LOW ROTOR SPEED lamp shall go off when unit tester INTERFACE MONITOR indicates morethan 950.

b. Unit tester 127% ROTOR OVERSPEED lamp shall go on when INTERFACE MONITOR initially indicatesbetween 1269 and 1271, and shall remain on during subsequent INTERFACE MONITOR cycles.

c. Unit tester 137% ROTOR OVERSPEED lamp shall go on when INTERFACE MONITOR initially indicatesbetween 1369 and 1371, and shall remain on during subsequent INTERFACE MONITOR cycles.

d. Unit tester 142% ROTOR OVERSPEED lamp shall go on when INTERFACE MONITOR initially indicatesbetween 1419 and 1421, and shall remain on during subsequent INTERFACE MONITOR cycles.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition a. is not as specified, replace voltage regulator module A17 (WP 0803 00).


2. If Indication/Conditions b. through d. are not as specified, replace voltage regulator module A17(WP 0803 00).


TM 1-1520-237-23 0092 00


0092 00-13

Step




Unit tester 127%, 137%, and 142%, ROTOR OVERSPEED lamps shall go off.

Corrective Action



Step




Corrective Action

None Required

DIGITAL PARAMETER INDICATION OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step


2. Set unit tester DIGITAL SET thumbwheel to following positions:

DIGITAL SET TOTAL FUEL 1 TGT 21 Ng SPEED 2

0 0 0

1 1110 111

2 2220 222

3 3330 333

4 440 444

5 1550 555

6 2660 666

7 3770 777

8 880 888

TM 1-1520-237-23 0092 00


0092 00-14


9 1990 999


CDU TOTAL FUEL, TGT 1, TGT 2, Ng SPEED 1, and Ng SPEED 2 digital readouts shall indicate correspondingnumbers.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace digital readout module A18 (WP 0802 00).


Step

3. Place CDU - DIGITS switch to OFF.


CDU digital readouts shall go off.

Corrective Action



Step




Corrective Action

None Required

NO. 1 FUEL QUANTITY (ANALOG) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step


2. Place CDU - DIGITS switch to ON.

3. Place simulator tester NO. 1 FUEL QUANTITY CAL-NOR switch to CAL and HI-LO switch to HI.

4. Position unit tester INTER CAL SELECT switch to 15 and DISPLAY UPDATE SWITCH to OFF.


Unit tester INTERFACE MONITOR shall indicate between 1216 and 1234.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0092 00

DIGITAL PARAMETER INDICATION OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0092 00-15

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace interface No. 2 module A16 (WP 0803 00).


Step

5. Place simulator tester NO. 1 FUEL QUANTITY HI-LO SWITCH to LO.



Corrective Action



Step

6. Place simulator tester NO. 1 FUEL QUANTITY CAL-NOR switch to NOR.

7. Slowly turn simulator tester NO. 1 FUEL QUANTITY variable control fully clockwise.


Unit tester INTERFACE MONITOR count shall increase smoothly.

Corrective Action



Step

8. Slowly turn simulator tester NO. 1 FUEL QUANTITY variable control fully counterclockwise.


Unit tester INTERFACE MONITOR count shall decrease smoothly.

Corrective Action



Step




Corrective Action

None Required

TM 1-1520-237-23 0092 00

NO. 1 FUEL QUANTITY (ANALOG) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0092 00-16


PROCEDURE

Step



3. Position unit tester INTER CAL SELECT switch to 16.



Corrective Action



Step

4. Place simulator tester NO. 2 FUEL QUANTITY HI-LO switch to LO.



Corrective Action



Step





Corrective Action



Step

7. Slowly turn simulator tester No. 2 FUEL QUANTITY variable control fully counterclockwise.



Corrective Action



TM 1-1520-237-23 0092 00

0092 00-17

Step




Corrective Action

None Required

MAIN TRANSMISSION OIL TEMPERATURE (ANALOG) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTINGPROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step


2. Place simulator tester MAIN XMSN OIL TEMP CAL-NOR switch to CAL and HI-LO switch to HI.




Corrective Action



Step

4. Place simulator tester MAIN XMSN OIL TEMP HI-LO switch to LO.



Corrective Action



Step

5. Place simulator tester MAIN XMSN OIL TEMP CAL-NOR switch to NOR.

6. Slowly turn simulator tester MAIN XMSN OIL TEMP variable control fully clockwise.



Corrective Action



TM 1-1520-237-23 0092 00


0092 00-18

Step

7. Slowly turn simulator tester MAIN XMSN OIL TEMP variable control fully counterclockwise.



Corrective Action



Step




Corrective Action

None Required

MAIN TRANSMISSION OIL PRESSURE (ANALOG) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step


2. Place simulator tester XMSN OIL PRESS CAL-NOR switch to CAL and HI-LO switch to HI.




Corrective Action



Step

4. Place simulator tester XMSN OIL PRESS HI-LO switch to LO.



Corrective Action



Step

5. Place simulator tester XMSN OIL PRESS CAL-NOR switch to NOR.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0092 00

MAIN TRANSMISSION OIL TEMPERATURE (ANALOG) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTINGPROCEDURE - Continued

0092 00-19

6. Slowly turn simulator tester XMSN OIL PRESS variable control fully clockwise.



Corrective Action



Step

7. Slowly turn XMSN OIL PRESS variable control fully counterclockwise.



Corrective Action



Step




Corrective Action

None Required

PARAMETER MEASUREMENT (DIGITAL) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step


2. Place simulator tester NO. 1 FUEL QUANTITY and NO. 2 FUEL QUANTITY CAL-NOR switches to CAL.




Corrective Action



Step

4. Place simulator tester NO. 1 FUEL QUANTITY HI-LO switch to HI.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0092 00

MAIN TRANSMISSION OIL PRESSURE (ANALOG) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE -Continued

0092 00-20



Corrective Action



Step




Corrective Action



Step





Corrective Action



Step

8. Slowly turn simulator tester NO. 1 FUEL QUANTITY variable control full counterclockwise.



Corrective Action



Step

9. Position unit tester INTER CAL SELECT switch to OFF.

10. Place unit tester DISPLAY UPDATE switch to ON.




TM 1-1520-237-23 0092 00

PARAMETER MEASUREMENT (DIGITAL) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0092 00-21

Corrective Action

None Required

FAILURE MODE OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step



3. Place unit tester SDC FAILURE switch to 1 and release.


With SDC FAILURE switch to 1, CDU CHAN 1 lamp shall go on.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, the display unit chassis assembly is malfunctioning.

Step




Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, the display unit chassis assembly is malfunctioning.

Step

5. Place unit tester DISPLAY UPDATE switch to OFF.


a. All CDU vertical displays shall blank out.

b. All CDU digital displays shall blank out.

c. CDU CHAN 1 and CHAN 2 lamps shall go on.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, display unit chassis assembly is malfunctioning.

Step

6. Place unit tester ANALOG SET switch to STOP when INTERFACE MONITOR indicates less than 930.

7. Press, then release unit tester RESET switch.


Unit tester 127%, 137%, and 142%, lamps shall go off.

Corrective Action


TM 1-1520-237-23 0092 00


0092 00-22


Step




Corrective Action

None Required


PROCEDURE

Step


2. Disconnect cable assemblies.


Cable assemblies shall be disconnected.

Corrective Action

None Required

TM 1-1520-237-23 0092 00

FAILURE MODE OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0092 00-23

SAAA2566

SPARE

OILPRESS

OILTEMP

Ng RTRSPD

2 2 2

1 1 1

J3

J4

J2

J1

0

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

1 2

TOTAL FUEL

PUSH

TO TEST OFF


DIM ON

QTYLB X 100

TEMPC X 10

PRESSPSI X 10

TEMPC X 10

PRESSPSI X 10

TEMPC X 100

SPEED% X 10


TGT Ng

−4

0

4

6

8

10

12

16

0

3

4

5

6

7

11

19

−4

0

4

8

10

12

14

18

1 2 1 2 1 20

2

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

4

7

8

9

10

11

12

34

5

6

7

8

91113






+

LIGHTING

A

B

A

B

CONNECTION

Figure 1. Central Display Unit (CDU).

TM 1-1520-237-23 0092 00

LOCATION

0092 00-24

SAAA6578

CDU UNDER TEST

28 VDCPOWER SUPPLY

115 VAC, 400 Hz, 10POWER SUPPLY

SIMULATORTESTER

UNITTESTER

INTERCONNECTINTERCONNECT J5 J2 J1

CABLE ASSEMBLY(217−419748−000)




DCPOWERCABLE

ACPOWERCABLE

J3J4

J2 J1J3J4


Figure 2. Central Display Unit Test Setup.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0092 00

TEST SETUP

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0092 00-25/26 Blank

UNIT LEVEL

INSTRUMENT SYSTEMS

CENTRAL DISPLAY UNIT (70450-01043-125, 70450-21943-118, OR 70450-01916-105) (AVIM)

INITIAL SETUP:

Test EquipmentBench Test Set, 245-476854-001Multimeter, AN/PSM-45A



WP 0780 00WP 0802 00WP 0803 00WP 0804 00


Single-Phase


NOTE

See Figure 1 for component location diagram.

The central display unit (CDU) operational/troubleshooting procedure is subdivided as follows:

+ Setup/Power On

+ Digital and Analog Update

+ CDU Push To Test

+ Display Auto-Dim

+ Regulator Voltage And Single SDC

+ Analog Parameter Indication

+ Digital Parameter Indication



+ Main Transmission Oil Temperature (analog)

+ Main Transmission Oil Pressure (analog)

+ Parameter Measurement (digital)

+ Failure Mode

+ Shutdown

TM 1-1520-237-23 0093 00

0093 00-1


PROCEDURE

Step


2. Connect cable assembly, 217-419742-000, between simulator tester INTERCONNECT connector and unit tester J5.






Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, troubleshoot bench test set (TM 55-4920-412-13&P).

Step

6. Press simulator tester LAMP TEST switch, then release.



b. All UNIT tester lamps shall go on when LAMP TEST switch is pressed.

Corrective Action


Step


8. Connect cable assembly, P/N 217-419744-000, between unit tester J1 and central display unit (CDU) J1.




12. Place simulator tester switches as follows:





TM 1-1520-237-23 0093 00

0093 00-2


INTEGRAL INT

LIGHTING

13. Place unit tester DISPLAY CONTROLS section switches and controls as follows:


DIGITAL SET 0

DIGITS ON

DISPLAY UPDATE ON

ANALOG SET STOP




14. Place unit tester SIGNAL DATA CONVERTER CONVERSION switch to 2.

15. Place unit tester CENTRAL DISPLAY UNIT section switches and controls as follows:


PILOTS Fully counterclockwise

COPILOTS Fully counterclockwise

P/S CONT NORMAL

SDC FAIL Center position

16. Position unit tester INTER CAL SELECT switch OFF.

17. Place CDU - DIGITS switch to ON and turn DIM control fully clockwise.



a. Simulator tester INPUT POWER 115 VAC and 28 VDC lamps shall go on.

b. After approximately 3 seconds, CENTRAL DISPLAY UNIT SENSING A and B lamps on unit tester shall goon.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0093 00


0093 00-3

c. CDU integral panel lighting shall go on without any dark spots.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition b. is not as specified, CDU chassis assembly is malfunctioning.

2. If Indication/Condition c. is not as specified, replace CDU faceplate (WP 0779 00).


DIGITAL AND ANALOG UPDATE OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step


2. Place unit tester switches as follows:

SWITCH POSITION

INTER CAL SELECT 21

DISPLAY UPDATE ON

DIGITAL SET 5

DIGITS ON

ANALOG SET FAST


a. All CDU vertical scales shall continually cycle from minimum to maximum.

b. TGT 1, TGT 2, Ng SPEED 1, and Ng SPEED 2 digital readouts shall indicate 555.

c. TOTAL FUEL digital readout shall indicate 1550.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, record result obtained and continue with operational/troubleshootingprocedure.

Step




Corrective Action

None Required

TM 1-1520-237-23 0093 00


0093 00-4

CDU PUSH TO TEST OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step


2. Momentarily press CDU - LAMP TEST switch.


With LAMP TEST switch pressed:

+ All vertical scale lamps shall go on.

+ TGT 1, TGT 2, Ng SPEED 1, and Ng SPEED 2 digital readouts shall indicate 888.

+ TOTAL FUEL digital readout shall indicate 8888.

+ CHAN 1 and CHAN 2 lamps shall go on.

+ Unit tester 127%, 137%, and 142% ROTOR OVERSPEED lamps shall be on.

Corrective Action

1. If all Indication/Conditions are not as specified, replace voltage regulator module A17 (WP 0803 00).


2. If Indication/Condition a. is not as specified, replace display unit lamp assembly (WP 0780 00).


3. If Indication/Condition b. or c. is not as specified, replace digital readout module A18 (WP 0804 00).


4. If Indication/Condition d. is not as specified, replace digital readout module A18 (WP 0804 00).


5. If Indication/Condition e. is not as specified, replace voltage regulator module A17 (WP 0803 00).


Step




Corrective Action

None Required

TM 1-1520-237-23 0093 00

0093 00-5

DISPLAY AUTO-DIM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step


NOTE

Make sure unit tester INTER CAL SELECT switch is placed to 21.

2. Turn CDU - DIM control fully counterclockwise.


CDU display lighting shall go off.

Corrective Action



Step

NOTE

Opaque object must remain in place for steps 3. through 13.

3. Cover light sensor, located between CHAN lamps on CDU, with an opaque object.

4. Set multimeter to indicate dc voltage and connect leads between PDU AD/O and SDC COM test jacks on unittester.



Corrective Action



Step

5. Turn CDU - DIM control clockwise, but not enough to activate the auto-dim override switch.



Corrective Action



Step

6. Connect voltmeter between CDU AD/P and SDC COM test jacks on unit tester.

7. Adjust unit tester PILOTS control to obtain between 1.95 and 2.05 vdc on voltmeter.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0093 00

0093 00-6


CDU display lighting shall go on.

Corrective Action



Step

8. Connect multimeter between PDU AD/O and SDC COM test jacks on unit tester.



Corrective Action



Step

9. Turn unit tester COPILOTS control fully clockwise.



Corrective Action



Step

10. Slowly turn CDU - DIM control fully counterclockwise.


CDU display lighting intensity shall gradually dim.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace interface 1 module A15 (WP 0803 00).

Step

11. Turn unit tester PILOTS and COPILOTS controls fully counterclockwise.

12. Position CDU - DIM control to mid-position.





TM 1-1520-237-23 0093 00


0093 00-7

Corrective Action

None Required

REGULATOR VOLTAGE AND SINGLE SDC OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step



3. Connect multimeter between CDU 5V and SDC COM test jacks on unit tester.



Corrective Action



Step

4. Connect multimeter between CDU +10 and SDC COM test jacks on unit tester.



Corrective Action



Step

5. Connect multimeter between CDU -10 and SDC COM test jacks on unit tester.



Corrective Action



Step





TM 1-1520-237-23 0093 00


0093 00-8

Corrective Action

None Required

ANALOG PARAMETER INDICATION OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step





NOTE


a. FUEL QTY 1 vertical scale shall continually cycle from 0 to full scale.

b. At approximately 250 lbs indication, FUEL QTY 1 lower amber scale segment shall go off.

c. FUEL QTY 2 vertical scale shall continually cycle from 0 to full scale.

d. At approximately 250 lbs indication, FUEL QTY 2 lower amber scale segment shall go off.

e. XMSN TEMP vertical scale shall continually cycle from -58°F (-50°C) to full scale.

f. XMSN PRESS vertical scale shall continually cycle from 0 to full scale.

g. At approximately 37.5 psi, XMSN PRESS lower red and amber scale segments shall go off.

h. ENG OIL TEMP 1 vertical scale shall continually cycle from -58°F (-50°C) to full scale.

i. Unit tester HIGH OIL 1 TEMP lamp shall go on whenever scale indication is greater than 302°F (150°C).

j. ENG OIL TEMP 2 vertical scale shall continually cycle from -58°F (-50°C) to full scale.

k. Unit tester HIGH OIL 2 TEMP lamp shall go on when scale indication is greater than 302°F (150°C).

l. ENG OIL PRESS 1 vertical scale shall continually cycle from 10 psi to full scale.

m. At approximately 26 psi indication, ENG OIL PRESS 1 lower red and amber scale segments shall go off.

n. Unit tester LOW OIL 1 PRESS lamp shall be on when scale indication is less than 24 psi.

o. ENG OIL PRESS 2 vertical scale shall continually cycle from 10 psi to full scale.

p. At approximately 26 psi indication, ENG OIL PRESS 2 lower red and amber scale segments shall go off.

q. Unit tester LOW OIL 2 PRESS lamp shall be on when scale indication is less than 24 psi.

r. TGT TEMP 1 vertical scale shall continually cycle from 0 to full scale.

s. TGT TEMP 2 vertical scale shall continually cycle from 0 to full scale.

t. Ng SPEED 1 vertical scale shall continually cycle from 0 to full scale.

u. Unit tester LOW ENG 1 OUT lamp shall be on when scale indication is less than 55%.

v. Ng SPEED 2 vertical scale shall continually cycle from 0 to full scale.

w. Unit tester LOW ENG 2 OUT lamp shall be on when scale indication is less than 55%.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0093 00

REGULATOR VOLTAGE AND SINGLE SDC OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0093 00-9

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition a. is not as specified, replace display driver module A3 (WP 0802 00).


2. If Indication/Condition b. is not as specified, replace display driver module A3 (WP 0802 00).


3. If Indication/Condition c. is not as specified, replace display driver module A4 (WP 0802 00).


4. If Indication/Condition d. is not as specified, replace display driver module A4 (WP 0802 00).


5. If Indication/Condition e. is not as specified, replace display driver module A5 (WP 0802 00).


6. If Indication/Condition f. is not as specified, replace display driver module A6 (WP 0802 00).


7. If Indication/Condition g. is not as specified, replace display driver module A6 (WP 0802 00).


8. If Indication/Condition h. is not as specified, replace display driver module A7 (WP 0802 00).


9. If Indication/Condition i. is not as specified, check CDU OIL TEMP 1 fuse.

a. If fuse is good, replace voltage regulator module A17 (WP 0802 00).





11. If Indication/Condition j. is not as specified, replace display driver module A8 (WP 0802 00).


12. If Indication/Condition k. is not as specified, check CDU OIL TEMP 2 fuse.






14. If Indication/Condition l. is not as specified, replace display driver module A9 (WP 0802 00).


TM 1-1520-237-23 0093 00


0093 00-10

15. If Indication/Condition m. is not as specified, replace display driver module A9 (WP 0802 00).


16. If Indication/Condition n. is not as specified, check CDU OIL PRESS 1 fuse.






18. If Indication/Condition o. is not as specified, replace display driver module A10 (WP 0802 00).


19. If Indication/Condition p. is not as specified, replace display driver module A10 (WP 0802 00).


20. If Indication/Condition q. is not as specified, check CDU OIL PRESS 2 fuse.






22. If Indication/Condition r. is not as specified, replace display driver module A11 (WP 0802 00).


23. If Indication/Condition s. is not as specified, replace display driver module A12 (WP 0802 00).


24. If Indication/Condition t. is not as specified, replace display driver module A13 (WP 0802 00).


25. If Indication/Condition u. is not as specified, check CDU Ng 1 fuse.






27. If Indication/Condition v. is not as specified, replace display driver module A14 (WP 0802 00).


28. If Indication/Condition w. is not as specified, check CDU Ng 2 fuse.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0093 00


0093 00-11






Step




a. Unit tester LOW ROTOR SPEED lamp shall be on.

b. Unit tester 127%, 137%, and 142% ROTOR OVERSPEED lamps shall go off.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition a. is not as specified, check CDU RTR SP fuse.




2. If Indication/Condition b. is not as specified, replace voltage regulator module A17 (WP 0803 00).


Step



a. Unit tester LOW ROTOR SPEED lamp shall go off when unit tester INTERFACE MONITOR indicates morethan 950.

b. Unit tester 127% ROTOR OVERSPEED lamp shall go on when INTERFACE MONITOR initially indicatesbetween 1269 and 1271 and shall remain on during subsequent INTERFACE MONITOR cycles.

c. Unit tester 137% ROTOR OVERSPEED lamp shall go on when INTERFACE MONITOR initially indicatesbetween 1369 and 1371 and shall remain on during subsequent INTERFACE MONITOR cycles.

d. Unit tester 142% ROTOR OVERSPEED lamp shall go on when INTERFACE MONITOR initially indicatesbetween 1419 and 1421 and shall remain on during subsequent INTERFACE MONITOR cycles.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition a. is not as specified, replace voltage regulator module A17 (WP 0803 00).


2. If Indication/Conditions b. through d. are not as specified, replace voltage regulator module A17(WP 0803 00).


TM 1-1520-237-23 0093 00


0093 00-12

Step




Unit tester 127%, 137%, and 142% ROTOR OVERSPEED lamps shall go off.

Corrective Action



Step




Corrective Action

None Required

DIGITAL PARAMETER INDICATION OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step


2. Set unit tester DIGITAL SET thumbwheel to following positions:


0 0 0

1 1110 111

2 2220 222

3 3330 333

4 440 444

5 1550 555

6 2660 666

7 3770 777

8 880 888

TM 1-1520-237-23 0093 00


0093 00-13


9 1990 999


CDU TOTAL FUEL, TGT 1, TGT 2, Ng SPEED 1, and Ng SPEED 2 digital readouts shall indicate correspondingnumbers.

Corrective Action



Step

3. Place CDU - DIGITS switch to OFF.


CDU digital readouts shall go off.

Corrective Action



Step




Corrective Action

None Required


PROCEDURE

Step


2. Place CDU - DIGITS switch to ON.


4. Position unit tester INTER CAL SELECT switch to 15 and DISPLAY UPDATE SWITCH to OFF.



TM 1-1520-237-23 0093 00

DIGITAL PARAMETER INDICATION OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0093 00-14

Corrective Action



Step

5. Place simulator tester NO. 1 FUEL QUANTITY HI-LO SWITCH to LO.



Corrective Action



Step





Corrective Action



Step




Corrective Action



Step




Corrective Action

None Required

TM 1-1520-237-23 0093 00


0093 00-15


PROCEDURE

Step






Corrective Action



Step

4. Place simulator tester NO. 2 FUEL QUANTITY HI-LO switch to LO.



Corrective Action



Step





Corrective Action



Step




Corrective Action



TM 1-1520-237-23 0093 00

0093 00-16

Step




Corrective Action

None Required

MAIN TRANSMISSION OIL TEMPERATURE (ANALOG) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTINGPROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step


2. Place simulator tester MAIN XMSN OIL TEMP CAL-NOR switch to CAL and HI-LO switch to HI.




Corrective Action



Step

4. Place simulator tester MAIN XMSN OIL TEMP HI-LO switch to LO.



Corrective Action



Step

5. Place simulator tester MAIN XMSN OIL TEMP CAL-NOR switch to NOR.

6. Slowly turn simulator tester MAIN XMSN OIL TEMP variable control fully clockwise.



Corrective Action



TM 1-1520-237-23 0093 00


0093 00-17

Step

7. Slowly turn simulator tester MAIN XMSN OIL TEMP variable control fully counterclockwise.



Corrective Action



Step




Corrective Action

None Required

MAIN TRANSMISSION OIL PRESSURE (ANALOG) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step


2. Place simulator tester XMSN OIL PRESS CAL-NOR switch to CAL and HI-LO switch to HI.




Corrective Action



Step

4. Place simulator tester XMSN OIL PRESS HI-LO switch to LO.



Corrective Action



Step

5. Place simulator tester XMSN OIL PRESS CAL-NOR switch to NOR.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0093 00

MAIN TRANSMISSION OIL TEMPERATURE (ANALOG) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTINGPROCEDURE - Continued

0093 00-18

6. Slowly turn simulator tester XMSN OIL PRESS variable control fully clockwise.



Corrective Action



Step

7. Slowly turn XMSN OIL PRESS variable control fully counterclockwise.



Corrective Action



Step




Corrective Action

None Required

PARAMETER MEASUREMENT (DIGITAL) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step


2. Place simulator tester NO. 1 FUEL QUANTITY and NO. 2 FUEL QUANTITY CAL-NOR switches to CAL.




Corrective Action



Step


TM 1-1520-237-23 0093 00

MAIN TRANSMISSION OIL PRESSURE (ANALOG) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE -Continued

0093 00-19



Corrective Action



Step




Corrective Action



Step





Corrective Action



Step

8. Slowly turn simulator tester NO. 1 FUEL QUANTITY variable control full counterclockwise.



Corrective Action



Step

9. Place unit tester INTER CAL SELECT switch to OFF.





TM 1-1520-237-23 0093 00


0093 00-20

Corrective Action

None Required


PROCEDURE

Step





Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, the CDU chassis assembly is malfunctioning.

Step




Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, the CDU chassis assembly is malfunctioning.

Step



a. All CDU vertical displays shall blank out.

b. All CDU digital displays shall blank out.

c. CHAN 1 and CHAN 2 lamps shall go on.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, CDU chassis assembly is malfunctioning.

Step



Unit tester 127%, 137%, and 142% lamps shall go off.

Corrective Action



TM 1-1520-237-23 0093 00


0093 00-21

Step




Corrective Action

None Required


PROCEDURE

Step





Corrective Action

None Required

TM 1-1520-237-23 0093 00

FAILURE MODE OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0093 00-22

SAAA2566

SPARE

OILPRESS

OILTEMP

Ng RTRSPD

2 2 2

1 1 1

J3

J4

J2

J1

0

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

1 2

TOTAL FUEL

PUSH

TO TEST OFF


DIM ON

QTYLB X 100

TEMPC X 10

PRESSPSI X 10

TEMPC X 10

PRESSPSI X 10

TEMPC X 100

SPEED% X 10


TGT Ng

−4

0

4

6

8

10

12

16

0

3

4

5

6

7

11

19

−4

0

4

8

10

12

14

18

1 2 1 2 1 20

2

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

4

7

8

9

10

11

12

34

5

6

7

8

91113






+

LIGHTING

A

B

A

B

CONNECTION

Figure 1. Central Display Unit (CDU).

TM 1-1520-237-23 0093 00

LOCATION

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0093 00-23/24 Blank

UNIT LEVEL

INSTRUMENT SYSTEMS

PILOTS DISPLAY UNIT (AVIM)

INITIAL SETUP:

Test EquipmentBench Test Set, 245-476854-000Bench Test Set, 245-476854-001Multimeter, AN/PSM-45AOscilloscope, 7603



ReferencesTM 55-4920-412-13&PWP 0808 00WP 0809 00WP 0812 00WP 0813 00


Single-Phase


NOTE

See Figure 1 for component location diagram, Figure 2 for pilots display unit testsetup, and Figure 3 for simulator front panel.

The pilots display unit (PDU) operational/troubleshooting procedure is subdivided as follows:

+ Setup/Power On

+ 5 VDC Regulator

+ Clock Inhibit

+ Lamp/Digit

+ Parameter Indication (Analog)

+ Parameter Indication (Digital)

+ Failure Mode

+ Rotor Overspeed Lamp

+ Autodim

+ Shutdown


PROCEDURE

Step


TM 1-1520-237-23 0094 00

0094 00-1

2. Connect cable assembly, 217-419742-000, between simulator tester INTERCONNECT connector and unit tester J5connector.






Corrective Action


Step



All simulator tester lamps shall go on when LAMP TEST switch is pressed.

Corrective Action


Step


8. Connect cable assembly, 217-419745-000, between display unit connector J1 and unit tester connectors J6 and J7.

NOTE

For 100-601137-000, 100-601184-000, 100-601581-000 (70450-01916-104), and 100-601561-000 (70450-01043-124) PDUs, apply 115 vac 400 hz to simulator front panelintegral lighting section HI and LO test points.

9. Place simulator tester INTEGRAL LIGHTING switch to EXT.

10. Place unit tester DISPLAY CONTROLS section switches as follows:

SWITCH POSITION

DIGITAL SET 1

DIGITS ON

ROTOR OVERSPEED 127%, 137%, and 142% Off (Down)

ANALOG SET STOP

DISPLAY UPDATE ON


TM 1-1520-237-23 0094 00


0094 00-2

12. Place unit tester CENTRAL DISPLAY UNIT P/S CONT switch to REMOTE.




Corrective Action


5 VDC REGULATOR OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step


2. Set multimeter to indicate dc voltage and connect leads between PDU 5V and SDC COM test jacks on unit tester.



Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace pilot display autodim module A9 (WP 0813 00).

a. If trouble remains, the display unit chassis assembly is malfunctioning.

Step





Corrective Action

None Required

CLOCK INHIBIT OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step


2. Connect oscilloscope between PDU left INHIB and SDC COM test jacks on unit tester.


Oscilloscope shall display 4 to 6 volt peak-to-peak square waves.

Corrective Action


TM 1-1520-237-23 0094 00


0094 00-3


Step

3. Connect oscilloscope between PDU right INHIB and SDC COM test jacks on unit tester.


Oscilloscope shall display 4 to 6 volt peak-to-peak square waves.

Corrective Action



Step

4. Disconnect oscilloscope.




Corrective Action

None Required

LAMP/DIGIT OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step


2. Press display unit TEST switch and turn unit tester P/S CONTROL fully counterclockwise, then fully clockwise.Next, adjust so you can see display normally. Release TEST switch.


With TEST switch pressed:

a. All display unit vertical scale lamps shall go on.

b. Both display unit digital readouts shall indicate 188.

c. Display unit lighting shall vary with P/S CONTROL setting.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Conditions a. and b. are not as specified, display unit chassis assembly is malfunctioning.

2. If Indication/Condition a. is not as specified, replace pilot’s display driver module (A3, A4, A5, A6, and/orA7) as required (WP 0808 00).


3. If Indication/Condition b. is not as specified, replace torque digital readout module A8 (WP 0812 00).


4. If Indication/Condition c. is not a specified, replace pilot display autodim module A9 (WP 0813 00).

TM 1-1520-237-23 0094 00

CLOCK INHIBIT OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0094 00-4


Step




Corrective Action

None Required

PARAMETER INDICATION (ANALOG) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step


2. Place unit tester ANALOG SET switch to FAST.


NOTE


a. Display unit % RPM 1 vertical scale shall continually cycle from 0 to full scale.

b. At 96%, % RPM 1 low red and yellow scale segments shall go off.

c. Display unit % RPM 2 vertical scale shall continually cycle from 0 to full scale.

d. At 96%, % RPM 2 low red and yellow scale segments shall go off.

e. Display unit % RPM RTR vertical scale shall continually cycle from 0 to full scale.

f. At 96%, % RPM RTR low red and yellow scale segments shall go off.

g. Display unit % TRQ 1 vertical scale shall continually cycle from 0 to full scale.

h. Display unit % TRQ 2 vertical scale shall continually cycle from 0 to full scale.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Conditions a., c., e., g., and h. are not as specified, replace pilot’s display driver module (A3,A4, A5, A6 and/or A7) as required (WP 0809 00).


2. If Indication/Conditions b., d., and f. are not as specified, replace pilot’s display driver module (A3, A4and/or A5) as required (WP 0809 00).

a. If trouble remains, replace pilot display autodim module A9 (WP 0813 00).

(1) If trouble still remains, the display unit chassis assembly is malfunctioning.

Step


TM 1-1520-237-23 0094 00

LAMP/DIGIT OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0094 00-5



Corrective Action

None Required

PARAMETER INDICATION (DIGITAL) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step


2. Set unit tester to the following positions:

DIGITAL SET % TORQUE DIGITAL

0 0

1 111

2 22

3 133

4 44

5 155

6 66

7 177

8 88

9 199


Display unit % TRQ digital readouts shall indicate corresponding number.

Corrective Action

1. If digital readouts are not as specified, replace torque digital readout module A8 (WP 0812 00).


Step


TM 1-1520-237-23 0094 00

PARAMETER INDICATION (ANALOG) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0094 00-6



Corrective Action

None Required


PROCEDURE

Step




a. All display unit vertical displays shall blank out.

b. Display unit digital displays shall blank out.

c. Unit tester FAIL WARN lamp shall go on.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition a. is not as specified, replace pilot’s display driver (A3, A4, A5, A6, and/or A7) asrequired (WP 0809 00).

2. If Indication/Condition b. is not as specified, replace torque digital readout module A8 (WP 0812 00).

3. If Indication/Condition c. is not as specified, display unit chassis assembly is malfunctioning.

Step



a. All display unit vertical displays shall continually cycle from 0 to full scale.

b. Display unit digital displays shall indicate 199.

c. Unit tester FAIL WARN lamp shall go off.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, the display unit chassis assembly is malfunctioning.

Step




Corrective Action

None Required

TM 1-1520-237-23 0094 00

PARAMETER INDICATION (DIGITAL) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0094 00-7

ROTOR OVERSPEED LAMP OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step


2. Place unit tester 127% ROTOR OVERSPEED switch up.


Left RTR OVERSPEED lamp on display unit shall go on.

Corrective Action


Step



Center RTR OVERSPEED lamp on display unit shall go on.

Corrective Action


Step



Right RTR OVERSPEED lamp on display unit shall go on.

Corrective Action


Step

5. Place unit tester 127%, 137%, and 142% ROTOR OVERSPEED switches down.


Three RTR OVERSPEED lamps on display unit shall go off.

Corrective Action


Step




TM 1-1520-237-23 0094 00

0094 00-8

Corrective Action

None Required

AUTODIM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step


2. Place unit tester P/S CONT switch to NORMAL.

3. Cover light sensor, in lower right corner of display unit, with opaque object.


All display unit vertical scale and digital readout lighting shall go off or decrease in brightness.

Corrective Action



Step



All display unit vertical scale and digital readout lighting shall increase in brightness.

Corrective Action



Step




Corrective Action

None Required


PROCEDURE

Step



TM 1-1520-237-23 0094 00

ROTOR OVERSPEED LAMP OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0094 00-9



Corrective Action

None Required

TM 1-1520-237-23 0094 00


0094 00-10

SAAA2568

LT RTROVERSPEED

1 R 2 1 2

0

70

30

90

95

100

105

110

120

130

0

70

30

90

95

100

105

110

120

130

1 R 2

1 20

20

40

60

80

100

120

140 140

120

100

80

60

40

20

0

% RPM % TRQ

LT RTROVERSPEED

1 R 2 1 2

0

70

30

90

95

100

105

110

120

130

0

70

30

90

95

100

105

110

120

130

1 R 2

1 20

20

40

60

80

100

120

140 140

120

100

80

60

40

20

0

% RPM % TRQ

AMBIENT LIGHTSENSOR

LIGHTINGCONNECTION

AMBIENT LIGHTSENSOR

LIGHTINGCONNECTION


NOTES

1. PDU 70450−01043−123 OR70450−01916−104.

2. PDU 70450−01043−121.

J2

J1



A

B

A

B

PILOT’S AND COPILOT’SDISPLAY UNIT

Figure 1. Pilot’s/Copilot’s Display Unit.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0094 00

LOCATION

0094 00-11

SAAA2569

28 VDCPOWER SUPPLY


φ

SIMULATORTESTER

UNITTESTER

INTERCONNECT

INTERCONNECT J5 J6 J7

DC POWER CABLE

AC POWER CABLE

CABLE ASSEMBLY217−419742−000

CABLE ASSEMBLY 217−419745−000

J2

J1

PDUUNDERTEST

Figure 2. Pilots Display Unit Test Setup.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0094 00

TEST SETUP

0094 00-12

SAAA1737

ENGINEOIL TEMP

NO 1CAL HI

LONOR

ENGINEOIL TEMP

NO 2CAL HI

LONOR

FUELQUANTITY

NO 1CAL HI

LONOR

FUELQUANTITY

NO 2CAL HI

LONOR

ENGINEOIL PRESS

NO 1CAL HI

LONOR

ENGINEOIL PRESS

NO 2CAL HI

LONOR

GAS GENSPEED

NO 1CAL HI

LONOR

TURBINEGAS TEMP

NO 2CAL HI

LONOR

TURBINEGAS TEMP

NO 1CAL HI

LONOR

XMSNOIL TEMP

CAL HI

LONOR

XMSNOIL PRESS

CAL HI

LONOR

ENGINE% RPM

NO 1CAL HI

LONOR

ENGINE% RPMNO 2

CAL HI

LONOR

TORQUENO 1

CAL HI

LONOR

TORQUENO 2

CAL HI

LONOR

ROTORSPEED

CAL HI

LONOR

GAS GENSPEEDNO 2

CAL HI

LONOR

LOWOIL PRESS

NO 1 NO 2

HIGHOIL TEMP

NO 1

ENGINE OUT

NO 1 NO 2

HIGH TGTNO 1 NO 2

NO 2

LOW ROTORSPD

ROTOR OVER SPDRESET

NO 2NO 1

LAMP SUPPLYOVERLOAD

INTERCONNECTSIGNAL DATA CONVERTER

NO 1 NO 2

INTEGRALLIGHTING

28VDC

SIMONLY

115 VAC

2A 8A 8A

5 VAC

HI LO

LAMP TESTINPUT POWER

ON

OFF

INT

EXT

Figure 3. Simulator, Front Panel.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0094 00

TEST SETUP - Continued

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0094 00-13/14 Blank

UNIT LEVEL

INSTRUMENT SYSTEMS

SIGNAL DATA CONVERTER (SDC) (70450-01043-112 OR 70450-01043-126) (AVIM)

INITIAL SETUP:

Test EquipmentBench Test Set, 245-476854-000Bench Test Set, 245-476854-001Multimeter, AN/PSM-45AOscilloscope, 7603



WP 0806 00WP 0807 00


Single-Phase


NOTE

See Figure 1 for component location diagram and Figure 2 for SDC test setup.

The signal data converter operational/troubleshooting procedure is subdivided as follows:

+ Setup/Power On

+ Logic Power Supply/Voltage Regulator

+ Lamp Power Supply

+ Processor Failure Switch-Over

+ Lamp Power Supply Failure

+ Sensor Excitation Voltage

+ Clock Monitor

+ Clock Inhibit (Digital)

+ Clock Inhibit (Analog)

+ Sensor Interwiring/Warning Output

+ No. 1 Engine % RPM (Analog)


+ Rotor Speed (Analog)

+ No. 1 Torque (Analog)

TM 1-1520-237-23 0095 00

0095 00-1


+ Engine Oil Temperature (Analog)

+ Engine Oil Pressure (Analog)

+ Turbine Gas Temperature (Analog)

+ Gas Generator Speed (Analog)

+ No. 1 Torque (Digital)


+ Turbine Gas Temperature (Digital)

+ Gas Generator Speed (Digital)

+ Rotor Speed (Analog Relay)

+ Integral Lighting

+ Shutdown


PROCEDURE

Step








Corrective Action


Step




b. All unit tester lamps shall go on when LAMP TEST switch is pressed.

Corrective Action


TM 1-1520-237-23 0095 00


0095 00-2

Step


8. On test set 245-476854-000, connect cable assembly 217-419741-000, or on test set 245-476854-001, connect cableassembly 217-419740-000, between simulator tester No. 1 SIGNAL DATA CONVERTER connector and signal dataconverter (SDC) J1.

9. Connect cable assembly, 217-419747-000, between unit tester J8 and SDC J2.


11. Place simulator tester switches and controls as follows:





INTEGRAL LIGHTING EXT

12. Place unit tester SIGNAL DATA CONVERTER section switches and controls as follows:


CLOCK INHIBIT OFF

FAILURES PROC OFF

FAILURES TEST FREQ OFF

P/S CONTROL Full

CONVERSION 1

13. Place unit tester CENTRAL DISPLAY UNIT section P/S CONT switch to REMOTE.

14. Place unit tester DISPLAY CONTROLS section DISPLAY UPDATE switch to ON.




a. Simulator tester INPUT POWER 115 VAC and 28 VDC, and No. 1 LAMP SUPPLY OVERLOAD lamps shallgo on.

b. The following unit tester lamps shall go on:

+ MONITORS SHIFT REG

TM 1-1520-237-23 0095 00


0095 00-3

+ MONITORS MUX ANALOG

+ MONITORS DIGITAL O/P

+ MONITORS MUX DIGITAL

+ TEST FREQ ANA (flash)

+ TEST FREQ DIG (flash)

+ PROCESSOR SELECTION ANALOG A or B

+ PROCESSOR SELECTION DIGITAL A or B

Corrective Action

1. If simulator tester No. 1 LAMP SUPPLY OVERLOAD lamp does not go on, replace lamp power supply(WP 0806 00).

a. If trouble remains, the signal data converter chassis assembly is malfunctioning.

2. If none of the unit tester lamps go on, do LOGIC POWER SUPPLY/VOLTAGE REGULATOR, in this workpackage.

3. If MONITORS SHIFT REG lamp does not go on, replace analog processor No. 1, module A9(WP 0805 00).

a. If trouble remains, replace analog processor No. 2 module A8 (WP 0805 00).

(1) If trouble still remains, the signal data converter chassis assembly is malfunctioning.

4. If MONITORS MUX ANALOG lamp does not go on, replace analog processor No. 2, module A8(WP 0805 00).


5. If MONITORS DIGITAL O/P lamp does not go on, replace digital processor module A10 (WP 0805 00).


6. If MONITORS MUX DIGITAL lamp does not go on, replace digital processor module A10 (WP 0805 00).


7. If TEST FREQ ANA lamp does not flash, replace analog processor No. 2, module A8 (WP 0805 00).


8. If TEST FREQ DIG lamp does not flash, replace digital processor module A10 (WP 0805 00).


Step

17. Place unit tester SIGNAL DATA CONVERTER FAILURES TEST FREQ switch to ON.


a. Unit tester SIGNAL DATA CONVERTER TEST FREQ ANA lamp shall flash.

b. Unit tester SIGNAL DATA CONVERTER TEST FREQ DIG lamp shall flash.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition a. is not as specified, replace analog processor No. 2, module A8 (WP 0805 00).

TM 1-1520-237-23 0095 00


0095 00-4

a. If trouble remains, replace analog processor No. 1, module A9 (WP 0805 00).


2. If Indication/Condition b. is not as specified, replace digital processor module A10 (WP 0805 00).


LOGIC POWER SUPPLY/VOLTAGE REGULATOR OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step


2. Set multimeter to indicate dc voltage and connect leads between SDC +15.5 and COM test jacks on unit tester.



Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace logic power supply (WP 0807 00).


Step




Corrective Action



Step




Corrective Action



Step

5. Place unit tester SIGNAL DATA CONVERTER FAILURES TEST FREQ switch to OFF.



TM 1-1520-237-23 0095 00


0095 00-5

Corrective Action



Step


7. Connect multimeter between SDC +10V and COM test jacks on unit tester.



Corrective Action



Step

8. Connect multimeter between SDC -10V and COM test jacks on unit tester.



Corrective Action



Step




Corrective Action



Step




Corrective Action

None Required

TM 1-1520-237-23 0095 00

LOGIC POWER SUPPLY/VOLTAGE REGULATOR OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE -Continued

0095 00-6


PROCEDURE

Step


2. Connect digital multimeter between SDC L/S and COM test jacks on unit tester.

3. Adjust unit tester SIGNAL DATA CONVERTER P/S CONTROL to obtain 4.9 to 5.1 vdc indication on multimeter.


Simulator tester No. 1 LAMP SUPPLY OVERLOAD lamp shall be on.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace lamp power supply (WP 0806 00).


Step

4. Connect digital multimeter between SDC CONT and COM test jacks on unit tester.



Corrective Action



Step

5. Adjust unit tester SIGNAL DATA CONVERTER P/S CONTROL to obtain 0.99 to 1.01 vdc indication on multi-meter.


No. 1 LAMP SUPPLY OVERLOAD lamp shall be on dimly.

Corrective Action



Step

6. Connect digital multimeter between SDC L/S and COM test jacks on unit tester.



Corrective Action



TM 1-1520-237-23 0095 00

0095 00-7

Step




Corrective Action

None Required

PROCESSOR FAILURE SWITCH-OVER OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step


2. Momentarily place unit tester SIGNAL DATA CONVERTER PROCESSOR SELECTION switch to up position.


a. If not already on, SIGNAL DATA CONVERTER PROCESSOR SELECTION ANALOG A lamp on the unittester shall go on and remain on.

b. If not already on, SIGNAL DATA CONVERTER DIGITAL A lamp on the unit tester shall go on and remainon.

Corrective Action






Step

3. Place and hold unit tester SIGNAL DATA CONVERTER PROC FAILURES switch to A.


After approximately 5 seconds, the following shall occur:

+ PROCESSOR SELECTION ANALOG A lamp shall go off.

+ PROCESSOR SELECTION ANALOG B lamp shall go on.

+ Unit tester SIGNAL DATA CONVERTER FAIL WARN lamp shall go on.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, replace analog processor No. 1, module A9 (WP 0805 00).



TM 1-1520-237-23 0095 00


0095 00-8

Step

4. Release unit tester PROC FAILURES switch.


FAIL WARN lamp shall go off.

Corrective Action




Step

5. Place and hold unit tester PROC FAILURES switch to B.



+ PROCESSOR SELECTION ANALOG B lamp shall go off.

+ PROCESSOR SELECTION ANALOG A lamp shall go on.

+ FAIL WARN lamp shall go on.

Corrective Action




Step




Corrective Action




Step




Corrective Action

None Required

TM 1-1520-237-23 0095 00

PROCESSOR FAILURE SWITCH-OVER OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0095 00-9

LAMP POWER SUPPLY FAILURE OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step


2. If not already connected, connect multimeter between SDC L/S and COM test jacks on unit tester.

3. Turn unit tester SIGNAL DATA CONVERTER P/S CONTROL fully clockwise.



Corrective Action



Step

4. Place and hold simulator tester LAMP SUPPLY OVERLOAD switch to No. 1.


a. Multimeter shall indicate less than 1.0 vdc.

b. Simulator tester No. 1 LAMP SUPPLY OVERLOAD lamp shall go off.

Corrective Action



Step

5. Release simulator tester LAMP SUPPLY OVERLOAD switch.


a. Multimeter shall indicate between 4.8 and 5.8 vdc.

b. Simulator tester No. 1 LAMP SUPPLY OVERLOAD lamp shall go on.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, replace lamp power supply (WP 0806 00).

Step

6. Disconnect digital multimeter.




Corrective Action

None Required

TM 1-1520-237-23 0095 00

0095 00-10

SENSOR EXCITATION VOLTAGE OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step


2. Connect multimeter between SDC AC1 and COM test jacks on unit tester.


Multimeter shall indicate between 7.5 and 11.0 vac.

Corrective Action



Step




Corrective Action



Step




Corrective Action



Step





Corrective Action

None Required

TM 1-1520-237-23 0095 00

0095 00-11

CLOCK MONITOR OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step


2. Connect oscilloscope vertical input leads between SDC CLOCK and COM test jacks on unit tester.


Oscilloscope shall display square waves with these requirements:

+ AMPLITUDE - 4 to 6 Volts

+ PERIOD - 6.8 to 8.8 Microseconds

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace digital processor module A10 (WP 0805 00).


Step





Corrective Action

None Required

CLOCK INHIBIT (DIGITAL) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step


2. Place and hold unit tester SIGNAL DATA CONVERTER CLOCK INHIBIT switch to DIG.


a. Both SIGNAL DATA CONVERTER PROCESSOR SELECTION DIGITAL A and B lamps on unit tester shallbe off.

b. The following unit tester SIGNAL DATA CONVERTER lamps shall go off:

+ TEST FREQ DIG



c. Unit tester SIGNAL DATA CONVERTER FAIL WARN lamp shall go on.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0095 00

0095 00-12

Corrective Action

If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, replace digital processor module A10 (WP 0805 00).

Step

3. Release unit tester CLOCK INHIBIT switch.


a. The following lamps shall go on:


+ MONITORS DIGITAL O/P)


+ Either PROCESSOR SELECTION DIGITAL A or B

b. FAIL WARN lamp shall go off.

Corrective Action


Step




Corrective Action

None Required

CLOCK INHIBIT (ANALOG) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step


2. Place and hold unit tester SIGNAL DATA CONVERTER CLOCK INHIBIT switch to ANA.


a. Both SIGNAL DATA CONVERTER PROCESSOR SELECTION ANALOG A and B lamps on unit tester shallbe off.


+ TEST FREQ ANA




TM 1-1520-237-23 0095 00

CLOCK INHIBIT (DIGITAL) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0095 00-13

Corrective Action




Step







+ Either PROCESSOR SELECTION ANALOG A or B


Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace analog processor No. 1, module A9 (WP 0805 00).



Step




Corrective Action

None Required

SENSOR INTERWIRING/WARNING OUTPUT OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step


2. Make sure simulator tester No. 1 FUEL QUANTITY CAL-NOR switch is placed to NOR.

3. Connect digital multimeter between SDC FUEL H and FUEL L test jacks on unit tester.

4. Turn simulator tester No. 1 FUEL QUANTITY variable control fully clockwise, then fully counterclockwise.


Multimeter shall indicate between -0.5 and 0.5 vdc when the No. 1 FUEL QUANTITY control is fullycounterclockwise, and shall indicate between 6.5 and 8.5 vdc when the No. 1 FUEL QUANTITY control is fullyclockwise.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0095 00

CLOCK INHIBIT (ANALOG) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0095 00-14

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, the signal data converter chassis assembly is malfunctioning.

Step

5. Connect digital multimeter between SDC WIRE and COM test jacks on unit tester.



Corrective Action


Step

6. Momentarily press unit tester SIGNAL DATA CONVERTER WARN OUTPUTS button.


With WARNING OUTPUT button pressed, the following lamps on simulator tester shall go on:

+ LOW ROTOR SPD


+ NO. 1 HIGH OIL TEMP

+ NO. 1 ENGINE OUT

Corrective Action


Step

7. Connect digital multimeter between SDC W/C and COM test jacks on unit tester.



Corrective Action


Step

8. Momentarily press simulator tester ROTOR OVER SPD RESET button.


With ROTOR OVER SPD RESET button pressed, multimeter shall indicate between -0.5 and 0.5 vdc.

Corrective Action


Step


TM 1-1520-237-23 0095 00

SENSOR INTERWIRING/WARNING OUTPUT OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE -Continued

0095 00-15




Corrective Action

None Required

NO. 1 ENGINE % RPM (ANALOG) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step


2. Place simulator tester No. 1 ENGINE % RPM CAL-NOR switch to CAL and No. 1 ENGINE % RPM HI-LOswitch to HI.




Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace interface No. 2, module A6 (WP 0805 00).


Step

4. Place simulator tester No. 1 ENGINE % RPM HI-LO switch to LO.


INTERFACE MONITOR shall indicate between 0 and 5.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace interface No. 2, module A6 (WP 0805 00).

Step

5. Place simulator tester No. 1 ENGINE % RPM CAL-NOR switch to NOR.

6. Slowly turn simulator tester No. 1 ENGINE % RPM variable control fully clockwise.


INTERFACE MONITOR indication shall increase smoothly.

Corrective Action


Step

7. Slowly turn simulator tester No. 1 ENGINE % RPM variable control fully counterclockwise.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0095 00


0095 00-16


INTERFACE MONITOR indication shall decrease smoothly.

Corrective Action


Step




Corrective Action

None Required


PROCEDURE

Step


2. Place simulator tester No. 2 ENGINE % RPM CAL-NOR switch to CAL and HI-LO switch to HI.

3. Place unit tester INTER CAL SELECT switch to 2.



Corrective Action



Step




Corrective Action


Step





TM 1-1520-237-23 0095 00

NO. 1 ENGINE % RPM (ANALOG) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0095 00-17

Corrective Action


Step




Corrective Action


Step




Corrective Action

None Required

ROTOR SPEED (ANALOG) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step


2. Place simulator tester ROTOR SPEED CAL-NOR switch to CAL and HI-LO switch to HI.




Corrective Action



Step

4. Place simulator tester ROTOR SPEED HI-LO switch to LO.



Corrective Action


TM 1-1520-237-23 0095 00


0095 00-18

Step

5. Place simulator tester ROTOR CAL-NOR switch to NOR.

6. Slowly turn simulator tester ROTOR SPEED variable control fully clockwise.



Corrective Action


Step

7. Slowly turn simulator tester ROTOR SPEED variable control fully counterclockwise.



Corrective Action


Step




Corrective Action

None Required

NO. 1 TORQUE (ANALOG) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step

1. Do SETUP/POWER ON, if not already done.

2. Place simulator tester No. 1 TORQUE CAL-NOR switch to CAL and No. 1 TORQUE HI-LO switch to HI.




Corrective Action



Step

4. Place simulator tester No. 1 TORQUE HI-LO switch to LO.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0095 00

ROTOR SPEED (ANALOG) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0095 00-19



Corrective Action


Step

5. Place simulator tester No. 1 TORQUE CAL-NOR switch to NOR.

6. Slowly turn simulator tester No. 1 TORQUE variable control fully clockwise.



Corrective Action


Step

7. Slowly turn simulator tester No. 1 TORQUE variable control fully counterclockwise.



Corrective Action


Step




Corrective Action

None Required


PROCEDURE

Step






TM 1-1520-237-23 0095 00

NO. 1 TORQUE (ANALOG) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0095 00-20

Corrective Action



Step




Corrective Action


Step





Corrective Action


Step




Corrective Action


Step




Corrective Action

None Required

ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE (ANALOG) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step


TM 1-1520-237-23 0095 00


0095 00-21

2. Place simulator tester No. 1 ENGINE OIL TEMP CAL-NOR switch to CAL and No. 1 ENGINE OIL TEMP HI-LOswitch to HI.




Corrective Action



Step

4. Place simulator tester No. 1 ENGINE OIL TEMP HI-LO switch to LO.



Corrective Action


Step

5. Place simulator tester No. 1 ENGINE OIL TEMP CAL-NOR switch to NOR.

6. Slowly turn simulator tester No. 1 ENGINE OIL TEMP variable control fully clockwise.



Corrective Action


Step

7. Slowly turn simulator tester No. 1 ENGINE OIL TEMP variable control fully counterclockwise.



Corrective Action


Step




Corrective Action

None Required

TM 1-1520-237-23 0095 00

ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE (ANALOG) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0095 00-22

ENGINE OIL PRESSURE (ANALOG) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step


2. Place simulator tester No. 1 ENGINE OIL PRESS CAL-NOR switch to CAL and No. 1 ENGINE OIL PRESSHI-LO switch to HI.




Corrective Action



Step

4. Place simulator tester No. 1 ENGINE OIL PRESS HI-LO switch to LO.



Corrective Action


Step

5. Place simulator tester No. 1 ENGINE OIL PRESS CAL-NOR switch to NOR.

6. Slowly turn simulator tester No. 1 ENGINE OIL PRESS variable control fully clockwise.



Corrective Action


Step

7. Slowly turn simulator tester No. 1 ENGINE OIL PRESS variable control fully counterclockwise.



Corrective Action


Step


TM 1-1520-237-23 0095 00

0095 00-23



Corrective Action

None Required

TURBINE GAS TEMPERATURE (ANALOG) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step


2. Place simulator tester No. 1 TURBINE GAS TEMP CAL-NOR switch to CAL and No. 1 TURBINE GAS TEMPHI-LO switch to HI.



Unit tester INTERFACE MONITOR shall indicate 1267 and 1283.

Corrective Action



Step

4. Place simulator tester No. 1 TURBINE GAS TEMP HI-LO switch to LO.



Corrective Action


Step

5. Place simulator tester No. 1 TURBINE GAS TEMP CAL-NOR switch to NOR.

6. Slowly turn simulator tester No. 1 TURBINE GAS TEMP variable control fully clockwise.



Corrective Action


Step

7. Slowly turn simulator tester No. 1 TURBINE GAS TEMP variable control fully counterclockwise.



TM 1-1520-237-23 0095 00

ENGINE OIL PRESSURE (ANALOG) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0095 00-24

Corrective Action


Step




Corrective Action

None Required

GAS GENERATOR SPEED (ANALOG) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step


2. Place simulator tester No. 1 GAS GEN SPEED CAL-NOR switch to CAL and No. 1 GAS GEN SPEED HI-LOswitch to HI.




Corrective Action



Step

4. Place simulator tester No. 1 GAS GEN SPEED HI-LO switch to LO.



Corrective Action


Step

5. Place simulator tester No. 1 GAS GEN SPEED CAL-NOR switch to NOR.

6. Slowly turn simulator tester No. 1 GAS GEN SPEED variable control fully clockwise.



Corrective Action


TM 1-1520-237-23 0095 00

TURBINE GAS TEMPERATURE (ANALOG) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0095 00-25

Step

7. Slowly turn simulator tester No. 1 GAS GEN SPEED variable control counterclockwise.



Corrective Action


Step




Corrective Action

None Required

NO. 1 TORQUE (DIGITAL) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step






Corrective Action


a. If trouble remains, replace digital processor, module A10 (WP 0805 00).


Step




Corrective Action


Step



TM 1-1520-237-23 0095 00

GAS GENERATOR SPEED (ANALOG) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0095 00-26



Corrective Action


Step




Corrective Action


Step




Corrective Action

None Required


PROCEDURE

Step






Corrective Action




Step




TM 1-1520-237-23 0095 00

NO. 1 TORQUE (DIGITAL) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0095 00-27

Corrective Action


Step





Corrective Action


Step




Corrective Action


Step




Corrective Action

None Required

TURBINE GAS TEMPERATURE (DIGITAL) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step






Corrective Action


a. If trouble remains, replace digital processor module A10 (WP 0805 00).

TM 1-1520-237-23 0095 00


0095 00-28


Step




Corrective Action


Step





Corrective Action


Step




Corrective Action


Step




Corrective Action

None Required

GAS GENERATOR SPEED (DIGITAL) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step




TM 1-1520-237-23 0095 00

TURBINE GAS TEMPERATURE (DIGITAL) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0095 00-29



Corrective Action




Step




Corrective Action


Step





Corrective Action


Step

7. Slowly turn simulator tester No. 1 GAS GEN SPEED variable control fully counterclockwise.



Corrective Action


Step




Corrective Action

None Required

TM 1-1520-237-23 0095 00

GAS GENERATOR SPEED (DIGITAL) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0095 00-30

ROTOR SPEED (ANALOG RELAY) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step


2. Place simulator tester ROTOR SPEED CAL-NOR switch to CAL and ROTOR SPEED HI-LO switch to HI.




Corrective Action



Step




Corrective Action


Step





Corrective Action


Step




Corrective Action


Step


TM 1-1520-237-23 0095 00

0095 00-31



Corrective Action

None Required

INTEGRAL LIGHTING OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step


2. Place simulator tester INTEGRAL LIGHTING switch to INT.


Both SIGNAL DATA CONVERTER INT LIGHT lamps on unit tester shall go on.

Corrective Action


Step





Corrective Action

None Required


PROCEDURE

Step





Corrective Action

None Required

TM 1-1520-237-23 0095 00

ROTOR SPEED (ANALOG RELAY) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0095 00-32

SAAA2570




SIGNAL DATACONVERTER

Figure 1. Signal Data Converter (SDC).

TM 1-1520-237-23 0095 00

LOCATION

0095 00-33

SAAA2567

SDC UNDER TEST

J1

J2

J3

28 VDCPOWER SUPPLY


SIMULATORTESTER

UNITTESTER

INTERCONNECTINTERCONNECT J5 J8 J9NO. 1





DCPOWERCABLE

ACPOWERCABLE

Figure 2. Signal Data Converter Test Setup.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0095 00

TEST SETUP

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0095 00-34

UNIT LEVEL

INSTRUMENT SYSTEMS

SIGNAL DATA CONVERTER (SDC) (70450-21943-110 OR 70450-01916-103) (AVIM)

INITIAL SETUP:

Test EquipmentBench Test Set, 245-476854-001Multimeter, AN/PSM-45AOscilloscope, 7603



WP 0807 00


Single-Phase


NOTE

See Figure 1 for component location diagram and Figure 2 for SDC test setup.

The signal data converter operational/troubleshooting procedure is subdivided as follows:

+ Setup/Power On

+ Logic Power Supply/Voltage Regulator

+ Lamp Power Supply

+ Processor Failure Switch-Over

+ Lamp Power Supply Failure

+ Sensor Excitation Voltage

+ Clock Monitor

+ Clock Inhibit (Digital)

+ Clock Inhibit (Analog)

+ Sensor Interwiring/Warning Output



+ Rotor Speed (Analog)


TM 1-1520-237-23 0096 00

0096 00-1


+ Engine Oil Temperature (Analog)

+ Engine Oil Pressure (Analog)

+ Turbine Gas Temperature (Analog)

+ Gas Generator Speed (Analog)



+ Turbine Gas Temperature (Digital)

+ Gas Generator Speed (Digital)

+ Rotor Speed (Analog Relay)

+ Integral Lighting

+ Shutdown


PROCEDURE

Step








Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, troubleshoot bench test set.

Step




b. All unit tester lamps shall go on when LAMP TEST switch is pressed.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, troubleshoot bench test set.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0096 00


0096 00-2

Step


8. Connect cable assembly, 217-419741-000, between simulator tester No. 1 SIGNAL DATA CONVERTER connectorand signal data converter (SDC) J1.



11. Place simulator tester switches and controls as follows:





INTEGRAL EXT

LIGHTING

12. Place unit tester SIGNAL DATA CONVERTER section switches and controls as follows:


CLOCK INHIBIT OFF

FAILURES PROC OFF

P/S CONTROL Midposition

CONVERSION 1

FAILURES TEST OFF

FREQ

13. Place unit tester CENTRAL DISPLAY UNIT section P/S CONT switch to REMOTE.

14. Place unit tester DISPLAY CONTROLS section DISPLAY UPDATE switch to ON.




a. Simulator tester INPUT POWER 115 VAC and 28 VDC and No. 1 LAMP SUPPLY OVERLOAD lamps shallgo on.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0096 00


0096 00-3

b. The following unit tester lamps shall go on:







+ PROCESSOR SELECTION ANALOG A or B

+ PROCESSOR SELECTION DIGITAL A or B

Corrective Action

1. If simulator tester No. 1 LAMP SUPPLY OVERLOAD lamp does not go on, replace lamp power supply(WP 0806 00).


2. If none of the unit tester lamps go on, do LOGIC POWER SUPPLY/VOLTAGE REGULATOR, in this pack-age.

3. If MONITORS SHIFT REG lamp does not go on, replace analog processor No. 1, module A9(WP 0805 00).

a. If trouble remains, replace analog processor No. 2 module A8 (WP 0805 00).


4. If MONITORS MUX ANALOG lamp does not go on, replace analog processor No. 2, module A8(WP 0805 00).


5. If MONITORS DIGITAL O/P lamp does not go on, replace digital processor module A10 (WP 0805 00).


6. If MONITORS MUX DIGITAL lamp does not go on, replace digital processor module A10 (WP 0805 00).


7. If TEST FREQ ANA lamp does not flash, replace analog processor No. 2, module A8 (WP 0805 00).


8. If TEST FREQ DIG lamp does not flash, replace digital processor module A10 (WP 0805 00).


Step



a. Unit tester SIGNAL DATA CONVERTER TEST FREQ ANA lamp shall flash.

b. Unit tester SIGNAL DATA CONVERTER TEST FREQ DIG lamp shall flash.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0096 00


0096 00-4

Corrective Action






LOGIC POWER SUPPLY/VOLTAGE REGULATOR OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step


2. Set multimeter to indicate dc voltage and connect leads between SDC +15.5 and COM test jacks on unit tester.



Corrective Action



Step




Corrective Action



Step




Corrective Action



Step

5. Place unit tester SIGNAL DATA CONVERTER FAILURES TEST FREQ switch to OFF.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0096 00


0096 00-5



Corrective Action



Step


7. Connect multimeter between SDC +10V and COM test jacks on unit tester.



Corrective Action



Step

8. Connect multimeter between SDC -10V and COM test jacks on unit tester.



Corrective Action



Step




Corrective Action



Step



Shutdown shall be perform.

Corrective Action

None Required

TM 1-1520-237-23 0096 00

LOGIC POWER SUPPLY/VOLTAGE REGULATOR OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE -Continued

0096 00-6


PROCEDURE

Step


2. Connect multimeter between SDC L/S and COM test jacks on unit tester.

3. Adjust unit tester SIGNAL DATA CONVERTER P/S CONTROL to obtain 4.9 to 5.1 vdc indication on multimeter.



Corrective Action



Step

4. Connect multimeter between SDC CONT and COM test jacks on unit tester.



Corrective Action



Step

5. Adjust unit tester SIGNAL DATA CONVERTER P/S CONTROL to obtain 1.70 to 1.90 vdc indication on multi-meter.


No. 1 LAMP SUPPLY OVERLOAD lamp shall be dim.

Corrective Action



Step

6. Connect multimeter between SDC L/S and COM test jacks on unit tester.



Corrective Action



TM 1-1520-237-23 0096 00

0096 00-7

Step




Corrective Action

None Required

PROCESSOR FAILURE SWITCH-OVER OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step


2. Momentarily place unit tester SIGNAL DATA CONVERTER PROCESSOR SELECTION switch to up position.


a. If not already on, SIGNAL DATA CONVERTER PROCESSOR SELECTION ANALOG A lamp on the unittester shall go on and remain on.

b. If not already on, SIGNAL DATA CONVERTER PROCESSOR DIGITAL A lamp on the unit tester shall goon and remain on.

Corrective Action






Step

3. Place and hold unit tester SIGNAL DATA CONVERTER PROC FAILURES switch to A.



+ PROCESSOR SELECTION ANALOG A lamp shall go off.

+ PROCESSOR SELECTION ANALOG B lamp shall go on.

+ Unit tester SIGNAL DATA CONVERTER FAIL WARN lamp shall go on.

Corrective Action




TM 1-1520-237-23 0096 00


0096 00-8

Step




Corrective Action




Step

5. Place and hold unit tester PROC FAILURES switch to B.



+ PROCESSOR SELECTION ANALOG B lamp shall go off.

+ PROCESSOR SELECTION ANALOG A lamp shall go on.

+ FAIL WARN lamp shall go on.

Corrective Action




Step




Corrective Action




Step




Corrective Action

None Required

TM 1-1520-237-23 0096 00

PROCESSOR FAILURE SWITCH-OVER OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0096 00-9

LAMP POWER SUPPLY FAILURE OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step


2. If not already connected, connect multimeter between SDC L/S and COM test jacks on unit tester.

3. Turn unit tester SIGNAL DATA CONVERTER P/S CONTROL fully clockwise.



Corrective Action



Step

4. Place and hold simulator tester LAMP SUPPLY OVERLOAD switch to No. 1.



b. Simulator tester No. 1 LAMP SUPPLY OVERLOAD lamp shall go off.

Corrective Action



Step

5. Release simulator tester LAMP SUPPLY OVERLOAD switch.


a. Multimeter shall indicate between 4.8 and 5.8 vdc.

b. Simulator tester No. 1 LAMP SUPPLY OVERLOAD lamp shall go on.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, replace lamp power supply (WP 0806 00).

Step





Corrective Action

None Required

TM 1-1520-237-23 0096 00

0096 00-10

SENSOR EXCITATION VOLTAGE OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step


2. Set multimeter to indicate ac voltage and connect leads between SDC AC1 and COM test jacks on unit tester.



Corrective Action



Step




Corrective Action



Step




Corrective Action



Step





Corrective Action

None Required

TM 1-1520-237-23 0096 00

0096 00-11

CLOCK MONITOR OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step


2. Connect oscilloscope vertical input leads between SDC CLOCK and COM test jacks on unit tester.


Oscilloscope shall display square wave with these requirements:

+ AMPLITUDE - 4 to 6 Volts

+ PERIOD - 6.8 to 8.8 Microseconds

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace digital processor module A10 (WP 0805 00).


Step




Shutdown shall be performed

Corrective Action

None Required

CLOCK INHIBIT (DIGITAL) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step


2. Place and hold unit tester SIGNAL DATA CONVERTER CLOCK INHIBIT switch to DIG.


a. Both SIGNAL DATA CONVERTER PROCESSOR SELECTION DIGITAL A and B lamps on unit tester shallbe off.


+ TEST FREQ DIG




TM 1-1520-237-23 0096 00

0096 00-12

Corrective Action


Step







+ Either PROCESSOR SELECTION DIGITAL A or B


Corrective Action


Step




Corrective Action

None Required

CLOCK INHIBIT (ANALOG) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step


2. Place and hold unit tester SIGNAL DATA CONVERTER CLOCK INHIBIT switch to ANA.


a. Both SIGNAL DATA CONVERTER PROCESSOR SELECTION ANALOG A and B lamps on unit tester shallbe off.


+ TEST FREQ ANA




TM 1-1520-237-23 0096 00

CLOCK INHIBIT (DIGITAL) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0096 00-13

Corrective Action




Step







+ Either PROCESSOR SELECTION ANALOG A or B


Corrective Action




Step




Corrective Action

None Required

SENSOR INTERWIRING/WARNING OUTPUT OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step


2. Make sure No. 1 FUEL QUANTITY CAL-NOR switch on simulator tester is placed to NOR.

3. Set multimeter to indicate dc voltage and connect multimeter between SDC FUEL H and FUEL L test jacks on unittester.

4. Turn simulator tester No. 1 FUEL QUANTITY variable control fully clockwise, then fully counterclockwise.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0096 00

CLOCK INHIBIT (ANALOG) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0096 00-14


Multimeter shall indicate between -0.5 and 0.5 vdc when the No. 1 FUEL QUANTITY control is fullycounterclockwise, and shall indicate between 6.5 and 8.5 vdc when the No. 1 FUEL QUANTITY control is fullyclockwise.

Corrective Action


Step

5. Connect multimeter between SDC WIRE and COM test jacks on unit tester.



Corrective Action


Step

6. Momentarily press unit tester SIGNAL DATA CONVERTER WARN OUTPUTS button.


a. With WARNING OUTPUT button pressed, the following simulator tester lamps shall go on:

+ LOW ROTOR SPD


+ NO. 1 HIGH OIL TEMP

+ NO. 1 ENGINE OUT

b. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, the signal data converter chassis assembly is malfunctioning.

Corrective Action

None Required

Step

7. Connect multimeter between SDC W/C and COM test jacks on unit tester.



Corrective Action


Step

8. Momentarily press simulator tester ROTOR OVER SPD RESET button.


With ROTOR OVER SPD RESET button pressed, multimeter shall indicate between -0.5 and 0.5 vdc.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0096 00


0096 00-15

Corrective Action


Step





Corrective Action

None Required


PROCEDURE

Step






Corrective Action



Step




Corrective Action


Step





TM 1-1520-237-23 0096 00


0096 00-16

Corrective Action


Step




Corrective Action


Step




Corrective Action

None Required


PROCEDURE

Step






Corrective Action



Step




Corrective Action


TM 1-1520-237-23 0096 00


0096 00-17

Step





Corrective Action


Step




Corrective Action


Step




Corrective Action

None Required

ROTOR SPEED (ANALOG) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step






Corrective Action



Step


TM 1-1520-237-23 0096 00


0096 00-18



Corrective Action


Step





Corrective Action


Step




Corrective Action


Step




Corrective Action

None Required


PROCEDURE

Step






TM 1-1520-237-23 0096 00

ROTOR SPEED (ANALOG) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0096 00-19

Corrective Action



Step




Corrective Action


Step





Corrective Action


Step




Corrective Action


Step




Corrective Action

None Required


PROCEDURE

Step

1. Do SETUP/POWER ON, if not already done.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0096 00


0096 00-20





Corrective Action



Step




Corrective Action


Step





Corrective Action


Step




Corrective Action


Step




Corrective Action

None Required

TM 1-1520-237-23 0096 00


0096 00-21

ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE (ANALOG) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step


2. Place simulator tester No. 1 ENGINE OIL TEMP CAL-NOR switch to CAL and No. 1 ENGINE OIL TEMP HI-LOswitch to HI.



Unit tester INTERFACE MONITOR shall indicate between 1177 and 122A3.

Corrective Action



Step

4. Place simulator tester No. 1 ENGINE OIL TEMP HI-LO switch to LO.



Corrective Action


Step

5. Place simulator tester No. 1 ENGINE OIL TEMP CAL-NOR switch to NOR.

6. Slowly turn simulator tester No. 1 ENGINE OIL TEMP variable control fully clockwise.



Corrective Action


Step

7. Slowly turn simulator tester No. 1 ENGINE OIL TEMP variable control fully counterclockwise.



Corrective Action


Step


TM 1-1520-237-23 0096 00

0096 00-22



Corrective Action

None Required

ENGINE OIL PRESSURE (ANALOG) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step


2. Place simulator tester No. 1 ENGINE OIL PRESS CAL-NOR switch to CAL and No. 1 ENGINE OIL PRESSHI-LO switch to HI.




Corrective Action



Step

4. Place simulator tester No. 1 ENGINE OIL PRESS HI-LO switch to LO.



Corrective Action


Step

5. Place simulator tester No. 1 ENGINE OIL PRESS CAL-NOR switch to NOR.

6. Slowly turn simulator tester No. 1 ENGINE OIL PRESS variable control fully clockwise.



Corrective Action


Step

7. Slowly turn simulator tester No. 1 ENGINE OIL PRESS variable control fully counterclockwise.



TM 1-1520-237-23 0096 00

ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE (ANALOG) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0096 00-23

Corrective Action


Step




Corrective Action

None Required

TURBINE GAS TEMPERATURE (ANALOG) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step





Unit tester INTERFACE MONITOR shall indicate 1267 and 1283.

Corrective Action



Step




Corrective Action


Step





Corrective Action


TM 1-1520-237-23 0096 00

ENGINE OIL PRESSURE (ANALOG) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0096 00-24

Step




Corrective Action


Step




Corrective Action

None Required

GAS GENERATOR SPEED (ANALOG) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step






Corrective Action



Step




Corrective Action


Step



TM 1-1520-237-23 0096 00

TURBINE GAS TEMPERATURE (ANALOG) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0096 00-25



Corrective Action


Step

7. Slowly turn simulator tester No. 1 GAS GEN SPEED variable control counterclockwise.



Corrective Action


Step




Corrective Action

None Required


PROCEDURE

Step






Corrective Action




Step




TM 1-1520-237-23 0096 00

GAS GENERATOR SPEED (ANALOG) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0096 00-26

Corrective Action


Step





Corrective Action


Step




Corrective Action


Step




Corrective Action

None Required


PROCEDURE

Step






Corrective Action



TM 1-1520-237-23 0096 00


0096 00-27


Step




Corrective Action


Step





Corrective Action


Step




Corrective Action


Step




Corrective Action

None Required

TURBINE GAS TEMPERATURE (DIGITAL) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step




TM 1-1520-237-23 0096 00


0096 00-28



Corrective Action




Step




Corrective Action


Step





Corrective Action


Step




Corrective Action


Step




Corrective Action

None Required

TM 1-1520-237-23 0096 00

TURBINE GAS TEMPERATURE (DIGITAL) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0096 00-29

GAS GENERATOR SPEED (DIGITAL) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step






Corrective Action




Step




Corrective Action


Step





Corrective Action


Step

7. Slowly turn simulator tester No. 1 GAS GEN SPEED variable control fully counterclockwise.



Corrective Action


TM 1-1520-237-23 0096 00

0096 00-30

Step




Corrective Action

None Required

ROTOR SPEED (ANALOG RELAY) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step






Corrective Action



Step




Corrective Action


Step





Corrective Action


Step


TM 1-1520-237-23 0096 00

GAS GENERATOR SPEED (DIGITAL) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0096 00-31



Corrective Action


Step




Corrective Action

None Required

INTEGRAL LIGHTING OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step


2. Place simulator tester INTEGRAL LIGHTING switch to INT.


Both SIGNAL DATA CONVERTER INT LIGHT lamps on unit tester shall go on.

Corrective Action


Step





Corrective Action

None Required


PROCEDURE

Step



TM 1-1520-237-23 0096 00

ROTOR SPEED (ANALOG RELAY) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0096 00-32



Corrective Action

None Required

TM 1-1520-237-23 0096 00


0096 00-33

SAAA2570




SIGNAL DATACONVERTER

Figure 1. Signal Data Converter (SDC).

TM 1-1520-237-23 0096 00

LOCATION

0096 00-34

SAAA2567

SDC UNDER TEST

J1

J2

J3

28 VDCPOWER SUPPLY


SIMULATORTESTER

UNITTESTER

INTERCONNECTINTERCONNECT J5 J8 J9NO. 1





DCPOWERCABLE

ACPOWERCABLE

Figure 2. Signal Data Converter Test Setup.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0096 00

TEST SETUP

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0096 00-35/36 Blank

UNIT LEVEL

INSTRUMENT SYSTEMS

CAUTION/ADVISORY PANEL (AVIM)

INITIAL SETUP:

Test EquipmentDecade Resistor, ZM57UMultimeter, AN/PSM-45A

Tools and Special ToolsElectrical Repairer Toolkit, SC 5180-99-B06Locally-Made Caution/Advisory Test Adapter, Figure

53, WP 1805 00


ReferencesWP 0815 00WP 0816 00WP 0817 00WP 0818 00WP 0821 00WP 1747 00WP 1805 00

Equipment Condition27 to 28 vdc Bench Power Available

CAUTION/ADVISORY PANEL (AVIM) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step

NOTE

c In the following operational/troubleshooting procedure, all voltage indications aredependent upon the input voltage being between 27 and 28 vdc.

c In the following operational/troubleshooting procedure, reference to caution/advisorypanel is abbreviated as panel.


1. Connect test adapter (WP 1805 00) CB1 and CB2 input terminals to bench power.

2. Make sure test adapter circuit breakers (circuit breakers) CB1 and CB2 are pulled out.

3. Make sure test adapter switches S2 and S3 are off.

4. Adjust test adapter resistors R1 and R2 fully counterclockwise.

5. Push in circuit breakers CB1 and CB2.

6. Connect No. 1 multimeter between test points TP8 and TP9.


No. 1 multimeter shall indicated between 27 and 28 vdc.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, verify bench power is between 27 and 28 vdc.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0097 00

0097 00-1

Step

7. Connect test adapter test point (test point) TP9 to power ground.

8. Pull out circuit breakers CB1 and CB2.

9. Install an insulated jumper wire between test points TP8 and J117-65.


11. Connect test adapter P118 to J118 at rear of panel.

12. Connect test adapter P117 to J117 at rear of panel.

13. Push in circuit breakers CB1 and CB2.

14. Make sure bench power is between 27 and 28 vdc.



17. Place and hold caution/advisory panel BRT/DIM-TEST switch at TEST.


a. All caution/advisory panel capsules (capsules) on front of panel shall go on brightly.

b. Multimeter No. 1 shall indicate between 22 and 26 vdc.

c. Multimeter No. 2 shall indicate between 22 and 26 vdc.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition a. is not as specified, go to NO CAUTION/ADVISORY PANEL CAPSULES GOON, in this work package.

2. If any single capsule or group of capsules listed by channel card in CAPSULES AND ASSOCIATEDCHANNEL CARDS, in this work package, do not go on, replace associated channel card (WP 0815 00).

3. If Indication/Conditions b. and c. are not as specified, replace control card A5 (WP 0815 00).

a. If trouble remains, replace chassis-mounted Q1 (WP 0817 00).

4. If Indication/Condition b. is not as specified, repair/replace wiring, as required, between (WP 1747 00):

+ J118-V and J118-e

+ J118-U and J118-e

5. If Indication/Condition c. is not as specified, replace channel card A4 (WP 0815 00).

6. If only caution capsules do not go on, replace control card A5 (WP 0815 00).


7. If only advisory capsules do not go on, replace control card A5 (WP 0815 00).


Step

18. Release caution/advisory panel BRT/DIM-TEST switch.


Switch handle shall return to center, spring-loaded, neutral position.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0097 00

CAUTION/ADVISORY PANEL (AVIM) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0097 00-2

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace switch (WP 0816 00).

Step

19. Install an insulated jumper wire between test points TP8 and TB1-A.




a. No. 1 multimeter shall indicate greater than 25 vdc.

b. No. 2 multimeter shall indicate 0 vdc.

c. Capsule position 17 shall go on.

d. Test adapter lamp DS1 shall remain off.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition a. is not as specified, replace control card A5 (WP 0815 00).


2. If Indication/Condition b. is not as specified, replace channel card A4 (WP 0815 00).

3. If Indication/Condition c. is not as specified, replace channel card A2 (WP 0815 00).

4. If Indication/Condition d. is not as specified, replace channel card A4 (WP 0815 00).

Step

22. Place test adapter switch S2 on.

23. Place caution/advisory panel BRT/DIM-TEST switch to BRT/DIM and release.


No. 1 multimeter shall indicate between 3.0 and 4.5 vdc.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace control card A5 (WP 0815 00).


Step

24. Slowly adjust test adapter resistor R1 from fully counterclockwise to fully clockwise.


No. 1 multimeter shall indicate between 3.0 and 4.5 vdc (fully counterclockwise) to between 12 and 13 vdc (fullyclockwise).

Corrective Action



TM 1-1520-237-23 0097 00


0097 00-3

Step

25. Adjust test adapter resistor R1 fully counterclockwise.


27. Adjust test adapter resistor R1 from fully counterclockwise to fully clockwise.


No. 1 multimeter shall indicate between 3.0 and 4.5 vdc and not change.

Corrective Action



Step


29. Momentarily pull out then reset circuit breaker CB1.

30. Place test adapter switches S2 and S3 off.



Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace control card A5 (WP 0815 00).

Step

31. Remove insulated jumper wire from between test points TP8 and TB1-A.





a. Multimeter shall indicate greater than 25 vdc.

b. Capsule position 42 shall go on.

c. Test adapter lamp DS1 shall go on.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition a. is not as specified, replace control card A5 (WP 0815 00).


2. If Indication/Condition b. or c. is not as specified, replace channel card A3 (WP 0815 00).

Step


36. Momentarily press test adapter switch S1.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0097 00


0097 00-4


a. Multimeter shall indicate 0 vdc.

b. Test adapter lamp DS1 shall go off.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, replace channel card A4 (WP 0815 00).

Step

37. Make sure test adapter switches S2 and S3 are off.


39. Momentarily install an insulated jumper wire between TP9 and J117-34.

40. Set decade resistor to 85 ohms.

41. Momentarily connect decade resistor, set to 85 ohms, between test points TP8 and TP3.




b. Capsule position 42 shall go on.

Corrective Action


Step




Multimeter shall indicate greater than 25 vdc.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace channel card A4 (WP 0815 00).

Step

45. Disconnect decade resistor connections from TP8 and TP3.

46. Connect No. 1 multimeter between TP8 and TP7.



Corrective Action



TM 1-1520-237-23 0097 00


0097 00-5

Step




Corrective Action



Step






Corrective Action



Step


52. Place test adapter switches S2 and S3 off.




No. 2 multimeter shall indicate greater than 25 vdc.

Corrective Action


Step




No. 2 multimeter shall indicate between 3.0 and 4.5 vdc.

Corrective Action


TM 1-1520-237-23 0097 00


0097 00-6

Step




Corrective Action


Step







Corrective Action


Step


63. Place test adapter S2 and S3 off.




Multimeter shall indicate greater than 25 vdc.

Corrective Action



Step





Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace channel card A4 (WP 0815 00).


TM 1-1520-237-23 0097 00


0097 00-7

Step



No. 1 multimeter shall indicate between 3.0 and 4.5 vdc (fully counterclockwise) to between 14.5 and 15.5 vdc(fully clockwise).

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace channel card A4 (WP 0815 00).


Step





No. 1 multimeter shall indicate between 3.0 and 4.5 vdc (fully counterclockwise) to between 14.5 and 15.5 vdc(fully clockwise).

Corrective Action



Step


73. Place test adapter S2 and S3 off.



Test adapter lamp DS1 shall go on.

Corrective Action


Step

75. Momentarily press test adapter switch S1.


Test adapter lamp DS1 shall go off and remain off.

Corrective Action


TM 1-1520-237-23 0097 00


0097 00-8

Step

76. Momentarily install an insulated jumper between test point TP8 (28 vdc) and test points listed in ADVISORYCAPSULES AND ASSOICATED CHANNEL CARDS, in this work package.


Each advisory capsule shall go on brightly when 28 vdc is applied to indicated test point and shall go off when 28vdc is removed.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace indicated channel card (WP 0815 00).

2. If none of the capsules go on when 28 vdc is applied, replace overvoltage protector CR3 (WP 0817 00).

Step

77. Momentarily install an insulated jumper wire between test point TP8 (28 vdc) and test points listed in POSITIVEINPUT CAUTION CAPSULES, in this work package.


a. Each caution capsule and test adapter lamp DS1 shall go on brightly when 28 vdc is applied to indicated testpoint and shall go off when 28 vdc is removed.

b. Capsule positions 1 and 62 shall flash.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, replace indicated channel card (WP 0815 00).

2. If none of the capsules go on when 28 vdc is applied, replace overvoltage protector CR3 (WP 0821 00).

Step

78. Connect one side of decade resistor to test point TP9 (28 vdc).

79. Set decade resistor to 50 ohms.

80. Connect other side of decade resistor to test point J117-5.


a. Capsule position 5 shall go on when signal is applied.

b. Test adapter lamp DS1 shall go on.

c. Capsule position 5 shall go off when signal is removed.

d. Test adapter lamp DS1 shall go off when signal is removed.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Conditions a. and b. are not as specified, adjust decade resistor between 45 and 55 ohms andrepeat step 80.

2. If Indication/Conditions c. and d. are not as specified, replace channel card A3 (WP 0815 00).

Step

81. Connect other side of decade resistor to test point J117-53.


a. Capsule position 66 shall go on when signal is applied.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0097 00


0097 00-9


c. Capsule position 66 shall go off when signal is removed.

d. Test adapter lamp DS1 shall go off when signal is removed.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Conditions a. and b. are not as specified, adjust decade resistor between 45 and 55 ohms andrepeat step 81.

2. If Indication/Conditions c. and d. are not as specified, replace channel card A3 (WP 0815 00).

Step

82. Momentarily install an insulated jumper wire between test points TP9 (28 vdc) and J117-18.


a. Capsule position 21 shall go on when signal is applied and go off when signal is removed.


Corrective Action


Step



a. Capsule position 42 shall go on when signal is applied and go off when signal is removed.


Corrective Action


Step

84. Momentarily connect decade resistor, set to 50 ohms, between test points TP9 (28 vdc) and J117-30.


a. Capsule position 33 shall go on between 30 and 33 seconds after signal is applied and shall go off when signalis removed.


Corrective Action


Step

85. Momentarily connect decade resistor, set to 50 ohms, between test points TP9 (28 vdc) and J117-61.


a. Capsule position 74 shall go on when signal is applied and shall go off when signal is removed.


TM 1-1520-237-23 0097 00


0097 00-10

Corrective Action


Step

86. Connect decade resistor, set to 50 ohms, between test points TP9 (28 vdc) and J117-62.




Corrective Action


Step





Corrective Action


Step





Corrective Action


Step

89. Momentarily connect decade resistor, set to 50 ohms, between test points TP9 and J117-29.




Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, adjust decade resistor between 45 and 55 ohms and repeat step90.

a. If trouble remains, replace channel card A4 (WP 0815 00).

Step


TM 1-1520-237-23 0097 00


0097 00-11




Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, adjust decade resistor between 45 and 55 ohms and repeat step.

a. If trouble remains, replace channel card A4 (WP 0815 00).

Step





Corrective Action


Step





Corrective Action


Step

93. Remove bench power from test adapter.

94. Disconnect decade resistor.

95. Disconnect test adapter from caution/advisory panel.

Table 1. Capsules And Associated Channel Cards.

CARDS TO BE REPLACED CAPSULE POSITION NO.

A1 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 15, 16, 20, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27,28, 30, 31, 34, 35, 41, 43, 44

A2 17, 18, 19, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 51, 52, 54, 55, 56, 63, 64, 65,67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 76, 77

A3 5, 21, 33, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 42, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 66, 74, 75,78, 79, 80

TM 1-1520-237-23 0097 00


0097 00-12

Table 1. Capsules And Associated Channel Cards. - Continued

CARDS TO BE REPLACED CAPSULE POSITION NO.

A4 1, 13, 14, 29, 32, 50, 53, 62, 81, 82

Table 2. Advisory Capsules And Associated Channel Cards.

TEST ADAPTER TEST POINT CAPSULE POSITION NO. CHANNEL CARD

TB1-A 17 A2

TB1-B 18 A2

TB1-C 19 A2

TB1-D 36 A3

TB1-E 37 A3

TB1-F 38 A3

TB1-G 39 A3

TB1-H 40 A3

TB1-J 57 A3

TB1-K 58 A3

TB1-L 59 A3

TB1-M 60 A3

TB1-N 61 A3

TB1-P 78 A3

TB1-R 79 A3

TB1-S 80 A3

TB1-Y 81 A4

TB1-Z 82 A4

TM 1-1520-237-23 0097 00


0097 00-13

Table 3. Positive Input Caution Capsules.


J117-1 *1 A4

J117-2 2 A1

J117-3 3 A1

J117-4 4 A1

J117-6 6 A1

J117-7 7 A1

J117-8 8 A1

J117-9 9 A1

J117-10 10 A1

J117-11 11 A1

J117-12 12 A1

J117-15 15 A1

J117-16 16 A1

J117-17 20 A1

J117-19 22 A1

J117-20 23 A1

J117-21 24 A1

J117-22 25 A1

J117-23 26 A1

J117-24 27 A1

J117-25 28 A1

J117-27 30 A1

J117-28 31 A1

J117-31 34 A1

TM 1-1520-237-23 0097 00


0097 00-14

Table 3. Positive Input Caution Capsules. - Continued


J117-32 35 A1

J117-33 41 A1

J117-35 43 A1

J117-36 44 A1

J117-37 45 A2

J117-38 46 A2

J117-39 47 A2

J117-40 48 A2

J117-41 49 A2

J117-43 51 A2

J117-44 52 A2

J117-46 54 A2

J117-47 55 A2

J117-48 56 A2

J117-49 *62 A4

J117-50 63 A2

J117-51 64 A2

J117-52 65 A2

J117-54 67 A2

J117-55 68 A2

J117-56 69 A2

J117-57 70 A2

J117-58 71 A2

J117-59 72 A2

TM 1-1520-237-23 0097 00


0097 00-15

Table 3. Positive Input Caution Capsules. - Continued


J117-60 73 A2

J117-63 76 A2

J117-64 77 A2

*Indicates capsule flashes


None Required

Corrective Action

None Required

NO CAUTION/ADVISORY PANEL CAPSULES GO ON

SYMPTOMAll caution/advisory panel capsules shall go brightly.

MALFUNCTIONNo caution/advisory panel capsules go on.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. With switch S1 held at TEST, check for 28 vdc between K1-X1 and K1-X2.



2. Check for 28 vdc between J118-e and test point TP-9.

a. If voltage is as specified repair/replace wiring, as required between (WP 1747 00), then go to5:

+ J118-e and XA1-27

+ J118-e and XA1-72

+ J118-e and XA2-27

+ J118-e and XA2-72

+ J118-e and XA3-25

+ J118-e and XA3-70

+ J118-e and XA4-15

b. If voltage is not as specified, replace relay K1 (WP 0818 00). Go to 5.

3. Check for 28 vdc between S1-1 and test point TP9.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0097 00


0097 00-16


b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring as required between (WP 1747 00), thengo to 5:

+ J118-U and S1-1

+ J118-V and S1-1

4. With switch S1 held at TEST, check for 28 vdc between S1-2 and test point TP9.

a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring, as required, between (WP 1747 00), then goto 5:

+ K1-X1 and S1-2

+ K1-X2 and ground

b. If voltage is not as specified, replace switch S1 (WP 0816 00). Go to 5.


TM 1-1520-237-23 0097 00

NO CAUTION/ADVISORY PANEL CAPSULES GO ON - Continued

0097 00-17

SAAA2435A

82J118-Z

BRT / DIM

TEST

81J118-Y

80J118-S

79J118-R

78J118-P

77J117-64

76J117-63

75J117-62

74J117-61

73J117-60

72J117-59

71J117-58

70J117-57

69J117-56

68J117-55

67J117-54

66J117-53

65J117-52

64J117-51

63J117-50

62J117-49

61J118-N

60J118-M

59J118-L

58J118-K

57J118-J

56J117-48

55J117-47

54J117-46

53J117-45

52J117-44

51J117-43

50J117-42

49J117-41

48J117-40

47J117-39

46J117-38

45J117-37

44J117-36

43J117-35

42J117-34

41J117-33

40J118-H

39J118-G

38J118-F

37J118-E

36J118-D

35J117-32

34J117-31

33J117-30

32J117-29

31J117-28

30J117-27

29J117-26

28J117-25

27J117-24

26J117-23

25J117-22

24J117-21

23J117-20

22J117-19

21J117-18

20J117-17

19J118-C

18J118-B

17J118-A

16J117-16

15J117-15

14J117-14

13J117-13

12J117-12

11J117-11

10J117-10

9J117-9

8J117-8

7J117-7

6J117-6

5J117-5

4J117-4

3J117-3

2J117-2

1J117-1

NOTES

1. NUMBER IN UPPER LEFT CORNER OFEACH INDICATOR BOX INDICATESCAPSULE POSITION ON PANEL.

2. INFORMATION IN CENTER OF EACHINDICATOR BOX INDICATESCONNECTOR-PIN DESIGNATION FORINPUT SIGNAL TO THAT CAPSULE.

CAUTION

ADVISORY

CAPSULEPOSITIONNUMBER

SIGNAL INPUTCONNECTORPIN NUMBER

A

HEAT SINK,MOUNTINGTRANSISTORSQ1, Q2, Q3

ZENERDIODE CR2

RELAYK1

DIODECR1

REAR PANELCONNECTORJ118

REAR PANELCONNECTORJ117

CHANNEL CARDS

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5, BRIGHT / DIM / NVGCONTROL CARD

BRT / DIM TEST

SWITCH S1

A

(SEE NOTE 3)

3. 77-27714 - 96-26723

Figure 1. Caution/Advisory Panel Components Location Diagram.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0097 00

LOCATION

0097 00-18

36

89

POS44

0089

XA1

J117

POS43

POS41

POS35

POS34

POS31

0086

0083

0080

0041

0038

86

35

83

33

80

32

41

31

38

28

CAPSULE LIGHTING OUTPUTS

XA1 27

0027

72

0027

0026

0026

0025

0025

0028

0028

LAMP TEST

MASTER CAUTION

BRT / DIM CAUTION

GND

LAMPTEST

0159

0158

CAPSULE44

1 2

+ −

0156

0155

CAPSULE43

1 2

+ −

0114

0113

CAPSULE41

1 2

+ −

0108

0107

CAPSULE35

1 2

+ −

0138

0134

CAPSULE34

1 2

+ −

0093

0092

CAPSULE31

1 2

+ −

26 71

MASTERCAUTION

25 70

BRT / DIMCAUTION

28 73

GND

45 44

44

88 87

43

85 84

41

82 81

35 34 31

43 42 40 39

YELLOW LENS

1234

TOSHEET

4

POSITIVE CAUTION CHANNEL CARD A1

CAPSULE INPUTSNOTE

77−27714 − 96−26723

SAAB1492_1

Figure 2. Caution/Advisory Panel Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 14)

TM 1-1520-237-23 0097 00

SCHEMATICS

0097 00-19

POS30

POS28

POS27

POS26

POS25

POS24

POS23

POS22

POS20

0035

0077

0074

0032

0029

0067

0064

0061

0022

35

27

77

25

74

24

32

23

29

22

67

21

64

20

61

19

22

17


XA1

0096

0095

CAPSULE30

1 2

+ −

0045

0044

CAPSULE28

1 2

+ −

0088

0087

CAPSULE27

1 2

+ −

0085

0084

CAPSULE26

1 2

+ −

0082

0081

CAPSULE25

1 2

+ −00

43

0042

CAPSULE24

1 2

+ −

0040

0039

CAPSULE23

1 2

+ −

0037

0036

CAPSULE22

1 2

+ −

0076

0075

CAPSULE20

1 2

+ −

30

37 36

28

79 78

27

76 75

26

34 33

25

31 30

24

69 68

23

66 65

22

63 62

20

24 23

YELLOW LENS


CAPSULE INPUTS

J117

XA1

SAAB1492_2


TM 1-1520-237-23 0097 00


0097 00-20

16

19

POS16

0019

XA1

J117

POS15

POS12

POS11

POS10

POS9

POS8

POS7

POS6

0055

0058

0010

0013

0016

0046

0049

0052

55

15

58

12

10

11

13

10

16

9

46

8

49

7

52

6



XA1

0066

0065

CAPSULE16

1 2

+ −

0063

0062

CAPSULE15

1 2

+ −

0057

0056

CAPSULE12

1 2

+ −

0060

0059

CAPSULE11

1 2

+ −

0012

0011

CAPSULE10

1 2

+ −

0015

0014

CAPSULE

1 2

+ −

0018

0017

CAPSULE8

1 2

+ −

0048

0047

CAPSULE7

1 2

+ −

0051

0050

CAPSULE6

1 2

+ −

21 20

16

57 56

15

60 59

12

12 11

11 10 9

15 14 18 17

8

48 47

7

51 50

6

54 53

YELLOW LENS

CAPSULE INPUTS

9

SAAB1492_3


TM 1-1520-237-23 0097 00


0097 00-21

XA1

J117

POS4

POS3

POS2

0001

0004

0007

1

4

4

3

7

2



XA1

0003

0002

CAPSULE4

1 2

+ −

0006

0005

CAPSULE3

1 2

+ −

0009

0008

CAPSULE2

1 2

+ −

4

3 2

3

6 5

2

9 8

YELLOW LENS

LAMP TEST

MASTER CAUTION

BRT / DIM CAUTION

GND

XA2 28

0028

73

0028

0025

0025

0026

0026

0027

0162

LAMPTEST

25 70

BRT / DIMCAUTION

26 71

MASTERCAUTION

27 72

GND

CAPSULE1

1 2

+ −

CAPSULEPOS 1INPUT

0180

0135

0132

0133

XA2 44 41

0170

1234

TOSHEET

1

5678

910

11

TOSHEET

8

TOSHEET

11

TO SHEET 8

0134

0131

80 90 45 42 43

SPARES

SPARES

SPARES

POSITIVE CAUTION / ADVISORY CHANNEL CARD A2

BR

T /

DIM

AD

VIS

OR

Y

CAPSULE INPUTSSA

AB1492_4


TM 1-1520-237-23 0097 00


0097 00-22

C

89

POS19

0179

XA2

J118

POS18

POS17

POS77

POS76

POS73

POS72

POS71

0176

0173

0128

0167

0164

0125

0122

86

B

83

A

38

64

77

63

74

60

35

59

32

58



XA2

0034

0033

CAPSULE19

1 2

+ −

0031

0030

CAPSULE18

1 2

+ −

0069

0068

CAPSULE17

1 2

+ −

0287

0288

CAPSULE77

1 2

+ −02

82

0281

CAPSULE76

1 2

+ −

0267

0269

CAPSULE

1 2

+ −

0225

0226

CAPSULE72

1 2

+ −

0222

0224

CAPSULE71

1 2

+ −

87 88

19

84 85

18

81 82

17

40 39

77 76 73

79 78 76 75

72

37 36

71

34 33

YELLOW LENS

CAPSULE INPUTS

73

J117

GREEN LENS

SAAB1492_5


TM 1-1520-237-23 0097 00


0097 00-23

XA2

POS70

POS69

POS68

POS67

0119

0157

0154

0151

29

57

67

56

64

55

61

54



XA2

0217

0219

CAPSULE70

1 2

+ −

0199

0201

CAPSULE69

1 2

+ −

0196

0198

CAPSULE68

1 2

+ −

70

31 30

69

69 68

68

66 65

YELLOW LENS

CAPSULE INPUTS

J117

POS65

0112

22

52

POS64

0109

19

51

POS63

0145

55

50

POS56

0148

58

48

0193

0195

CAPSULE67

1 2

+ −

67

63 62

0238

0240

CAPSULE65

1 2

+ −

65

24 23

0235

0237

CAPSULE64

1 2

+ −

64

21 20

0187

0189

CAPSULE63

1 2

+ −

63

57 56

0243

0242

CAPSULE56

1 2

+ −

56

60 59

SAAB1492_6


TM 1-1520-237-23 0097 00


0097 00-24

44

16

POS52

0106

XA2

J117

POS51

POS49

POS48

POS47

POS46

POS45

0136

0139

0142

0091

0094

0097

46

43

49

41

52

40

1

39

4

38

7

37


XA2

0174

0175

CAPSULE52

1 2

+ −

0171

0172

CAPSULE51

1 2

+ −

0169

0168

CAPSULE49

1 2

+ −

0166

0165

CAPSULE48

1 2

+ −

0127

0126

CAPSULE47

1 2

+ −

0124

0123

CAPSULE

1 2

+ −

0121

0120

CAPSULE45

1 2

+ −

18 17

52

48 47

51

51 50

49

54 53

48 47 46

3 2 6 5

45

9 8

YELLOW LENS

CAPSULE INPUTS

46


POS55

0100

10

47

POS54

0103

13

46

0234

0233

CAPSULE55

1 2

+ −

55

12 11

0264

0263

CAPSULE54

1 2

+ −

54

14 15

(SEENOTE)

SAAB1492_7


TM 1-1520-237-23 0097 00


0097 00-25

LAMP TEST

MASTER CAUTION

BRT / DIM CAUTION

GND

XA3 35

0170

80

0220

0028

0028

0025

0025

0026

0026

28 73 24 69 26 71

5678

d

0404

0405

0407

0406

e V U

BR

T /

DIM

INP

UT

OU

TP

UT

BRT / DIM ADVISORY11

0028

25 70

0430

0431

22 67

0421

0422

0423

0424

0425

0426

0427

0420

0418

0255

0419

0429

0428

LAMP TEST

MASTER CAUTION

BRT / DIM CAUTION

POWER GND

BRT / DIM ADVISORY

SIGNAL GND

65646672278984777978622368

1213

0028

141516

17181920212223242526

2728293031

TOSHEET

13

NEGATIVE CAUTION / ADVISORY CHANNEL CARD A3

BR

T /

DIM

AD

VIS

OR

Y GND

BR

T /

DIM

CA

UT

ION

MA

ST

ER

CA

UT

ION

LA

MP

TE

ST

SIG

NA

L G

ND

12 V

DC

13 V

DC

HO

LD

MA

ST

ER

RE

SE

T #3 #2 #1

SP

EC

IAL

RE

SE

T

28 VDC

28 VDC

LAMPTESTRELAYK1

A3A2

A1

X1

X2

B3B2

C3C2

B1

C1

CR1

BRT /DIM

TEST

S1

6

43

1

5

2

TOSHEET

4

SAAB1492_8


TM 1-1520-237-23 0097 00


0097 00-26

XA3

POS80

POS79

POS78

POS61

POS60

POS59

POS58

POS57

0268

0266

0223

0218

0200

0197

0194

0191

87

S

85 37 33 20 17

L

14

K

11

J

XA3

0289

0291

CAPSULE80

1 2

+ −

0283

0285

CAPSULE79

1 2

+ −

0342

0343

CAPSULE78

1 2

+ −

0181

0183

CAPSULE61

1 2

+ −02

16

0215

CAPSULE59

1 2

+ −

0246

0245

CAPSULE

1 2

+ −

0229

0228

CAPSULE57

1 2

+ −

0231

0271

86 88

80

39 40

79

36 38

78

32 34

61 59

16 18 13 15

58

10 12

57

CAPSULE INPUTS

58

J118

CAPSULE60

1 2

+ −

19 21

60

GREEN LENS



R P N M

SAAB1492_9


TM 1-1520-237-23 0097 00


0097 00-27

30

POS33

0214

J117

POS66

POS5

POS40

0244

0227

0239

53 5

53

H

CAPSULE40

1 2

+ −

0111

0110

CAPSULE39

1 2

+ −

0147

0146

CAPSULE38

1 2

+ −

0150

0149

CAPSULE37

1 2

+ −

52 54

40

49 51

39

7 9

38

4 6

YELLOW LENS

CAPSULE INPUTS

POS39

0236

50

G

POS38

0188

8

F

POS37

0185

5

E

POS36

0182

2

D

0102

0101

CAPSULE36

1 2

+ −

37

1 3

0104

0105

CAPSULE33

1 2

+ −

33

90 45

0190

0192

CAPSULE66

1 2

+ −

66

82 83

0054

0053

CAPSULE5

1 2

+ −

5

43 42

36

0141

0140

GREEN LENS



418144XA3

XA3

J118

SAAB1492_10


TM 1-1520-237-23 0097 00


0097 00-28

18

46

POS21

0326

XA3

J117

POS74

POS1

0241

0307

58

61

38

1


XA3

0079

0078

CAPSULE21

1 2

+ −

0039

0308

CAPSULE74

1 2

+ −

0272

0274

CAPSULE82

1 2

+ −

0322

0324

CAPSULE81

1 2

+ −

48 47

21

60 59

74

41 42

82 81

85 87

YELLOW LENS

910

XA4

GREEN LENS

0305

0306

3777

1

TOSHEET

4

NEGATIVE CAUTION /ADVISORY CHANNEL CARD A3

XA4

POS82

0273

43

Z

POS81

0323

88

YJ118

CAPSULE INPUTS


POS75

0230

29

62

POS42

0280

55

34

0328

0327

CAPSULE75

1 2

+ −

75

30 31

0153

0152

CAPSULE42

1 2

+ −

42

57 56

FLASHING LOGIC CONTROL ANDCAUTION / ADVISORY CHANNEL CARD A4

SAAB1492_11


TM 1-1520-237-23 0097 00


0097 00-29

0177

0178

CAPSULE

1 2

+ −

0144

0143

CAPSULE32

1 2

+ −

53

26 25

32

14 13

53

J117

XA4

0130

0129

CAPSULE

1 2

+ −

0099

0098

CAPSULE29

1 2

+ −

50

34 76

29

74 75

50

0024

0023

CAPSULE14

1 2

+ −

14

6 7

0021

0020

CAPSULE

1 2

+ −

0184

CAPSULE62

1 2

+ −

13

2 3

62

78

13

XA4

POS53

0290

24

45

POS32

0284

11

29

POS50

0341

33

42

POS29

0286

30

26

POS14

0232

5

14

POS13

0262

1

13

POS62

0310

79

49

FLASHING LOGIC CONTROL AND CAUTION / ADVISORY CHANNEL CARD A4

CAPSULE INPUTS

YELLOW LENS


0020

40

SAAB1492_12


TM 1-1520-237-23 0097 00


0097 00-30

0427

0426

0425

0424

0423

0422

0421

0432

0432

0277

0278

LAMP TEST

MASTER CAUTION

BRT / DIM CAUTION

POWER GND

BRT / DIM ADVISORY

SIGNAL GND

4648682381043122929

SIG

NA

L G

ND

#1 #2 #3

SPECIALRESET

XA4

0325

0028

0347

0025

12732886

0026

0298

1516

28 V

DC

LA

MP

TE

ST

28 V

DC

(B

RT

/ D

IM)

BR

T /

DIM

AD

VIS

OR

Y

BR

T /

DIM

CA

UT

ION

MA

ST

ER

CA

UT

ION

LA

MP

TE

ST

PO

WE

R G

ND

12 V

DC

13 V

DC

HO

LD

MA

ST

ER

RE

SE

T

XA4

0314

32

a

0315

84

X

MASTERRESETINPUT

MASTERCAUTIONLIGHTOUTPUT

J118

XA4

J118 J117

0398

0399

0345

0317

0247

0275

0303

0434

0247

0439

0318

0303

0429

0419

0345

0420

0319

g h f W T 65 66

28 VDC 28 VDC

47 49 35 36 81 65 64 66 72 62R

EL

AY

28 VDC

BRT / DIM CAUTION

POWER GND

BRT / DIM ADVISORY

TOSHEET

8

FLASHING LOGIC CONTROLAND

CAUTION / ADVISORYCHANNEL CARD A4

SAAB1492_13A

1314151617181920212223242526

2728293031

12


TM 1-1520-237-23 0097 00


0097 00-31

XA5

+ −

CR3

XA5

J118

0374

0375

0378

0400

0376

0402

0377

SPARE

SPARE

k m n r p t i

9 10 13 12 1

NV

G

WARNING NVGCAUTION /ADVISORY NVG

BRIGHT / DIM / NVG (NIGHT VISION GOGGLES) CONTROL CARD A5

CAUTIONLEGENDS

WARNINGLEGENDS

ADVISORYLEGENDS

GN

D

28 V

DC

0279

0318

0370

0369

0380

0373

0371

0367

0366

6 14 5 4 15 8 7 3 2

0401

0403

0368

0397

0396E

Q1

WARNING

B

C

CR2

Q2

B

C

B

C

CAUTION

Q3

ADVISORY

E

E

J118

s

q

j

b

c

SAAB1492_14


TM 1-1520-237-23 0097 00


END OF WORK PACKAGE

0097 00-32

UNIT LEVEL

INSTRUMENT SYSTEMS

CHIP DETECTOR RESISTOR UNIT (AVIM)

INITIAL SETUP:





CHIP DETECTOR RESISTOR UNIT (AVIM) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step

NOTE


1. Remove cover assembly from unit and inspect for broken or burnt wires, security of components, and generalconditions.


Wires shall not be broken or burnt, and components shall be secure and in good condition.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, repair/replace wiring as required (WP 1747 00).

Step

2. Check resistance between J3-H and J3-J.


Multimeter shall indicate between 19,000 and 21,000 ohms.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, check for between 19,000 and 21,000 ohms between terminals 1and 7 on cover assembly.

a. If resistance is not as specified, replace R1 (WP 0823 00).

b. If resistance is as specified, repair/replace wiring or connector as required (WP 1747 00).

Step

3. Check resistance between J3-G and J3-J.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0098 00

0098 00-1



Corrective Action




Step

4. Check resistance between J3-F and J3-J.



Corrective Action




Step

5. Check resistance between J3-E and J3-J.



Corrective Action




Step

6. Check resistance between J3-D and J3-J.



Corrective Action




TM 1-1520-237-23 0098 00

CHIP DETECTOR RESISTOR UNIT (AVIM) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0098 00-2

Step

7. Check resistance between J3-B and J3-C. Record indication. Reverse leads and record indication again.


One indication shall be at least 10 times larger than the other.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, repeat step g. with multimeter connected to terminals 6 and 12 ofcover assembly. One indication shall be at least 10 times larger than the other.

a. If resistance is not as specified, replace CR1 (WP 0823 00).


TM 1-1520-237-23 0098 00

CHIP DETECTOR RESISTOR UNIT (AVIM) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0098 00-3

SAAA2440

121110987

654321

CR1R5R4R3R2R1

COVER ASSEMBLY

CONNECTORJ3

A

A

Figure 1. Chip Detector Resistor Unit Components Location Diagram.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0098 00

LOCATION

0098 00-4

8 (98) CR1−6

7 (97) CR1−12

6 (96) R5−11

5 (95) R4−10

4 (94) R3−9

3 (93) R2−8

2 (92) R1−7

1 (91) R1−1

CR

1

6

12

R5

5

11R

4

4

10

R3

3

9

R2

2

8

R1

1

7

JUMPER 4JUMPER 3JUMPER 2JUMPER 1

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

J3

SAAB1448

Figure 2. Chip Detector Resistor Unit Schematic Diagram.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0098 00

SCHEMATICS

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0098 00-5/6 Blank

UNIT LEVEL

INSTRUMENT SYSTEMS

MISCELLANEOUS SWITCH PANEL (AVIM)

INITIAL SETUP:


Tools and Special ToolsElectrical Repairer Toolkit, SC 5180-99-B06Locally-Made Switch Panel Test Harness, Figure 52,

WP 1805 00


ReferencesWP 0832 00WP 0950 00WP 0951 00WP 1805 00

Equipment ConditionBench Power Available, Between 27 and 28 vdc, and

Between 114 and 116 vac, 395 to 405 Hz, 1ø

MISCELLANEOUS SWITCH PANEL (AVIM) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step

NOTE

See Figure 1 for component location diagram, Figure 2 for schematic diagram, andFigure 3 for miscellaneous switch panel schematic diagram as an aid in operational/troubleshooting.

1. Remove cover from panel and inspect for broken or burnt wires, security of components, and general condition.


Wires shall not be broken or burnt, and components shall be secure and in good condition.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, repair/replace as required.

Step

2. Check switch panel test harness for continuity between:

CONNECTOR-PIN TERMINAL BOARD-POST

P1-D 1

P1-E 2

P1-F 3

TM 1-1520-237-23 0099 00

0099 00-1

CONNECTOR-PIN TERMINAL BOARD-POST

P1-G 4

P1-H 5

P2-A 6

P2-C 7

P2-D 8

P2-F 9

P2-G 10

P2-H 11

P2-J 12

P2-K 13

P2-L 14

P2-M 15

P2-N 16

P2-P 17

P2-R 18

P2-T 19

P2-S 20

P2-U 21

P2-W 22

P2-V 23

P2-X 24



Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace switch panel test harness.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0099 00

MISCELLANEOUS SWITCH PANEL (AVIM) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0099 00-2

Step

3. Connect locally-made test harness (WP 1805 00) to miscellaneous switch panel as follows: P1 to J659R, and P2 toJ135.

4. Check continuity between the following test harness terminal block posts:

+ 1 and 2

+ 2 and 3


Meter shall not indicate continuity.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace GYRO ERECT switch (WP 0950 00).

Step

5. Press and hold MISC SW panel GYRO ERECT switch while checking continuity between the following terminalblock posts:

+ 1 and 2

+ 2 and 3


a. Meter shall indicate continuity between terminal block posts 1 and 2.

b. Meter shall indicate continuity between terminal block posts 2 and 3.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Conditions a. and b. are not as specified, check continuity between J659R-E and GYROERECT switch, section A terminal C.

a. If continuity is present, replace GYRO ERECT switch (WP 0950 00).

b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring.

2. If Indication/Condition a. is not as specified, check continuity between J659R-D and GYRO ERECT switch,section A terminal NO.



3. If Indication/Condition b. is not as specified, check continuity between J659R-F and GYRO ERECT switch,section C terminal NO, and between GYRO ERECT switch, section C terminal C, and section A terminal C.



Step

6. Press and hold MISC SW panel FUEL IND TEST switch while checking continuity between the following terminalblock posts:

+ 11 and 12

+ 13 and 14

TM 1-1520-237-23 0099 00


0099 00-3

+ 15 and 16

+ 17 and 18



Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace FUEL IND TEST switch (WP 0950 00).

Step

7. Release MISC SW panel FUEL IND TEST switch and check continuity between the following terminal block posts:

+ 11 and 12

+ 13 and 14

+ 15 and 16

+ 17 and 18




c. Meter shall indicate continuity between terminal block posts 15 and 16.

d. Meter shall indicate continuity between terminal block posts 17 and 18.

Corrective Action

1. If more than one Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace FUEL IND TEST switch (WP 0950 00).

2. If Indication/Condition a. is not as specified, check continuity between J135-H and FUEL IND TEST switch,section A terminal C, and between J135-J and FUEL IND TEST switch, section A terminal NC.

a. If continuity is present, replace FUEL IND TEST switch (WP 0950 00).

b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring as required.

3. If Indication/Condition b. is not as specified, check continuity between J135-K and FUEL IND TEST switch,section B terminal C, and between J135-L and FUEL IND TEST switch, section B terminal NC.



4. If Indication/Condition c. is not as specified, check continuity between J135-M and FUEL IND TEST switch,section C terminal C, and between J135-N and FUEL IND TEST switch, section C terminal NC.



5. If Indication/Condition d. is not as specified, check continuity between J135-P and FUEL IND TEST switch,section D terminal C, and between J135-R and FUEL IND TEST switch, section D terminal NC.



TM 1-1520-237-23 0099 00


0099 00-4

Step

8. Place MISC SW panel TAIL SERVO switch to NORMAL.

9. Check continuity between the following terminal block posts:

+ 19 and 20

+ 22 and 23



Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace TAIL SERVO switch (WP 0951 00).

Step


+ 20 and 21

+ 23 and 24




Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition a. is not as specified, check continuity between J135-S and TAIL SERVO switchterminal 2, and between J135-U and TAIL SERVO switch terminal 3.

a. If continuity is present, replace TAIL SERVO switch (WP 0951 00).


2. If Indication/Condition b. is not as specified, check continuity between J135-V and TAIL SERVO switchterminal 5, and between J135-X and TAIL SERVO switch terminal 6.



Step



+ 19 and 20

+ 22 and 23




TM 1-1520-237-23 0099 00


0099 00-5

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition a. is not as specified, check continuity between J135-T and TAIL SERVO switchterminal 1.



2. If Indication/Condition b. is not as specified, check continuity between J135-W and TAIL SERVO switchterminal 4.



Step

13. Apply 115 vac to terminal block post 4 and ground to 5. Apply 28 vdc to terminal block post 7 and ground to 5.


a. LOCK legend shall light evenly on TAIL WHEEL pushbutton switch.

b. UNLK legend shall light evenly on TAIL WHEEL pushbutton switch.

c. Information plate legends shall light evenly.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Conditions a., b., and c. are not as specified, repair/replace wiring between J659R-H andJ1-GND.

2. If Indication/Conditions a. and b. are not as specified, check continuity between J1-GND and TAIL WHEELswitch, lamp terminal C.

a. If continuity is present, replace TAIL WHEEL switch (WP 0950 00).


3. If Indication/Condition a. is not as specified, replace lamp that is not lit (WP 0832 00).

a. If trouble remains, check continuity between J135-G and TAIL WHEEL switch lamp terminal 1, andbetween TAIL WHEEL switch lamp terminal 1 and terminal 4.

(1) If continuity is present, replace TAIL WHEEL switch (WP 0950 00).

(2) If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring.

4. If Indication/Condition b. is not as specified, replace lamp that is not lit (WP 0832 00).

a. If trouble remains, check continuity between J135-C and TAIL WHEEL switch lamp terminal 3, andbetween TAIL WHEEL switch lamp terminal 2 and terminal 3.



5. If Indication/Condition c. is not as specified, replace information plate lamps as required (WP 0832 00).

a. If trouble remains, check continuity between J659R-G and J1-1.

(1) If continuity is present, replace information panel (WP 0832 00).


TM 1-1520-237-23 0099 00


0099 00-6

Step

14. Remove 28 vdc and 115 vac from test harness.

15. Press MISC SW panel TAIL WHEEL switch once.

16. Check continuity between terminal block posts 6 and 8.


Meter shall indicate no continuity.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, press TAIL WHEEL switch, then check continuity between posts6 and 8 in the UNLK position.

a. If continuity is present in UNLK position, continue with operational/troubleshooting procedure.

b. If continuity is not present in UNLK position, check continuity between J135-A and TAIL WHEELswitch, section A terminal NC, and between J135-D and TAIL WHEEL switch, section A terminal C.



Step

17. Check continuity between the following terminal block posts 9 and 8.



Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace TAIL WHEEL switch (WP 0950 00).

Step

18. Press miscellaneous switch panel TAIL WHEEL switch once.

19. Check continuity between terminal block posts 9 and 5.


Meter shall indicate continuity.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, check continuity between J135-F and TAIL WHEEL switch, sec-tion C terminal C.



Step

20. Press miscellaneous switch panel TAIL WHEEL switch once.

21. Check continuity between terminal block posts:

+ 6 and 9

+ 8 and 5

TM 1-1520-237-23 0099 00


0099 00-7


Meter shall indicate continuity.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, check continuity between TAIL WHEEL switch, section Aterminal NC and TAIL WHEEL switch, section C terminal NO.



Step

22. Remove test harness from panel connectors J659R and J135.


Panels shall be removed.

Corrective Action

None Required

TM 1-1520-237-23 0099 00


0099 00-8

SAAA2444

TAILWHEEL

GYROERECT

TAIL SERVONORMAL

BACKUP

MISC

SW

FUELIND

TEST

Figure 1. Typical Miscellaneous Switch Panel.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0099 00

LOCATION

0099 00-9

FL2

FL1

FL3

FL5

FL4 FL6

E3

E1E2

E4

E6

E10 E9

E5

E8 E11 E12E7


E13

J659R

J135

E

D

F

H

G

A

D

F

G

C

J

H

L

K

N

M

R

P

T

S

U

W

V

XEFFECTIVITY70450−01090−049

SAAB1494_1

Figure 2. Miscellaneous Switch Panel Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 2)

TM 1-1520-237-23 0099 00

SCHEMATICS

0099 00-10

SAAB1494_2

NORMAL

BACKUP

TAIL SERVO

1

2

3

4

5

6

FUEL IND TEST

NC

C

NO

NC

C

NO

NC

C

NO

NC

C

NO

SXDS1

A

B

C

D

NC

C

NO

NC

C

NO

LOCK

UNLKSCDS2

A

C

1 2 C 3 4

TAIL WHEEL

NC

C

NO

NCC

NO

A

C

SXDS3GYRO ERECT

J1 P1

GND

1PANELLIGHTING


S4


TM 1-1520-237-23 0099 00


0099 00-11


J659R

J135

E

D

F

H

G

A

D

F

G

C

J

H

L

K

N

M

R

P

T

S

U

W

V

XEFFECTIVITY70450−01090−044

FUEL IND TEST

NC

C

NO

NC

C

NO

NC

C

NO

NC

C

NO

SXDS1

A

B

C

D

NC

C

NO

NCC

NO

A

C

SXDS3GYRO ERECT

SAAB1537_1


TM 1-1520-237-23 0099 00


0099 00-12

SAAB1537_2

NORMAL

BACKUP

TAIL SERVO

1

2

3

4

5

6

NC

C

NO

NC

C

NO

LOCK

UNLKSCDS2

A

C

1 2 C 3 4

TAIL WHEEL

J1 P1

GND

GND

1 PANELLIGHTING


S4


TM 1-1520-237-23 0099 00


END OF WORK PACKAGE

0099 00-13/14 Blank

UNIT LEVEL

INSTRUMENT SYSTEMS

MFD/CAUTION/ADVISORY WARNING SYSTEM UH-60Q HH-60L

INITIAL SETUP:

Test EquipmentHeadset, Microphone, H-101A/UMultimeter, AN/PSM-45A

Tools and Special ToolsAircraft Mechanic’s Toolkit, SC 5180-99-B01Electrical Repairer Toolkit, SC 5180-99-B06Locally-Made Drag Beam Wedge, Item 167,

WP 1805 00


ReferencesTM 1-1520-237-10TM 11-1520-237-23WP 0089 00WP 0090 00

WP 0104 00WP 0126 00WP 0141 00WP 0788 00WP 0790 00WP 0791 00WP 0793 00WP 0799 00WP 0800 00WP 0824 00WP 0825 00WP 1685 00WP 1747 00



NOTE

See Figure 1 for component location diagram, UH60Q Figure 2 and

HH60L Figure 3 for schematic diagram as an aid in operational/troubleshooting.

The MFD/Caution/Advisory Warning System operational/troubleshooting procedure is subdivided as follows:

+ Setup

+ Pilot Multifunction Display (MFD) Built-In Test (BIT) Check

+ Copilot MFD BIT Check

+ Operational Check

+ Shutdown

TM 1-1520-237-23 0100 00

0100 00-1


PROCEDURE

Step

NOTE



2. Apply electrical power to helicopter.

3. Turn pilot’s and copilot’s MFD switches UH-60Q ON HH-60L to DAY .


Caution and advisory legend grid shall appear.

Corrective Action


a Set NIGHT/DAY switch as required.

b Turn BRT control clockwise and/or counterclockwise as required to adjust brightness of MFD screen asdesired.

a. If trouble remains on pilot’s MFD, go to CAUTION AND ADVISORY LEGEND GRID DOES NOTAPPEAR ON PILOT’S MFD, in this work package.

b. If trouble remains on copilot’s MFD, go to CAUTION AND ADVISORY LEGEND GRID DOES NOTAPPEAR ON COPILOT’S MFD, in this work package.

Step

4. Press STS key on Control Display Unit (CDU) to get to SYSTEM STATUS.


The letter G shall appear next to MFD-1 and MFD-2.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between the following points(WP 1747 00):

+ P1019R-90 and P1020R-88

+ P1019R-91 and P1020R-89

+ P1019R-88 and P1020R-90

+ P1019R-89 and P1020R-91

2. If a letter F appears next to MFD-1, go to LETTER F APPEARS NEXT TO MFD-1, in this work package.

3. If a letter F appears next to MFD-2, go to LETTER F APPEARS NEXT TO MFD-2, in this work package.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0100 00

0100 00-2

Step

5. Press TST key on CDU to go to TEST MENU.

6. Press soft key 4 (1553) to go to BUS TEST.

7. Press soft key 1 (TEST) to start bus IBIT.


The letter G shall appear next to MFD-1 and MFD-2 in BUS A and BUS B columns.

Corrective Action

If a letter F appears next to either MFD-1 and/or MFD-2 in BUS A and/or BUS B column, troubleshoot 1553 DataBus (TM 11-1520-237-23).

PILOT MULTIFUNCTION DISPLAY (MFD) BUILT-IN TEST (BIT) CHECK OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step

NOTE

c While performing pilot MFD BIT check if any results FAIL, continue with check.

NOTE




3. Press soft key 6 (MFD) to go to MFD TESTS.

4. Press soft key 6 (MFD-2) on CDU to start MFD-2 IBIT.

5. Press soft key R6 (CONTINUE) on pilot MFD to go to IBIT status menu.


IBIT status menu shall be displayed.

Corrective Action

None Required

Step

6. Press soft key R3 (BEZEL) to go to BEZEL SWITCH TEST menu.


BEZEL SWITCH TEST menu shall be displayed.

Corrective Action

None Required

TM 1-1520-237-23 0100 00


0100 00-3

Step

7. Press soft key R6 (CONTINUE) to go to BEZEL SWITCH TEST page.


BEZEL SWITCH TEST page shall be displayed.

Corrective Action

None Required

Step

NOTE

Bezel switch L6 (RETURN) shall be the last switch pressed during bezel switch test.

8. Press each bezel switch to test.


Good switches will have their display shown in inverse video.

Corrective Action

None Required

Step

9. Press soft key L6 (RETURN) to go to BEZEL SWITCH TEST menu.

10. If each bezel switch checked in step 8. passed, press soft key L5 (PASS), if any bezel switch checked in step 8.failed, press soft key R5 (FAIL).

11. Press soft key L6 (RETURN) to go to IBIT status menu.

12. Press soft key R4 (GLASS) to go to GLASS SURFACE TEST menu.


GLASS SURFACE TEST menu shall be displayed.

Corrective Action

None Required

Step

13. Press soft key L2 (RED).


Center box shall display color of selected soft key, when pressed.

Corrective Action

None Required

Step

14. Press R6 (CONTINUE) to go to glass test page.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0100 00

PILOT MULTIFUNCTION DISPLAY (MFD) BUILT-IN TEST (BIT) CHECK OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0100 00-4


Display shall change to test pattern, displaying color of soft key selected.

Corrective Action

None Required

Step

15. Press soft key L1.


Horizontal line shall be displayed next to soft key selected, displaying color selected from glass surface test.

Corrective Action

None Required

Step

16. Repeat step 15. for soft keys L2 through L5 and R1 through R6.



Corrective Action

None Required

Step

17. Press soft key T1.


Vertical line shall be displayed next to soft key selected, displaying color selected from glass surface test.

Corrective Action

None Required

Step

18. Repeat step 17. for soft keys T2 through T5 and B1 through B6.



Corrective Action

None Required

Step

19. Press soft key L6 (RETURN) to go to GLASS SURFACE TEST menu.

20. Repeat steps 13. through 19. for each color soft key.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0100 00


0100 00-5

21. If Indication/Conditions are as specified as each soft key is pressed in steps 13. through 19., press soft key L5(PASS); if Indication/Conditions are not as specified as soft keys were pressed in steps 13. through 19., press softkey R5 (FAIL).


23. Press soft key R5 (VIDEO) to go to VIDEO TEST menu.


VIDEO TEST menu shall be displayed.

Corrective Action

None Required

Step

24. Press soft key R6 (CONTINUE) to go to video test page.


Display shall show eight bands of green varying from dark to light from left to right.

Corrective Action

None Required

Step

25. Press soft key L6 (RETURN) to go to VIDEO TEST menu.

26. If display indicated results as specified, press soft key L5 (PASS), if display indicated results not as specified, presssoft key R5 (FAIL).


28. Press soft key R2 (BIT HISTORY) to go to BIT HISTORY display.


BIT HISTORY display shall be displayed.

Corrective Action

None Required

Step

NOTE

Up and down arrow keys may or may not appear. This depends on if the number ofentries exceed one page. Step 23. may not be able to be performed, continue with nextstep.

29. Press soft key L1 (ARROW UP) and soft key R1 (ARROW DOWN) to scroll up and down through the pages.




TM 1-1520-237-23 0100 00


0100 00-6

Corrective Action

If IBIT status menu indicates any FAIL status, replace MFD (WP 0799 00).

Step

31. Press switch L6 (MAIN/RETURN).

32. Press switch L6 (ABORT/EXIT) to exit IBIT.




Corrective Action

None Required

COPILOT MFD BIT CHECK OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step

NOTE

c While performing copilot MFD BIT check if any results FAIL, continue with check.

NOTE




3. Press soft key 6 (MFD) to go to MFD TESTS.

4. Press soft key 1 (MFD-1) on CDU to start MFD-1 IBIT.

5. Press soft key R6 (CONTINUE) on copilot MFD to go to IBIT status menu.



Corrective Action

None Required

Step

6. Press soft key R3 (BEZEL) to go to BEZEL SWITCH TEST menu.


BEZEL SWITCH TEST menu shall be displayed.

Corrective Action

None Required

TM 1-1520-237-23 0100 00


0100 00-7

Step

7. Press soft key R6 (CONTINUE) to go to BEZEL SWITCH TEST page.


BEZEL SWITCH TEST page shall be displayed.

Corrective Action

None Required

Step

NOTE

Bezel switch L6 (RETURN) shall be the last switch pressed during bezel switch test.

8. Press each bezel switch to test.


Good switches will have their display shaded.

Corrective Action

None Required

Step

9. Press soft key L6 (RETURN) to go to BEZEL SWITCH TEST menu.

10. If each bezel switch checked in step 6. passed, press soft key L5 (PASS); if any bezel switch checked in step 6.failed, press soft key R5 (FAIL).


12. Press soft key R4 (GLASS) to go to GLASS SURFACE TEST menu.


GLASS SURFACE TEST menu shall be displayed.

Corrective Action

None Required

Step

13. Press soft key L2 (RED).


Center box shall display color of selected soft key, when pressed.

Corrective Action

None Required

Step

14. Press soft key R6 (CONTINUE) to go to glass test page.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0100 00

COPILOT MFD BIT CHECK OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0100 00-8


Display shall change to test pattern, displaying color of selected soft key.

Corrective Action

None Required

Step

15. Press soft key L1.



Corrective Action

None Required

Step

16. Repeat step 15. for soft keys L2 through L5 and R1 through R6.



Corrective Action

None Required

Step

17. Press soft key T1.



Corrective Action

None Required

Step

18. Repeat step 17. for soft keys T2 through T5 and B1 through B6.



Corrective Action

None Required

Step

19. Press soft key L6 (RETURN) to go to GLASS SURFACE TEST menu.

20. Repeat steps 13. through 19. for each color soft key.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0100 00


0100 00-9

21. If Indication/Conditions are as specified as each soft key is pressed in steps 13. through 19., press soft key L5(PASS); if Indication/Conditions are not as specified as soft keys were pressed in steps 13. through 19., press softkey R5 (FAIL).


23. Press soft key R5 (VIDEO) to go to VIDEO TEST menu.


VIDEO TEST menu shall be displayed.

Corrective Action

None Required

Step

24. Press soft key R6 (CONTINUE) to go to video test page.


Display shall show eight bands of green varying from dark to light from left to right.

Corrective Action

None Required

Step

25. Press soft key L6 (RETURN) to go to VIDEO TEST menu.

26. If display indicated results as specified, press soft key L5 (PASS), if display indicated results not as specified, presssoft key R5 (FAIL).


28. Press soft key R2 (BIT HISTORY) to go to BIT HISTORY display.


BIT HISTORY display shall be displayed.

Corrective Action

None Required

Step

NOTE

Up and down arrow keys may or may not appear. This depends on if the number ofentries exceed one page. Step 23. may not be able to be performed, continue with nextstep.

29. Press soft key L1 (ARROW UP) and soft key R1 (ARROW DOWN) to scroll up and down through the pages.




TM 1-1520-237-23 0100 00


0100 00-10

Corrective Action

If IBIT status menu indicates any FAIL status, replace MFD (WP 0799 00).

Step

31. Press switch L6 (MAIN/RETURN).

32. Press switch L6 (ABORT/EXIT) to exit IBIT.




Corrective Action

None Required

OPERATIONAL CHECK OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE

Step

NOTE


1. Make sure all circuit breakers are pushed in, except those noted as being pulled for maintenance or safety.

2. On upper console, pull out BACKUP HYD CONTR circuit breaker.

3. On upper console, turn INST LT PILOT FLT-OFF/BRT control at least 1/4 turn clockwise from OFF.

NOTE

If the # 1 ENG OUT, # 2 ENG OUT, LOW ROTOR RPM, and MASTER CAUTIONPRESS TO RESET capsules come on dim, set INDICATOR LTS/BRT/DIM/TESTswitch to BRT/DIM to select bright lighting mode.

4. Turn on external electrical power.


These capsules on pilot’s and copilot’s master warning panels shall be on bright: # 1 ENG OUT, # 2 ENG OUT,LOW ROTOR RPM (FLASHES).

Corrective Action

If any capsule does not go on, go to step 78.

Step

5. On instrument panel, set INDICATOR LTS BRT/DIM-TEST switch to TEST long enough to observe results, andthen release.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0100 00


0100 00-11


a. On pilot’s master warning panel, these capsules shall be on: # 1 ENG OUT, # 2 ENG OUT, FIRE, LOW RO-TOR RPM (FLASHES).

b. On copilot’s master warning panel, these capsules shall be on: # 1 ENG OUT, # 2 ENG OUT, FIRE, LOWROTOR RPM (FLASHES).

c. All stabilator control/auto flight control panel failure advisory legends shall go on.

d. All legends on pilot’s HSI/VSI MODE SEL panels shall go on.

e. All legends on copilot’s HSI/VSI MODE SEL panels shall go on.

f. Switch legends on CIS mode select panel shall go on.

g. Mode lamps marked GA, DH, and MB on pilot’s and copilot’s VSI shall go on.

Corrective Action

1. If any capsule in Indication/Condition a. or b. does not go on, check and replace burnt out lamp(WP 0791 00).

2. If Indication/Condition a. is not as specified, go to PILOT’S #1 ENG OUT, #2 ENG OUT, FIRE, LOW RO-TOR CAPSULES DO NOT GO IN TEST MODE, in this work package.

3. If Indication/Condition b. is not as specified, go to COPILOT’S #1 ENG OUT, #2 ENG OUT, FIRE, LOWROTOR RPM CAPSULES DO NOT GO ON IN TEST MODE, in this work package.

4. If Indication/Conditions c., d., and e. are not as specified, go to STABILATOR CONTROL/FLT CONTPANEL AND/OR PILOT’S AND COPILOT’S MODE SELECT PANEL LEGENDS DO NOT GO ON, inthis work package.

5. If Indication/Conditions f. and g. are not as specified, troubleshoot Instrument Panel and Consoles IndicatorLights Dimming (WP 0126 00).

6. If pilot’s or copilot’s FIRE capsules do not go on, troubleshoot fire detection system (WP 0141 00).

7. If pilot’s or copilot’s # 1 ENG OUT capsules do not go on, go to PILOT’S AND COPILOT’S #1 ENGOUT CAPSULE DOES NOT GO ON, in this work package.

8. If pilot’s or copilot’s # 2 ENG OUT capsules do not go on, go to PILOT’S AND COPILOT’S #2 ENGOUT CAPSULE DOES NOT GO ON, in this work package.

9. If pilot’s or copilot’s LOW ROTOR RPM capsules do not go on, go to PILOT’S OR COPILOT’S LOWROTOR RPM CAPSULE DOES NOT GO ON, in this work package.

Step

NOTE

After initial MFD turn on, pressing key T6 on the MFDs will display all legends forapproximately 10 seconds; then only the active legends will be displayed. Also, press-ing key B6 (C/A) will display all legends (key can be used to toggle MFD grid on andoff).

6. On pilot’s and copilot’s MFDs, set ON/OFF switch to ON.



TM 1-1520-237-23 0100 00

OPERATIONAL CHECK OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE - Continued

0100 00-12

Corrective Action


a. Set NIGHT/DAY switch as required.

b. Turn BRT control clockwise and/or counterclockwise as required to adjust brightness of MFD screen asdesired.

(1) If trouble remains, replace MFDs as required (WP 0799 00).

Step

7. On pilot’s and copilot’s MFDs, press soft key T6.


All caution and advisory legends shall be displayed for approximately 10 seconds; then only active legends shall bedisplayed.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace malfunctioning MFD (WP 0799 00).

Step

8. On pilot’s and copilot’s MFDs, press soft key B6 (C/A).


The MFD screen shall be cleared, and the C/A WNDW icon shall be displayed.

Corrective Action


Step

9. On pilot’s and copilot’s MFDs, press soft key R3 (C/A WNDW).


C/A WNDW shall change to a popup window displaying existing cautions or advisories.

Corrective Action


Step

NOTE

Up and down arrow keys may or may not appear. This depends on if the number ofcaution and advisory entries exceed one page. If step 10. may not be able to be per-formed, continue with next step.

10. On pilot’s and copilot’s MFDs, press soft key R2 (UP ARROW) and press soft key R4 (DOWN ARROW) to scrollup and down through the listed entries.


The caution and advisory list shall scroll up and scroll down to list of cautions and advisories.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0100 00


0100 00-13

Corrective Action


Step

11. On pilot’s and copilot’s MFDs, press soft key B6 (C/A).



Corrective Action


Step

12. Connect headset to pilot’s ICS.

13. Momentarily press stabilator control/auto flight control panel AUTO CONTROL RESET switch.


a. Stabilator control/auto flight control panel AUTO CONTROL switch ON legend shall go on.

b. STABILATOR caution capsule on MFDs shall go off.

c. Steady tone shall be heard in headset.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Conditions a. and b. are not as specified, troubleshoot stabilator unit (TM 11-1520-237-23).

2. If Indication/Condition c. is not as specified, go to STEADY TONE NOT HEARD IN HEADSET, in thiswork package.

Step

14. Press and hold stabilator control/auto flight control panel TEST switch.


a. Beeping tone shall be heard in headset.

b. Stabilator control/auto flight control panel AUTO CONTROL switch ON legend shall go off.

c. STABILATOR caution capsule on MFDs shall go on.

d. MASTER CAUTION PRESS TO RESET capsules shall go on.

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition a. is not as specified, go to BEEPING TONE IS NOT HEARD, in this work package.

2. If Indication/Condition b., c., or d. is not as specified, troubleshoot digital AFCS (TM 11-1520-237-23).

Step

15. Release stabilator control/auto flight control panel TEST switch.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0100 00


0100 00-14

NOTE

After the MASTER CAUTION PRESS TO RESET capsules are pressed to reset thecaution / warning circuits, they will remain off until one or more faults occur.

16. Momentarily press either the pilot’s or the copilot’s master warning panel MASTER CAUTION PRESS TO RESETcapsule.


a. MASTER CAUTION PRESS TO RESET capsules shall go off.

b. Tone shall no longer be heard.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, go to MASTER CAUTION PRESS TO RESET CAPSULES DO NOTGO OFF AND TONE STILL HEARD, in this work package.

Step

17. On upper console, push in BACKUP HYD CONTR circuit breaker.

18. Insert locally-made drag beam wedge in left drag beam switch.


Beeping tone shall be heard in headset.

Corrective Action

If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to BEEPING TONE IS NOT HEARD, in this work package.

Step

19. Remove wedge from left drag beam switch, and pull out BACKUP HYD CONTR circuit breaker.



Corrective Action


Step

20. Press instrument panel INDICATOR LTS BRT/DIM-TEST switch to BRT/DIM and release to select dim lightingmode.

21. Slowly rotate pilot’s and copilot’s MA WRN NVG DIMMING controls counterclockwise.


# 1 ENG OUT, # 2 ENG OUT, LOW ROTOR RPM, and MASTER CAUTION PRESS TO RESET capsules gofrom very dim to dim (NVG).

Corrective Action

1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, check continuity between these points: P1000-A and pilot’s MAWRN NVG DIMMING control terminal 2, P1000-B and pilot’s MA WRN NVG DIMMING controlterminal 1, P1000-H and copilot’s MA WRN NVG DIMMING control terminal 2, P1000-G and copilot’sMA WRN NVG DIMMING control terminal 1.

TM 1-1520-237-23 0100 00


0100 00-15

a. If continuity is present, replace pilot’s or copilot’s master warning dimming control (WP 0793 00).

(1) If trouble remains, replace master warning dimmer (WP 0788 00).

b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring as required (WP 1747 00).

Step

22. Return both controls to fully clockwise position.




Corrective Action

None Required


PROCEDURE

Step

1. Turn pilot’s and copilot’s MFD switches OFF.


3. On upper console, push in BACKUP HYD CONTR circuit breaker.


BACKUP HYD CONTR circuit breaker shall be pushed in.

Corrective Action

None Required

CAUTION AND ADVISORY LEGEND GRID DOES NOT APPEAR ON PILOT’S MFD

SYMPTOMCaution and advisory legend grid shall appear.

MALFUNCTIONCaution and advisory legend grid does not appear on pilot’s MFD.

CORRECTIVE ACTION


+ P1018R-1 and ground






TM 1-1520-237-23 0100 00


0100 00-16


2. Check for 28 vdc between PLT MFD circuit breaker terminal 1 and ground.

a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring as required (WP 1747 00). Go to 4.









a. If continuity is present, replace pilot’s MFD (WP 0799 00). Go to 4.



CAUTION AND ADVISORY LEGEND GRID DOES NOT APPEAR ON COPILOT’S MFD

SYMPTOMCaution and advisory legend grid shall appear.

MALFUNCTIONCaution and advisory legend grid does not appear on copilot’s MFD.

CORRECTIVE ACTION








2. Check for 28 vdc between COPLT MFD circuit breaker terminal 1 and ground.


b. If voltage is not as specified, replace circuit breaker as required (WP 0824 00). Go to 4.




TM 1-1520-237-23 0100 00

CAUTION AND ADVISORY LEGEND GRID DOES NOT APPEAR ON PILOT’S MFD - Continued

0100 00-17




a. If continuity is present, replace copilot’s MFD (WP 0799 00). Go to 4.



LETTER F APPEARS NEXT TO MFD-1

SYMPTOMThe letter G shall appear next to MFD-1 and MFD-2.

MALFUNCTIONLetter F appears next to MFD-1.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Check continuity between pins 119 and 121 of connector P1020R.

a. If continuity is present, replace pilot’s MFD (WP 0799 00). Go to 2.



LETTER F APPEARS NEXT TO MFD-2

SYMPTOMThe letter G shall appear next to MFD-1 and MFD-2.

MALFUNCTIONLetter F appears next to MFD-2.

CORRECTIVE ACTION


+ P1019R-116 and P1019R-117

+ P1019R-117 and P1019R-118

+ P1019R-118 and P1019R-121

a. If continuity is present, replace copilot’s MFD (WP 0799 00). Go to 2.

b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring as required (WP 1747 00). Go too.2.


TM 1-1520-237-23 0100 00

CAUTION AND ADVISORY LEGEND GRID DOES NOT APPEAR ON COPILOT’S MFD - Continued

0100 00-18

PILOT’S # 1 ENG OUT, # 2 ENG OUT, FIRE, LOW ROTOR RPM CAPSULES DO NOT GO ON IN TESTMODE

SYMPTOMOn pilot’s master warning panel, these capsules shall be on: # 1 ENG OUT # 2 ENG OUT FIRE LOW ROTOR RPM(flashes).

MALFUNCTIONPilot’s # 1 ENG OUT, # 2 ENG OUT, FIRE, LOW ROTOR RPM capsules do not go on in TEST mode.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. With INDICATOR LTS switch in TEST, check for 28 vdc between P130-2 and ground.



2. Check continuity between P130-1 and P1000-L.

a. If continuity is present, replace master warning dimmer (WP 0793 00). Go to 6.

b. If trouble remains, replace master warning panel (WP 0790 00). Go to 6.


3. With INDICATOR LTS switch in TEST, check for 28 vdc between switchUH-60Q S20 HH-60L S120 terminal 3 and ground.

a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between switch S20 terminal 3 and P130-2(WP 1747 00). Go to 6.


4. Check for 28 vdc between switch terminal 2 and ground.



5. Check for 28 vdc between terminal 1 of CAUT/ADVSY PNL circuit breaker andground.

a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between switch terminal 2 and circuit breaker(WP 1747 00). Go to 6.



TM 1-1520-237-23 0100 00

0100 00-19

COPILOT’S # 1 ENG OUT, # 2 ENG OUT, FIRE, LOW ROTOR RPM CAPSULES DO NOT GO ON IN TESTMODE

SYMPTOMOn copilot’s master warning panel, these capsules shall be on: # 1 ENG OUT # 2 ENG OUT FIRE LOW ROTORRPM (flashes).

MALFUNCTIONCopilot’s # 1 ENG OUT, # 2 ENG OUT, FIRE, LOW ROTOR RPM capsules do not go on in TEST mode.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. With INDICATOR LTS switch in TEST, check for 28 vdc between P131-2 and ground.


b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between terminal 3 of INDICATOR LTSswitch UH-60Q S20 HH-60L S120 and P131-2 (WP 1747 00). Go to 3.

2. Check continuity between P131-1 and P1000-N.

a. If continuity is present, replace copilot’s master warning panel (WP 0790 00). Go to 3.



STABILATOR CONTROL/AUTO FLT CONT PANEL AND/OR PILOT’S AND COPILOT’S MODE SELECTPANEL LEGENDS DO NOT GO ON

SYMPTOMAll stabilator control/auto flt control panel failure advisory legends shall go on.

MALFUNCTIONStabilator control/auto flt cont panel and/or pilot’s and copilot’s mode select panel legends do not go on.

CORRECTIVE ACTION


+ P131-2 and UH-60Q P4R-D HH-60L P121-z

+ P131-2 and P300R-27

+ P131-2 and P317R-27

a. If continuity is present, troubleshoot Command Instrument Set and HSI/VSI Mode Select Unit(TM 11-1520-237-23). Go to 2.



TM 1-1520-237-23 0100 00

0100 00-20

PILOT’S OR COPILOT’S # 1 ENG OUT CAPSULE DOES NOT GO ON

SYMPTOMPilot’s or copilot’s # 1 ENG OUT capsule shall go on.

MALFUNCTIONPilot’s or copilot’s # 1 ENG OUT capsule does not go on.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. If pilot’s # 1 ENG OUT capsule does not go on, go to 2. If copilot’s # 1 ENG OUTcapsule does not go on, go to 4.


a. If voltage is as specified, replace pilot’s master warning panel (WP 0790 00). Go to 6.



+ P138-n and P130-3

+ P138-n and P242-a




a. If voltage is as specified, replace copilot’s master warning panel (WP 0790 00). Go to 6.


5. Check continuity between P138-n and P131-3.




PILOT’S OR COPILOT’S # 2 ENG OUT CAPSULE DOES NOT GO ON

SYMPTOMPilot’s or copilot’s # 2 ENG OUT capsule shall go on.

MALFUNCTIONPilot’s or copilot’s # 2 ENG OUT capsule does not go on.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. If pilot’s # 2 ENG OUT capsule does not go on, go to 2. If copilot’s # 2 ENG OUTcapsule does not go on, go to 4.





TM 1-1520-237-23 0100 00

0100 00-21










PILOT’S OR COPILOT’S LOW ROTOR RPM CAPSULE DOES NOT GO ON

SYMPTOMPilot’s or copilot’s LOW ROTOR RPM capsule shall go on.

MALFUNCTIONPilot’s or copilot’s LOW ROTOR RPM capsule does not go on.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. If pilot’s LOW ROTOR RPM capsule does not go on, go to 2. If copilot’s LOW RO-TOR RPM capsule does not go on, go to 4.




3. Check continuity between P138-u and P130-9.






5. Check continuity between P138-u and P131-9.




TM 1-1520-237-23 0100 00

PILOT’S OR COPILOT’S # 2 ENG OUT CAPSULE DOES NOT GO ON - Continued

0100 00-22

STEADY TONE NOT HEARD IN HEADSET

SYMPTOMSteady tone shall be heard in headset.

MALFUNCTIONSteady tone not heard in headset.

CORRECTIVE ACTION


+ P961-F and P242-F

+ P242-E and UH-60Q P656R-M HH-60L P139R-63

+ P242-H and P961-A

+ P961-B and ground




a. If voltage is as specified, replace audible warning unit (TM 11-1520-237-23). Go to 3.

b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring as required (WP 1747 00). Go to 3.

c. If trouble remains, replace left relay panel (WP 0825 00). Go to 3.


BEEPING TONE IS NOT HEARD

SYMPTOMBeeping tone shall be heard.

MALFUNCTIONBeeping tone is not heard.

CORRECTIVE ACTION


+ P243-S and ground

+ P243-h and ground


b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between (WP 1747 00), then go to 3:

+ P243-S and UH-60Q P4R-M HH-60L P121-z

+ P243-h and P137-u

+ P137-u and P138-u

+ P961-D and P243-G

TM 1-1520-237-23 0100 00

0100 00-23

2. Check continuity between P138-u and P243-h.

a. If continuity is present, replace audible warning unit (TM 11-1520-237-23).

b. If trouble remains, replace left relay panel (WP 0825 00). Go to 3.


d. If trouble remains, troubleshoot Caution/Advisory Warning System (WP 0090 00). Go to 3.


MASTER CAUTION PRESS TO RESET CAPSULES DO NOT GO OFF AND TONE STILL HEARD

SYMPTOMMASTER CAUTION PRESS TO RESET capsules go off and tone is not heard.

MALFUNCTIONMASTER CAUTION PRESS TO RESET capsules do not go off and tone still heard.

CORRECTIVE ACTION


+ P130-7 and CAUT/ADVSY PNL circuit breaker terminal 1

+ P131-7 and CAUT/ADVSY PNL circuit breaker terminal 1

+ P130-6 and P1020R-12

+ P130-6 and P1019R-12

+ P130-6 and P1020R-13

+ P130-6 and P1019R-13

+ P131-6 and P1020R-12

+ P131-6 and P1019R-12

+ P131-6 and P1020R-13

+ P131-6 and P1019R-13

+ P130-5 and P1020R-14

+ P130-5 and P1019R-14

+ P131-5 and P1020R-15

+ P131-5 and P1019R-15



2. Check for 28 vdc between CAUT/ADVSY PNL circuit breaker terminal 1 and ground.




TM 1-1520-237-23 0100 00

BEEPING TONE IS NOT HEARD - Continued

0100 00-24

LEFT RELAY PANELP242 / J242P243 / J243P902 / J902

INSTRUMENTPANEL

P130 / J130

LEFT DRAGBEAM SWITCHP163 / J163

LOWERCONSOLE



AUDIBLEWARNINGUNITP961 / J961

INDICATORLIGHTSDIMMERP1000

P131 / J131


RECEPTACLELOCATION/

CONNECTION POINT

P4R / J4R STABILATOR CONTROL /

P110 / J110 COCKPIT, BL 7.5 RH, STA 197

P111 / J111 COCKPIT, BL 7.5 LH, STA 197





P130 / J130 PILOT’S MASTER WARNINGPANEL

P1R / J1R DISCONNECT

P129 / J129 COPILOT’S AUXILIARYCIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL

B B

A

C

D

E

F

G

AUTO FLIGHT CONTROL

P102 / J2 NAVIGATION INTERFACEUNIT (SEE NOTE 1)

SAAB0338_1

NOTES

HH60L

PANEL

P11R / J11R DISCONNECT (SEE NOTE 1)

P20R / J20R DISCONNECT (SEE NOTE 1)

J120 PILOT CYCLIC STICK(SEE NOTE 1)

J119 COPILOT CYCLIC STICK(SEE NOTE 1)

UH60Q

1.

2.

Figure 1. MFD/Caution/Advisory Warning System Location Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 6)

TM 1-1520-237-23 0100 00

LOCATION

0100 00-25

COPILOT’S HSI / VSIMODE SEL PANELP300R / J300R

P248 / J248

P914 / J914

P119 / J119

P247 / J247

P230 / J230

P200 / J200

P249 / J249

P237 / J237

PILOT’S HSI / VSIMODE SEL PANELP317R / J317R

P121 / J121

P112 / J112

P110 / J110

P113 / J113

P120 / J120

P111 / J111

P142 / J142

P115 / J115

STABILATORCONTROL /AUTO FLIGHTCONTROL PANELP4R / J4R

P131 / J131 COPILOT’S MASTERWARNING PANEL









P247 / J247 CABIN, BL 40 RH, STA 248

P248 / J248 CABIN, BL 40 LH, STA 248


P300R / J300R COPILOT’S HSI / VSI MODESELECT PANEL

P317R / J317R PILOT’S HSI / VSI MODESELECT PANEL

P393 / J393 INDICATOR LIGHTSDIMMER

P656R / J656R JUNCTION BOX ASSEMBLY


P914 / J914 COCKPIT, BL 24 LH, STA247

P961 / J961 AUDIBLE WARNING UNIT

AUDIOJUNCTION BOXASSEMBLYP656R / J656R


P298 / J298 NO. 3 RELAY PANEL(SEE NOTE 1)

P2002R / J3 SIGNAL DATA CONVERTER(SEE NOTE 1)

SAAB0338_2


RECEPTACLE



RECEPTACLE



TM 1-1520-237-23 0100 00


0100 00-26

#1 ENGOUT

#2 ENGOUT

LOW ROTORRPM

MASTER CAUTIONPRESS TO RESET

FIRE


COMM NAV

BRT


#1 FUEL

#1 FUEL PRESS

#1 ENG OIL PRESS

#1 ENGINE OIL TEMP

CHIP #1 ENGINE

#1 FUEL FLTR BYPAS

#1 ENGINE STARTER

#1 PRI SERVO PRESS

TAIL RTR QUADRANT

MAIN XMSN OIL TEMP

BOOST SERVO OFF

LFT PITOT HEAT

CHIP INPUT MDL−LH


MR DE−ICE FAIL

MAIN XMSN OIL PRES


APU ON

APU ACCUM LOW

#1 GEN

#1 GEN BRG

#1 CONV

AC ESS BUS OFF

BATT LOW CHARGE

GUST LOCK

#1 OIL FLTR BYPASS

#1 HYD PUMP

IRCM INOP

INT XMSN OIL TEMP

STABILATOR

FLT PATH STAB

CHIP INT XMSN

CHIP MAIN MDL SUMP

MR DE−ICE FAULT

#1 RSVR LOW

#1 INL ANTI−ICE ON

APU GEN ON

SEARCH LT ON

CARGO HOOK OPEN

PARKING BRAKE ON

#2 GEN

#2 GEN BRG

#2 CONV

DC ESS BUS OFF

BATTERY FAULT

PITCH BIAS FAIL

#2 OIL FLTR BYPASS

#2 HYD PUMP

AUX FUEL

TAIL XMSN OIL TEMP

SAS OFF

IFF

CHIP TAIL XMSN

APU FAIL

TR DE−ICE FAIL

#2 RSVR LOW


PRIME BOOST PMP ON

LDG LT ON

HOOK ARMED

EXT PWR CONNECTED

#2 FUEL

#2 FUEL PRESS

#2 ENG OIL PRESS

#2 ENGINE OIL TEMP

CHIP #2 ENGINE

#2 FUEL FLTR BYPAS

#2 ENGINE STARTER

#2 PRI SERVO PRESS

#1 TAIL RTR SERVO

APU OIL TEMP HI

TRIM FAIL

RT PITOT HEAT

CHIP INPUT MDL−RH


ICE DETECTED

BACK−UP RSVR LOW


BACK−UP PUMP ON

#2 TL RTR SERVO ON

#2 MFD MALF#1 MFD MALF

B

A


SAAB0338_3

DAY

NIGHT

OFF


COMM NAV

OFF

ON BRT


#1 FUEL

#1 FUEL PRESS

#1 ENG OIL PRESS

#1 ENGINE OIL TEMP

CHIP #1 ENGINE

#1 FUEL FLTR BYPAS

#1 ENGINE STARTER

#1 PRI SERVO PRESS

TAIL RTR QUADRANT

MAIN XMSN OIL TEMP

BOOST SERVO OFF

LFT PITOT HEAT

CHIP INPUT MDL−LH


MR DE−ICE FAIL

MAIN XMSN OIL PRES


APU ON

APU ACCUM LOW

#1 GEN

#1 GEN BRG

#1 CONV

AC ESS BUS OFF

BATT LOW CHARGE

GUST LOCK

#1 OIL FLTR BYPASS

#1 HYD PUMP

IRCM INOP

INT XMSN OIL TEMP

STABILATOR

FLT PATH STAB

CHIP INT XMSN

CHIP MAIN MDL SUMP

MR DE−ICE FAULT

#1 RSVR LOW


APU GEN ON

SEARCH LT ON

CARGO HOOK OPEN

PARKING BRAKE ON

#2 GEN

#2 GEN BRG

#2 CONV

DC ESS BUS OFF

BATTERY FAULT

PITCH BIAS FAIL

#2 OIL FLTR BYPASS

#2 HYD PUMP

AUX FUEL

TAIL XMSN OIL TEMP

SAS OFF

IFF

CHIP TAIL XMSN

APU FAIL

TR DE−ICE FAIL

#2 RSVR LOW


PRIME BOOST PMP ON

LDG LT ON

HOOK ARMED

EXT PWR CONNECTED

#2 FUEL

#2 FUEL PRESS

#2 ENG OIL PRESS

#2 ENGINE OIL TEMP

CHIP #2 ENGINE

#2 FUEL FLTR BYPAS

#2 ENGINE STARTER

#2 PRI SERVO PRESS

#1 TAIL RTR SERVO

APU OIL TEMP HI

TRIM FAIL

RT PITOT HEAT

CHIP INPUT MDL−RH


ICE DETECTED

BACK−UP RSVR LOW


BACK−UP PUMP ON

#2 TL RTR SERVO ON

DAY NIGHT

#2 MFD MALF#1 MFD MALF





TM 1-1520-237-23 0100 00


0100 00-27

SAAB0338_4

INSTRUMENT PANEL

NO. 2 DC PRI BUS

NO. 2 AC PRI BUS

DCNO. 2

ACNO. 2

INSTPILOT

MODE

SELECT

INST

5 5

2

GEN

WARN

5

D


CMD ATT

30 30

30 30

NAV

ROLL PITCH

CLI MB

DI VE

GS

DOPGPS

VTACILS

BACKCRS

FMHOME

NORMALTR

PLTCPLT

NORMALTR

ADFVDR

TURNRATE

CRSHDG

VERTGYRO

BRG2

DOPGPS

RADIONAV

BACKCRS

FMHOME

MODE SEL

NVG DIMMING

MA WRN RAD ALT

HDG NAV ALT

HDG

ON

NAV

ON

ALT

ON

CIS MODE SEL

NVG DIMMING

MA WRN RAD ALT

CMD ATT

30 30

30 30

NAV

ROLL PITCH

CLI MB

DI VE

GS

DOPGPS

VTACILS

BACKCRS

FMHOME

NORMALTR

PLTCPLT

NORMALTR

ADFVDR

TURNRATE

CRSHDG

VERTGYRO

BRG2

DOPGPS

RADIONAV

BACKCRS

FMHOME

MODE SEL

C

COPILOT’S VERTICALSITUATION INDICATOR(VSI) COPILOT’S MODE

SELECT PANELPILOT’S MODESELECT PANEL

PILOT’S VERTICALSITUATION INDICATOR(VSI)

CIS MODESELECT PANEL

INDICATORLTS

BRT / DIM

TEST


TM 1-1520-237-23 0100 00


0100 00-28

PNL CONTR

DC ESNTL BUS

55

CAUT /ADVSY

BACKUPHYD

PILOT FLT

INST LT

BRTOFF

E

SAAB0338_5

UPPER CONSOLE


TM 1-1520-237-23 0100 00


0100 00-29

NO. 1 AC PRI BUS

NO. 1 DC PRI BUS

CPLTMODE

2

SEL

F

NO. 1GEN

5

WARNCSL

5

LIGHTSLWR


SAAB0338_6

COPLTMFD

PLTMFD

15 15

DC ESNTL

COPILOT’S AUXILIARY CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL

G


TM 1-1520-237-23 0100 00


0100 00-30

BRT

OFFBT6A

CAUT / ADVSYPNL

BACKUPHYD CONTR

DCESNTL

BUS

28 VDC

5AMP

5AMP

CB325

CB324

J230 P230

M

i

j

k

SG200−1

F

E

INST LTPILOT FLT

2 1

2 1

P137

J1

J110

P110

n u

J

J300R

P300R

J317R

P317R 2727

SG33T−1

SG137−2

SG130−4

11 10

GR

OU

ND

#2 E

NG

OU

T

GG33−2

J131

P131

TO SHEET 3

UPPER CONSOLE


COPILOT’SMASTER WARNING PANEL

COPILOT’S MODESELECT PANEL

PILOT’S MODESELECT PANEL

P112 J112

C

15AMP

CB502

1

PLT MFD

15AMP

CB503

1

COPLT MFD

P129 J129

d

e

g

c

J1R P1R

C

H

EEx

J200 P200

STABILATOR CONTROL/AUTOFLT CONT PANEL

D

J4R P4R

d

J142 P142

1

2

3

45

67

8

9

10

11

12

TOSHEET

4

TOSHEET

5

DIM LT CMD

COPILOT’S AUXILIARY CIRCUITBREAKER PANEL

TOSHEET

4

2

2

28 VDC

28 VDC

DCESNTL

DCESNTL

SAAB1430_1

EFFECTIVITY UH60Q

Figure 2. MFD/Caution/Advisory Warning System Schematic Diagram UH60Q . (Sheet 1 of 14)

TM 1-1520-237-23 0100 00

SCHEMATICS

0100 00-31

P138

J1

J130

P130

J111

P111 M L

n u

K

SG138−1

SG137−1

a

SG1020−12

SG130−3

SG130−1

SGJ112−3

GG33−5

1187 51269 4 3 10

SG

33B

−1

85729 4 3 6 1

LO

W R

OT

OR

RP

M

FIR

E

#1 E

NG

OU

T

MA

ST

ER

CA

UT

ION

PR

ES

S T

O R

ES

ET

MA

ST

ER

WA

RN

ING

DIM

MIN

G C

ON

TR

OL

LA

MP

TE

ST

IN

28 V

DC

FA

UL

T IN

PU

T

MA

ST

ER

CA

UT

ION

DIM

MIN

G C

ON

TR

OL

MA

ST

ER

CA

UT

ION

PR

ES

S T

O R

ES

ET

#1 E

NG

OU

T

FIR

E

LO

W R

OT

OR

RP

M

#2 E

NG

OU

T

GR

OU

ND

MA

ST

ER

WA

RN

ING

DIM

MIN

G C

ON

TR

OL

LA

MP

TE

ST

IN

28 V

DC

FA

UL

T IN

PU

T

MA

ST

ER

CA

UT

ION

DIM

MIN

G C

ON

TR

OL

SG130−2

J131

P131

J110 P110

J121 P121J199 P199

C


SG

1020

−13

SG

1019

−13

8

10

11

12

SG

1019

−12

13

14

15

171819

20212223

24

2526272829

TO SHEET 3

TO SHEET 4

TO SHEET 6

COPILOT’S MASTER WARNING PANEL PILOT’S MASTER WARNING PANEL

TO SHEET 6

TOSHEET

6

TOSHEET

4

TO SHEET 4

16

TO SHEET 4

TOSHEET

4

TO FIREDETECTOR

TO FIREDETECTOR

SAAB1430_2


TM 1-1520-237-23 0100 00


0100 00-32

P902

J902

CC

SG302−2TOSHEET

1

LEFT RELAY PANEL

3

P242

J242

K46

C1

C2

C3

R8

R7

A1

A2

A3

CR17

CR3

L F G E H a

A2 X2

K48

X1

A3 A1

X1 X2 K44

TOSHEET

4

P961 J961

A

D

F

B

GND961−1

POSITIVE



NEGATIVE

13


3031

3233

SG163−1GND163−1


LEFT DRAG BEAM SWITCH

J163 P163

C

A

B

3

1

2

J248 P248

V

AUDIO JUNCTION BOX ASSEMBLY

P656R J656R

M

P914 J914

F AUDIBLE WARNING

TO SHEET 2

SAAB1430_3


TM 1-1520-237-23 0100 00


0100 00-33

P243

J243a h U S

B3 B1

K44B2

CR13

CR14CR4 CR15

CR16

B2B1

B3K49A2

A1

A3

X1 X2K49

K44

X2 X1

TOSHEET

2

TOSHEET

3

3031

3233

91415

LEFT RELAY PANEL

M STABILATOR FAULT

P4R

INSTRUMENT PANEL

SGJ12−12

23

21TO

SHEET2

3

2

1R2 PILOT’SMASTERWARNINGDIMMER

SGR2−1

SGR2−2

3

2

1R3 COPILOT’SMASTERWARNINGDIMMER

SGR3−1

SGR3−2

P1000

D

E

K

R

M

C

F

N

L

J

B

A

G

H

GG33−2

MASTER WARNINGDIMMER

26

1

2924222027

TOSHEET

1

TOSHEET

2

3

1

2

BRT / DIM

TEST

S20

BRT SELECT

DIM SELECT

COPLT’S MASTER CAUTION DIM

PLT’S MASTER CAUTION DIM

28 VDC

LAMP TEST

COPLT’S MASTER WRNG DIM LO

PLT’S MASTER WRNG DIM LO

DIM CONTROL

PLT MASTER WARN

CPLT MASTER WARN

DIM CONTROL

J4R

TO INDICATORLIGHTS DIMMING

GND SINK

GROUND

J1

INDICATOR LTS/BRT/DIM/TEST SWITCH

TO SHEET 1

SAAB1430_4


TM 1-1520-237-23 0100 00


0100 00-34

INSTRUMENT PANEL

PILOT’S MFD

COPILOT’S MFD

FL

IR

J1

P1015R B T R

DA

TA

BU

S

RS

−170

FL

IR

P1016R

J1

B T R

FL

IR

DA

TA

BU

S

RS

−170

FL

IR

1553

DA

TA

BU

S B

1553

DA

TA

BU

S A

P1018R

J4

3 1 2 4 5 6 7 10 9 8 20 21 22

28 V

DC

28 V

DC

28 V

DC

28 V

DC

28 V

DC

28 V

DC

RT

N

28 V

DC

RT

N

28 V

DC

RT

N

28 V

DC

RT

N

28 V

DC

RT

N

CH

AS

SIS

GN

D

5 V

AC

5 V

AC

RT

N

4

5

TL33−A TL33−C

SG1018−1

SG1018−2

TOSHEET

1

J4

P1017R 3 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 20 21 22

6

7

TL33−B TL33−C

TOSHEET

1 SG1017−1

SG1017−2

28 V

DC

28 V

DC

28 V

DC

28 V

DC

28 V

DC

RT

N

28 V

DC

RT

N

28 V

DC

RT

N

28 V

DC

RT

N

CH

AS

SIS

GN

D

5 V

AC

5 V

AC

RT

NS

GJ1

12−4

SG

J112

−5

INSTRUMENTLIGHTING 0−5VLIGHTING FROMPILOT LT DIM

INSTRUMENTLIGHTING 0−5VLIGHTING FROMCPLP LT DIM

P

BP1016

CL1016

P

BP1015

CL1015

SAAB1430_5


TM 1-1520-237-23 0100 00


0100 00-35

PILOT’S MFD

COPILOT’S MFD

INSTRUMENT PANEL

P1020R

J3

J3

P1019R 12 13 14 15

12 13 14 15

18

17

28

25

19

TOSHEET

2

SG

1019

−67

SG

1019

−16

SG

1020

−66

SG

1020

−60

SG

1020

−76

SG

1020

−19

SG

1020

−46

46 19 76 60 66 16 67

46 19 76 60 66 16 67

AP

U O

IL T

EM

P H

I

AC

ES

NT

L B

US

OF

F

PR

I SE

RV

O P

RE

SS

UR

E#1 P

RI S

ER

VO

PR

ES

SU

RE

TA

IL R

TR

SE

RV

O

AP

U A

CC

UM

LO

TA

IL R

TR

SE

RV

O

#1 #2

AP

U O

IL T

EM

P H

I

AC

ES

NT

L B

US

OF

F

PR

I SE

RV

O P

RE

SS

UR

E#1 P

RI S

ER

VO

PR

ES

SU

RE

TA

IL R

TR

SE

RV

O

AP

U A

CC

UM

LO

TA

IL R

TR

SE

RV

O

#1 #2

#2#2

16

SG

1019

−14

SG

1019

−15

PL

T R

ES

ET

MA

ST

ER

CA

UT

ION

CP

LT

RE

SE

TM

AS

TE

R C

AU

TIO

NP

LT

RE

SE

TM

AS

TE

R O

UT

PU

TP

LT

RE

SE

TM

AS

TE

R O

UT

PU

T

PL

T R

ES

ET

MA

ST

ER

CA

UT

ION

CP

LT

RE

SE

TM

AS

TE

R C

AU

TIO

NC

PL

T R

ES

ET

MA

ST

ER

OU

TP

UT

CP

LT

RE

SE

TM

AS

TE

R O

UT

PU

T

SAAB1430_6


TM 1-1520-237-23 0100 00


0100 00-36

PILOT’S MFD

COPILOT’S MFD

INSTRUMENT PANEL

SG

1020

−70

SG

1020

−54

SG

1020

−71

SG

1020

−56

SG

1020

−72

SG

1020

−56

SG

1020

−73

SG

1020

−57

SG

1020

−22

P1020R

J3

J3

P1019R

70 54 71 56 72 56 73 57 22F

UE

L P

RE

SS

UR

E L

OW

#1

FU

EL

PR

ES

SU

RE

LO

W #

2

EN

GIN

E O

IL P

RE

SS

UR

E

EN

GIN

E O

IL P

RE

SS

UR

E

EN

GIN

E O

IL T

EM

P #

1

EN

GIN

E O

IL T

EM

P #

2

OIL

FIL

TE

R B

YP

AS

S #

1

FU

EL

LO

W #

1

FU

EL

LO

W #

2

#1 #2

FU

EL

PR

ES

SU

RE

LO

W #

1

FU

EL

PR

ES

SU

RE

LO

W #

2

EN

GIN

E O

IL P

RE

SS

UR

E

EN

GIN

E O

IL P

RE

SS

UR

E

EN

GIN

E O

IL T

EM

P #

1

EN

GIN

E O

IL T

EM

P #

2

OIL

FIL

TE

R B

YP

AS

S #

1

FU

EL

LO

W #

1

FU

EL

LO

W #

2

#1 #2

70 54 71 56 72 56 73 57 22

SG

1020

−52

52

52

OIL

FIL

TE

R B

YP

AS

S #

2O

IL F

ILT

ER

BY

PA

SS

#2

SAAB1430_7


TM 1-1520-237-23 0100 00


0100 00-37

PILOT’S MFD

COPILOT’S MFD

INSTRUMENT PANEL

P1020R

J3

J3

P1019R

SG

1020

−74

SG

1020

−58

SG

1020

−21

SG

1020

−7

SG

1020

−31

SG

1020

−40

SG

1020

−75

74 58 21 7 31 40 75

74 58 21 7 31 40 75

FU

EL

FIL

TE

R B

YP

AS

S #

1

FU

EL

FIL

TE

R B

YP

AS

S #

2

EN

G S

TA

RT

ER

#1

GU

ST

LO

CK

HO

IST

LIG

HT

ON

SE

AR

CH

LIG

HT

ON

AP

U F

AIL

GU

ST

LO

CK

HO

IST

LIG

HT

ON

SE

AR

CH

LIG

HT

ON

AP

U F

AIL

FU

EL

FIL

TE

R B

YP

AS

S #

1

FU

EL

FIL

TE

R B

YP

AS

S #

2

EN

G S

TA

RT

ER

#1

SG

1020

−59

SG

1020

−18

SG

1020

−62

59 18 62

59 18 62

EN

G S

TA

RT

ER

#2

EN

G S

TA

RT

ER

#2

CO

NV

ER

TE

R N

O. 1

CO

NV

ER

TE

R N

O. 2

CO

NV

ER

TE

R N

O. 1

CO

NV

ER

TE

R N

O. 2

SAAB1430_8


TM 1-1520-237-23 0100 00


0100 00-38

PILOT’S MFD

COPILOT’S MFD

INSTRUMENT PANEL

P1020R

J3

J3

P1019R

SG

1020

−34

SG

1020

−35

SG

1020

−20

SG

1020

−17

SG

1020

−61

SG

1020

−9

34 35 20 17 61 9

35 20 17 61 9

DC

ES

NT

L B

US

OF

F

BA

TT

ER

Y F

AU

LT

BA

TT

ER

Y L

O C

HA

RG

E

GE

NE

RA

TO

R N

O. 1

FA

IL

GE

NE

RA

TO

R N

O. 2

FA

IL

GE

N B

RG

NO

. 1

BA

TT

ER

Y F

AU

LT

BA

TT

ER

Y L

O C

HA

RG

E

GE

NE

RA

TO

R N

O. 1

FA

IL

GE

NE

RA

TO

R N

O. 2

FA

IL

GE

N B

RG

NO

. 1

34

DC

ES

NT

L B

US

OF

F

SG

1020

−8

SG

1020

−68

SG

1020

−69

SG

1020

−79

GE

N B

RG

NO

. 2G

EN

BR

G N

O. 2

8 68 69 79

INT

XM

SN

OIL

TE

MP

TA

IL X

MS

N O

IL T

EM

P

MA

IN X

MS

N O

IL T

EM

P

8 68 69 79

INT

XM

SN

OIL

TE

MP

TA

IL X

MS

N O

IL T

EM

P

MA

IN X

MS

N O

IL T

EM

P

SAAB1430_9


TM 1-1520-237-23 0100 00


0100 00-39

PILOT’S MFD

COPILOT’S MFD

INSTRUMENT PANEL

P1020R

J3

J3

P1019R

SG

1020

−78

SG

1020

−28

SG

1020

−64

SG

1020

−50

SG

1020

−23

SG

1020

−53

SG

1020

−49

SG

1019

−82

SG

1019

−41

SG

1019

−27

78 28 64 50 23 53 49 82 27 41

78 28 64 50 23 53 49 82 27 41

RS

VR

LO

W #

1

RS

VR

LO

W #

2

BA

CK

UP

RS

VR

LO

W

HY

DR

AU

LIC

PU

MP

NO

. 1

HY

DR

AU

LIC

PU

MP

NO

. 2

ICE

DE

TE

CT

ED

RO

TO

R D

I FA

IL M

AIN

RO

TO

R D

I FA

IL M

AIN

RO

TO

R D

I FA

IL T

AIL

RS

VR

LO

W #

1

RS

VR

LO

W #

2

BA

CK

UP

RS

VR

LO

W

HY

DR

AU

LIC

PU

MP

NO

. 1

HY

DR

AU

LIC

PU

MP

NO

. 2

ICE

DE

TE

CT

ED

RO

TO

R D

I FA

IL M

AIN

RO

TO

R D

I FA

IL M

AIN

RO

TO

R D

I FA

IL T

AIL

MA

IN X

MS

N O

ILP

RE

SS

UR

EM

AIN

XM

SN

OIL

PR

ES

SU

RE

SAAB1430_10


TM 1-1520-237-23 0100 00


0100 00-40

PILOT’S MFD

COPILOT’S MFD

INSTRUMENT PANEL

P1020R

J3

J3

P1019R

37 81 48 77 33 43 42 84 44 32

AU

X F

UE

L

PIL

OT

HE

AT

LH

PIL

OT

HE

AT

RH

TA

IL R

TR

QU

AD

PA

RK

ING

BR

AK

E O

N

LA

ND

ING

LT

ON

PR

IME

BS

T P

UM

P O

N

AP

U O

N

HO

OK

AR

ME

D

CA

RG

O H

OO

K O

PE

N

AU

X F

UE

L

PIL

OT

HE

AT

LH

PIL

OT

HE

AT

RH

TA

IL R

TR

QU

AD

PA

RK

ING

BR

AK

E O

N

LA

ND

ING

LT

ON

PR

IME

BS

T P

UM

P O

N

AP

U O

N

HO

OK

AR

ME

D

CA

RG

O H

OO

K O

PE

N

37 81 48 77 33 43 42 84 44 32

SG

1019

−33

SG

1019

−37

SG

1019

−81

SG

1019

−48

SG

1019

−77

SG

1019

−43

SG

1019

−42

SG

1019

−84

SG

1019

−44

SG

1019

−32

SAAB1430_11


TM 1-1520-237-23 0100 00


0100 00-41

PILOT’S MFD

COPILOT’S MFD

INSTRUMENT PANEL

P1020R

J3

J3

P1019R

83 63 29 65 45 30 51 24 38 25

EN

G A

.I. O

N #

1

EN

G A

.I. O

N #

2

EN

G IN

LE

T A

.I. O

N #

1

EN

G IN

LE

T A

.I. O

N #

2

83 63 29 65 45 30 51 24 38 25

EN

G A

.I. O

N #

1

EN

G A

.I. O

N #

2

EN

G IN

LE

T A

.I. O

N #

1

EN

G IN

LE

T A

.I. O

N #

2

EX

T P

WR

CO

NN

AP

U G

EN

ON

BA

CK

UP

PU

MP

ON

IRC

M IN

OP

SA

S O

FF

ST

AB

ILA

TO

R

EX

T P

WR

CO

NN

AP

U G

EN

ON

BA

CK

UP

PU

MP

ON

IRC

M IN

OP

SA

S O

FF

ST

AB

ILA

TO

R

SG

1019

−83

SG

1019

−63

SG

1019

−29

SG

1019

−65

SG

1019

−45

SG

1019

−30

SG

1019

−51

SG

1019

−24

SG

1019

−38

SG

1019

−25

SAAB1430_12


TM 1-1520-237-23 0100 00


0100 00-42

PILOT’S MFD

COPILOT’S MFD

INSTRUMENT PANEL

P1020R

J3

J3

P1019R

26 39 47 80 6 7 1 4 2

26 39 47 80 6 7 1 4 2

FL

T P

AT

H S

TA

B

IFF

TR

IM F

AIL

BO

OS

T S

ER

VO

OF

F

CH

IP E

NG

NO

. 1

CH

IP E

NG

NO

. 2

CH

IP IN

PU

T M

DL

LH

CH

IP IN

PU

T M

DL

RH

CH

IP A

CC

MD

L L

H

FL

T P

AT

H S

TA

B

IFF

TR

IM F

AIL

BO

OS

T S

ER

VO

OF

F

CH

IP E

NG

NO

. 1

CH

IP E

NG

NO

. 2

CH

IP IN

PU

T M

DL

LH

CH

IP IN

PU

T M

DL

RH

CH

IP A

CC

MD

L L

H

SG

1019

−26

SG

1019

−39

SG

1019

−47

SG

1019

−80

SG

1019

−6

SG

1019

−7

SG

1019

−1

SG

1019

−4

SG

1019

−2

SAAB1430_13


TM 1-1520-237-23 0100 00


0100 00-43

PILOT’S MFD

COPILOT’S MFD

INSTRUMENT PANEL

P1020R

J3

J3

P1019R

SG

1019

−5

SG

1019

−10

SG

1019

−11

SG

1019

−3

5 10 11 3 88 89 90 91

5 10 11 3 88 8990 91

CH

IP A

CC

MD

L R

H

CH

IP IN

T X

MS

N

CH

IP M

AIN

SU

MP

CH

IP T

AIL

XM

SN

CH

IP A

CC

MD

L R

H

CH

IP IN

T X

MS

N

CH

IP M

AIN

SU

MP

CH

IP T

AIL

XM

SN

MF

D S

TA

TU

S IN

HI

MF

D S

TA

TU

S IN

LO

MF

D S

TA

TU

S O

UT

HI

MF

D S

TA

TU

S O

UT

LO

MF

D S

TA

TU

S IN

HI

MF

D S

TA

TU

S IN

LO

MF

D S

TA

TU

S O

UT

HI

MF

D S

TA

TU

S O

UT

LO

118 121116 117

SG1019−8

1553

RT

AD

DR

0

1553

RT

AD

DR

1

1553

RT

AD

DR

2

1553

RE

TU

RN

119 121

1553

RT

AD

DR

3

1553

RE

TU

RN

SAAB1430_14


TM 1-1520-237-23 0100 00


0100 00-44

BRT

OFFBT6A

CAUT / ADVSYPNL

BACKUPHYD CONTR

DCESNTL

BUS

28 VDC

5AMP

5AMP

CB325

CB324

J230 P230

M

i

j

k

SG200−1

F

E

INST LTPILOT FLT

2 1

2 1

P2002R

J3

J110

P110

79

J

J300R

P300R

J317R

P317R 2727

SG33T−1

SG137−2

SG130−4

11 10

GR

OU

ND

#2 E

NG

OU

T

GG33−2

J131

P131

TO SHEET 3

UPPER CONSOLE

HUD SIGNALDATA CONVERTER

COPILOT’SMASTER WARNING PANEL

P112 J112

C

15AMP

CB502

1

PLT MFD

15AMP

CB503

1

COPLT MFD

P129 J129

d

e

J1R P1R

C

M

P

J200 P200

STABILATOR CONTROL /AUTOFLIGHT CONTROL PANEL

D

J4R P4R

d

J142 P142

1

2

4

56

78

9

10

11

13

14

TOSHEET

5

DIM LT CMD

COPILOT’S AUXILIARY CIRCUITBREAKER PANEL

TOSHEET

4

2

2

28 VDC

28 VDC

DCESNTL

DCESNTL

EFFECTIVITY HH60L PILOT’S HSI/VSI

MODE SELECTPANEL

COPILOT’S HSI/VSI MODESELECT PANEL

SAAB2129_1

SGJ112−2

3

TOSHEET

4

J198 P198

SG

J112

−1

R

P137

J1n u


SG110−3

NO

. 2E

NG

OU

T

P20R D

J20R

12TO

SHEET4

Figure 3. MFD/Caution/Advisory Warning System Schematic Diagram HH60L . (Sheet 1 of 14)

TM 1-1520-237-23 0100 00


0100 00-45

P138

J1

J130

P130

J111

P111 M L

n u

K

SG138−1

SG137−1

a

SG1020−12

SG130−3

SG130−1

SGJ112−3

GG33−5

1187 51269 4 3 10

SG

33B

−1

85729 4 3 6 1

LO

W R

OT

OR

RP

M

FIR

E

#1 E

NG

OU

T

MA

ST

ER

CA

UT

ION

PR

ES

S T

O R

ES

ET

MA

ST

ER

WA

RN

ING

DIM

MIN

G C

ON

TR

OL

LA

MP

TE

ST

IN

28 V

DC

FA

UL

T IN

PU

T

MA

ST

ER

CA

UT

ION

DIM

MIN

G C

ON

TR

OL

MA

ST

ER

CA

UT

ION

PR

ES

S T

O R

ES

ET

#1 E

NG

OU

T

FIR

E

LO

W R

OT

OR

RP

M

#2 E

NG

OU

T

GR

OU

ND

MA

ST

ER

WA

RN

ING

DIM

MIN

G C

ON

TR

OL

LA

MP

TE

ST

IN

28 V

DC

FA

UL

T IN

PU

T

MA

ST

ER

CA

UT

ION

DIM

MIN

G C

ON

TR

OL

SG130−2

J131

P131

J110 P110

J121 P121J199 P199

C


SG

1020

−13

SG

1019

−13

9

11

13

14

SG

1019

−12

15

16

17

192021

222324

25

2627282930

TO SHEET 3

TO SHEET 4

TO SHEET 6

COPILOT’S MASTER WARNING PANEL PILOT’S MASTER WARNING PANEL

TO SHEET 6

TOSHEET

6

TOSHEET

4

TO SHEET 4

18

TO SHEET 4

TOSHEET

4

TO FIREDETECTOR

TO FIREDETECTOR

V

J11R P11R

SG138−10

52

P2002R J3

LOW ROTOR RPM

HUD SIGNALDATA CONVERTER

SAAB2129_2


TM 1-1520-237-23 0100 00


0100 00-46

P902

J902

CC

SG302−2TOSHEET

1

LEFT RELAY PANEL

4

P242

J242

K46

C1

C2

C3

R8

R7

A1

A2

A3

CR17

CR3

L F G E H a

A2 X2

K48

X1

A3 A1

X1 X2 K44

P961 J961

A

D

F

B

GND961−1

POSITIVE



NEGATIVE

15


3132

3334

SG163−1GND163−1


LEFT DRAG BEAM SWITCH

J163 P163

C

A

B

3

1

2

J248 P248

V

AUDIO JUNCTION BOX

P139R J22

63 MASTER WARNING TONE HI

TO SHEET 2

SAAB2129_3

SAP902−1

J

J2

P102R 32 33

1.5K

NAVIGATIONINTERFACEUNIT

NO. 3 RELAY PANEL

SAP242−1

J298 P298

i

h

TOICS

D1

D2

D3P298 J298

V

XK311

WOW


TM 1-1520-237-23 0100 00


0100 00-47

P243

J243a h U S

B3 B1

K44B2

CR13

CR14CR4 CR15

CR16

B2B1

B3K49A2

A1

A3

X1 X2K49

K44

X2 X1

TOSHEET

2

3132

3334

101617

LEFT RELAY PANEL

INSTRUMENT PANEL

3

12

2

TO SHEET 2

3

2

1R2 PILOT’SMASTERWARNINGDIMMER

SGR2−1

SGR2−2

3

2

1R3 COPILOT’SMASTERWARNINGDIMMER

SGR3−1

SGR3−2

P1000

D

E

K

R

M

C

F

N

L

J

B

A

G

H

GG33−2

MASTER WARNINGDIMMER

27

1

3025242228

TOSHEET

1

TOSHEET

2

3

1

2

BRT / DIM

TEST

S120

BRT SELECT

DIM SELECT

COPLT’S MASTER CAUTION DIM

PLT’S MASTER CAUTION DIM

28 VDC

LAMP TEST

COPLT’S MASTER WRNG DIM LO

PLT’S MASTER WRNG DIM LO

DIM CONTROL

PLT MASTER WARN

CPLT MASTER WARN

DIM CONTROL

TO INDICATORLIGHTS DIMMING

GND SINK

GROUND

J1

INDICATOR LTS/BRT/DIM/TEST SWITCH

TO SHEET 1

23

STABILATOR UNITS

SAAB2129_4

TOSHEET

1


TM 1-1520-237-23 0100 00


0100 00-48

INSTRUMENT PANEL

PILOT’S MFD

COPILOT’S MFD

FL

IR

J1

P1015R B D EE

DA

TA

BU

S

RS

−170

FL

IR

P1016R

J1

B D E

FL

IR

DA

TA

BU

S

RS

−170

FL

IR

1553

DA

TA

BU

S B

1553

DA

TA

BU

S A

P1018R

J4

3 1 2 4 5 6 7 10 9 8 20 21 22

28 V

DC

28 V

DC

28 V

DC

28 V

DC

28 V

DC

28 V

DC

RT

N

28 V

DC

RT

N

28 V

DC

RT

N

28 V

DC

RT

N

28 V

DC

RT

N

CH

AS

SIS

GN

D

5 V

AC

5 V

AC

RT

N

5

6

TL33−A TL33−C

SG1018−1

SG1018−2

TOSHEET

1

J4

P1017R 3 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 20 21 22

7

8

TL33−B TL33−CTO

SHEET1 SG1017−1

SG1017−2

28 V

DC

28 V

DC

28 V

DC

28 V

DC

28 V

DC

RT

N

28 V

DC

RT

N

28 V

DC

RT

N

28 V

DC

RT

N

CH

AS

SIS

GN

D

5 V

AC

5 V

AC

RT

N

SG

J112

−4

SG

J112

−5

INSTRUMENTLIGHTING 0−5VLIGHTING FROMPILOT LT DIM

INSTRUMENTLIGHTING 0−5VLIGHTING FROMCPLT LT DIM

P

BP1016

CL1016

P

BP1015

CL1015

SAAB2129_5

10 9

28 V

DC

RT

N

28 V

DC

RT

N


TM 1-1520-237-23 0100 00


0100 00-49

PILOT’S MFD

COPILOT’S MFD

INSTRUMENT PANEL

P1020R

J3

J3

P1019R 12 13 14 15

12 13 14 15

20

19

29

26

21

TOSHEET

2

SG

1019

−67

SG

1019

−16

SG

1020

−66

SG

1020

−60

SG

1020

−76

SG

1020

−19

SG

1020

−46

46 19 76 60 66 16 67

46 19 76 60 66 16 67

AP

U O

IL T

EM

P H

I

AC

ES

NT

L B

US

OF

F

PR

I SE

RV

O P

RE

SS

UR

E#1 P

RI S

ER

VO

PR

ES

SU

RE

TA

IL R

TR

SE

RV

O

AP

U A

CC

UM

LO

TA

IL R

TR

SE

RV

O

#1 #2

AP

U O

IL T

EM

P H

I

AC

ES

NT

L B

US

OF

F

PR

I SE

RV

O P

RE

SS

UR

E#1 P

RI S

ER

VO

PR

ES

SU

RE

TA

IL R

TR

SE

RV

O

AP

U A

CC

UM

LO

TA

IL R

TR

SE

RV

O

#1 #2

#2#2

18

SG

1019

−14

SG

1019

−15

SAAB2129_6

PL

T R

ES

ET

MA

ST

ER

CA

UT

ION

CP

LT

RE

SE

TM

AS

TE

R C

AU

TIO

NP

LT

RE

SE

TM

AS

TE

R O

UT

PU

TP

LT

RE

SE

TM

AS

TE

R O

UT

PU

T

PL

T R

ES

ET

MA

ST

ER

CA

UT

ION

CP

LT

RE

SE

TM

AS

TE

R C

AU

TIO

NC

PL

T R

ES

ET

MA

ST

ER

OU

TP

UT

CP

LT

RE

SE

TM

AS

TE

R O

UT

PU

T

SG

1020

−17

17

17

#1 G

EN

#1 G

EN

SG

1020

−61

61

61

#2 G

EN

#2 G

EN

PFA

PFA


TM 1-1520-237-23 0100 00


0100 00-50

SAAB2129_7

PILOT’S MFD

COPILOT’S MFD

INSTRUMENT PANEL

SG

1020

−70

SG

1020

−54

SG

1020

−71

SG

1020

−55

SG

1020

−72

SG

1020

−56

SG

1020

−73

SG

1020

−57

SG

1020

−22

P1020R

J3

J3

P1019R

70 54 71 55 72 56 73 57 22

FU

EL

PR

ES

SU

RE

LO

W #

1

FU

EL

PR

ES

SU

RE

LO

W #

2

EN

GIN

E O

IL P

RE

SS

UR

E

EN

GIN

E O

IL P

RE

SS

UR

E

EN

GIN

E O

IL T

EM

P #

1

EN

GIN

E O

IL T

EM

P #

2

OIL

FIL

TE

R B

YP

AS

S #

1

FU

EL

LO

W #

1

FU

EL

LO

W #

2

#1 #2

FU

EL

PR

ES

SU

RE

LO

W #

1

FU

EL

PR

ES

SU

RE

LO

W #

2

EN

GIN

E O

IL P

RE

SS

UR

E

EN

GIN

E O

IL P

RE

SS

UR

E

EN

GIN

E O

IL T

EM

P #

1

EN

GIN

E O

IL T

EM

P #

2

OIL

FIL

TE

R B

YP

AS

S #

1

FU

EL

LO

W #

1

FU

EL

LO

W #

2

#1 #2

70 54 71 55 72 56 73 57 22S

G10

20−5

2

52

52

OIL

FIL

TE

R B

YP

AS

S #

2O

IL F

ILT

ER

BY

PA

SS

#2

PFA

PFA


TM 1-1520-237-23 0100 00


0100 00-51

PILOT’S MFD

COPILOT’S MFD

INSTRUMENT PANEL

P1020R

J3

J3

P1019R

SG

1020

−74

SG

1020

−58

74 58

74 58

FU

EL

FIL

TE

R B

YP

AS

S #

1

FU

EL

FIL

TE

R B

YP

AS

S #

2

FU

EL

FIL

TE

R B

YP

AS

S #

1

FU

EL

FIL

TE

R B

YP

AS

S #

2

SAAB2129_8

SG

1020

−21

SG

1020

−31

SG

1020

−40

SG

1020

−75

21 31 40 75

21 31 40 75

EN

G S

TA

RT

ER

#1

GU

ST

LO

CK

SE

AR

CH

LIG

HT

ON

AP

U F

AIL

GU

ST

LO

CK

SE

AR

CH

LIG

HT

ON

AP

U F

AIL

EN

G S

TA

RT

ER

#1

SG

1020

−59

SG

1020

−18

SG

1020

−62

59 18 62

59 18 62

EN

G S

TA

RT

ER

#2

EN

G S

TA

RT

ER

#2

CO

NV

ER

TE

R N

O. 1

CO

NV

ER

TE

R N

O. 2

CO

NV

ER

TE

R N

O. 1

CO

NV

ER

TE

R N

O. 2

PFA

PFA


TM 1-1520-237-23 0100 00


0100 00-52

PILOT’S MFD

COPILOT’S MFD

INSTRUMENT PANEL

P1020R

J3

J3

P1019R

SG

1020

−34

SG

1020

−20

SG

1020

−17

SG

1020

−61

SG

1020

−9

34 20 17 61 9

20 17 61 9

DC

ES

NT

L B

US

OF

F

BA

TT

ER

Y L

O C

HA

RG

E

GE

NE

RA

TO

R N

O. 1

FA

IL

GE

NE

RA

TO

R N

O. 2

FA

IL

GE

N B

RG

NO

. 1

BA

TT

ER

Y L

O C

HA

RG

E

GE

NE

RA

TO

R N

O. 1

FA

IL

GE

NE

RA

TO

R N

O. 2

FA

IL

GE

N B

RG

NO

. 1

34

DC

ES

NT

L B

US

OF

F

SG

1020

−8

SG

1020

−68

SG

1020

−69

SG

1020

−79

GE

N B

RG

NO

. 2G

EN

BR

G N

O. 2

8 68 69 79

INT

XM

SN

OIL

TE

MP

TA

IL X

MS

N O

IL T

EM

P

MA

IN X

MS

N O

IL T

EM

P

8 68 69 79

INT

XM

SN

OIL

TE

MP

TA

IL X

MS

N O

IL T

EM

P

MA

IN X

MS

N O

IL T

EM

P

PFA

PFA

SAAB2129_9


TM 1-1520-237-23 0100 00


0100 00-53

PILOT’S MFD

COPILOT’S MFD

INSTRUMENT PANEL

P1020R

J3

J3

P1019R

SG

1020

−78

SG

1020

−28

SG

1020

−64

SG

1020

−50

SG

1020

−23

SG

1020

−53

SG

1020

−49

SG

1019

−82

SG

1019

−41

SG

1019

−27

78 28 64 50 23 53 49 82 27 41

78 28 64 50 23 53 49 82 27 41

RS

VR

LO

W #

1

RS

VR

LO

W #

2

BA

CK

UP

RS

VR

LO

W

HY

DR

AU

LIC

PU

MP

NO

. 1

HY

DR

AU

LIC

PU

MP

NO

. 2

ICE

DE

TE

CT

ED

RO

TO

R D

I FA

IL M

AIN

RO

TO

R D

I FA

UL

T M

AIN

RO

TO

R D

I FA

IL T

AIL

RS

VR

LO

W #

1

RS

VR

LO

W #

2

BA

CK

UP

RS

VR

LO

W

HY

DR

AU

LIC

PU

MP

NO

. 1

HY

DR

AU

LIC

PU

MP

NO

. 2

ICE

DE

TE

CT

ED

RO

TO

R D

I FA

IL M

AIN

RO

TO

R D

I FA

UL

T M

AIN

RO

TO

R D

I FA

IL T

AIL

MA

IN X

MS

N O

ILP

RE

SS

UR

EM

AIN

XM

SN

OIL

PR

ES

SU

RE

PFA

PFA

SAAB2129_10


TM 1-1520-237-23 0100 00


0100 00-54

PILOT’S MFD

COPILOT’S MFD

INSTRUMENT PANEL

P1020R

J3

J3

P1019R

37 81 48 77 33 43 42 84 44 32

AU

X F

UE

L

PIL

OT

HE

AT

LH

PIL

OT

HE

AT

RH

TA

IL R

TR

QU

AD

PA

RK

ING

BR

AK

E O

N

LA

ND

ING

LT

ON

PR

IME

BS

T P

UM

P O

N

AP

U O

N

HO

OK

AR

ME

D

CA

RG

O H

OO

K O

PE

N

AU

X F

UE

L

PIL

OT

HE

AT

LH

PIL

OT

HE

AT

RH

TA

IL R

TR

QU

AD

PA

RK

ING

BR

AK

E O

N

LA

ND

ING

LT

ON

PR

IME

BS

T P

UM

P O

N

AP

U O

N

HO

OK

AR

ME

D

CA

RG

O H

OO

K O

PE

N

37 81 48 77 33 43 42 84 44 32

SG

1019

−33

SG

1019

−37

SG

1019

−81

SG

1019

−48

SG

1019

−77

SG

1019

−43

SG

1019

−42

SG

1019

−84

SG

1019

−44

SG

1019

−32

SAAB2129_11

PFA

PFA


TM 1-1520-237-23 0100 00


0100 00-55

SAAB2129_12

PILOT’S MFD

COPILOT’S MFD

INSTRUMENT PANEL

P1020R

J3

J3

P1019R

83 63 29 65 45 30 51 24 38 25

EN

G A

.I. O

N #

1

EN

G A

.I. O

N #

2

EN

G IN

LE

T A

.I. O

N #

1

EN

G IN

LE

T A

.I. O

N #

2

83 63 29 65 45 30 51 24 38 25

EN

G A

.I. O

N #

1

EN

G A

.I. O

N #

2

EN

G IN

LE

T A

.I. O

N #

1

EN

G IN

LE

T A

.I. O

N #

2

EX

T P

WR

CO

NN

AP

U G

EN

ON

BA

CK

UP

PU

MP

ON

IRC

M IN

OP

SA

S O

FF

ST

AB

ILA

TO

R

EX

T P

WR

CO

NN

AP

U G

EN

ON

BA

CK

UP

PU

MP

ON

IRC

M IN

OP

SA

S O

FF

ST

AB

ILA

TO

R

SG

1019

−83

SG

1019

−63

SG

1019

−29

SG

1019

−65

SG

1019

−45

SG

1019

−30

SG

1019

−51

SG

1019

−24

SG

1019

−38

SG

1019

−25

PFA

PFA


TM 1-1520-237-23 0100 00


0100 00-56

SAAB2129_13

PILOT’S MFD

COPILOT’S MFD

INSTRUMENT PANEL

P1020R

J3

J3

P1019R

26 39 47 80 6 7 1 4 2

26 39 47 80 6 7 1 4 2

FL

T P

AT

H S

TA

B

IFF

TR

IM F

AIL

BO

OS

T S

ER

VO

OF

F

CH

IP E

NG

NO

. 1

CH

IP E

NG

NO

. 2

CH

IP IN

PU

T M

DL

LH

CH

IP IN

PU

T M

DL

RH

CH

IP A

CC

MD

L L

H

FL

T P

AT

H S

TA

B

IFF

TR

IM F

AIL

BO

OS

T S

ER

VO

OF

F

CH

IP E

NG

NO

. 1

CH

IP E

NG

NO

. 2

CH

IP IN

PU

T M

DL

LH

CH

IP IN

PU

T M

DL

RH

CH

IP A

CC

MD

L L

H

SG

1019

−26

SG

1019

−39

SG

1019

−47

SG

1019

−80

SG

1019

−6

SG

1019

−7

SG

1019

−1

SG

1019

−4

SG

1019

−2

PFA

PFA


TM 1-1520-237-23 0100 00


0100 00-57

SAAB2129_14

PILOT’S MFD

COPILOT’S MFD

INSTRUMENT PANEL

P1020R

J3

J3

P1019R

SG

1019

−5

SG

1019

−10

SG

1019

−11

SG

1019

−3

5 10 11 3 88 89 90 91

5 10 11 3 90 9188 89

CH

IP A

CC

MD

L R

H

CH

IP IN

T X

MS

N

CH

IP M

AIN

SU

MP

CH

IP T

AIL

XM

SN

CH

IP A

CC

MD

L R

H

CH

IP IN

T X

MS

N

CH

IP M

AIN

SU

MP

CH

IP T

AIL

XM

SN

MF

D S

TA

TU

S IN

HI

MF

D S

TA

TU

S IN

LO

MF

D S

TA

TU

S O

UT

HI

MF

D S

TA

TU

S O

UT

LO

MF

D S

TA

TU

S IN

HI

MF

D S

TA

TU

S IN

LO

MF

D S

TA

TU

S O

UT

HI

MF

D S

TA

TU

S O

UT

LO

118 121116 117

SG1019−8

1553

RT

AD

DR

0

1553

RT

AD

DR

1

1553

RT

AD

DR

2

1553

RE

TU

RN

119 121

1553

RT

AD

DR

3

1553

RE

TU

RN

PFA

PFA


TM 1-1520-237-23 0100 00


END OF WORK PACKAGE

0100 00-58

This fine document...

Was brought to you by me:

Liberated Manuals -- free army and government manuals

Why do I do it? I am tired of sleazy CD-ROM sellers, who take publicly available information, slap “watermarks” and other junk on it, and sell it. Those masters of search engine manipulation make sure that their sites that sell free information, come up first in search engines. They did not create it... They did not even scan it... Why should they get your money? Why are not letting you give those free manuals to your friends?

I am setting this document FREE. This document was made by the US Government and is NOT protected by Copyright. Feel free to share, republish, sell and so on.

I am not asking you for donations, fees or handouts. If you can, please provide a link to liberatedmanuals.com, so that free manuals come up first in search engines:

<A HREF=http://www.liberatedmanuals.com/>Free Military and Government Manuals</A>

– SincerelyIgor Chudovhttp://igor.chudov.com/

– Chicago Machinery Movers

http://www.liberatedmanuals.com/

https://www.machinerymoverschicago.com/

http://igor.chudov.com/

http://www.liberatedmanuals.com/

TM 1-1520-237-23-2 - Liberated Manuals.com · 5. Connect transmitter/limit switch assembly...

Documents

Transcript of TM 1-1520-237-23-2 - Liberated Manuals.com · 5. Connect transmitter/limit switch assembly...